Skip to main content

Full text of "Organised produce markets"

See other formats


K0ANISED 

MARKETS 


ORGANISED    PRODUCE   MARKETS 


PREFACE 


THIS  volume,  based  on  lectures  delivered  in  the  Faculty  of 
Commerce  of  the  University  of  Birmingham,  is  intended 
primarily  for  the  use  of  students.  The  interest,  however,  of  its 
subject  matter  to  business  men  and  others,  and  the  lack  of  a 
recent  work  for  English  readers  on  the  aspects  of  marketing 
herein  treated,  suggest  that  it  is  likely  to  appeal  to  a  wider 
audience  than  that  of  the  University  classroom.  Therefore, 
references  to  conceptions  likely  to  be  familiar  only  to  students 
of  economic  theory  have  been  omitted  as  far  as  possible ;  but  it 
is  not  to  be  inferred  from  this  that  the  book  is  entirely  descriptive. 
Discussion  has  not  been  avoided  when  it  seemed  likely  to  lead 
to  useful  generalisations  or  suggestive  conclusions. 

It  does  not  come  within  the  scope  of  the  book  to  treat  of 
wholesale  markets  generally  in  England.  Much  information  has 
been  collected  recently  both  by  the  Departmental  Committee, 
set  up  in  1919  by  the  Food  Controller  to  report  on  the  existing 
wholesale  markets  for  perishable  food  in  London,  and  by  the 
Public  Control  Committee  of  the  London  County  Council;  but 
furthur  inquiry  and  research  are  necessary  before  this  branch  of 
marketing  can  be  advantageously  summarised. 

Naturally,  in  a  work  of  this  kind,  the  writer  is  largely 
indebted  to  others  for  information  concerning  the  market  organ- 
isations described.  Secretaries  of  trade  associations  and  ex- 
changes have,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  courteously  supplied  all 
the  information  requested.  One  important  English  exchange 
authority,  for  reasons  not  readily  apparent,  declines  to  permit 
non-members  to  examine  its  clearing-house  forms,  even  when 
unused.  This,  however,  has  proved  to  be  less  serious  an  obstacle 
than  at  one  time  appeared  probable. 

It  is  believed  that  the  facts  and  figures  given  concerning  the 
several  exchanges  described  are  correct  up  to  the  close  of  1921, 
and  that  no  recent  innovations  of  importance  have  been  over- 
looked. The  establishment,  however,  in  January,  1922,  of  a 
new  cotton  exchange  in  Rotterdam,  and  the  purchase,  for  forward 
delivery,  of  the  whole  of  the  1922  output  of  nineteen  large  tea 
estates  in  Ceylon,  by  the  London  market,  on  behalf  of  blending 
houses  in  this  country,  point  to  the  continuance  of  fairly  rapid 


vi  PREFACE 

changes  in  marketing  routine  in  Europe ;  and  the  passing  of  the 
Future  Trading  Act  indicates  the  existence  of  a  reforming  spirit 
also  in  the  United  States.  As  it  is  not  easy  for  one  who  has  no 
direct  contact  with  American  conditions  to  forecast  the  effects 
of  this  Act,  it  has  been  thought  desirable  to  give  it  in  extenso  in 
an  appendix  and  leave  the  reader  to  form  his  own  judgment  upon 
the  provisions  it  embodies. 

Among  the  published  works  on  marketing  found  especially 
useful  have  been  Emery,  Speculation  on  the  Stock  and  Produce 
Exchanges  of  the  United  States ;  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xxxviii. ;  Sonndorfer,  Die 
Technik  des  Welthandels. 

Sir  William  Ashley,  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  has  been  good 
enough  to  offer  certain  suggestions,  most  of  which  have  gratefully 
been  adopted,  but  the  author  alone  is  to  be  held  responsible  for 
all  imperfections  and  omissions. 

J.  G.  SMITH- 

UNIVERSITY  OF  BIRMINGHAM, 
February,   1922. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   I 

ORGANISED    PRODUCE   MARKETS 

PAGE 

Characteristics  of  organised  markets — Exchanges  in  the  United  Kingdom, 
United  States,  and  Europe — Conditions  required  in  a  commodity  for 
exchange  dealings — Federations  of  exchanges  .........  I 

CHAPTER   II 

WARRANTS    AND    GRADING 

General  warrants  and  warehouse  receipts — Grading  of  cotton  and  grain  in 
Liverpool,  United  States,  and  Canada — Governments  and  standard- 
isation in  marketing — Quality  clauses  in  c.i.f.  contracts — Coffee 
grading  in  New  York IO 

CHAPTER   III 

THE    INTERNAL   ORGANISATION    OF   THE   PRINCIPAL   PRODUCE 
EXCHANGES 

Brokers  and  brokerage — Liverpool  Corn  Trade  and  Cotton  Associations, 
membership  and  privileges — Continental  exchanges — Exchanges  in 
Chicago  and  New  York — Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange 28 

CHAPTER   IV 

SPOT   TRANSACTIONS,    FUTURES,    PRIVILEGES 

Growth  of  speculation  and  development  of  futures  contracts — "  Privileges  " 
—  "  Options  "  —  "  Puts  and  calls  "  —  "  Straddle  "  —  "  Arbitrage  "  — 
Markets  "in  "and  "out  of  line" 4° 

CHAPTER   V 

SETTLEMENTS    AND   CLEARING    HOUSES 

Settlement  rings — Clearing  houses  in  Chicago,  Minneapolis,  Winnipeg,  and 
Liverpool — Caisse  de  liquidation — Futures  as  basis  contracts — Com- 
mercial versus  fixed  differences 51 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   VI 

CROP   REPORTS   AND    MARKET   PRICE    QUOTATIONS 

PAGE 

Official  and  unofficial  crop  reporting  organisations — Work  of  the  De- 
partments or  Ministries  of  Agriculture  in  United  States,  Canada,  Great 
Britain — Price  quotations,  their  purpose  and  services,  how  obtained — 
Publication  of  prices  by  trade  journals 64 

CHAPTER   VII 

LEGITIMATE   USES   OF    FUTURES 

Farmers  and  futures — Hedging  by  exporters  and  importers,  by  spinners  and 
millers — Attitude  of  banks  to  hedging — Origin  of  hedging — Hedging 
by  elevator  companies  in  the  wheat  trade 76 

CHAPTER   VIII 

THE    WORK   OF   THE    EXPERT   SPECULATOR 

Professional  speculation — Speculation  and  gambling — Services  of  the  expert 

speculator — Sources  of  his  remuneration — Legislation  against  speculation      96 

CHAPTER    IX 

SOME   EVILS   AND    ABUSES   OF   SPECULATION 

"  Manipulation  "  on  exchanges — Excessive  speculation,  pools,  bucket-shops, 
"wash  sales,"  "matched  orders" — "Corners"  and  " squeezes"  in 
wheat,  cotton,  and  iron  warrants — Legislation  dealing  with  the  evils  of 
speculation 108 

CHAPTER   X 

THE    INFLUENCE   OF   SPECULATION    UPON    PRICES 

Short-selling  and  prices — Futures  and  price  steadiness — Results  of  suppres- 
sion of  speculative  dealings  in  Germany— Relation  between  spot  prices 
and  prices  of  futures — Effect  of  speculation  upon  prices 126 

CHAPTER   XI 

FUTURES    IN   COMMODITIES   OTHER   THAN    COTTON   AND   GRAIN 

Futures  in  pepper,  sugar,  and  coffee  in  London — Coffee  "valorisation  "  in 

Brazil — Trade  in  iron  warrants *47 

CHAPTER   XII 

SPOT   AND   C.I.F.    BUSINESS    IN    COTTON    AND   WHEAT 

Cotton  trade  in  United  States — Liverpool  methods  of  trading  in  spot  and 
c.i.f.  cotton— Rivalry  between  Liverpool  and  Manchester  Cotton 
Associations — Cotton  market  in  Japan — American  export  tride  in 
wheat — Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association's  contracts  .  ...  154 


CONTENTS  ix 

CHAPTER  XIII 

MARKETING   BY   AUCTION 

PAGE 

Auction  sales— Conditions  01  success — British  wool  trade — United  States 
wool  trade — London  tea  and  coffee  sales — Raw  tobacco  sales  in 
Carolina  and  Virginia — Auctions  in  municipal  markets  in  United 
States  and  Europe 167 

APPENDIX   I 

The  Capper-Tincher  or  Future  Trading  Act  (U.S.A.) 183 

APPENDIX   II 

Example  of  Market  Report  (Liverpool  Cotton) 187 

APPENDIX   III 

Examples  of  Warehouse  Receipts  and  Warrants 190 

APPENDIX   IV 

Some  of  the  standardised  Contract  Forms  in  use  in  the  Liverpool  Grain  Trade     192 

APPENDIX   V 

Some  ot  the  standardised  Contract  Forms  in  use  in  the  Liverpool  Cotton 

Market 215 

INDEX 233 


ORGANISED    PRODUCE 
MARKETS 

CHAPTER  I 

ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

AT  a  time  when  communities  were  self-sufficing  the  problem  of 
the  transfer  of  commodities  from  the  producer  to  the  consumer 
was  a  simple  one.  As  society  developed  and  industry  became 
specialised  the  problem  grew  in  complexity,  until  eventually  the 
necessary  services  came  to  be  performed  by  middlemen,  who  are 
remunerated  partly  by  the  producer  and  partly  by  the  consumer. 
Investigation  into  the  nature  of  the  services  rendered  by  the 
middleman  shows  that  they  may  be  classified  under  one  or  more 
of  several  heads  : 1 

(1)  The  seeking  out  of  commodities  and  buying  them  from 
producers  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

(2)  The  holding  of  stocks  of  goods  at  convenient   points, 
warehousing,  and  storing. 

(3)  The  assumption  of  risks  due  mainly  to  price  fluctuations, 
changes  in  quality,  and  possible  loss  by  fire  or  accident. 

(4)  Financing  (i.e.  the  providing  of  credit  when  and  as  re- 
quired). 

(5)  Selling,  including  preparation  therefor. 

(6)  Transport  each  time  the  commodity  changes  hands. 
The  more  difficult  these  functions  are  to  perform  in  any  given 

case  the  greater  the  need  of  specialisation  and  the  greater  the 
variety  of  middlemen  required  for  their  fulfilment.  In  all 
highly  organised  modern  commercial  communities  the  degree  of 
specialisation  is  great,  and  constantly  increasing.  Warehousing 
and  storing,  for  example,  are  becoming  more  and  more  the  work 
of  special  firms  and  special  joint  stock  companies.  The  work  of 

1  See  Shaw,  "  Some  Problems  in  Market  Distribution,"  Quarterly 
Journal  of  Economics,  vol.  xxvi.  pp.  703-65  ;  and  Weld,  "  Marketing 
Functions  and  Mercantile  Organisation,"  American  Economic  Review, 
Fourth  Series,  vol.  vii.  pp.  306-18. 


2  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

finance  has,  for  some  time,  been  entrusted  to  banks.  Risk,  due 
to  loss  by  fire  or  accident,  is  borne  by  insurance  companies. 
Transport,  in  its  various  forms,  has  long  ago  ceased  to  be  wholly 
provided  by  buyer  or  seller.  Factors  or  agents  specialise  in 
seeking  out  the  producer  ;  and  the  professional  "  grader  "  is  now 
an  established  institution  in  the  case  of  wheat,  cotton,  and  those 
other  agricultural  products  for  which  the  demand  is  wide-spread 
and  the  sources  of  supply  more  or  less  localised. 

The  last,  but  by  no  means  the  least  important,  of  the  functions 
of  the  middleman  to  become  the  work  of  specialists  is  the  assump- 
tion of  risk  due  to  price  fluctuations. 

Progress  in  this  direction  has  hitherto  been  slow  and  difficult ; 
and  it  is  only  in  the  case  of  comparatively  few  commodities  that 
success  has  been  attained.  This  has  been  rendered  possible  by 
the  development  of  a  very  high  degree  of  organisation.  It  is, 
therefore,  in  the  most  highly  organised  markets  alone  that  this 
class  of  expert  risk-taker  is  to  be  found ;  and  it  is  only  in  com- 
paratively few  even  of  these  that  it  does  not  add  other  functions 
to  that  one  to  which  it  primarily  owes  its  existence. 

The  term  "  market  "  has  more  than  one  meaning,  and  is  used 
with  several  connotations ;  but  in  every  case  there  is  implied  the 
existence  of  one  group  or  several  groups  of  people,  some  of 
whom  desire  to  obtain  certain  things,  and  some  of  whom  are  in 
a  position  to  satisfy  that  desire.  It  is  also  implied  that  the  former 
are  in  possession  or  can  obtain  control  of  sufficient  purchasing 
power  to  enable  them  to  fulfil  then:  desires — i.e.  that  the  demand 
is  effective,— Awhile  the  latter,  at  least  in  the  larger  produce 
markets,  are  able  within  certain  limits  to  withhold  or  increase 
supply  to  an  extent  great  enough  to  withstand  unforeseen  pressure 
from  the  demand  side. 

Again,  the  word  may  be  used  to  designate  the  collective  feeling 
of  the  group  or  groups  as  to  prices  ;  and  this  collective  feeling  may 
be  personified,  thus  justifying  the  use  of  such  adjectives  as 
"  strong  "  and  "  weak/'  and  the  attribution  also  of  practically 
every  emotion  ordinarily  ascribable  to  a  human  being. 

A  market  may  consist  of  all  the  inhabitants  of  a  village,  town, 
or  district ;  or  it  may  be  confined  to  those  who  are  interested  in  one 
commodity  only,  e.g.  raw  cotton  or  copper.  In  some  cases 
dealings  in  a  particular  product  may  be  worked  out  in  such 
constant  intercommunication  over  the  whole  globe  as  to  justify 
the  use  of  the  phrase  "  world  market."  The  development  of 
cheap  and  rapid  transport,  and  the  invention  of  the  telegraph 
and  telephone  in  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  have 
resulted  in  a  continuous  if  slow,  increase  in  the  number  of 
commodities  whose  market  is  thus  world-wide.  Moreover, 
these  same  developments  and  inventions  have  had  the  effect 
also  of  so  distributing  demand  and  supply  in  the  modern  market 


ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS  3 

that  these  latter  are  no  longer  transitory  phenomena,  definite 
only  at  a  particular  moment  in  a  particular  place,  but  are  streams 
flowing  at  various  rates  during  an  appropriately  selected  period 
of  time.  Supply  as  a  rule  is  the  more  sluggish  stream  influenced 
at  every  stage  by  constantly  altering  facilities  for  production, 
and  by  optimistic  or  pessimistic  anticipations  concerning  the 
nature  of  the  demand  expected. 

The  proceedings  of  an  organised  market  are  governed  by  rules, 
some  of  which  are,  in  all  cases,  written  or  printed,  and  some  of 
which  are,  in  the  nature  of  conventions,  unwritten,  but  none  the 
less  binding  on  that  account.  These  organised  markets  or 
exchanges  may  be  private  voluntary  associations  of  dealers  in 
one  or  more  commodities.  Such  is  the  case  in  the  United 
Kingdom.  They  are  of  two  kinds — one  dealing  in  GovermSenTT 
an3~Tndustrial  securities,  in  stocks,  shares,  and  bonds  (stock 
exchanges) ;  the  other  dealing  in  commodities  (produce  exchanges). 
Their  members  may  be  professional  traders  who  buy  and  sell  on 
their  own  account,  as  well  as  dealers  who  buy  and  sell  for  others. 
In  this  country  exchanges  had  their  origin,  just  like  associations 
for  many  other  purposes,  in  informal,  succeeded  by  more  formal, 
meetings  of  several  persons  to  discuss  mutual  interests  and  to 
advance  their  business.  The  desire  to  maintain  uniformity  in 
the  rates  charged  for  services  as  agents  for  the  general  public 
was  a  powerful  impetus  to  the  continuance  of  these  meetings ; 
but  the  growth  of  large-scale  production  causing,  in  industrial 
areas,  a  concentration  of  population  requiring  a  supply  both  of 
food  and  of  the  raw  materials  of  industry,  which  could  be  easily 
adjusted  to  a  demand  fluctuating  within  a  narrow  range  of 
variation,  rendered  organised  markets  a  necessity  if  society  was 
to  run  smoothly  along  the  lines  upon  which  it  had  entered. 

In  the  United  States  of  America  stock  exchanges  are  private 
organisations,  as  in  the  United  Kingdom.  This  is  true  also  of 
the  American  produce  exchanges,  with  the  qualification  that 
these,  in  most  cases,  exist  under  corporate  charters  obtained 
from  the  States  in  whose  territories  they  are  situated.  Many  of 
these  are  associations,  organised  originally  for  more  general 
purposes,  which  by  accident  or  design  have  become  the  most 
important  markets  in  some  one  or  more  commodities,  though 
they  include  large  numbers  of  merchants  who  never  deal  in 
these  leading  commodities. 

Very  different  is  the  position  of  the  exchanges  or  bourses  on 
the  Continent.  In  France  the  Paris  Bourse  (Stock  Exchange)  is 
a  private  monopoly  under  strict  Government  control,  with  features 
peculiar  to  itself  which  need  not  detain  us  here ;  while  the  produce 
exchanges  (bourses  de  commerce)  with  their  members  (courtiers  en 
marchandises)  have  their  organisation  prescribed  for  them  by  the 
Code  de  Commerce.  Their  general  supervision  is  entrusted  to  the 


4  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

local  chambres  de  commerce,  and  as  these  are  practically  official 
bodies  with  small  powers  of  initiative,  carrying  out  their  duties 
under  the  direction  of  the  Ministre  de  Commerce,  Government 
control  of  markets  (in  France)  is  effectively  complete. 

In  Germany  there  is  no  uniformity  in  the  legal  status  of  the 
exchanges  (Borsen1),  but  with  the  exception  of  a  small  stock 
exchange  in  Dresden,  which  is  a  private  body,  there  is  external 
control  in  every  case.  There  may  be  somewhat  strict  Govern- 
mental supervision,  as  in  Prussia,  or  control  by  a  semi-public 
Handelskammer,  as  in  Frankfort  and  in  Leipzig. 

In  Holland  the  supervision  of  exchanges  is  entrusted  to  the 
municipalities  in  whose  areas  they  are  situated.  Actually,  how- 
ever, these  powers  of  control  are  rarely  exercised. 

While  it  is  true  that  organised  markets  are  needed  only  when 
people  cease  to  be,  or  can  no  longer  be,  satisfied  with  the  few 
products  produced  mainly  by  themselves  and  their  immediate 
neighbours,  or  when  they  produce  surplus  stock  exceeding  local 
demand,  it  is  but  a  small  number  of  commodities  which  can 
with  advantage  be  made  the  subject  of  dealings  in  such  markets, 
and  a  still  smaller  number  which  satisfy  conditions  requisite  for 
being  dealt  in  at  a  number  of  such  markets  simultaneously.  At 
least  five  conditions  must  be  fulfilled  by  any  product  before  it 
can  be  the  subject  of  dealings  in  an  organised  market. 

Firstly,  it  must  be  sufficiently  durable  to  enable  stocks  to  be 
what  is  termed  "  carried  "  for  a  reasonable  length  of  time  when 
the  market  is  unduly  depressed.  This  rules  out  all  quickly 
perishable  commodities  such  as  meat,  fruit,  and  fish ;  but  the 
increased  provision  of  cold  storage  facilities  is  making  this 
requirement  capable  of  more  ready  fulfilment,  and  the  markets 
for  foreign  meat  and  fruit  show  a  growing  tendency  towards 
specialisation  and  organisation  similar  to  that  of  the  corn 
markets. 

Secondly,  the  product  must  be  one  that  can  be  numbered, 
weighed,  or  measured  with  accuracy  obvious  to  all.  The  greater 
the  ease  with  which  this  can  be  done  in  the  case  of  a  given  com- 
modity the  greater  the  probability  of  organised  dealings  taking 
place  in  that  commodity. 

Thirdly,  its  quality  or  grade  should  be  capable  of  a  ready  test 
yielding  the  same  results  when  applied  by  trustworthy  officials 
at  different  times  and  in  different  places.  Otherwise  expressed, 
these  second  and  third  conditions  amount  to  the  requirement 
that  the  commodity  must  be  fungible,  i.e.  of  such  a  kind  that 
one  part  or  piece  is  as  good  as  another,  or  at  any  rate  that  all 
parts  or  pieces  will  serve  the  purpose  of  the  purchaser  for  use 
equally  well.  It  is  only  in  such  cases  that  dealing  by  sample  or 

1  Effecteribdrsen,  Fondsborsen,  Geldborsen  (stock  exchanges) ;  and 
Warenborsen,  Productenborsen  (commodity  and  produce  exchanges). 


ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS  5 

by  reference  to  conventional  representative  qualities  can  occur. 
This  condition  is  perhaps  the  most  essential  of  all. 

Fourthly,  the  dealings  in  the  commodity  must  be  sufficiently 
frequent  to  occupy  large  bodies  of  buyers  and  sellers. 

Fifthly,  there  must  be  fluctuations  in  price,  that  is,  the  com- 
modity must  be  one  whose  supply  cannot  be  varied  quickly  by 
rapid  changes  in  the  rate  of  production  ;  for  otherwise  there  would 
be  no  opportunity  for  professional  dealers  to  make  a  living,  and 
all  transactions  would  take  place  between  producers,  merchants, 
and  consumers,  owing  to  the  ease  with  which  the  supply  could  be 
adapted  to  the  demand. 

Apart  from  securities,  of  the  comparatively  few  material 
things  which  satisfy  all  these  conditions  to  the  extent  required 
for  large-scale  organised  dealing,  a  certain  number  of  agricultural 
products  and,  to  a  less  degree,  the  metals  complete  the  list,  at 
the  head  of  which  may  be  placed  raw  cotton  and  wheat,  closely 
followed  by  the  other  cereals  and  coffee.  These  products  are 
shipped  from  one  country  to  another  in  very  large  quantities. 
Exporters  and  importers  would  find  it  impossible  to  collect 
readily  from  the  scattered  wheat  and  cotton  growing  areas 
sufficient  quantities  to  fulfil  isolated  orders  for  specific  grades  as 
received.  Moreover,  cotton  and  wheat  can  be  handled  most 
economically  when  in  bulk  and  can  be  stored  cheaply  without 
risk  of  deterioration  for  lengthy  periods  of  time.  Again,  they 
can  be  graded  into  standard  qualities,  and  are  collected  from  many 
scattered  sources  and  producers  whose  individual  contributions 
are  small  in  comparison  with  the  total  output  dealt  with  by  the 
market.  Wool,  at  first  sight,  might  appear  adapted  equally 
with,  if  not  better  than,  cotton  for  organised  dealings ;  but  diffi- 
culties in  grading  have  hitherto  prevented  the  growth  of  a  market 
in  wool  comparable  in  organisation  to  that  in  cotton.1  Each 
fleece  contains  portions  possessing  widely  different  qualities, 
which  must  be  separated  off  before  use.  Moreover,  each  district 
has  its  own  special  breed  of  sheep,  while  climate  and  soil  differen- 
tiate the  product  from  place  to  place,  even  when  the  breeds  are 
the  same.  Some  approach  to  uniformity  is  possible  in  the  case 
of  wool  from  new  countries  like  New  Zealand,  where  breed,  climate, 
and  soil  are  the  same  over  very  large  areas ;  but  even  this  help  to 
the  grader  is  counterbalanced  by  the  rapid  changes  in  fashion 
which  constantly  alter  the  relative  values  of  the  different  fibres,  in 
consequence  of  the  alterations  in  texture  imposed  upon  the 
weaver  to  meet  the  constant  new  market  demand.  In  the 
cotton  market  the  relative  values  of  different  staples  are  much 
more  permanent  and  the  same  trouble  is  not  met  with.  Yet, 

1  See  Cherington,  "  Some  Aspects  of  the  Wool  Trade  of  the  United 
States,"  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  vol.  xxv.  pp.  337-56,  for  account 
of  an  attempt  to  found  a  Wool  Exchange  in  New  York. 


6  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

notwithstanding  these  difficulties,  the  wool  market  possesses  a 
considerable  degree  of  organisation,  and  grading  is  performed  by 
the  Bradford  Conditioning  House  with  extreme  precision.  More- 
over, there  are  traces  of  speculative  dealings  in  some  Continental 
centres  of  the  trade,  in  Havre,  for  example,  in  raw  wool,  and  in 
Antwerp  and  Roubaix-Tourcoing  in  "  tops."  * 

Somewhat  similar  difficulties  of  grading  exist  in  the  case  also 
of  coal.  This  commodity  is  exceedingly  varied  in  character  over 
the  same  coal  field,  and  even  when  actually  cut  from  adjacent 
portions  of  the  same  seam.  Again,  although  the  actual  deter- 
mination of  calorific  value,  which  might  serve  as  the  basis  of 
grading,  is  not  difficult,  the  question  of  size — whether  "  large  "  or 
"  small "  or  "  fine  "—is  one  equally  important  to  consumers. 
The  reduction  of  even  a  small  range  of  calorific  values  in  com- 
bination with  size  to  their  equivalents  in  a  few  standard  sorts  is 
a  task  of  great  difficulty  and  has  as  yet  been  scarcely  attempted ; 
but  the  London  Coal  Exchange,  which  deals  in  almost  every 
variety,  has  had  some  success  in  introducing  uniformity  into  the 
movements  of  prices  of  different  kinds.  The  local  markets, 
however,  throughout  the  world,  each  with  its  own  business  terms 
and  customs,  still  dominate  the  coal  trade.  There  is  no  trace  of 
the  growth  of  anything  approaching  an  organised  world  market 
in  this  mineral. 

The  markets  for  certain  of  the  metals  are  highly  organised, 
though  for  different  reasons  in  the  several  cases.  The  circum- 
stances attending  the  production  and  marketing  of  wheat,  cotton, 
coffee,  and  agricultural  produce  generally  differ  so  markedly 
from  those  in  the  case  of  the  metals  that  the  problems  of  dealers 
in  the  two  groups  are  extremely  divergent.  In  the  one  case  the 
supply  is  not  produced  continuously,  but  depends  each  year  upon 
the  results  of  harvests  falling  within  assigned  parts  of  the  year, 
while  the  demand  by  consumers  is  continuous  and  practically 
uniform  throughout  the  year.  Dealers  hi  these  commodities, 
therefore,  have  to  adjust  a  seasonal  supply  to  a  continuous 
demand.  With  metals  supply  does  not  depend,  except  to  a  negli- 
gible degree,  on  seasonal  variation  during  the  year ;  whereas  demand 
is  fluctuating  and  uncertain.  In  this  case  supply  can  be  organised 
so  as  to  meet  demand  and  can  most  easily  adjust  itself  when  the 
latter  is  steady,  whether  it  be  of  large  or  of  small  dimensions.  In 
the  agricultural  group,  therefore,  conditions  on  the  demand  side 
tend  to  be  the  steadier  and  to  be  more  easy  of  forecast  and  the 
conditions  of  supply  more  uncertain ;  but  in  the  metal  group  the 
reverse  is  true. 

As  regards  iron  and  steel,  it  is  only  in  certain  exceptional  cases, 

r  "  Tops  "  are  the  coiled  flat-ended  balls  of  equal  weight  into  which 
wool  is  built  up  in  the  combing  process.  See  Clapham,  The  Woollen  and 
Worsted  Industries,  pp.  40  and  46. 


ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS  7 

of  great  interest  but  of  comparatively  small  importance  in  the 
trade  as  a  whole,  that  dealings  comparable  to  those  in  an 
organised  market  have  sprung  up.  The  tendency  to  further 
development  in  this  direction  has  been  checked  by  the  growth  of 
"  vertical  combination  "  in  the  iron  and  steel  industries,  which 
enables  the  larger  manufacturers  to  satisfy  their  requirements  in 
the  way  of  raw  material  without  recourse  to  markets.  Copper 
and  tin  afford  greater  scope  for  the  development  of  organised 
markets.  This  is  mainly  due  to  the  great  fluctuations  that  take 
place  in  their  prices,  which  offer  to  specialised  dealers  the 
opportunities  for  profit  that  must  exist  to  call  such  operators  into 
being.  These  fluctuations  are  due  to  the  growing  need  of  these 
metals  in  the  developments  that  are  taking  place  in  certain  large 
industries.  For  example,  electrical  engineering  is  making  a  con- 
tinually increasing  demand  for  copper,  a  scarcity  of  which  would 
considerably  hinder  progress  in  that  industry,  and  thus  react  in 
turn  on  many  other  allied  industries.  Again,  the  present  sources 
of  supply  of  these  metals  are  in  places  remote  from  the  chief 
industries  and  are  liable  to  interruption  from  causes,  both  physical 
and  political,  over  which  dealers  have  no  control.  In  this  respect 
these  two  metals  resemble  to  some  extent  the  agricultural  products. 

Other  commodities  may,  on  occasion,  admit  of  being  handled 
in  the  organised  produce  exchanges  and  may  be  even,  for  a  time, 
the  subject  of  a  very  great  number  of  transactions.  This  is  often 
a  consequence  of  fluctuations  in  an  otherwise  regular  supply — 
fluctuations  temporary  but  sufficiently  long  sustained  to  offer  an 
opportunity  of  profit  to  expert  dealers.  Occasionally  the  transi- 
tory importance  of  the  commodity  is  due  to  sudden  changes  in 
demand  which  were  not  foreseen  by  suppliers ;  but  in  each  case 
the  cessation  of  the  disturbing  cause  results  in  the  commodity 
disappearing  again  from  the  list  of  those  in  which  alone  specula- 
tion affords  a  fair  prospect  of  profit. 

It  is  obvious  that  wholly  or  partly  manufactured  articles  do 
not  even  in  a  remote  degree  come  within  the  category  of  com- 
modities which  can  be  handled  in  an  organised  market.1  Apart 
from  the  ease  and  speed  with  which  demand  and  supply  are 
ordinarily  adjusted  in  this  case,  the  fact  that  no  one  purchaser 
wants  many  articles,  and  buys  only  after  personal  inspection, 
makes  it  more  economical  to  transact  business  at  a  large  number 
of  small  distributing  points  than  to  attempt  large-scale  dealings 
in  an  exchange. 

About  1886  an  attempt  was  made  to  develop  a  branch  of  the 
Berlin  Bourse  for  dealings  in  this  class  of  goods.  The  venture  met 
with  little  success,  and  was  abandoned  in  1888.  No  attempt  has 
since  been  made  on  any  other  exchange  to  extend  its  operations 
in  this  direction. 

1  In  this  connection,  see  pp.  153  and  172  sq. 


8  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

It  is  in  the  organised  markets  or  exchanges  that  the  middle- 
man performs  those  two  functions  which  producers  and  con- 
sumers are  very  willing  to  depute  to  him,  viz.  the  holding  of  stocks 
of  goods  at  convenient  points  and  the  assumption  of  risks  due  to 
price  fluctuations.  For  the  efficient  performance  of  these  duties 
convenience  and  promptness  in  buying  and  selling  are  essential. 
Uniformity  of  usage,  and  strict  adherence  to  conventional 
standards  of  conduct  in  business  are  scarcely  less  desirable  ;  and 
the  rules  of  all  bourses,  exchanges,  boards  of  trade,  or  chambers 
of  commerce,  as  these  markets  are  variously  termed,  endeavour 
to  make  full  provision  in  this  respect. 

In  recent  years  further  steps  have  been  taken  in  the  standardisa- 
tion of  trade  customs,  and  in  the  still  greater  simplification  of  the 
conditions  under  which  produce  is  exchanged,  by  the  formation  in 
each  country  of  associations  embracing  all  the  exchanges  dealing 
in  the  chief  commodities.  For  example,  in  1909  the  Council  of 
the  North  American  Grain  Exchanges  was  formed  to  consist  of 
delegates  representing  the  organised  grain  centres  (at  least  thirteen 
in  number)  of  the  United  States.  The  object  of  this  body  is  : 

"  To  increase  the  efficiency  and  extent  of  the  usefulness  of 
exchanges  trading  in  agricultural  products  ;  to  promote  uniformity 
in  customs  and  usages ;  to  facilitate  the  adjustment  of  business 
controversies  and  differences  that  might  arise  between  members 
of  the  various  exchanges ;  to  render  enforceable  the  principles  of 
justice  and  equity  ;  to  encourage  the  enactment  of  wise  and  helpful 
legislation ;  to  erflighten  the  general  public  as  to  the  important 
service  rendered  by  exchanges  in  handling  agricultural  products  ; 
to  cultivate  reciprocal  relations  between  the  trade  of  North  America 
and  that  of  other  countries ;  to  obtain  by  affiliation  those  greater 
legitimate  conditions  unattainable  by  separate  and  local  effort ; 
and,  generally,  to  advance  the  welfare  of  the  grain  trade,  its  allied 
interests,  and  the  interests  of  all  those  engaged  in  the  production, 
handling,  marketing,  and  consumption  of  agricultural  products." 

For  facilitating  export  business  in  the  same  way,  there  is  the 
North  American  Export  Grain  Association,  which  works  in  co- 
operation with  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Ltd.,  and 
other  bodies  in  the  importing  countries ;  and  the  National 
Federation  of  Corn  Trade  Associations  in  the  United  Kingdom  is 
another  organisation  representative  of  market  authorities  which 
acts  in  the  name  of  the  whole  of  the  corn  trade  associations  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

By  no  means  the  least  important  of  the  objects  of  the  organised 
markets  is  the  dissemination  of  information  of  every  kind  bearing 
on  the  supply  or  demand  of  the  commodity  dealt  in.  The  im- 
portance of  correct  and  trustworthy  news  of  the  conditions  of 
growing  crops  and  of  reliable  estimates  of  their  probable  yields 
has  become  so  great,  not  only  for  dealers  but  for  consumers 


ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS  9 

as  well,  that  Governments  have  taken  it  upon  themselves 
4;o  help  the  markets  in  this  respect  and  have,  in  most  of 
the  large  agricultural  countries,  set  up  elaborate  machinery  for 
reporting  crop  conditions  at  every  stage  of  growth.  In  some 
countries  like  Canada  and  the  United  States  private  agencies 
supplement  the  official  reports  concerning  crop  conditions ;  but 
every  exchange  provides  its  own  arrangements  for  the  collection 
of  less  striking,  but  equally  important,  items  of  news  bearing  on 
weather  conditions,  movements  in  other  markets,  price  quotations, 
rumours  of  political  change — in  fact,  anything  that  may,  even 
remotely,  influence  demand  and  supply  in  any  part  of  the  world. 
An  exchange  is  not  an  organisation  for  the  making  of  money, 
but  it  may  collect  from  members  and  others  who  make  use  of  the 
facilities  it  provides  fees  and  dues  with  which  to  pay  necessary 
expenses.  It  does  not  fix  prices  or  make  transactions  in  ordinary 
business  as  an  organised  body,  although  it  may  sometimes  accept 
full  legal  responsibility  on  behalf  of  each  party  to  any  contract 
made  under  its  rules,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  as  an  institu- 
tion it  never  initiates  business  itself.  It  is  primarily  instrumental 
in  affording  a  convenient  market  place,  in  regulating  trade,  and 
in  controlling  the  conduct  of  business  of  its  members;  but  the 
latter  act  upon  their  own  responsibility,  and  may  trade  as  much 
or  as  little  as  they  please,  provided  they  conform  to  the  standards 
which  the  rules  of  the  exchange  prescribe  for  the  regulation  of 
business.1 

1  See  Report  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange,  September  10,  1921 
(being  a  statement  submitted  to  the  Royal  Grain  Inquiry  Commission  by 
the  secretary  in  response  to  a  questionnaire  received  from  the  Commission, 
May  1 6,  1921),  pp.  16-18  inclusive. 


CHAPTER   II 

WARRANTS   AND   GRADING 

BEFORE  speculative  dealings  in  organised  markets  could  attain 
their  present  degree  of  development,  systems  had  to  be  devised 
whereby  commodities  could  be  classified  in  grades  and  certified 
as  in  accordance  with  sample  or  standard  generally  recognised 
by  dealers.  The  adoption  of  grades  or  of  classification  by 
qualities  did  not  take  place  immediately  the  need  was  felt.  Yet 
a  space  of  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  was  sufficient 
to  perfect  the  very  efficient  methods  now  in  use  in  the  case  of 
the  main  staple  commodities  of  international  trade.  The  desire 
of  a  merchant  to  take  advantage  of  a  favourable  price  before  his 
goods  were  ready  caused  him  often  to  make  offers  of  "  forward 
delivery  "  of  particular  lots  on  the  basis  of  samples  supplied,  and 
then  later  on  the  basis  of  a  fairly  generally  recognised  standard. 
Gradually  the  custom  sprang  up  of  the  buyer  accepting  goods 
purchased  on  the  latter  basis  which  were  not  of  the  specified 
standard,  provided  allowances  were  made  in  payment  for  any 
variations  in  quality.  This  was  the  case  particularly  in  the 
cotton  trade.  English  importers  began  selling  cotton  to  the 
spinners  before  their  cargoes  arrived — selling  it  "to  arrive  "  or 
"  in  transit."  The  next  step  was  to  sell  even  before  it  left  the 
American  ports,  in  which  case  it  was  said  to  be  sold  "  for  ship- 
ment." In  the  grain  trade  the  development  at  first  was  different, 
owing  to  the  much  wider  area  over  which  that  commodity  had  to 
be  distributed.  Here  the  cargo  was  shipped  to  a  port  of  call 
"  for  orders,"  and  before  the  arrival  of  the  vessel  the  importer 
sold  for  delivery  in  the  market  best  at  the  moment.  On  arrival 
of  the  ship  at  the  port  of  call  it  was  then  directed  to  proceed  to 
the  place  where  the  cargo  had  been  sold.  In  this  way  ports  like 
Queenstown,  Falmouth,  Gibraltar,  and  Aden  became  important  ; 
but  with  the  growing  use  of  wireless  telegraphy  by  merchant 
vessels  ports  of  call  become  less  essential  and  ships'  charter 
parties  are  being  altered  accordingly.  All  these  methods  of 
trading  are  still  regular  and  in  common  use. 

Further  development  took  place  when  the  warrant  system 
and  official  grading  came  into  general  use.  Warrants  are  not  of 
recent  introduction  ;  they  date  back  to  1733,  in  connection  with 

10 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  n 

the  business  of  the  East  India  Company.  Their  function  is  to 
transfer  ownership  without  actual  transfer  of  goods.  They  also 
serve  as  security,  by  means  of  which  advances  from  bankers  can 
be  obtained.  By  endorsement  they  pass  from  hand  to  hand, 
and  can  at  any  time  be  presented  for  the  goods  they  represent. 
Such  warrants,  representing  specific  lots  of  goods,  are  merely 
special  receipts  ;  and  transactions  in  them  are  precisely  the  same 
as  dealings  in  the  goods  themselves.  In  the  case  of  iron,  there 
sprang  up  about  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  a  system 
of  general  warrants,  united  with  carefully  conducted  grading, 
which  helped  markedly  in  the  organisation  of  the  Glasgow  and 
Middlesbrough  iron  markets.  A  general  warrant  is  a  receipt 
for  no  particular  lot,  but  merely  a  transferable  order  for  an  equal 
amount  of  the  given  commodity  of  the  same  grade.  The  English 
law  courts  always  upheld  the  special  characteristics  of  these 
warrants  in  case  of  dispute,  and  in  this  connection  the  dicta  of  the 
Master  of  the  Rolls  (Jessel),  in  delivering  judgment  in  1877  in 
the  case  Merchant  Banking  Co.  v.  Phcenix  Bessemer  Steel  Co., 
are  of  importance : 

"  The  form  (of  iron  warrant)  was  invented  about  1846  and  the 
practice  grew  general  about  1866,  and,  I  think,  from  that  time  till 
now  we  must  consider  it,  on  the  evidence,  as  an  established  custom, 
that  any  man  who  gives  this  warrant  understands  that  it  shall  pass 
from  hand  to  hand  for  value  by  indorsement,  and  that  the  indorsee 
is  to  have  the  goods  free  from  any  vendor's  claim  for  purchase 
money.  He  is  not  to  be  asked  whether  he  has  a  claim  or  not ;  if  he 
chooses  to  issue  it  in  this  shape,  he  tells  all  the  trade  that  they  may 
safely  deal  on  the  faith  of  that  warrant,  and  whether  or  not  it 
becomes  a  negotiable  instrument  at  common  law  as  distinct  from 
equity  is,  to  my  mind,  utterly  immaterial.  That  is  the  custom; 
and  as  the  man  who  issues  such  a  warrant  knows  that  custom,  it 
appears  to  me  that  the  Phoenix  Bessemer  Co.  have  issued  those 
exactly  as  if  they  had  said  they  were  to  be  deliverable  according  to 
the  custom  of  the  iron  trade,  that  is,  to  be  deliverable  '  free  from 
any  vendor's  lien'  to  Messrs.  Smith  &  Co.  or  their  assigns  by 
indorsement.  If  these  words  had  been  inserted,  as  I  think  it  will 
be  desirable  in  future  they  should  be  inserted,  can  anybody  doubt 
that  the  company,  by  issuing  the  warrant  in  that  form,  would  be 
precluded  in  equity  from  afterwards  alleging  that  they  were  unpaid 
vendors  ? " 

But  apart  from  the  fact  that  the  Courts  uphold  reasonable  trade 
customs  when  satisfactory  proof  of  their  existence  is  supplied, 
Section  25  of  the  Sale  of  Goods  Act,  1893,  places  the  question 
of  transferability  of  warrants  beyond  all  doubt : 

(i)  "  Where  a  person  having  sold  goods  continues  or  is  in  posses* 

sion  of  the  goods,  or  of  the  documents  of  title  to  the  goods,  the 
deliver}'  or  transfer  by  that  person,  or  by  a  mercantile  agent  acting 
for  him,  of  the  goods'or  documents  of  title,  under  any  sale,  pledge. 


12  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

or  other  disposition  thereof,  to  any  person  receiving  the  same  in 
good  faith  and  without  notice  of  the  previous  sale,  shall  have  the 
same  effect  as  if  the  person  making  the  delivery  or  transfer  were 
expressly  authorised  by  the  owner  of  the  goods  to  make  the  same. 

(2)  "  Where  a  person  having  bought  or  agreed  to  buy  goods 
obtains,  with  the  consent  of  the  seller,  possession  of  the  goods  or 
the  documents  of  title  to  the  goods,  the  delivery  or  transfer  by 
that  person,  or  by  a  mercantile  agent  acting  for  him,  of  the  goods  or 
documents  of  title,  under  any  sale,  pledge,  or  other  disposition 
thereof  to  any  person  receiving  the  same  in  good  faith  and  without 
notice  of  any  lien  or  other  right  of  the  original  seller  in  respect  of 
the  goods,  shall  have  the  same  effect  as  if  the  person  making  the 
delivery  or  transfer  were  a  mercantile  agent  in  possession  of  the 
goods  or  documents  of  title  with  the  consent  of  the  owner."  1 

About  the  same  time  general  warrants  and  grading  developed 
independently  in  the  United  States  for  wheat  and  other  grains. 
The  collection  at  export  centres  of  these  commodities  from  a 
large  number  of  small  producers  and  the  mixing  of  all  the  con- 
tributors' shares  in  one  consignment  made  it  impossible  to  give 
receipts  for  specific  lots.  Moreover,  it  became  increasingly 
difficult  to  sell  by  sample  under  these  circumstances,  and  so  during 
the  'fifties  of  last  century  the  system  of  grading  was  fully  adopted. 
Large  warehouses  and  grain  elevators  sprang  up  at  export  points, 
and  the  railways  as  they  extended  west  set  up  similar  stores  there.. 
As  wheat  was  presented  for  storage  it  was  inspected  and  classified! 
in  established  grades.  The  receipts  issued  by  the  warehouse  or 
elevator  became  the  equivalent,  for  market  purposes,  of  the 
given  amount  of  a  specified  grade,  and  were  thus  warrants  en- 
titling the  holder  to  possession  on  presentation.  At  first  they 
were  specific  orders  for  actual  lots  deposited,  notwithstanding 
the  fixed  grades,  but  they  became  general  receipts  (general 
warrants)  when  the  growth  of  the  amount  of  wheat  stored  in 
bulk  rendered  it  difficult,  if  not  almost  impossible,  to  deliver  at 
any  moment  on  a  warrant  presented  for  redemption  the  actual 
grain  previously  deposited.  Therefore  all  grain  of  the  same  grade 
was  stored  in  bulk  as  received  by  warehouse  and  elevator,  without 
regard  to  particular  lots ;  and  contracts  were  fulfilled  by  mere 
delivery  of  the  general  warrants. 

By  1860  most  of  the  wheat  handled  in  Chicago  was  duly 
graded  and  dealt  in  by  means  of  general  warrant,  but  it  was  not 
until  1874  that  this  system  reached  New  York.  As  the  classifica- 
tion of  cotton  is  not,  and  probably  can  never  be,  the  exact  process 
that  the  grading  of  wheat  has  become,  the  practice  of  issuing 
general  receipts  never  became  established  in  the  American  cotton 
trade.  Cotton  is  not  stored  in  vast  quantities  in  terminal  ware- 
houses, and  the  method  of  warehousing  it  in  New  York  (placing 

1  See  also  The  Bankers'  Magazine,  October,  1921,  p.  473,  for  discussion^ 
concerning  negotiability  of  warrants  and  warehouse  receipts. 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  13 

it  in  high  tiers  with  bales  of  different  grades  in  juxtaposition) 
renders  bale  by  bale  identification  with  grade  difficult.  Moreover, 
it  is  more  expensive  to  "  load  in  "  and  "  load  out  "  of  store  ; 
for  it  cannot  be  handled  in  that  continuous  flow  that  makes 
wheat  so  pre-eminently  transportable  among  the  commodities 
dealt  in  on  the  organised  markets. 

Early  grading  was  of  an  untrustworthy  kind  until  the  produce 
exchanges  for  their  own  protection  began  to  adopt  rules  to  control 
it ;  because  the  efficiency  of  the  inspection  and  grading  system 
in  a  market  determines,  to  a  very  great  extent,  the  size  and 
prosperity  of  that  market.  In  some  cases,  in  England  especially, 
the  exchanges  still  maintain  control,  but  many  States  of  the 
American  Union,  for  the  protection  of  the  public,  perhaps,  rather 
than  to  help  the  produce  merchants,  have  made  the  inspection 
of  the  great  staple  commodities  (grain  amongst  them)  a  State 
function.  In  Illinois  the  State  Board  of  Railroad  and  Warehouse 
Commissions  supervises  the  grading  of  wheat.  In  Minnesota  and 
Missouri  there  are  similar  commissions.  Thus  the  important 
wheat  markets  of  Chicago,  Minneapolis,  St.  Louis,  and  Duluth 
are  specifically  under  State  regulation  in  this  one  respect  of 
grading.  It  is  important  that  this  should  be  so  in  the  case  of 
Duluth ;  for  its  standard  for  wheat  is  higher  than  that  of  the 
Atlantic  seaboard.  This  ensures  that  all  grain  leaving  Duluth 
for  Buffalo  by  lake  is  what  it  purports  to  be,  but  it  puts  purchasers 
for  the  European  markets  to  the  trouble  of  seeing  that  a  poorer 
grade  is  not  substituted  between  the  time  the  grain  leaves  Buffalo 
and  the  time  that  it  is  loaded  on  the  trans-Atlantic  steamer.  In 
the  case,  however,  of  live  stock,  lard,  and  pork  in  Chicago,  the 
Chicago  Board  of  Trade  still  controls  the  grading ;  and  the  New 
York  Produce  and  Cotton  Exchanges  provide  for  the  inspection 
and  grading  of  the  commodities  they  handle  by  duly  authorised 
sworn  inspectors  and  gaugers. 

There  is  a  lack  of  uniformity  in  the  grading  of  grain  in  different 
States  and  exchanges  in  America  which  is  a  considerable  hindrance 
to  trade.  Each  market  has  its  own  standards,  and  attempts  to 
establish  uniform  grades,  in  the  case  of  wheat,  for  instance, 
applicable  to  all  have  not  hitherto  met  with  much  success.  The 
law  of  1916,  giving  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture 
authority  to  establish  grades  for  cereals  in  transport  in  interstate 
commerce,  may  accomplish  what  private  agreement  has  hitherto 
failed  to  do.  It  has  already  established  grades  for  wheat  and 
maize  for  use  in  interstate  trade,  but  had  not  done  so  for  oats 
and  the  other  cereals  in  the  autumn  of  1919. 

The  later  development  of  the  Canadian  wheat  fields  and  the 
greater  centralisation  of  power  in  the  hands  of  the  Dominion 
Government  enabled  the  latter  to  move  more  quickly  than  the 
Federal  Government  in  the  United  States  in  the  matter  of  the 


14  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

storage,  inspection,  and  grading  of  cereals.  Under  the  Canada 
Grain  Act  of  1912,  which  is  administered  by  the  Board  of  Grain 
Commissioners  for  Canada,  all  wheat  grown  in  Canada  and 
despatched  in  railway  car-load  lots  or  cargoes  from  elevators 
must  be  inspected  and  graded  by  Government  officials.  It  is 
then  dealt  in,  both  for  the  home  and  foreign  markets,  entirely  on 
the  basis  of  the  inspection  certificate  and  grade.1  At  the  terminal 
elevators  (many  of  which  are  owned  by  the  Dominion  Govern- 
ment) it  is  weighed,  cleaned,  and  binned  according  to  grade  under 
the  direct  supervision  of  inspectors ;  and  a  warehouse  receipt 
(which  is  a  general  warrant)  is  issued  by  the  elevator  operator  to 
the  owner.  When  the  wheat  is  being  sent  forward  from  a  terminal 
elevator  it  is  again  weighed  and  inspected,  but  it  must  be  graded 
out  as  graded  in ;  that  is,  grain  of  equal  quality  must  be  delivered. 
Thus,  through  every  stage  of  movement,  identity  of  grade  is 
maintained,  though  identity  of  lot  is  completely  obliterated. 
Similar  arrangements  hold  good  for  oats,  barley,  and  flax. 

In  Liverpool  wheat  sought  to  be  tendered  on  "  Future 
Delivery  Contract  "  2  must  be  one  of  eight  grades  ("  Liverpool 
grade  "),  and  must  be  certified  as  such  by  the  Grading  Committee 
of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Ltd.  Samples  are  placed 
before  this  committee,  who  pass  the  wheat  submitted  as  one  or 
other  of  the  grades  allowed  or  reject  it,  as  the  case  may  be.  If 
the  certificate  is  issued,  it  is  conclusive  evidence  of  standard  and 
quality.  Only  American  Red,  Australian,  and  Argentine  wheat 
are  graded  for  this  purpose.  East  Indian  wheat  is  sold  subject  to 
analysis,  and  River  Plate  wheat  subject  to  its  being  a  particular 
weight  per  bushel  at  time  of  discharge.  This  analysis  and  weight 
determination  are  performed  by  the  association,  and  appropriate 
certificates  are  issued  which  greatly  facilitate  dealings  in  these 
varieties.  In  the  rules  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association,  Ltd., 
elaborate  provision  is  made  for  the  classification  and  standardisa- 
tion of  the  various  growths  of  cotton  that  reach  that  market. 
Firstly,  standard  grades  have  been  agreed  on  which  cannot 
readily  be  altered,  but  to  which  additions  may  be  made  from  time 
to  time  in  a  manner  carefully  prescribed  by  rule.  Samples  in 
duplicate  of  the  various  grades  have  been  made  up  by  three 
appeal  committees,  dealing  respectively  with  the  American,  the 
East  Indian,  and  the  Egyptian  growths.  Of  these  samples  one 
set  (the  reserve  standards)  is  kept  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the 
appeal  committee  concerned,  while  the  other  (working  standards) 

1  For  many  years  trading  in  wheat  by  sample  was  prohibited  by  law 
in  Western  Canada,  but  although  it  is  now  permitted  and  the  Winnipeg 
Grain  Exchange  provides  all  the  facilities  needed,  there  has  hitherto  been 
no  business  done  on  this  basis. 

8  For  description  of  such  contracts,  usually  called  "futures,"  see 
Chapter  IV. 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  15 

is  open  to  the  inspection  of  members  on  condition  of  not  being 
touched.  Frequent  comparison  of  the  two  sets  is  made,  and  the 
certified  standards  in  use  by  the  classification  committees  of  the 
association  are  compared  with  the  working  standards  at  least 
once  every  three  months.  Samples  of  cotton  for  grading  are 
submitted  to  the  appropriate  Classification  Committee,  from 
whose  decisions  appeals  may  be  made  to  an  arbitration  or  an 
appeal  committee.  Thus  every  effort  is  made  to  obtain  accuracy 
in  what  is  by  no  means  a  simple  or  straightforward  process. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  difficulties  to  be  surmounted  in  the 
grading  of  cotton,  and  of  the  possible  unfairness  to  growers  as  a 
result  of  incorrect  classification,  reference  may  be  made  to  an 
investigation  conducted  by  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  in  the  autumn  of  1912.  A  collection  of  samples  was 
secured  from  twenty-one  bales  sold  by  a  number  of  different 
farmers  at  one  of  the  larger  primary  markets  in  Oklahoma.  The 
bales  showed  a  wide  variation  in  grade  but  a  marked  similarity 
in  price.  They  were  not  sold  as  one  lot,  and  no  two  bales  were 
accepted  as  of  equal  grade,  although  the  differences  allowed  for 
were  small.  The  extreme  variation  in  price  was  i  cent  per  lb., 
which  was  not  sufficient  when  the  actual  range  of  quality  was 
taken  into  account.  But  the  most  interesting  fact  was  that  the 
lowest  price  in  the  group  per  lb.  was  paid  for  that  particular  bale 
of  the  group  which  was  of  the  highest  grade.  The  difficulties  of 
accurate  grading  at  a  stage  sufficiently  early  to  enable  the  grower 
to  get  due  credit  for  better  quality  are  enormous.  In  this  case 
the  original  grading  was  rough  and  ready,  with  the  result  that  good 
produce  obtained  an  even  smaller  price  than  the  more  average 
output  of  the  district. 

Coffee  is  classified  and  graded  according  to  the  quality  and 
place  of  origin.  A  special  staff  for  this  sole  purpose  is  employed 
by  the  New  York  Coffee  Exchange. 

The  fact  that  grading  is  becoming  essential  in  the  organisation 
of  trade,  even  in  the  case  of  commodities  the  market  for  which 
is  not,  and  cannot  be,  highly  organised,  is  illustrated  by  the 
growth  of  systems  of  grading  in  the  lumber  industry,  particularly 
in  the  Pacific  north-western  section  of  the  American  continent. 
In  this  industry  it  was  the  lumber  mill  owners  who  first  felt  the 
need  of  the  protection  that  careful  grading  alone  can  afford. 
Their  output,  loaded  often  for  conveyance  by  sea  in  an  un- 
seasoned condition,  was  sometimes  rejected  on  arrival  at  its 
destination  on  the  grounds  that  it  had  deteriorated  in  transit  and 
was  not  of  the  quality  contracted  for.  This  they  discovered  was 
particularly  the  case  when  market  changes  went  against  the 
purchaser  before  the  ship  reached  its  destination.  They,  therefore, 
formed  an  inspection  bureau,  to  the  expenses  of  which  lumber 
mills  using  its  services  agreed  to  contribute.  Sworn  certificates 


16  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

of  grade  are  issued ;  and  in  case  of  complaint  provision  is  made 
for  re-inspection  on  arrival  of  the  cargo.  For  this  latter  purpose 
a  staff  is  maintained,  scattered  widely  at  important  distributing 
centres  of  the  timber  trade  in  North  America.  The  fact  that  the 
territory  which  is  the  seat  of  this  industry  includes  British 
Columbia  as  well  as  two  states  of  the  American  Union  renders 
the  plan  of  government  inspection  impracticable,  notwithstanding 
the  fact  that  it  is  now  the  policy  of  both  the  Dominion  and 
Federal  Governments  to  assume  control  in  all  matters  of 
trade  and  industry  affecting  more  than  one  of  their  component 
members.1 

The  superior  economy  of  buying  by  grade  and  "  reputation," 
as  compared  with  buying  on  inspection  or  by  sample,  is  apparent 
not  only  in  the  organised  produce  markets  but  in  ordinary  retail 
trade  as  well.  The  growing  tendency  to  put  more  and  more 
articles  into  standardised  packages,  and  to  regard  the  shop- 
keeper as  a  mere  agent  of  transfer  satisfying  demands  guided 
largely  by  widespread  advertising  methods,  helps  to  save  in- 
dividual buyers  the  trouble  of  becoming  expert  judges  of  all  the 
commodities  they  wish  to  consume.  Moreover,  this  standardisa- 
tion may  in  some  cases  reduce  the  cost  of  getting  the  products  to 
the  consumer.  The  reduction  is  greater  the  earlier  the  stage  at 
which  the  standardisation  takes  place ;  for  every  inspection  at  a 
change  of  hands  involves  increasing  expense  which  is  passed  on 
to  the  consumer.  The  difference,  therefore,  between  the  price 
paid  by  the  consumer  and  the  price  received  by  the  producer  is 
greater  for  commodities  which  cannot  be  standardised  than  for 
those  which  are.  California  oranges,  which  are  graded  and 
standardised  as  soon  as  plucked,  are  a  case  in  point.  The  cost  of 
getting  them  from  producer  to  consumer  is  now  very  little  greater 
than  the  transport  companies'  actual  freight  charges.  Before 
grading  it  was  a  considerable  item  in  the  price  paid  by  the 
consumer. 

Where  no  system  of  grading  is  adopted  for  a  commodity 
which  varies  considerably  in  quality,  the  seller  at  any  stage  (if 
competition  is  keen)  finds  himself  pressed  to  supply  an  article  of 
a  somewhat  better  quality  than  he  has  strictly  promised.  This 
is  the  case  particularly  at  the  start  of  new  firms  which  establish 
a  reputation  they  cannot  afterwards  maintain,  to  the  injury  of 
older  houses  and  the  general  public.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
competition  is  negligible,  sellers  are  enabled  to  supply  inferior 
qualities ;  but  the  monopolistic  or  quasi-monopolistic  conditions 
necessary  for  these  circumstances  are  in  most  cases  the  results  of 
combination  and  large-scale  manufacture  which  is  compatible 
only  with  an  output  of  standardised  goods.  Consumers,  therefore, 

1  Custis,  "  Timber  Grading  in  the  Pacific  North-West,"  Quarterly 
Journal  of  Economics,  vol.  xxvi.  pp.  538-44. 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  17 

may  still  have  the  advantages  of  standardisation,  though  the 
prices  they  may  be  required  to  pay  are  quite  another  matter. 

It  has  been  argued  1  that  as  the  State  fixes  the  standards  of 
weights  and  measures,  and  issues  coins,  or  otherwise  guarantees 
standards  of  quality  in  the  case  of  money,  it  might  logically  pro- 
ceed a  step  further  and  guarantee  the  quality  of  the  commodities 
themselves,  for  whose  purchase  and  sale  the  money  is  required. 
In  some  cases  quality  is  as  readily  determined  as  quantity ;  but 
in  the  majority  of  cases  this  is  not  so,  and  it  would  not  be  a  simple 
matter  for  the  State  to  impose  from  above  grades  and  methods  of 
standardisation  that  did  not  arise  naturally  in  the  evolution  of 
the  trades  concerned.  Yet,  omitting  exceptional  and  temporary 
governmental  interference,  rendered  necessary  (in  all  countries) 
by  the  war  of  1914-18,  the  Governments  of  Canada  and  the 
United  States  have  definitely  assumed  the  function  of  fixing 
standards  of  quality,2  but  in  most  other  countries  the  State 
confines  itself  to  protecting  consumers  against  adulteration  3  and 
the  grosser  acts  of  fraud. 

The  difficulties  attendant  on  government  interference  in 
grading  are  increased  when  the  commodity  is  one  for  which  the 
most  important  markets  happen  to  be  outside  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
official  grading  authority.  Liverpool  standard  grades  of  American 
cotton  differ  from  those  in  use  on  the  American  exchanges  which 
use  the  standards  fixed  by  an  American  law  of  1915  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture.  Before 
this  Act  was  passed,  the  chief  of  the  Office  of  Markets  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  complained  of  a  con- 
stantly increasing  tendency  to  lower  the  standards  in  grain  under 
the  systems  of  grading  and  inspection  then  in  force,  and  to  give 
the  benefit  of  the  doubt  to  the  seller.  The  result  of  this  practice, 
which  at  first  glance  gives  apparent  advantage  to  the  grower, 
was  to  give  the  careless  producer  or  the  dealer  in  lower  grades 
better  prices  for  these  lower  grades,  and  thus  gradually  to  depress 
prices  on  all  grades.  Purchasers  attempted  to  defend  themselves 

1  See  Carver,  "  Standardisation  in  Marketing,"  Quarterly  Journal  of 
Economics,"  vol.  xxxi.  p.  341. 

1  In,  for  example,  the  Canada  Grain  Act,  1912 ;  U.S.A.  Grain 
Standards  Act,  1916  ;  Cotton  Futures  Act,  1915  ;  Grain  Grading  Laws  in 
Illinois,  Minnesota,  and  other  States ;  Apple  Grading  Law  in  Four  New 
England  States ;  and  the  Apple  Laws,  1915,  1917,  and  Fresh  Fruit  Laws, 
1915,  1917, 1919,  of  the  State  of  California ;  etc. 

8  Reference  may  be  made  to  two  important  cases  in  which  govern- 
ments endeavour  to  maintain  abroad  the  reputation  of  the  characteristic 
products  of  their  respective  countries :  the  Government  of  Denmark,  in 
the  case  of  exported  butter,  has  instituted  a  compulsory  trade  mark  to 
be  applied,  at  the  time  of  testing,  by  State  officials ;  and  wine  exported 
from  South  Australia  for  sale  as  guaranteed  South  Australian  Wine  is,  in 
every  case,  examined  before  shipment  by  government  experts  in  viti- 
culture. 


i8  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

by  buying  on  a  safe  margin,  with  resulting  hardship  to  the  better 
class  of  growers  who  were  the  very  people  deserving  of  discrimina- 
tion in  their  favour.  "  The  greatest  use  of  grades  at  present/'  he 
goes  on  to  report,  "is  in  dealings  between  buyers  and  between 
merchants  and  manufacturers.  They  are  rarely  of  direct  benefit 
in  most  crops  to  the  farmer,  but  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  settling 
squabbles  between  middlemen.  This  is  a  condition  which 
deserves  early  correction.  The  farmer  should  be  paid  for  the 
grade  which  he  produces.  Its  quality,  whether  good  or  bad,  is 
due  to  his  care  or  indifference.  In  the  former  case  he  deserves 
encouragement,  and  in  the  latter  such  discrimination  as  will 
force  him  to  produce  a  better  product."  1  The  most  serious 
abuses  arose  in  cases  in  which  the  same  grade  names  were  applied 
to  different  qualities  by  different  exchanges  or  associations  ;  for  it 
was  then  possible  for  a  dealer  to  buy  on  one  set  of  grades  that 
exacted  high  quality  and  to  sell  at  correspondingly  higher  prices 
under  less  exacting  standards.  Probably  in  no  other  com- 
modity is  it  so  important  as  in  cotton  to  have  a  single  set  of 
standards  generally  acceptable  throughout  the  world.2 

Under  present  arrangements,  when  American  cargoes  arrive  at 
Liverpool,  considerable  time  is  wasted  on  arbitration  and  sampling, 
much  of  which  might  be  saved  if  the  standards  of  the  two  countries 
were  uniform.  Yet  probably  the  much-desired  general  agreement 
is  being  delayed  by  the  very  haste  of  the  American  Government 
in  settling  its  standards  before  adequately  considering  the  needs 
of  international  trade. 

International  uniformity  of  grade,  however  attained,  would, 
in  the  case  of  all  commodities,  ensure  a  higher  standard  of  busi- 
ness morality  ;  for  exporters  and  importers,  knowing  exactly  what 
was  required  from  them,  would  be  less  likely  then  than  they  are 
now  to  attempt  to  supply  inferior  grades.  Moreover,  the  greater 
certainty  that  the  best  grades  would  be  everywhere  recognised  as 
such  could  not  fail  to  encourage  producers  in  their  efforts  to  grow 
and  market  only  the  very  highest  qualities. 

It  may  be  of  interest  at  this  stage  to  consider  some  details  of 
the  methods  and  underlying  principles  adopted  in  the  classifica- 
tion of  cotton,  wheat,  and  a  few  other  products  that  are  dealt 
in  on  the  organised  markets. 

In  general  the  classification  of  cotton  depends  on  three 
factors : 

(i)  Colour,  whether  the  cotton  is  white,  tinged,  or  stained. 

1  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science, 
vol.  1.  p.  254. 

*  A  joint  committee  of  Liverpool  and  American  experts  was  appointed 
in  June,  1921,  to  make  recommendations  on  this  point:  Report  of  World 
Cotton  Conference,  Liverpool  and  Manchester,  June,  1921. 


WARRANTS  AND   GRADING  19 

(2)  Cleanliness,   whether  free  or  otherwise  from  leaf,   and 

comparative  absence  of  extraneous  substances. 

(3)  Staple,  or  "  the  average  length  of  the  bulk  of  the  fibres/' 

White  is  the  normal  colour  of  cotton  when  picked  before  the 
frost  sets  in  and  affects  the  plant.  The  "  tinged  "  colour  is  caused 
by  the  light  frosting  of  the  bolls  before  opening  or  by  exposure  to 
rain ;  while  "  stained  "  colour  is  the  result  of  severe  frosts  and  heavy 
rains.  It  is  to  a  great  extent  a  matter  of  individual  judgment  as 
to  when  tinged  cotton  passes  over  into  stained.  The  former  is  a 
yellowish  or  golden-orange  hue,  while  the  latter  is  a  deep  orange  or 
tawny  shade.  In  New  Orleans  there  are  very  detailed  differences 
recognised  in  this  respect ;  and  distinction  is  drawn  between 
"  spotted,"  "  light  tinged/1 "  medium  tinged,"  "  light  stained,"  etc. 

The  staple  is  found  by  taking  a  tuft  of  cotton  and  removing 
the  short  fibres  by  drawing  it  out  between  finger  and  thumb. 
The  average  length  of  the  remaining  fibres  expressed  in  inches 
gives  the  result  sought.  The  staple  of  American  cotton  runs 
from  f  in.  to  ij  in.  That  of  Egyptian  cotton  is  longer.  As  a 
rule,  the  longer  the  staple  the  greater  the  value  attached  to  the 
class.  If  a  good  strong  yarn  is  required  for  bleaching,  staple  is 
all  important ;  but  in  other  cases  colour  and  cleanliness  may  be 
the  deciding  factors  so  far  as  a  manufacturer  is  concerned.  One 
half  of  the  American  crop  is  of  staple  f  to  I  in.,  and  is  known  as 
"  Upland/'  It  is  grown  in  the  States  on  or  near  the  Atlantic  sea- 
board, the  Carolinas,  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Florida.  The  longer 
stapled  cottons,  from  I  in.  to  ij\  in.,  are  grown  in  the  greater  part 
of  the  Mississippi  Valley  States  and  in  Texas  and  Oklahoma. 
They  are  named  "  Gulf  "  and  <c  Texas  "  cottons  in  the  trade. 
Nearly  all  the  longer  stapled  cotton  from  i^  in.  to  i J  in.  is  grown 
in  the  part  of  the  State  of  Mississippi  called  the  Delta  and  in  part 
of  Arkansas.  Being  raised  on  the  rich  alluvial  soils  in  the  bends 
of  rivers,  it  is  known  as  "  Rivers  "  or  "  Benders."  It  comprises 
about  5  per  cent,  of  the  total  output  of  an  average  year.  Thus 
Uplands  50  per  cent.,  Gulf  and  Texas  45  per  cent.,  and  the  extra 
staples  (rivers  and  benders)  5  per  cent,  are  the  relative  proportions. 
Therefore,  in  trading  on  the  cotton  exchanges,  upland  cotton 
must  be  given  the  foremost  place  and  made  the  basis  for  all  the 
trading  rules,  but  always  with  special  provision  for  the  more 
valuable  longer  stapled  varieties.  The  most  valuable  cotton  of 
all,  the  Sea  Island  variety,  grown  in  islands  round  the  south- 
eastern coast  of  the  United  States,  is  of  a  rich  cream  colour  with 
staple  if  in.  It  is  always  classified  separately  from  rivers  and 
benders  and  kept  distinct  from  the  rest  of  the  American  crop.1 

1  Owing  to  ravages  by  the  boll  Weevil  "  the  Sea  Island  industry  has 
virtually  been  destroyed  "  :  Report  of  World  Cotton  Conference,  Liverpool 
and  Manchester,  June,  1921,  p.  107. 


20 


ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 


The  term  "  grade  "  or  "  class  "  in  cotton  is  used  solely  with 
reference  to  its  colour  and  comparative  freedom  from  extraneous 
matter.  From  the  point  of  view  of  the  spinner,  the  dry  leaf, 
specks  of  dust,  bits  of  husk  and  so  forth,  detract  from  the  value ; 
for  they  have  to  be  removed  before  he  can  use  it.  Cleanliness, 
therefore,  is  the  predominating  factor  in  settling  price  and 
consequently  the  most  important  consideration  in  fixing  grade. 

The  American  classification  scheme  starts  from  the  standard 
that  is  regarded  as  representing  a  fair  average  of  quality  and  is 
called  " Middling/'  Grades  better  (i.e.  cleaner)  than  ''Middling " 
are  called  "  Good  Middling/'  "  Middling  Fair,"  and  "  Fair  "  ; 
those  poorer  (i.e.  dirtier)  are  called  "  Low  Middling  "  and  "  Good 
Ordinary/'  The  refinement  of  sub-division  of  grade  is  carried 
further,  and  "  half -grades "  and  even  "quarter-grades"  are 
interpolated  between  these  "full  grades."  The  "  half -grades  " 
above  "Middling  "  are  "Strict  Middling,"  "Strict  Good  Middling," 
and  "  Strict  Middling  Fair "  ;  below  "  Middling  "  they  are 
"  Strict  Low  Middling "  and  "  Strict  Good  Ordinary."  The 
"  quarter-grades  "  (the  value  of  which  must  be  the  mean  of  the 
adjacent  full  and  half-grades)  are  "  Fully  Middling,"  "  Barely 
Good  Middling,"  and  "  Fully  Good  Middling  "  on  the  ascending 
scale;  and  "  Barely  Middling  "  and  "  Fully  Low  Middling  "  on 
the  descending  scale.  The  range  of  grading  accepted  for ' '  tinged  " 
cotton  is  smaller  than  for  white ;  while  all  merchantable  "  stained  " 
cotton  is  called  "  Middling  stained."  The  scheme  then  runs  as 
follows : — 


Full  Grades. 
Fair 

Middling  Fair 
Good  Middling 

Middling 

Low  Middling 
Good  Ordinary 


I.  WHITE  COTTON 
Half-Grades. 

Strict  Middling  Fair 
Strict  Good  Middling 

Strict  Middling 

Strict  Low  Middling 
Strict  Good  Ordinary 


Quarter-Grades. 

Fully  Good  Middling 
Barely  Good  Middling 
Fully  Middling 
Barely  Middling 
Fully  Low  Middling 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  21 

II.  TINGED  COTTON 
Full  Grades.  Half-Grades. 

Strict  Good  Middling  tinged 
Good  Middling  tinged 

Strict  Middling  tinged 
Middling  tinged 

Strict  Low  Middling  tinged 
Low  Middling  tinged 

III.  STAINED  COTTON 

Middling  stained 
(The  grade  "  Fair  "  is  not  often  used.) 

In  Liverpool  the  half -grades  are  designated  "  fully  "  instead 
of  "  strict  "  as  in  New  York,  and  there  are  no  quarter-grades. 
Moreover,  the  distinction  between  white,  tinged,  and  stained  is 
made  within  the  one  broad  classification.  The  Liverpool  list 
therefore  reads — 

Full  Grades.  Half-Grades. 

Middling  Fair 

Fully  Good  Middling 
Good  Middling 

Fully  Middling 
Middling 

Fully  Low  Middling 
Low  Middling 

Fully  Good  Ordinary 
Good  Ordinary 

Ordinary 

contracted  usually  into  Ord.,  G.O.,  F.G.O.,  L.M.,  F.L.M.,  Mid., 
F.M.,  G.M.,  F.G.M.,  M.F.,  in  ascending  order  of  excellence. 

It  is  the  custom  of  the  trade  in  America  to  arrive  at  the  values 
of  the  different  grades  by  reference  to  the  current  value  of 
Middling  white  cotton,  and  price  quotations  read  so  many 
points  on  or  off  Middling,  i.e.  so  many  hundredths  of  a  cent, 
per  Ib.  above  or  below  the  price  of  Midciling. 

In  Liverpool  the  Fully  Middling  grade  is  the  basis  taken, 
and  prices  are  quoted  not  with  reference  to  its  cash  price,  but 
with  reference  to  the  price  of  futures  of  the  current  month.1  So 
many  points  on  or  off  there  mean  so  many  hundredths  of  a  penny 
per  Ib.  above  or  below  that  price.  The  classification  list  for 
Egyptian  cotton  in  Liverpool  reads  :  Fair,  Good  Fair,  Fully  Good 
Fair,  Good,  Fine,  Extra  Fine  (contracted  into  Fair,  G.F.,  F.G.F., 

1  See  p.  157  sq. 


22  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

Good,  Fine,  Ex.  Fine).  Further,  refinement  of  grade  is  obtained 
by  division  into  the  varieties :  Upper,  Sakellaridis,1  and  Brown. 
East  Indian,  Brazilian,  Peruvian,  and  West  African  cottons  are 
dealt  with  in  a  similar  manner  to  Egyptian,  but  as  they  are  com- 
paratively unimportant  details  need  not  be  given. 

Wheat  in  Canada  is  divided,  for  grading  purposes,  into  five 
general  classes,  viz.  "  No  grade/'  "  Condemned,"  "  Rejected/1 
"Commercial  grade,"  and  "Statutory  grade."  By  "No 
grade  "  is  meant  all  good  wheat  that  is  excessively  moist  and  is 
therefore  unfit  for  warehousing.  "  Condemned  grain  "  is  grain 
in  a  heating  condition  or  badly  bin-burnt,  regardless  of  the  grade 
it  might  otherwise  be.  "  Rejected  grain  "  includes  all  wheat  that 
is  unsound,  musty,  dirty,  smutty,  or  sprouted ;  or  that  contains  a 
large  admixture  of  other  kinds  of  grain,  seeds,  or  wild  oats ;  or 
that  for  any  other  cause  is  not  fit  to  be  classed  under  one  of  the 
recognised  grades.  "  Commercial  grade  "  means  wheat  which 
cannot  be  included  in  the  statutory  grades  provided  for  in  the 
Canada  Grain  Act,  1912.  Owing  to  climatic  and  other  reasons, 
the  wheat  of  one  year  may  vary  from  that  of  the  preceding  year  ; 
and  some  of  the  crop  cannot,  therefore,  be  classified  in  the  same 
way  every  season.  A  standards  board  has  consequently  been 
established  by  the  Act,  to  define  certain  grades  which  may  vary 
from  year  to  year.  On  the  other  hand,  the  statutory  grades 
are  fixed  and  unalterable, ,  and  refer  to  wheat  of  the  highest 
quality.  There  are  four  of  these  grades  for  Manitoba  Spring 
Wheat :  No.  I  hard,  and  Nos.  i,  2,  and  3  Northern ;  three  each 
for  Alberta  Red  and  White  Winter  Wheat,  and  two  for  Alberta 
Mixed  Winter  Wheat.  The  standards  board  has  defined  three 
additional  grades  of  Western  Spring  Wheat,  viz.  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6, 
Northern ;  but  wheat  of  any  of  the  six  grades  of  Northern 
may  fall  under  the  general  categories  of  no  grade,  condemned, 
or  rejected.  During  one  recent  season,  for  example,  there 
were  five  divisions  of  No.  i  Northern :  No.  i  Northern,  No.  i 
Northern  damp,  No.  i  Northern  smutty,  No.  i  Northern, 
rejected  on  account  of  seeds,  No.  i  Northern,  rejected  on  account 
of  heat.  A  similar  sub-division  applied  to  the  other  five  classes 
of  Northern,  giving  31  grades  of  Western  Spring  Wheat  alone.2 
In  the  same  way  there  were  30  grades  of  Western  Winter  Wheat. 
The  Grain  Act  applies  also  to  oats,  barley,  rye,  and  flax-seed, 
and  in  an  average  normal  year  there  are  about  30  grades  of  oats, 
15  of  barley,  and  15  of  flax-seed. 

1  Usually  referred  to  as  "  Sakel."  A  new  variety,  Pelion,  is  about  to 
be  added. 

8  On  futures  contracts  in  Winnipeg  in  1921,  No.  i,  Manitoba 
Northern  and  higher  grade  wheats  were  deliverable  without  premiums  or 
discounts  for  quality,  No.  2  Manitoba  Northern  at  a  discount  of  3  cents 
per  bushel,  and  No.  3  Manitoba  Northern  at  a  discount  of  7  cents. 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  23 

As  an  example  of  wheat  grading  in  the  United  States  the 
"  Official  Grain  Standards  of  the  State  of  Illinois  "  may  be  quoted. 
The  list  contains  six  classes — 

I.  Hard  Red  Spring. 
II.  Durum. 

III.  Hard  Red  Winter. 

IV.  Soft  Red  Winter. 
V.  Common  White. 

VI.  White  Club. 

Five  of  these  are  further  sub-divided — 
I.  Into  Dark  Northern  Spring,  Northern  Spring,  and  Red 

Spring ; 
II.  Into  Amber  Durum,  Durum,  and  Red  Durum  ; 

III.  Into  Dark  Hard  Winter,  Hard  Winter,  and  Yellow  Hard 

Winter ; 

IV.  Into  Red  Winter  and  Red  Walla ; 
V.  Into  Hard  White  and  Soft  White. 

Each  of  these  sub-divisions  in  turn  may  embrace  two  or  more 
grades.  Thus  there  is  No.  i  or  2  or  3  Dark  Hard  Winter,  and  so  on. 

On  futures  contracts  in  Chicago  the  seller  has  a  choice  of 
seven  (really  fourteen)  grades,  which  he  may  deliver  without 
discount  for  quality,  viz.  No.  i  or  2  of  the  following  : — 

Dark  Hard  Winter,  Hard  Winter,  Yellow  Hard  Winter,  Red 
Winter,  Dark  Northern  Spring,  Northern  Spring,  Red  Spring. 
The  buyer  need  only  accept  certain  No.  3'$  at  a  discount,  viz. 
No.  3  of  Dark  Hard  Winter,  Hard  Winter,  and  Red  Winter,  at 
3  cents  per  bushel  under  contract  price,  and  No.  3  Dark  Northern 
Spring,  Northern  Spring,  and  Red  Spring,  at  a  discount  of  8  cents. 

In  the  actual  work  of  grading  wheat  the  result  turns  mainly 
on  three  points — the  "  quality  "  of  the  grain,  the  "  condition," 
and  the  "  admixtures."  1  The  factors  determining  "  quality  " 
for  this  purpose  are  soundness,  colour,  weight,  and  the  percentage 
of  hard  wheat.  The  "  condition  "  depends  upon  moisture  content 
(which  is  tested  by  an  ingenious  mechanical  device)  and  upon  the 
presence  or  absence  of  heat.  The  "  admixtures  "  are  tested  by  a 
process  of  sieving  and  weighing,  called  in  Canada  "  setting  the 
dockage,"  and  either  the  cleaned  grain  or  the  resulting  screenings 
may  be  weighed  in  the  determination  of  the  allowance  to  be  made. 
The  Liverpool  and  London  Corn  Trade  Associations,  which  often 
have  to  grade  East  Indian  and  other  wheats  arriving  in  this 
country  in  a  very  dirty  state,  employ  girls  to  handpick  over  the 
samples  and  to  remove  the  pieces  of  clay  and  other  foreign  matter 
that  have  found  their  way  in  while  the  grain  was  in  store  in  holes 

1  See  Magill,  Grain  Inspection  in  Canada.  (Publications  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Trade  and  Commerce,  Ottawa,  1914.) 


24  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

underground  just  after  it  was  harvested  by  the  small  cultivators 
of  the  East.  Weight  per  bushel  may  be  determined  in  several 
obvious  ways ;  but  extreme  accuracy  and  uniformity  is  secured  by 
the  use  of  a  specially  constructed  machine,  the  operation  of  which 
is  a  matter  of  very  simple  movements  requiring  little  skill  or 
concentration  of  attention. 

British  importers  of  wheat  are,  of  course,  familiar  with  the 
recognised  standard  grades  of  such  countries  as  Canada  and  the 
United  States,  where  grading  is  systematic  and  the  work  of 
impartial  experts.  They,  therefore,  purchase  largely  by  grade 
alone  in  these  countries,  and  accept  "  the  official  certificate  of 
inspection  to  be  final  as  to  quality" ;  and  this  condition  is  embodied 
in  the  contract .  For  trade  with  other  countries,  however,  and  even 
with  the  smaller  American  ports,  where  the  grading  arrangements 
are  not  so  well  developed  as  at  the  larger  ports,  other  methods  of 
determining  quality  have  to  be  adopted.  Taking,  for  example,  the 
American  Parcel  Contract,  c.i.f .  terms  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade 
Association,  Ltd.,  the  clauses  guaranteeing  the  quality  are — 

Official  certificate  of  inspection  to  be  final  as  to  quality ; 

Of  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  shipments  at  time  and 

place  of  shipment ; 
About  as  per  sample ; 

one  clause  to  be  applicable  in  each  case.  The  first,  as  has  just 
been  mentioned,  has  reference  to  the  official  grading  certificate 
of  the  American  authorities  at  the  port  of  loading.  In  connection 
with  the  second,  "  Of  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  shipment 
at  time  and  place  of  shipment/'  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade 
Association  (and  likewise  the  London  Corn  Trade  Association) 
determines  standards  by  taking  samples  at  the  port  of  discharge 
of  all  gram  which  purports  to  be  of  the  particular  standard  shipped 
during  the  month  in  question  from  the  particular  port.  In  the 
third  method,  "  About  as  per  sample,"  the  sample  may  be  one  sent 
in  advance  and  kept  sealed  after  examination  by  the  importer  or 
broker  until  the  arrival  of  the  cargo  ;  or  it  may  be  one  already  in 
possession  of  the  Corn  Trade  Association  sent  from  abroad  some 
time  previously.  The  clause  in  a  Liverpool  contract  for  East 
India  wheat  specifies  the  crop  and  requires  it  to  be  "  of  fair 
average  quality  of  the  season's  shipment  at  time  and  place  of 
shipment  crop  .  .  .  "  ;  but  the  extraordinarily  dirty  condition  of 
this  wheat  on  arrival  in  England  necessitates  an  analysis  in  every 
case,  and  this  is  carried  out  by  officials  of  the  Corn  Trade  Associa- 
tion, who  clean  samples  and  determine  the  percentage  of  foreign 
matter  contained  therein.  River  Plate  wheat  is  sold  either 
"  about  as  per  sample  .  .  .  due  allowance  being  made  for 
handling  and  smallnessof  same  "  ;  or  as  "of  fair  average  quality 
of  the  season's  shipments  at  time  of  shipment  of  the  under- 


WARRANTS  AND  GRADING  25 

mentioned  weight.  ..."  The  phrase  "  of  the  undermentioned 
weight  "  has  reference  to  the  fact  that  the  several  varieties  of 
wheat  vary  in  weight  per  unit  of  volume.  For  milling  purposes 
heavy  wheats  have  certain  advantages  and  lighter  wheats  are 
required  for  mixing  with  them  in  order  to  obtain  the  best  results. 
In  the  absence  of  other  aids  to  the  determination  of  quality,  weight 
per  bushel  is  quite  a  satisfactory  index.  Chilian  wheat,  of  which 
small  quantities  still  occasionally  reach  this  country,  is  guaranteed 
"  about  equal  to  the  official  standard  No.  .  .  .  adopted  by  and 
in  force  with  the  Liverpool  (or  London)  Corn  Trade  Association, 
Ltd.,  at  this  date."  These  standards  are  based  upon  the  previous 
crop.  Wheat  from  the  Pacific  coast  of  North  America  is  bought 
"  about  equal  to  the  official  standard  No.  ...  of  (such  and  such 
an  exchange)  of  the  crop.  ..."  In  this  case  the  standards  are 
made  up  at  the  primary  markets  of  the  place  of  origin,  and  samples 
are  forwarded  to  the  corn  trade  associations  in  this  country. 
A  similar  method  is  adopted  hi  the  case  of  Australian  wheat,  which 
is  sold  of  quality  "  about  equal  to  the  official  standard  of  ... 
Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  crop.  .  .  ." 

It  is  obvious  that  of  these  methods  of  grading  some  are  likely 
in  practice  to  be  more  advantageous  to  the  buyer  and  some  to  the 
seller,  according  as  the  final  decision  concerning  quality  is  made 
in  this  country  or  abroad.  The  sample  method  does  not  lend 
itself  readily  to  free  market  dealings,  but  is  very  useful  to  the 
expert  buyer  who  requires  a  high  class  of  definite  quality  for 
milling  or  other  special  purposes.  It  also  has  the  merit  of  enabling 
the  foreign  holder  of  the  highest  class  varieties  to  reap  for  the 
producers  the  advantage  of  their  special  skill  in  cultivation. 
For  this  reason  it  is  sometimes  preferred  to  the  "  official  certifi- 
cate "  guarantee  by  those  American  shippers  who  have  wheat  of 
extra  fine  quality  to  dispose  of.  Where  there  are  standards  readily 
accessible  in  the  importing  country,  free  market  dealings  are  facili- 
tated by  purchase  with  reference  to  them ;  but  there  is  often  a 
considerable  amount  of  arbitration  work  arising  out  of  disputes  con- 
cerning the  interpretation  of  the  phrase  "  of  fair  average  quality." 

American  exporters  complain  considerably  from  time  to  time 
of  the  fact  that  their  foreign  buyers  desire,  whenever  possible, 
to  purchase  from  them  on  terms  which  leave  the  final  decision, 
whether  the  wheat  is  of  the  quality  contracted  for  or  not, 
in  the  hands  of  a  committee  in  the  importing  country  on  which 
the  buyer's  interests  are  predominantly  represented.  The  buyer, 
they  state,  never  gets  the  worst  of  the  bargain  hi  such  cases ;  and 
the  seller  can  never  know  the  final  outcome  of  the  transaction 
until  the  arrival  of  the  wheat  and  the  verdict  of  the  committee. 
Therefore,  American  sellers  refuse,  whenever  possible,  to  sell  on 
foreign  terms  and  endeavour  to  impose  their  own  terms,  which  are 
"  Loading  inspection  certificate  final  "  as  to  quality.  Moreover 


26  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

they  declare  that  the  foreign  buyer  is  a  buyer  of  the  lower  priced 
article.  If  he  is  offered  standard  quality  wheat,  with  a  representa- 
tion that  it  will  undoubtedly  arrive  in  safe  condition,  and  at  the 
same  time  is  offered  an  "oft  grade  "  at  a  little  lower  price,  not- 
withstanding warnings  of  the  extra  risk  involved,  he,  almost 
without  exception,  buys  the  cheaper  article.  Moreover,  he  is  as 
likely  as  not  to  decline  the  offer  to  insure  for  proper  condition  on 
arrival  at,  say,  half  a  cent  per  bushel,  and  to  assume  the  risk  him- 
self. Then  if  things  go  wrong  his  customer,  to  whom  perhaps  he 
has  sold  "  to  arrive/'  blames  "  American  certificates  "  and  tends 
to  discount  the  value  of  the  careful  American  grading. 

This  kind  of  complaint  on  the  part  of  American  exporters  is 
probably  more  justified  in  the  case  of  maize  than  in  the  case  of 
wheat.  Before  maize  can  be  shipped  with  safety  it  must  be 
dried  and  cured.  This  takes  time,  and  is  not  complete,  as  a  rule, 
before  the  beginning  of  the  summer  following  the  harvest.  If, 
then,  the  previous  year's  crop  is  exhausted  by  December  I,  as 
often  happens,  orders  have  to  be  met  from  the  new  moist  uncured 
crop.  Foreign  buyers,  though  warned  and  recommended  to  buy 
only  artificially-dried  maize  of  high  grade,  often  take  the  lower 
priced  grades  and  suffer  accordingly.  Hence  there  would  seem  to 
be  good  reason  for  American  indignation  at  the  complaints  that 
inevitably  follow,  especially  as  every  help  is  given  to  enable  buyers 
to  avoid  mistakes.  Moisture  content  certificates  are  obtainable 
in  all  markets.  The  United  States  Government  maintains 
laboratories  at  all  important  centres  of  the  trade,  and  nearly  all 
exchanges  do  the  same.  For  safe  shipment  in  the  winter  months 
the  specified  moisture  content  must  not  be  above  17  per  cent.,  and 
in  the  spring  months  14  per  cent.  Grain  kiln  dried  to  a  safe 
shipping  condition  may  always  be  had  at  any  season  of  the  year, 
though  as  summer  approaches  it  dries  naturally  as  it  rests  in 
store  unshelled. 

Coffee  is  graded  with  extreme  care  in  all  the  wholesale  markets 
in  which  it  is  the  subject  of  dealings.  It  is,  however,  differently 
classified  by  the  various  interests  handling  it  in  its  course  from 
grower  to  user.  In  Brazil,  where  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the 
world's  supply  is  produced,  it  is  classed  as  "  Rio  "  and  "  Santos  " 
coffee ;  and  these  are  again  sub-divided  into  "  Highland "  and 
"  Lowland."  These  terms  are  merely  geographical  designations, 
without  reference  to  quality.  For  the  latter,  each  of  these  four 
classes  is  further  sub-divided  into  first,  good  first,  regular  first, 
ordinary  first,  second,  good  second,  and  ordinary  second.  Non- 
Brazilian  coffee  is  generally  described  by  reference  to  its  source 
of  origin.  There  is,  therefore,  Mocha,  Java,  Maracaibo,  La  Guaira, 
Blue  Mountain  Jamaica,  etc. ;  but  it  is  not  uncommon  to  classify 
merely  by  the  size  of  bean,  its  colour,  uniformity,  and  cleanliness. 
The  most  widely  used  classification  is  that  of  the  Coffee 


WARRANTS    AND   GRADING  27 

Exchange  of  the  City  of  New  York,  which  divides  the  green 
coffee  as  it  is  imported  into  nine  grades  known  as  Standard 
Grades,  Numbers  i  to  9.  Only  licensed  graders,  of  whom  there 
are  less  than  thirty,  are  permitted  to  grade  coffee  dealt  in  on  that 
exchange.  To  one  of  them  is  assigned  the  duty  of  providing 
fresh  standards  annually,  with  instructions  to  "  maintain  them 
as  nearly  as  possible  on  an  equality  "  from  year  to  year.  When 
coffee  reaches  a  licensed  warehouse  the  buyer  and  seller  each 
selects  one  grader  from  the  list .  If  these  two  graders  cannot  agree, 
the  case  is  referred  to  a  board  of  arbitration  consisting  of  ten 
experts,  three  of  whom  are  selected  by  lot.  After  comparison 
has  been  made  with  the  standard  samples  kept  by  the  exchange  a 
decision  by  majority  is  final.  If  agreement  cannot  be  reached  at 
this  stage,  the  samples  come  before  the  entire  board.  As  soon 
as  the  coffee  is  graded  a  certificate  is  issued,  which  is  conclusive 
evidence  of  grade  for  the  subsequent  six  months.  The  buyer  is 
handed  the  original,  and  the  seller  receives  a  duplicate.  No.  7  is 
the  basis  grade  for  dealings  in  futures  in  New  York.1 

In  Minneapolis,  which  is  a  large  market  for  barley,  little 
attention  is  paid  to  the  grades  established  by  the  State  of  Minne- 
sota for  this  particular  cereal.  Barley  does  not  lend  itself  to 
standardisation  so  completely  as  wheat  and  maize.  Consumers 
have  their  individual  preferences  with  regard  to  colour  and  con- 
dition, so  that  different  buyers  often  bid  different  prices  on  the 
same  sample.  Therefore  the  larger  merchants  have  adopted  their 
own  private  standards,  and,  as  a  rule,  sell  to  the  same  regular 
customers  year  after  year.  Knowing  the  needs  of  their  customers, 
the  Minneapolis  firms  establish  certain  "  types  "  of  barley  at  the 
beginning  of  each  crop  season.  By  careful  buying  and  skilful 
blending  they  maintain  these  throughout  the  season,  and  sell 
on  the  basis  of  samples  supplied  to  agents  and  correspondents 
in  other  centres.  This  requires  a  high  degree  of  skill  in  buying  as 
well  as  a  large  amount  of  capital  tied  up  in  grain  and  in  elevators. 
Moreover,  when  business  is  done  in  this  manner  the  risk  of 
handling  has  to  be  borne  entirely  by  the  merchant ;  for  the  lack 
of  generally  recognised  grades  always  prevents  the  growth  of  those 
fully  organised  market  dealings  which  are  necessary  for  the  work 
of  the  expert  risk  taker. 

Oats  occupy  a  middle  position  between  wheat  and  barley 
in  respect  of  grading.  Large  quantities  are  sold  in  grain  markets 
in  England  and  America  on  the  basis  of  official  grades ;  but  in 
both  countries  there  are  merchants  who  establish  their  own  types 
and  who  sell  them  to  regular  customers  on  the  basis  of  samples 
which  are  altered  every  season. 

1  Coffee  grading  in  London,  in  connection  with  future  delivery  business 
in  Santos  coffee  through  the  medium  of  the  London  Produce  Clearing 
House,  Ltd.,  is  described  on  p.  148. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE   INTERNAL   ORGANISATION    OF  THE   PRINCIPAL 
PRODUCE   EXCHANGES 

ON  the  more  highly  organised  exchanges  dealings  do  not,  as  a  rule, 
take  place  directly  between  original  suppliers  of  produce  and 
purchasers  for  use.  Indeed,  one  of  the  reasons  for  the  foundation 
of  such  institutions  was  the  attaining  of  a  division  of  the  work  of 
the  middleman  through  whose  hands  produce  passes  on  its  way 
from  producer  to  consumer.  Therefore,  among  the  members  of 
all  exchanges  there  are  a  number  who  do  not  directly  belong  to 
either  of  those  categories  in  the  trading  acceptation  of  those 
terms,  but  who  are  specialists  in  the  performance  of  some  or  all  of 
the  six  kinds  of  services  previously  discussed. 

The  position  and  the  privileges  of  members  vary  considerably 
from  one  exchange  to  another.  In  some  continental  exchanges 
certain  classes  of  dealers  have  to  give  an  undertaking  not  to  trans- 
act any  business,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  for  their  own 
account ;  and  the  case  of  the  London  Stock  Exchange,  with  its 
special  class  of  "  jobbers/'  who  are  forbidden  to  deal  directly 
with  the  outside  public,  is  also  worthy  of  note,  although  in  the 
majority  of  cases  no  restrictions  of  this  nature  are  imposed. 
Membership  of  the  more  important  exchanges  is  a  valuable 
privilege  which  is  often  purchased  at  a  high  price.  This  is  par- 
ticularly the  case  where  there  is  limitation  of  numbers ;  and,  as 
might  naturally  be  expected,  the  price  of  membership  varies  with 
the  state  of  trade. 

Many  exchanges  refuse  non-members  access  to  the  scene  of 
actual  business ;  and  the  rules  of  some  of  those  which  permit  the 
presence  of  outsiders  expressly  stipulate  that  the  privilege  is 
granted  merely  in  order  that  clients  may  advise  and  consult  with 
the  members  employed  by  them  to  transact  their  business. 

Members  when  acting  as  agents  on  behalf  of  others  in  trans- 
actions on  an  exchange  are  termed  brokers ;  and  the  remuneration 
received  by  them  for  their  services  in  this  capacity  is  called 
brokerage. 

The  question  of  the  exact  capacity  in  which  a  member  puts 
through  a  transaction  is  one  of  importance,  not  only  from  the 
point  of  view  of  brokerage  fees,  but  also  from  the  point  of  view  of 

28 


INTERNAL  ORGANISATION  29 

legal  liability  on  the  contracts.  Some  exchanges,  in  their  efforts 
to  discourage  gambling  on  the  part  of  outsiders,  insist  that  all 
transactions  in  futures  shall  be  entered  into  in  the  names  of 
members  only,  even  if  the  latter  are  in  reality  acting  on  behalf  of 
others.  Such,  for  instance,  is  the  rule  in  the  Liverpool  Corn 
Trade  Association,  which,  however,  in  the  case  of  its  c.i.f. 
contracts,  permits  the  name  of  the  principal  to  be  disclosed  and 
to  be  declared  on  the  form,  without  requiring  that  this  shall  be 
necessarily  done  in  every  case.  In  this  latter  respect  practice  varies 
from  one  exchange  to  another ;  but  obviously  the  committees  of 
management  cannot  concern  themselves  with  questions  about 
the  solvency  and  good  faith  of  any  chance  outsider  who  may 
happen  to  employ  their  members  as  agents.  Therefore,  the  general 
rule  is  that  members  are  liable  on  all  the  contracts  put  through  by 
them  in  their  exchange,  whether  on  their  own  behalf  or  on  behalf 
of  others.  As  guarantee  in  this  respect,  security  is  exacted  on 
admission  to  membership ;  and  margins,  as  explained  later,  are 
required  in  most  cases  in  respect  of  contracts  concluded  on  the 
exchange.  Moreover,  further  protection  is  obtained  by  the  system 
of  frequent  periodic  settlements,  as  will  be  seen  later. 

In  the  American  produce  markets,  especially  on  the  grain 
exchanges,  the  work  of  introducing  the  commodity,  as  it  were,  to 
the  market  is  done  in  either  of  two  ways.  A  member  (firm  or 
individual)  of  the  exchange  may  simply  receive  consignments 
from  country  elevators  to  dispose  of  in  the  market  at  a  stipulated 
rate  of  commission  on  the  selling  price,  or,  as  is  more  usual,  at  a  fee 
of  so  much  per  bushel.  Such  people  are  known  as  commission  men. 
On  the  other  hand,  a  dealer  on  the  exchange  may  buy  outright 
from  consigners  at  a  distance,  and  look  for  his  profit  to  the 
enhanced  price  he  expects  to  receive  when  he  sells  again  on  the 
exchange.  These  two  classes  are  not  necessarily  distinct.  Cir- 
cumstances determine  in  each  case  what  the  exact  relationship 
shall  be  between  the  exchange  member  and  his  customer. 

The  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association  (with  membership  of 
about  300)  dates  from  1853,  and  in  its  present  form  is  an  amalga- 
mation of  several  organisations  having  objects  similar  to  those  of 
the  combined  body.  It  was  incorporated  as  a  company  in  1886 
and  1897,  and  now  controls  the  whole  of  the  great  wheat  trade  of 
the  important  port  where  it  is  situated.  Its  futures  market 
for  wheat  and  maize  is  at  present  the  only  one  of  its  kind  in 
Europe.  Membership  is  open  (a)  to  any  person  aged  twenty-one  or 
over  who  is  a  principal  in  the  corn  trade  and  has  a  place  of  business 
in  the  United  Kingdom  ;  and  (b)  to  any  person  residing  in  the 
United  Kingdom  who,  although  not  himself  a  principal,  has  full 
authority  to  conduct  or  manage  there  the  business  of  a  principal 
engaged  in  the  corn  trade  in,  or  with,  the  United  Kingdom.  An 
incorporated  company  is  not  permitted  as  such  to  be  a  member, 


30  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

but  is  allowed  to  nominate  at  least  two  representatives  who  may 
trade  only  on  behalf  of  the  company,  but  who  are  otherwise  on 
the  same  footing  as  private  members.  All  candidates  for  admis- 
sion must  be  approved  of  by  the  directors,  and  must  pay  an 
entrance  fee  of  £250,  in  addition  to  acquiring  a  share  in  the 
association  on  election.  Ample  security  is  exacted  from  all  new 
members,  and  from  the  representatives  of  corporations.  In 
addition  to  the  wholesale  and  speculative  business  conducted  by 
its  members  it  provides  a  spot  market  for  the  purchase  and  sale 
of  flour,  meal,  and  cereals  in  general.  Stands  are  let  on  hire,  and 
purchases  may  be  made  by  any  person  by  sample  on  the  two  days 
(Tuesday  and  Friday)  that  this  special  market  is  in  session.  It 
has  the  usual  committees  for  grading  and  for  arbitration  in  case 
of  disputes. 

In  London,  as  may  naturally  be  expected  from  its  antiquity  as 
a  trading  centre,  produce  exchanges  have  developed  differently 
from  those  in  all  the  other  large  markets  of  the  world.  From  the 
meetings  of  a  group  of  merchants  engaged  in  trade  with  the 
Baltic  ports  of  Russia  there  sprang  up  about  1740  or  1745  a 
regular  association  known  as  the  "  Baltic,"  which  gradually 
widened  its  sphere  of  operations,  until  now,  as  the  Baltic  Mer- 
cantile and  Shipping  Exchange,  Ltd.,  it  handles  most  of  the 
London  business  in  grain,  shipping,  oil,  and  other  less  important 
products.  Its  membership  is  unlimited  in  number,  and  at  present 
amounts  to  more  than  3,000.  There  is  an  entrance  fee  of  50 
guineas,  and  an  annual  subscription  of  20  guineas.  No  serious 
obstacle  is  offered  to  the  admission  of  any  honest  merchant  or 
dealer. 

Closely  bound  up  with  the  Baltic,  but  entirely  different  as 
regards  membership  and  management,  is  the  London  Corn  Trade 
Association,  Ltd.,  a  body  dating  from  1878  (incorporated  as  a 
company  in  1886),  with  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Liverpool 
body  of  the  same  name.  Practically  all  the  London  dealers  in 
grain  belong  to  both  the  Baltic  and  the  Corn  Trade  Association. 
Thus  import  business  is  facilitated  ;  for  shipping  can  be  chartered 
immediately  a  deal  in  grain  is  concluded,  without  leaving  the 
building.  The  large  cargo  business  in  wheat  which  has  recently 
sprung  up,  owing  to  the  importation  by  middle  Europe  of  corn 
which  it  was  prevented  by  war  conditions  from  producing  for 
itself,  is  handled  mainly  on  the  Baltic  Exchange  in  London. 

In  addition  to  the  Baltic,  there  is  the  Mark  Lane  Exchange, 
officially  known  as  the  Corn  Exchange,  London.  This  is  also  an 
old  institution,  dating  back  some  170  years,  and  may  be  compared 
to  the  spot  markets  and  exchanges  existing  in  many  of  the 
provincial  towns  in  the  kingdom.  The  standholders  are  often 
members  of  the  Baltic  as  well ;  and  "  parcels  "  l  are  occasionally 

1  See  p.  165. 


INTERNAL  ORGANISATION  31 

purchased  on  the  latter  to  be  split  up  into  smaller  lots  for  sale  in 
Mark  Lane.  Samples  of  flour,  meal,  and  other  cereal  products 
are  displayed  on  the  stands  in  this  exchange  ;  whereas  the  Baltic 
does  not  handle  flour  and  does  not  exhibit  samples  of  grain,  this 
part  of  the  work  being  performed  for  the  larger  wholesale  market 
by  the  London  Corn  Trade  Association,  Ltd.,  to  whose  safe- 
keeping the  specimen  standards  of  foreign  grains  are  in  all  cases 
entrusted. 

Although  most  of  the  London  import  and  foreign  business  in 
grain  is  transacted  on  the  floor  of  the  Baltic,  it  is  carried  on  by 
means  of  the  official  contract  forms  of  the  London  Corn  Trade 
Association,  Ltd.  This  association,  which  has  an  average 
membership  of  between  400  and  500,  is  managed  by  an  executive 
committee  of  25  members,  who  elect  annually  a  president  and  two 
vice-presidents.  One-sixth  of  the  committee  retire  each  year, 
and  may  not  be  re-elected  before  the  next  annual  meeting. 
Arbitration  in  case  of  trade  disputes  is  provided  for  by  an  arbitra- 
tion appeal  committee  consisting  of  35  members  divided  into 
five  sections,  one  of  which  retires  annually,  but  the  members  of 
which  are  eligible  for  re-election  immediately.  If  a  dispute 
arises  under  one  of  the  association's  contracts  it  must  be  referred 
for  settlement  to  two  arbitrators,  one  appointed  by  each  party  to 
the  dispute.  The  two  arbitrators,  who  must  be  principals  engaged 
in  the  corn  trade  resident  in  the  United  Kingdom,  and  members 
either  of  the  association  or  of  the  Baltic  or  of  the  London  Corn 
Exchange,  may  appoint  a  third,  and  the  award  of  any  two  of 
these  is  final,  subject  only  to  the  right  of  either  party  to 
appeal. 

The  Liverpool  Cotton  Association,  Ltd.,  under  whose  super- 
vision practically  all  the  cotton  reaching  England  is  handled, 
dates  f ron  1882  in  its  present  form,  and  is  the  central  world  market 
for  raw  cotton  of  all  growths.  Membership  is  obtainable  by 
election  and  payment  of  entrance  fees,  together  with  the  acquisi- 
tion of  a  share  in  the  association,  and  also  one  in  the  Liverpool 
Cotton  Bank,  Ltd.  Firms  and  partnerships  are  qualified  for  all 
privileges  if  one  of  their  number  is  a  member.  In  addition  to  full 
members,  who  now  amount  to  about  570,  there  is  also  a  class  of 
associate  members,  for  election  to  which  any  person  over  twenty- 
one  years  of  age,  engaged  as  a  principal  in  the  cotton  trade  in  the 
United  Kingdom,  is  eligible.  This  class  may  also  admit  members 
(resident  in  the  United  States)  of  the  New  York  or  of  the  New 
Orleans  or  other  cotton  exchanges  in  the  United  States,  as  well 
as  members  of  The  Syndicat  du  Commerce  des  Cotons  du  Havre, 
resident  in  Havre,  and  (up  to  April,  1916)  members  of  the  Bremer 
Baumwollborse,  resident  in  Bremen.  Thus  all  the  dealers  in 
cotton  in  all  the  important  centres  of  the  trade  can  keep  in  close 
touch  with  Liverpool ;  and  transactions  can  be  carried  out  between 


32  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

them,  with  Liverpool  as  headquarters,  precisely  as  if  there  was  at 
any  moment  just  the  one  cotton  centre  in  the  world.  The  associa- 
tion has  appeal  committees,  arbitration  and  classification  com- 
mittees, an  American  quotation  committee,  a  trade  supervision 
committee,  and  a  benevolent  fund.  Moreover,  a  clearing 
house  (in  conjunction  with  which  is  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Bank, 
Ltd.)  is  maintained  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the  transmission 
of  documents,  payments,  and  settlements  between  members. 
This  somewhat  elaborate  organisation  is  necessary,  in  view  of  the 
vast  amount  of  both  spot  and  speculative  business  carried  through, 
and  ensures  the  smooth  working  of  what  is  the  most  perfect  market 
in  the  world.1 

In  the  year  1908,  with  the  help  of  some  members  of  the 
Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  arrangements  were  made  for 
the  establishment  of  a  grain  future  delivery  market  at  Buenos 
Aires  to  handle  the  large  surplus  of  cereals  usually  available  for 
export  from  Argentina.  The  grain  traders  there  had  already 
formed  an  association  with  substantial  backing,  and  it  was  this 
body  that  was  utilised  for  the  purpose  of  organising  the  new 
market.  Every  transaction  between  members  of  its  own  body 
is  recorded  by  the  association,  which,  upon  payment  by  each  party 
of  the  requisite  margin,  takes  up  the  contract  and  assumes  all 
responsibility  for  its  fulfilment.  Therefore  no  member  is 
responsible  to  any  other  after  the  contract  is  duly  recorded,  but 
only  to  the  association  itself.  This  simplifies  dealing  very 
greatly,  and  dispenses  with  the  need  of  complicated  "  clearing  " 
arrangements.  Buenos  Aires  is  remote  from  the  wheat,  maize, 
and  linseed  areas  in  Argentina ;  therefore  the  custom  on  the 
whole  is  to  retain  produce  at  the  up-country  stores  (afuera),  and 
inform  the  grain  association  that  it  is  available  for  disposal. 
As  the  business  is  entirely  an  export  one  a  buyer,  on  being  notified, 
requests  delivery  alongside  the  ocean  steamer  as  provided  by  the 
contract.  The  seller  may  deliver  from  warehouse  in  Buenos 
Aires  if  he  likes,  but  the  outward  movement  from  the  afuera 
provides  material  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year  for  the 
fulfilment  of  contracts.  The  advantages  to  growers  resulting 
from  these  new  arrangements  are  numerous.  They  have  a  definite 
market  to  deal  with,  and  can  sell  for  delivery  when  transport  can 
be  provided.  They  are  freed  from  dependence  on  itinerant 
agents  and  middlemen,  and  have  full  and  reliable  information 
concerning  every  movement  in  the  world  market  for  their  pro- 
ducts. Poor  harvests,  and  the  prohibition  of  exports  during 
part  of  the  war  period,  have  restricted  rapid  expansion ;  but 
the  revival  of  international  trade  will  doubtlessly  soon  restore  the 
prestige  of  this  newly  organised  centre.  A  similar  market  has 

1  There  is  a  small  cotton  exchange  at  Alexandria,  Egypt,  which  is  very 
closely  allied  to  the  Liverpool  market. 


INTERNAL   ORGANISATION  33 

been  set  up  at  Rosario  Santa  Fe  in  the  chief  maize-growing 
district  of  Argentina. 

In  Germany  the  majority  of  the  exchanges  (Borsen)  are 
modelled  on  the  pattern  of  that  in  Berlin,  whose  organisation  was 
prescribed  by  Government  decree  dated  1885.  In  accordance 
with  this  ordinance  there  is  but  a  single  exchange  in  Berlin 
divided  into  two  sections,  one  for  securities  (Fondsborse),  one  for 
produce  (Produktenborse) .  A  third  section  for  manufactured 
goods  (Warenborse)  was  originally  contemplated,  but  proved 
unworkable  after  a  short  trial,  and  was  abandoned  in  1888.  The 
corporate  body  of  merchants  of  the  city  (Kaufmannschaft) ,  acting 
through  its  committee  (Aeltestenkollegium),  appoints  the 
governing  body  (Borsenkommissariat) ,  part  of  which  is  always 
selected  from  the  Aeltestenkollegium  and  part  from  the  ordinary 
members  of  the  Kaufmannschaft.  This  governing  body  has  the 
usual  disciplinary  powers  and  full  responsibility  for  the  conduct 
of  the  exchange.  It  sits  in  two  parts,  corresponding  to  the 
division  into  a  Fonds-  and  a  Produktenborse. 

Admission  cards  to  meetings  of  the  exchange,  for  which  a 
regular  subscription  of  moderate  amount  is  required,  are  granted 
only  by  the  Aeltestenkollegium.  As  a  general  rule  no  difficulty 
is  experienced  by  persons  of  standing  in  obtaining  cards,  but  non- 
members  of  the  Kaufmannschaft  must  be  recommended  in  writing 
by  three  members  of  that  corporation.  Two  arbitration  com- 
mittees are  provided,  one  for  each  section,  with  power  to  ad- 
judicate in  all  disputes  arising  out  of  business  transactions  in  the 
exchange.  They  are  selected  from  panels  composed  partly  of 
members  of  the  Borsenkommissariat,  partly  of  general  members  of 
the  Kaufmannschaft.  The  chairmen  are  always  selected  from  the 
first  group,  and  the  constitution  of  the  committees,  which  consist 
of  three  members  each,  is  altered  every  month.  Of  the  brokers, 
some  are  official  and  some  private,  but  both  classes  can  transact 
all  kinds  of  business.  The  official  brokers  are  appointed  by  the 
Borsenkommissariat  t  but  State  ratification  is  required  in  every 
case.  They  enjoy  certain  privileges,  and  at  the  same  time  are 
subject  to  certain  limitations.  Their  book  entries  and  contract 
notes  are  legal  evidence  of  their  transactions ;  they  possess  the 
right  to  put  up  for  public  auction  the  articles  enumerated  in  their 
authorisation  certificates  ;  and  they  can  claim  a  share  in  the  com- 
pilation of  the  official  price  lists  for  which  the  Borsenkommissariat 
is  responsible.  On  the  other  hand,  they  are  forbidden  to  transact 
business  on  their  own  account  or  on  behalf  of  absent  clients. 
They  cannot  do  business  on  behalf  of  others  in  their  own  names, 
or  accept  any  responsibility  for  the  fulfilment  of  bargains  in  which 
they  are  intermediaries.  In  practice,  however,  these  restrictions 
tend  to  be  disregarded,  owing  to  the  very  serious  hindrance  they 
would  impose  on  legitimate  business.  Next  in  importance  to 

JO 


34  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

Berlin  are  the  exchanges  in  Hamburg,  Bremen,  and  Frankfort  - 
on-Main,  that  in  Hamburg  being  mainly  a  Produktenborse,  and  in 
Frankfort-on-Main  a  Fondsborse. 

Except  in  the  case  of  the  Prussian  exchanges,  State  ratification 
of  the  appointment  of  official  brokers  is  not  required,  but  restric- 
tions on  this  special  class  seem  in  practice  to  be  relaxed  in  Berlin 
to  a  greater  degree  than  elsewhere. 

The  produce  exchanges  of  France  and  Holland  present  no 
special  features  as  regards  internal  organisation.  Brokers  on  the 
French  exchanges  have  the  privilege  of  sharing  in  the  compilation 
of  official  price  lists  and  of  holding  public  auctions.  They  are 
attached  to  their  local  chambers  of  commerce,  and  are  subject  to 
the  discipline  imposed  on  them  by  committees  elected  from  their 
own  body.  In  Holland  the  municipalities  exercise  a  nominal 
supervision  over  the  exchanges  and  make  appointments  to  the 
position  of  broker,  but  otherwise  the  markets  are  free  to  all  for 
the  transaction  of  every  kind  of  business. 

Foremost  among  the  important  produce  exchanges  of  the 
North  American  continent  is  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade. 
Organised  in  1848,  it  received  a  charter  from  the  State  of  Illinois 
in  1859,  and  has  grown  in  importance  and  prestige  with  the 
development  of  the  city  and  the  Middle  West.  Its  objects,  as 
expressed  at  the  time  of  its  foundation,  were  "  to  maintain  a 
commercial  exchange  ;  to  promote  uniformity  in  the  customs  and 
usages  of  the  merchants  ;  to  inculcate  principles  of  justice  and  an 
equity  in  trade  ;  to  facilitate  the  speedy  adjustment  of  business 
disputes  ;  to  acquire  and  to  disseminate  valuable  commercial  and 
economic  information  ;  and  generally  to  secure  to  its  members 
the  benefits  of  co-operation  in  the  furtherance  of  their  legitimate 
pursuits."  Its  charter  grants  the  usual  rights  of  corporations, 
and  permits  its  members  "  to  establish  such  rules,  regulations,  and 
by-laws  for  the  management  of  their  business  and  the  mode  in 
which  it  shall  be  transacted  as  they  may  think  proper." 

The  right  was  also  granted  to  appoint  inspectors  to  "  examine, 
measure,  weigh,  gauge,  or  inspect  "  such  articles  of  produce  as  the 
members  may  deal  in,  the  certificates  of  such  inspectors  to  be 
binding  as  to  quality  and  quantity  upon  the  members  of  the  cor- 
poration. This  provision  has,  however,  since  been  partly  super- 
seded by  the  law  which  places  the  inspection  and  grading  of 
wheat  in  the  hands  of  officials  appointed  by  the  State,  some  of 
whom  now,  under  the  provisions  of  the  Federal  Grain  Inspection 
Law  of  1916,  receive  Federal  licenses  from  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  and  are  public  officials  entirely  indepen- 
dent of  the  exchange. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting,  and  at  the  same  time  most 
important,  portion  of  the  charter  is  the  provision  made  for  an 
arbitration  committee. 


INTERNAL   ORGANISATION  35 

"  Said  corporation  may  constitute  and  appoint  Committees  of 
Reference  and  Arbitration  and  Committees  of  Appeals,  who  shall  be 
governed  by  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  in  the 
Rules,  Regulations,  and  By-laws  for  the  settlement  of  such  matters 
of  difference  as  may  be  voluntarily  submitted  for  arbitration  by 
members  of  the  Association,  or  by  other  persons  not  members 
thereof ;  the  acting  Chairman  of  either  of  said  committees,  when 
sitting  as  arbitrators,  may  administer  oaths  to  the  parties  and 
witnesses,  and  issue  subpoenas  and  attachments,  compelling  the 
attendance  of  witnesses,  the  same  as  justices  of  the  peace,  and  in 
like  manner  directed  to  any  constable  to  execute. 

"  When  any  submission  shall  be  made  in  writing,  and  a  final 
award  shall  be  rendered,  and  no  appeal  taken  within  the  time  fixed 
by  the  Rules  or  By-laws,  then,  on  filing  such  award  and  submission 
with  the  Clerk  of  the  Circuit  Court,  an  execution  may  issue  upon 
such  award  as  if  it  were  a  judgment  rendered  in  the  Circuit  Court, 
and  such  award  shall  thenceforth  have  the  force  and  effect  of  such 
a  judgment,  and  shall  be  entered  upon  the  judgment  docket  of  said 
court."  l 

The  business  of  the  exchange  is  done  between  9.30  a.m.  and 
1.15  p.m.,  and  membership  runs  to  between  1,700  and  1,800.  It 
is,  next  to  Liverpool,  the  foremost  speculative  market  in  the  world 
for  wheat,  but  much  business  is  done  also  in  maize,  oats,  live  stock, 
lard,  and  pork. 

It  is  governed  by  a  president,  two  vice-presidents,  and  fifteen 
other  members,  constituting  a  board  of  directors  eighteen  in 
number,  who  have  the  power  of  electing  new  members.  Seats  by 
transfer  sold  for  500  dollars  to  1,000  dollars  in  1896,  and  rose  to 
4,700  dollars  in  1919. 

The  New  York  Produce  Exchange  is  a  body  of  somewhat 
similar  constitution,  with  a  membership  limited  to  3,000.  It  has 
existed  under  different  names  since  1850,  but  it  was  not  in- 
corporated until  1862.  Its  objects  are  similar  to  those  of  the 
Chicago  Board  of  Trade,  with  the  not  unimportant  addition — to 
make  provision  for  the  widows  and  families  of  deceased  members. 
It  is  managed  by  a  board  of  managers,  consisting  of  a  president, 
vice-president,  and  treasurer,  elected  annually,  with  twelve  other 
members  who  sit  for  two  years,  one-half  retiring  each  year. 
Standing  committees,  one  for  each  of  the  commodities  dealt  in, 
are  appointed  for  conducting  the  ordinary  general  affairs  of  the 
exchange.  Membership  is  obtainable  by  purchase  of  a  certificate 
of  membership  at  a  price  varying  with  the  demand,  and  by  the 
payment  of  a  small  transfer  fee  after  ratification  by  the  board  of 
managers,  the  only  qualification  specified  being  that  the  candidate 
is  a  "  respectable  person."  The  powers  conferred  by  charter  on 
the  arbitration  committee  of  this  exchange  are  unique,  and 
have  won  for  it  a  position  of  great  influence  and  dignity  in  the 

1  Sections  7  and  8  of  Charter,  reprinted  in  Annual  Report,  March,  1921. 


36  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

commercial  world.  The  practical  result  is  the  substitution  of  the 
arbitration  committee  for  the  ordinary  law  courts  in  the  case  of 
business  disputes  between  members ;  and  awards,  when  filed 
according  to  legal  procedure  with  the  Clerk  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  City  and  County  of  New  York,  may  be  acted  upon  just  as 
if  they  were  judgments  of  the  Supreme  Court. 

The  present  membership  is  close  on  1,900.  Wheat,  flour, 
lard,  linseed,  petroleum,  hops,  butter,  cheese,  and  cotton-seed 
oil,  are  dealt  in  ;  and  the  exchange  takes  a  leading  part  in  further- 
ing New  York's  commercial  interests.  In  this  way,  with  its 
committees  on  canals,  exports,  railroads,  etc.,  it  resembles  the 
chambers  of  commerce  in  British  commercial  centres,  but  its 
activities  in  this  respect  must  be  distinguished  from  those  of  the 
New  York  Chamber  of  Commerce,  which  is  a  body  dating  from 
the  old  colonial  times. 

Each  of  the  various  trades,  such  as  the  wheat  trade,  cotton- 
oil  trade,  and  so  on,  is  to  all  intents  and  purposes  an  exchange 
by  itself.  It  has  a  recognised  meeting  place  on  the  floor,  and  its 
committee  interprets  its  rules  and  decides  all  disputes  under  its 
rules,  which  are  made  by  the  particular  trade  section  itself, 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  whole  board  of  managers. 

Side  by  side  with  the  Produce  Exchange  in  New  York  there 
are  a  Cotton  and  a  Coffee  Exchange,  dealing  each  in  its  one 
special  commodity  only. 

The  very  great  importance  of  the  cotton  crop  in  the  trade  of 
the  United  States  is  indicated  by  the  high  price  of  seats  on  the  New 
York  Cotton  Exchange,  a  price  above  that  for  seats  on  all  the 
other  American  produce  exchanges  and  most  of  the  American 
stock  exchanges.  Second  only  to  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Associa- 
tion in  importance  in  the  world's  cotton  market,  it  was  incor- 
porated and  granted  its  charter  in  1870,  the  year  in  which  a 
smaller  but  similar  exchange  doing  business  in  a  practically 
identical  manner  (the  New  Orleans  Cotton  Exchange)  was 
established  in  the  south.  It  is  managed  much  in  the  same  way 
as  the  other  American  exchanges,  but  instead  of  several  grading 
committees,  one  for  each  of  the  different  commodities  dealt  in, 
it  of  course  requires  but  one  classification  committee.  Provision 
is  made  also  for  a  "  Quotation  Committee,"  a  body  not  found  in 
many  of  the  other  exchanges,  whose  duties  will  be  discussed  later.1 
The  governing  body  is  called  the  board  of  managers.  Membership 
is  limited  to  450,  with  initiation  fee  of  10,000  dollars.  Seats  have 
been  sold  for  as  high  as  25,000  dollars,  but  the  average  price  runs 
to  between  10,000  and  15,000  dollars. 

The  "  Coffee  Exchange  of  the  City  of  New  York  "  was  incor- 
porated in  1887,  and  derives  its  importance  from  the  fact  that  the 

1  It  used  to  be  the  body  entrusted  with  the  duty  of  "  fixing  differ- 
ences "  in  connection  with  transactions  in  futures,  see  p.  60. 


INTERNAL  ORGANISATION  37 

United  States  is  one  of  the  largest  annual  consumers  of  coffee  per 
head  of  population  among  the  civilised  countries  of  the  world. 
Her  share  in  a  recent  year  (1919)  amounted  to  13  lb.,  being 
exceeded  only  by  Holland  with  15*2,  whereas  the  figure  for 
Germany  was  5'2,  for  France  4*3,  and  for  the  United  Kingdom 
as  little  as  §  lb.  This  exchange  is  managed  similarly  to  the  New 
York  Cotton  Exchange.  Its  membership  is  limited  to  500,  but 
the  price  of  seats  is  small,  except  when,  as  was  the  case  in  1920, 
there  is  abnormal  speculative  activity  in  coffee.  The  initiation 
fee  is  1,000  dollars. 

Owing  to  the  readiness  with  which  wheat  and  other  cereals 
lend  themselves  to  organised  dealings,  organised  grain  markets 
have  sprung  up  in  several  other  centres  in  the  United  States, 
those  at  Minneapolis,  Kansas  City,  Duluth,  Toledo,  and  St.  Louis 
being  the  most  important.1  To  facilitate  communication  with  one 
another  and  with  New  York  and  Chicago,  and  thus  to  obtain  one 
single  market  for  wheat  in  the  United  States,  all  the  American 
wheat  exchanges  are  in  session  simultaneously,  so  that  the  New 
York  Produce  Exchange  is  open  from  10.30  a.m.  to  2.15  p.m., 
allowing  for  the  difference  in  time  between  New  York  and  the 
other  remaining  centres,  which  are  all  further  west,  and  are  open 
from  9.30  a.m.  to  1.15  p.m.  This  results  in  wheat  prices  in  any 
two  centres  differing  only  by  cost  of  transport  from  one  to  the 
other,  and  accounts  for  the  fact  that  New  York  normally  quotes 
standard  grades  6  cents  a  bushel  higher  than  Chicago.  Each  of 
these  minor  centres  has  its  speciality,  e.g.  Toledo — red  winter 
wheat ;  Kansas  City — hard  winter  wheat ;  St.  Louis — winter 
wheat ;  and  Minneapolis — barley.  At  the  same  time  the  latter 
exchange  is  in  wheat  second  only  to  Chicago  in  the  United  States. 
It  has  550  members,  and  seats  are  sold  for  upwards  of  3,000 
dollars. 

For  its  diagram  representing  wheat  price  statistics  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  in  its  weekly  Market  Reporter, 
averages  the  quotations  of  Minneapolis  for  No.  i  Northern  Spring 
Wheat,  and  Chicago,  Kansas  City,  and  St.  Louis  for  No.  2  Red 
Winter  Wheat.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  these  are  the  four 
most  representative  of  the  American  primary  grain  markets ;  but 
in  addition  to  Duluth  and  Toledo,  already  referred  to,  the  Omaha 
Grain  Exchange  and  the  Buffalo  Corn  Exchange  are  worthy  of 
mention.  The  exceptional  position  of  Buffalo  as  a  distributing 
centre,  and  the  large  transhipment  business  in  wheat  conducted 
there  encouraged  the  grain  merchants  in  1906  to  establish  an 
organisation  exclusively  devoted  to  their  own  special  interests. 
An  entirely  cash  trade  is  conducted,  with  considerable  advantage 

1  Toledo  Produce  Exchange ;  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Minneapolis ; 
Duluth  Board  of  Trade  ;  Merchants'  Exchange  of  St.  Louis  ;  Kansas  City 
Board  of  Trade. 


38  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

to  the  flour-milling  industry,  of  which  Buffalo  is  a  centre  second 
only  in  importance  to  Minneapolis. 

In  1883,  the  year  in  which  the  first  cargo  of  wheat  was  shipped 
across  Lake  Superior  from  Western  Canada,  an  unsuccessful 
attempt  was  made  to  establish  a  grain  exchange  in  Winnipeg, 
and  it  was  not  until  1887  that  the  Winnipeg  Grain  and  Produce 
Exchange  finally  succeeded  in  beginning  business  in  a  small  way. 
This  organisation  was  incorporated  in  1891  by  Act  of  the  Manitoba 
Legislature,  but  its  charter  was  subject  to  amendment  from  time 
to  time  by  provincial  legislation.  In  1907  the  grain  trade  got 
into  trouble  with  the  Manitoba  Government,  and  in  the  following 
year,  as  a  result  of  the  passing  of  an  amending  act,  the  exchange 
was  dissolved  as  an  incorporated  body  and  reconstituted  as  a 
voluntary  non-incorporated  association  under  the  title  of  "  The 
Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange."  Under  these  new  conditions  it 
became  "  a  self-governing  institution  founded  on  the  consent  of 
its  members  based  upon  a  mutual  contract  set  forth  in  its  con- 
stitution and  independent  of  any  charter.  As  such  it  has  remained 
from  1908  until  now."  J 

In  1921  its  355  members  held  between  them  402  membership 
certificates,  and  of  the  317  members  who  were  actively  engaged 
in  the  grain  trade  267  were  primarily  engaged  in  the  handling  and 
marketing  of  "  cash  grain  "  2  and  50  in  futures  trading.  The 
remaining  38  members  comprised  8  bankers,  3  officials,  10  vessel 
and  insurance  agents,  and  17  non-active  members.  The  vessel 
and  insurance  agents  represent  transport  interests  which  provide 
lake  tonnage  and  marine  insurance.  Membership  is  obtained  by 
purchase  either  from  a  member  who  is  selling  out  or  from  the 
association  itself.  The  latter  at  present  charges  7,500  dollars, 
but  5,000  or  6,000  dollars  as  a  rule  is  the  price  received  by  a 
retiring  member  for  his  place.  In  every  case  an  applicant  must 
appear  before  a  committee  and  be  elected  by  ballot  at  a  meeting 
of  the  council  of  management  of  the  exchange.  Annual  dues  of 
80  dollars  from  each  member  constitute  the  main  source  of  revenue 
of  the  association. 

As  a  market  for  futures  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange  is 
insignificant  compared  with  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade ;  but 
owing  to  the  fact  that  most  of  the  very  large  quantity  of  wheat 
grown  in  Western  Canada  is  marketed  in  Winnipeg,  it  is  probable 
that  the  latter  is  now  one  of  the  largest  spot  wheat  markets 
in  North  America. 

Commission  rates  are  fixed  by  the  rules  of  all  exchanges.     In 

1  Report  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange,  September  10,  1921. 

8  "  Cash  grain  "  in  Canada  is  wheat  actually  in  store  at  the  head  of 
the  Lakes  finally  graded  and  ready  for  immediate  shipment  to  the  con- 
sumer. It  is  also  termed  "  spot  "  wheat,  and  its  price  is  the  "  cash  "  price 
quoted  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange. 


INTERNAL  ORGANISATION  39 

the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade,  for  example,  J  cent  per  bushel  is 
usual  in  wheat  transactions,  but  the  rate  is  reduced  by  one  half 
for  corporations  with  one  director  or  shareholder  who  is  a  member 
of  the  board,  a  privilege  granted  also  to  members  themselves  or 
firms  with  one  member  on  the  board.  In  the  New  York  Cotton 
Exchange  there  is  an  elaborate  scale  dependent  on  the  price  of 
cotton,  and  on  whether  the  name  of  the  principal  on  whose  behalf 
the  broker  acts  is  disclosed  or  not.  An  addition  is  made  for 
residents  outside  Canada  and  the  United  States,  while  members 
pay  only  half  fees  for  their  own  transactions. 

Five  dollars  per  unit  of  coffee,  i.e.  250  bags,  each  weighing 
132  lb.,  is  the  commission  charged  by  members  of  the  New  York 
Coffee  Exchange. 

In  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association,  when  a  member  is 
employed  as  a  broker,  the  minimum  rate  of  brokerage  for  buying 
or  selling  cotton  in  voiced  on  spot  terms  is  |  per  cent.,  which  is 
also  the  rate  payable  by  non-members,  in  the  case  of  cotton 
bought  or  sold  for  future  delivery.  Members  and  associate 
members  in  the  latter  case  are  entitled  to  half -rate,  and  there  are 
other  minimum  scales  for  the  different  combinations  that  may 
occur  of  member,  associate  member,  non-member,  resident  in  the 
United  Kingdom,  resident  outside  the  United  Kingdom,  and 
future  delivery.  The  general  principle  underlying  the  scheme 
is  that  members  are  entitled  to  lower  rates  than  non-members, 
residents  in  the  United  Kingdom  to  better  terms  than  residents 
outside,  while  transactions  in  Egyptian  cotton  and  spot  dealings 
are  usually  put  through  at  double  the  rates  for  American  cotton 
and  future  delivery  respectively. 

Somewhat  similar  rules  hold  good  on  all  the  other  exchanges 
respecting  their  brokerage  charges ;  and  most  of  them  have 
exceedingly  strict  provisions  against  fraud  or  dishonest  practices 
on  the  part  of  their  members.  They  all  require  that  orders  must 
be  executed  in  the  open  market,  and  that  no  business  belonging 
to  customers  shall  be  taken  over  by  brokers  for  their  own  account. 
Expulsion  is  the  penalty  for  making  or  reporting  any  false  or 
fictitious  purchase,  or  sale,  or  for  attempted  extortion.  No 
member  is  permitted,  under  any  circumstances  whatever,  to 
be  both  principal  and  agent  in  any  transaction.  Moreover,  no 
member  may,  by  his  own  act  or  by  the  act  of  another  member  or 
broker,  become  agent  for  both  seller  and  buyer. 

Thus  a  standard  of  commercial  honour  is  maintained  very 
much  higher  than  would  be  the  case  were  there  no  such  bodies  to 
keep  sharp  practices  in  check. 


CHAPTER   IV 

SPOT   TRANSACTIONS,    FUTURES,    PRIVILEGES 

BUSINESS  in  all  the  more  highly  organised  exchanges  is  con- 
ducted in  two  ways;  firstly,  through  dealings  for  immediate 
delivery  of  recognised  grades  of  commodities  or  of  produce 
actually  inspected  or  sampled — "  Spot  transactions  "  1 ;  and 
secondly,  through  dealings  in  which  neither  immediate  payment 
nor  immediate  delivery  is  contemplated — contracts  for  deferred 
delivery  and  so-called  "  futures." 

Spot  transactions,  by  their  very  nature,  imply  the  present 
existence  of  the  commodity  in  question  and  necessarily  represent 
goods  actually  on  hand  or  instantly  available  at  the  time  the 
contract  is  made.  Moreover,  they  invariably  contemplate  an 
immediate  or  an  approximately  immediate  delivery. 

The  system  of  futures  trading  is  based  on  contracts  on  the 
part  of  the  seller  to  deliver  and  consequently  on  the  part  of  the 
buyer  to  receive,  at  a  time  subsequent  to  the  making  of  the 
contract,  a  certain  quantity  of  the  produce  at  a  stipulated  price. 
The  fact  that  the  seller,  by  means  of  a  spot  transaction  at  the  time 
of  delivery,  may  find  himself  able  to  purchase  produce  at  a  lower 
price,  and  thus  fulfil  his  contract  at  a  considerable  and  possibly 
unforeseen  profit  to  himself,  renders  his  transaction  speculative. 
This  is,  therefore,  the  concept  to  be  attached  to  the  word  specula- 
tion, when  it  is  used  in  reference  to  dealings  in  these  organised 
markets.  Dealings  in  things,  the  future  prices  of  which  are 
highly  uncertain,  are  only  possible  on  a  large  scale  when  compe- 
tition is  keen  and  demand  is  both  extensive  and  fairly  "  in- 
elastic/' 2  Consequently  it  is  in  the  case  of  products  such  as 
wheat,  cotton,  and  maize  that  speculation  has  reached  its  greatest 
development  and  that  market  organisation  has  attained  its 
highest  perfection.  Such  speculation  is  always  associated  with 
futures,  and  is  conducted  under  certain  fixed  conditions  on  all  the 
exchanges  where  it  is  permitted. 

1  French,  marches  au  cotnpfant ;  German,  Comptantgeschiifte  or  Loco- 
geschdfte. 

*  The  demand  for  a  commodity  is  said  to  be  inelastic  when  quite  a 
considerable  change  in  price  does  not  cause  much  alteration  in  the  quantity 
sold. 

40 


SPOT  TRANSACTIONS,   FUTURES,   PRIVILEGES      41 

It  is  not  every  bargain,  the  fulfilment  of  which  is  contracted 
to  take  place  at  some  future  date,  that  can  be  regarded  as  con- 
structively speculative  in  the  technical  economic  sense  above 
described.  Such  bargains  are  regularly  made  every  day  in  all 
departments  of  human  activity  and  call  for  no  special  considera- 
tion, merely  because,  from  the  nature  of  the  case,  they  are 
incapable  oi  instant  fulfilment.  The  dealing  in  a  cargo  of  wheat 
actually  on  passage  which  may  be  sold  in  anticipation  of  its 
arrival  does  not  constitute  a  transaction  in  futures.  A  builder 
who  signs  a  contract  to  erect  a  house  for  an  agreed  sum  under- 
takes a  future  delivery  of  goods,  but  he  is  not  a  speculator  in  this 
special  sense ;  whereas  the  builder  who  erects  houses  with  careful 
forecasts  of  the  cost,  intending  to  sell  them  when  finished  for  what 
he  can  get,  is  properly  referred  to  as  a  speculative  builder. 
Speculation  takes  place  when  an  anticipated  difference  in  the 
present  and  future  prices  of  any  commodity  afford  an  opportunity 
of  a  possible  profit.  It  is  the  fact  that  the  price  in  the  future 
cannot  be  accurately  forecasted,  while  at  the  same  time  an 
agreement  is  entered  into  in  the  present  as  to  its  amount,  that 
forms  the  essential  basis  of  all  speculative  contracts.  No  business 
is  properly  speculative  in  this  special  sense  unless  there  is  involved 
the  necessity  of  estimating  in  the  present  the  probable  amount  at 
some  future  date  of  a  price  which  is  subject  to  frequent  fluctuations. 

Speculation  in  the  non-technical  sense,  buying  property  out- 
right and  holding  it  for  a  rise,  has  been  universal  since  civilisation 
attained  a  stable  foundation.  Something  like  speculation  hi  the 
narrower  sense  is  thought  to  have  existed  at  Rome  under  the 
Empire;  but  it  is  not  until  the  early  part  of  the  seventeenth 
century  that  futures  of  the  modern  pattern  first  make  their 
appearance,  and  that  was  in  connection  with  the  Dutch  Whale 
Fisheries,  when  the  products  of  voyages  were  sold  long  before  the 
ships  returned.  Speculation  in  bulbs  was  common  in  the  third 
decade  of  that  century,  and  towards  its  close  time  dealings  in 
corn  were  forbidden  in  Antwerp.  A  speculative  market  in  coffee, 
grain,  and  a  number  of  other  commodities  existed  in  Amsterdam 
in  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth  century,  but  it  was  quite  the 
middle  of  the  nineteenth  century,  the  period  of  great  expansion 
in  foreign  trade,  before  dealing  in  futures  assumed  the  importance 
it  now  possesses.  In  this  it  was  helped  by  the  introduction  of  the 
telegraph  and  fast  mail  steamers,  by  which  news  was  enabled  to 
travel  more  quickly  than  the  commodities  themselves  from  place 
of  origin  to  place  of  sale.  Thus,  not  only  the  existence  of  produce 
became  known,  but  fairly  accurate  estimates  of  its  amount  were 
available  months  before  it  could  arrive.  To  solve  the  problem  of 
distributing,  at  a  fair  price,  a  world  supply,  whose  amount  was 
approximately  known  beforehand,  required  dealings  at  places  of 
greatest  demand  in  stocks  not  present  at  the  moment.  It  was 


42  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

inevitable,  therefore,  that  at  such  centres  there  should  take  place 
great  numbers  of  transactions  of  a  kind  other  than  spot  trans- 
actions. The  growth  of  futures  was  the  natural  consequence  of 
such  a  combination  of  circumstances.  A  further  contributing 
cause  was  the  need  for  produce  importers  to  have  quick  returns, 
and  their  consequent  inclination  to  welcome  a  system  which  can 
be  worked  so  as  to  exclude  credit  altogether. 

Futures  dealing  in  a  small  way  existed  in  European  markets 
as  early  as  the  thirties  of  last  century ;  but  it  is,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
to  an  early  form  of  contract  in  the  grain  trade  of  the  United  States 
that  the  modern  system  owes  its  origin,  although  an  exactly 
analogous  transaction  was  common  in  iron  warrants  in  Glasgow 
at  the  same  time.  When  large  quantities  of  wheat  or  iron  had 
been  stored  in  the  elevators  or  the  railway  yards,  and  receipts  for 
them  had  been  issued,  the  holders  endeavoured  from  time  to  time 
to  raise  money  on  their  stocks.  At  first  this  borrowing  was  from 
necessity,  particularly  in  the  case  of  the  Scottish  ironmasters,  who 
were  not  always  able  to  market  the  whole  of  their  output.  After 
some  tune  it  came  to  be  seen  in  the  grain  trade  that  any  one 
looking  for  a  fall  in  price  could  sell  wheat  which  he  could  deliver 
by  means  of  borrowed  warrants  endorsed  by  the  holder,  expecting 
to  be  able  to  replace  them,  when  it  was  necessary  to  return  them, 
by  purchases  of  warrants  at  the  anticipated  lower  price.  This 
was  possible,  for  there  was  never  any  obligation  to  return  the 
identical  warrants  loaned,  but  merely  warrants  for  the  same 
amount  and  same  grade  of  wheat.  It  is  obvious  that  in  such  a 
system  the  extension  of  transactions  of  this  kind  was  limited  by 
the  number  of  warrants  available  for  borrowing,  even  though  it 
was  possible  for  a  single  warrant  to  serve  for  the  satisfaction  of 
an  indefinite  number  of  contracts.  This  form  of  transaction  is 
the  normal  "  short  "  sale  on  the  American  stock  exchanges,  and 
is  the  one  usually  suggested  as  substitute  for  the  present  form  of 
futures  on  the  produce  exchanges  by  those  who  wish  to  reform 
the  abuses  that  have  recently  appeared  in  the  latter.  A  "  short  " 
sale  is  one  made  by  a  person  who,  in  anticipation  of  falling  prices, 
sells  for  forward  delivery  what  he  has  not  got,  intending  to  make 
delivery  with  goods  bought  later  at  a  lower  price.  On  the  New 
York  Stock  Exchange  the  procedure  is  as  follows  : — 

(a)  X  sells  securities  he  does  not  own  to  Y.  (b)  X  borrows 
securities  from  Z  and  hands  them  to  Y,  who  is  quite  unaware  of 
their  origin  and  is  not  concerned  with  it  once  he  actually  gets 
possession,  (c)  X  goes  into  the  open  market,  buys  securities  of 
the  same  kind  of  equal  amount  from  any  broker  W,  and  hands 
them  over  to  Z,  thus  closing  the  transaction. 

The  possibility  of  combination  on  the  part  of  the  W's  is 
always  present  to  act  as  a  restraint  on  the  X's,  and  it  is  maintained 


SPOT  TRANSACTIONS,   FUTURES,   PRIVILEGES      43 

that  it  was  the  hardship  of  this  restraint  on  trade  that  hastened 
the  adoption  of  the  futures  system  on  the  produce  exchanges, 
in  which  it  is  no  longer  necessary  for  an  X  to  make  immediate 
delivery  of  warrants,  warehouse  receipts,  or  other  titles  to  the 
goods,  but  rely  merely  on  finding  a  W,  or  (what  is  far  more 
frequent)  another  X  at  the  moment  he  needs  them. 

Failure  of  the  X's  to  find  W's  when  required,  or  rather,  suc- 
cessful combination  on  the  part  of  the  W's  and  refusal  to  accom- 
modate the  X's  except  on  prohibitive  terms, constitutes  a  "corner." 
Therefore  the  narrower  the  range  of  grades  or  qualities  constituting 
good  delivery  on  a  futures  contract  the  greater  the  danger  of 
corners.  All  contracts  on  the  produce  exchanges  specify  the 
grade  as  well  as  the  quantity,  and,  as  a  rule,  only  a  delivery  of 
that  grade  or  some  grade  very  near  in  quality  is  accepted  in  settle- 
ment. This  specified  grade,  known  as  "  contract  "  or  "  standard  " 
grade,  must  therefore  be  thoroughly  representative  of  the  com- 
modity, be  widely  distributed,  and  readily  obtainable  when 
required.  When  it  is  necessary  to  tender  another  grade  within 
the  range  permitted,  allowances  are  made  to  the  buyer  or  to  the 
seller  according  as  the  quality  is  inferior  to  or  better  than  the 
standard.  The  basis  on  which  these  allowances  are  calculated  is 
of  considerable  importance,  and  has  been  the  subject  of  legisla- 
tion even  in  countries  where  there  is  otherwise  no  tradition  of 
governmental  interference  with  trade. 

In  addition  to  specification  of  grades,  there  are,  on  all  the 
exchanges,  recognised  amounts  deliverable  on  futures  contracts. 
Fixed  units  of  amounts  constitute  one  lot,  which,  except  in  very 
rare  cases,  cannot  be  sub-divided  on  the  particular  exchanges 
concerned.  For  example,  the  unit  in  cotton  in  Liverpool  is  100 
bales=48,ooo  Ib.  in  the  case  of  American  cotton,  50-  bales= 
36,000  Ib.  in  the  case  of  Egyptian  ;  in  wheat,  5,000  centals  ;  for 
wheat  in  Chicago  and  New  York,  5,000  quarters  is  the  unit  ;  for 
coffee  in  New  York,  250  bags=32,50O  Ib.,  and  so  on.  Slight 
variation  from  correct  weight  does  not  vitiate  delivery,  and  is 
usually  allowed  for  at  the  closing  price  on  the  day  of  tender  of 
delivery. 

For  the  time  of  fulfilment  of  a  futures  contract  certain  limits 
are  rigidly  fixed  in  all  cases.  Since  produce  comes  to  the  markets 
somewhat  irregularly,  though  on  the  whole  continuously,  it 
cannot  usually  be  promised  for  delivery  on  any  specific  date. 
In  America  the  practice  is  to  classify  futures  according  to  months, 
that  is,  to  allow  the  seller  the  option  of  delivering  on  any  day  of 
a  month  agreed  on  after  due  notice  to  the  buyer.  Delivery 
cannot  be  made  before  the  first  day  of  the  month,  but  on  the 
other  hand,  it  must  be  made  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the 
month.  The  choice  of  date  rests  invariably  with  the  seller.  So 


44  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

universal  has  this  practice  become  of  specifying  futures  in  the 
United  States  by  means  of  the  delivery  month  that  phrases  such 
as  "  December  wheat,"  "  September  delivery,"  "  June  option," 
meaning  futures  to  be  fulfilled  in  those  months,  are  in  common 
everyday  use. 

European  practice  is  not  so  stereotyped  in  this  respect.  In 
Liverpool  the  delivery  period  in  the  case  of  cotton  futures  used 
to  be  two  months,  and  thus  there  were  May- June  options,  June- 
July  options.  In  Paris  the  period  for  wheat  may  be  two,  four, 
or  six  months — for  example,  the  four  premiers  mois,  January  to 
March,  or  the  four  chauds  mois,  May  to  August ;  while  in  Germany, 
when  dealing  in  futures  was  permitted,  two  specially  fixed 
periods,  March-April  (the  Fruhjahr-Termin)  and  September- 
October  (the  Herbst-Termin)  were  commonly  employed.  In  all 
these  cases,  except  for  the  differences  in  the  length  of  the  period, 
delivery  is  effected  just  as  in  America.  Having  regard  to  these 
characteristics,  shared  by  all  agreements  concerning  future 
delivery  in  the  chief  exchanges  of  the  world,  a  definition  may  be 
given  which  is  sufficiently  precise  for  the  purposes  of  discrimination 
between  mere  contracts  for  forward  delivery  and  futures  proper. 
A  futures  contract  *  is  a  contract  in  an  organised  market  drawn 
up  in  a  form  standardised  by  the  controlling  authority  of  that 
market,  referring  never  to  specific  lots  of  produce,  but  prescribing 
the  unit  of  amount  and  quality,  while  leaving  to  the  contracting 
parties  the  determination  of  total  amount,  price,  and  time  of 
delivery,  it  being  understood  that  the  choice  in  the  latter  case 
has  reference  only  to  a  definite  period  of  time  stated  in  the  con- 
tract, and  that  these  periods  are  prescribed  by  custom  or  the 
market  authority  and  not  arbitrarily  selected  by  either  of  the 
parties  to  the  bargain. 

The  volume  of  dealing  in  futures  on  the  exchanges  is  enormous 
compared  with  the  actual  amount  of  the  commodity  marketed.2 
This  is  a  natural  consequence  of  the  facilities  offered  by  the  system, 
whereby  a  buyer  who  does  not  wish  actually  to  accept  delivery 
may  sell  an  equal  amount  long  before  the  delivery  period  and  then 

1  Also  called  a  terminal  contract,  a  contract  for  future  (not  "  forward  " 
or  "  deferred  ")  delivery,  a  future,  and  (in  the  North  American  grain 
markets  especially)  a  trade.  French,  Operation  &  terme  or  marchi  a  terme. 
German,  Termingeschaft,  "  Das  Termingeschaft  ist  also  ausserlich  nur  ein 
genauer  formuliertes,  durch  Borsenusancen  reglementiertes,  Zeit-  oder 
Lieferungsgeschaft."  Fuchs,  Der  War  enter  minhandel,  p.  4.  See  also 
Sonndorfer,  Die  Technik  des  Welthandels,  pp.  16-19. 

But  a  Termingeschaft  may  be  either  a  Fixgeschdft,  a  futures  contract 
proper,  or  a  Prcimiegeschdft,  a  privilege ;  and  a  marche  A  terme  may  be  either 
a  marche  ferme  or  a  marchi  a  prime  in  the  same  way. 

z  E.g.  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange  between  September  i,  1920, 
and  April  21, 1921,  the  total  volume  of  futures  dealing  in  allgrain  was  about 
6 \  times  the  volume  of  the  actual  grain  that  reached  a  marketable  position  ; 
and  the  Winnipeg  market  for  futures  is  far  from  being  an  active  one. 


SPOT  TRANSACTIONS,   FUTURES,   PRIVILEGES      45 

offset  one  transaction  against  the  other.  Indeed,  a  contract  may 
change  hands  on  some  exchanges  a  score  of  times  before  final 
settlement  is  made,  and  every  "  passing  on  "  involves  another 
addition  to  the  total  number  recorded  of  dealings  in  futures.  It 
is  asserted  that  the  larger  the  volume  of  futures  dealing  in  any 
particular  market,  the  better  that  market  fulfils  its  real  purpose  ; 
for  the  more  frequent  the  bids  and  offers  of  traders,  the  keener  is 
competition  and  the  more  delicate  is  the  adjustment  of  price  to 
genuine  supply  and  demand. 

Closely  allied  to  futures  proper  (which,  as  explained,  are 
bargains  for  delivery  at  a  definite  price  within  a  definite  future 
period  of  time)  is  the  contract  which  confers  the  right  to  demand 
that  such  a  bargain  shall  be  entered  upon  under  circumstances 
which  may  be,  but  usually  are  not,  set  forth.  This  type  of  con- 
tract is  called  a  "  privilege  "  or  "  option,"  because  what  is  pur- 
chased by  one  of  the  parties  to  the  bargain  is  the  privilege  or 
option  of  buying  from,  or  selling  to,  the  other  party  a  certain 
amount  of  a  certain  commodity  at  a  certain  price  The  fact  that  in 
a  futures  contract  proper  the  seller  has  the  option  of  selecting  the 
day  of  delivery  within  the  period  agreed  on  has  caused  the  word 
"  option  "  to  be  applied  indiscriminately  to  both  types  of  contract 
— "  December  option  "  having  come  to  mean  an  ordinary  trans- 
action in  futures  for  which  December  is  the  month  of  completion. 
To  avoid  confusion,  therefore,  a  distinction  not  always  made  in 
practice  will  here  be  adopted.  Privilege  or  option  will  be  taken  to 
mean  the  second  type ;  but  where  the  term  "  option  "  is  qualified 
adjectively  by  the  name  of  a  month,  the  reference  will  be  to 
futures  proper,  whose  time  of  delivery  is  that  particular  month. 
This,  though  not  in  strict  accordance  with  commercial  usage,  will 
at  any  rate  be  unambiguous.  A  privilegej_pr  option,  then^is^a 
jDf  theparties_acjpikSlhe  right  jrjthmit7 
dbligaliQn^loJbuy  from  or  sell  to  the  other 
3t  a 


Suclf  contracts  are  obviously  of  two  kinds  according  as  the  rigKf  ~~~ 
acquired  is  one  to  buy  from  or  one  to  sell  to.  The  former  are 
termed  "  Calls,"  the  latter  "  Puts."  A  call,  therefore,  is  an  agree- 
ment giving  the  buyer  the  right  to  call  upon  the  other  party  to 
deliver  a  certain  amount  of  produce  at  a  fixed  price  within  a 
specified  time.  Calls  are  used  by  those  who  have  sold  what  they 
do  not  own  (short  sellers  or  bears).  Suppose  a  dealer  has  sold 
certain  produce  at  a  certain  number  of  points  (say  50)  per  unit  (in 
cotton,  e.g.  at  so  many  hundredths  of  a  penny  per  Ib.)  which  he 
expects  to  be  able  to  buy  later  on  at  a  lower  price,  thereby  making 
a  profit.  Desiring  to  protect  himself  against  a  sudden  rise  or 
against  a  possible  corner,  he  finds  that,  for  a  certain  sum,  he  can 
buy  a  call  enabling  him  to  get  produce  at  52.  If  the  price  rises  to 

1  French,  marche  ^  prime  ;    German,  Pramiegeschaft. 


46  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

56,  he  requires  the  seller  of  the  call  to  deliver  to  him  at  52.  Thus 
his  loss  is  limited ;  for  he  cannot  lose  more  than  two  points  per 
unit  however  much  the  price  rises,  plus,  of  course,  the  sum  he 
paid  for  the  call.  In  such  a  transaction  the  cost  of  the  call  is 
largely  in  the  nature  of  a  premium  for  insurance  against  heavy 
loss  (in  this  particular  case  against  a  loss  of  more  than  two  points 
per  unit).  Calls  are  also  used  by  dealers  who  think  that  the  price 
of  produce  will  rise  above  the  price  named  in  the  call.  They  are 
not  at  the  moment  in  a  position  to  take  advantage  of  their  superior 
knowledge  of  the  market.  Therefore,  rather  than  miss  this  chance 
of  profit  altogether,  such  speculators  purchase  a  call  whereby  they 
obtain  the  right  of  demanding  delivery  at  a  price  lower  than  the 
new  market  price.  Thus  when  they  sell  the  produce  delivered  to 
them  they  realise  their  anticipated  profit,  less  the  price  paid  for 
the  call. 

EXAMPLE   OF   A   CALL 

Chicago, 

July  i,  1921. 

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED  the  bearer  may  CALL  ON  me  for  ten 
thousand  (10,000)  bushels  of  WHEAT  (Contract  grade)  at  98  cents 
per  bushel  any  time  within  fifteen  (15)  days  from  date. 

JONATHAN  JONES. 
Expires  July  15,  1921. 
1.15  p.m. 

A  put,  on  the  other  hand,  is  an  agreement  giving  the  buyer 
the  right  to  deliver  to,  or  put  on  to,  the  other  party  a  certain 
amount  of  produce  at  a  fixed  price  within  a  specified  time.  It  is 
a  contract  made  always  with  a  view  to  a  fall  in  price.  Suppose 
a  dealer  anticipates  that  the  price  of  a  commodity  will  fall,  and 
that  he  desires  to  profit  by  this  decline  in  price.  He  purchases  a 
put,  therefore,  from  some  one  else  entitling  him  to  demand  that 
the  latter  shall  accept  delivery  of  a  stated  quantity  of  the  com- 
modity within  a  given  time  at  a  price  which  is  named.  If  his 
expectation  is  realised  and  the  price  falls,  he  can  purchase  in 
open  market  the  quantity  mentioned  in  the  put  at  a  price  below 
that  at  which  the  seller  of  the  put  has  undertaken  to  buy  it.  Thus, 
by  exercising  his  privilege,  he  will  make  the  difference  between 
the  price  at  which  he  bought  the  produce  and  the  price  at  which 
he  sold  it  under  the  put  agreement,  minus,  of  course,  commission 
charges  and  the  cost  of  the  put. 

A  combination  of  a  put  and  a  call  is  termed  a  "  straddle  "  on 
the  American  exchanges.  It  gives  the  purchaser  the  privilege  of 
either  putting  or  calling  the  produce  at  the  named  price  within  a 
given  period.  If  different  prices  are  named  for  the  put  and  for 
the  call,  the  privilege  becomes  a  "  spread,"  but  this  term  "  spread  " 
is  also  used  in  another  connection  to  describe  arbitrage  operations 


SPOT  TRANSACTIONS,   FUTURES,   PRIVILEGES      47 

in  commodities  when  there  is  more  than  the  normal  difference  in 
prices  between  the  two  markets.  These  double  privileges  are 
used  by  dealers  who  wish  to  profit  by  a  change  either  up  or  down 
in  the  market  price.  They  are  not  so  common  in  the  produce 
markets  as  on  the  stock  exchanges  in  America,  but  their  use  in 
the  grain  markets  seems  to  be  growing.  The  spread  is  the  more 
usual  of  the  two.  Double  privileges  can  only  be  purchased  when 
those  who  sell  them  anticipate  a  stagnant  market  in  which  the 
price  will  not  move  sufficiently  to  induce  the  buyers  to  exercise 
their  options.  If  the  market  moves  only  within  the  limits  named 
in  the  contract,  the  buyer  does  not  exercise  his  option  and  loses 
what  he  paid  for  the  privilege,  while  the  seller  has  the  sum  paid 
as  compensation  for  the  risk  he  has  taken  ;  since  it  is  not  always 
possible  to  purchase  double  privileges,  the  price  to  be  paid  is  high 
when  they  are  available,  for  the  risk  to  the  seller  is  very  great. 
It  is  exceedingly  unlikely  that  prices  in  an  active  market  will 
remain  stationary  for  any  length  of  time. 

The  use  of  privileges  is  confined  almost  exclusively  to  highly 
speculative  transactions  of  a  gambling  nature.  These  contracts 
are  merely  bets  upon  anticipated  changes  in  the  price  of  the  com- 
modity, and  in  the  majority  of  cases  are  never  carried  out,  settle- 
ments being  made  by  the  payment  of  the  difference  in  price  to 
the  winner  of  the  gamble.  Most  of  the  produce  exchanges  in 
America  forbid  them  in  their  rules,  but  dealing  takes  place  after 
hours  in  the  corridors  and  side  rooms  of  the  buildings.  It  is 
difficult  to  suppress  them  altogether,  because  in  some  cases  they 
serve  a  useful  purpose  for  the  genuine  trader.  They  are  not 
countenanced  as  such  officially  on  the  English  exchanges  either, 
where  some  of  the  terms  are  used  in  somewhat  different  significa- 
tion to  the  American.  The  American  straddle  is  a  "  put  and 
call  option  "  in  England,  whereas  the  English  straddle  is  a  gamble 
on  the  difference  in  price  of  the  same  or  different  grades  of  the 
commodity  at  different  periods — a  bet  on  the  difference  in  price 
of  the  same  grade  at  different  dates,  or  a  bet  on  the  difference  in 
price  of  different  grades  at  the  same  or  different  dates.  As 
defined  in  the  rules  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association  :  "A 
'  straddle '  means  a  transaction  in  cotton  for  future  delivery  in 
which  contracts  are  made  either — 

"  (a)  For  the  purchase  of  a  certain  number  of  bales  of  one  growth 
for  a  certain  period  of  delivery,  and  for  the  sale  of  an  equal  number 
of  bales  of  the  same  growth  for  another  period  of  delivery. 

"  (b)  For  the  purchase  of  a  certain  number  of  bales  of  one  growth 
for  a  certain  period  of  delivery,  and  the  sale  of  a  contract  or  contracts 
of  the  nearest  equivalent  in  weight  of  another  growth  for  the  same 
or  another  period  of  delivery."  x 

1  The  Liverpool  straddle  is  classified  as  an  arbitrage  transaction  in 
America. 


48  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

It  will  be  observed  that  in  this  definition  there  is  no  mention 
of  option  or  choice  to  be  exercised  by  either  of  the  parties. 
There  are  contracts  to  buy  and  to  sell,  in  each  case  definite  and 
without  qualification,  but  hope  of  gain  rests  on  nothing  more  than 
an  expected  alteration  in  the  usual  difference  in  price  of  futures  of 
different  periods  or  in  the  usual  difference  in  price  of  two  different 
growths.  Such  transactions  have  their  justification  in  the  pro- 
tection they  can  give  to  spinners  in  certain  situations  that  may 
arise  in  their  business ;  and  it  is  with  this  purpose  in  view  that  the 
association  has  given  official  sanction  to  them,  while  at  the  same 
time  seeking  to  discourage  their  use  as  mere  betting  agreements. 

The  price  to  be  paid  for  a  privilege  or  option  on  the  American 
exchanges  is  influenced  by  three  considerations,  which  turn  mainly 
upon  the  risk  to  the  seller  : 

i.  The  length  of  time  during  which  the  option  is  to  run.  The 
longer  the  time  the  greater  is  the  probability  of  fluctuation  in  the 
market  price  of  the  commodity,  the  greater  the  risk,  therefore, 
to  the  seller  and  consequently  the  higher  the  price  expected  by 
him  for  the  privilege  granted. 

*  2.  The  condition  of  the  market.  The  risk  of  the  seller  is 
greater  the  more  unstable  the  market  at  the  moment.  Therefore 
the  more  stagnant  the  market  the  smaller  the  price. 

3.  The  greater  the  difference  between  the  price  or  prices 
named  in  the  agreement  and  the  prices  prevailing  in  the  open 
market  the  less  is  the  risk  of  the  seller  being  called  on  to  fulfil 
the  contract  and,  therefore,  the  smaller  the  cost  of  the  privilege. 

In  practice,  on  the  whole,  the  custom  is  to  keep  the  price  of 
options  fixed  and  to  vary  the  other  conditions,  narrow  the  range 
of  price  and  extend  the  time  when  the  market  is  stagnant, 
extend  the  range  of  price  and  curtail  the  time  when  the  market 
is  "  wild."  Ten  dollars  per  thousand  bushels  of  wheat  is  the  fair 
average  price  at  present  for  a  put  or  a  call  with  range  of  price 
one-fourth  or  three-eighths  of  a  cent  away  from  the  market  price, 
available  within  fifteen  days. 

Theoretically  the  risk  in  buying  a  privilege  is  confined  to  the 
actual  cost,  and  this  fact  has  attracted  unskilled  speculators 
recently  in  great  numbers  to  the  American  exchanges.  They 
lose,  it  is  said,  less  money  in  this  way  than  in  any  other ;  for  in 
every  case  the  possible  loss  is  known  exactly  beforehand.  This 
new  development  is  causing  controlling  bodies  to  place  increased 
restrictions  on  the  use  of  privileges  and  to  attempt  to  suppress 
dealings  in  them  even  in  places  off  the  exchange  floors  and  where 
the  ordinary  disciplinary  rules  do  not  hold.  Yet  there  is  a  point 
of  view  from  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  something  more  than 
mere  betting  transactions ;  for  it  is  possible  to  conceive  a  privilege 
as  an  ordinary  deal  in  futures  proper,  with  a  special  stipulation 
that,  in  consideration  of  a  cash  payment,  one  of  the  parties  has 


SPOT  TRANSACTIONS,  FUTURES,  PRIVILEGES    49 

the  right  to  withdraw  from  the  contract  within  a  specified  time.1 
In  view  of  actual  practice  and  recent  developments  it  is  difficult 
to  find  much  justification  for  this  standpoint ;  and  there  is  little 
doubt  that  controlling  bodies  are  acting  in  the  best  interests  of 
bond  fide  traders  in  discountenancing  them  entirely. 

Much  more  readily  justified  is  another  recent  development  in 
organised  markets,  which  is  rendered  possible  only  by  the  exist- 
ence of  trading  in  futures,  that  is,  the  adjusting  of  price  between 
different  markets  by  means  of  arbitrage  transactions  or  "  spread- 
ing." In  its  simplest  form  an  arbitrage  transaction  consists  in 
buying  in  one  market  when  the  price  is  low,  selling  at  the  same 
time  for  forward  delivery  in  another  market  where  the  price  is 
high,  and  transporting  the  produce  from  one  to  the  other  to  fulfil 
the  contract  But  instead  of  moving  the  produce,  a  dealer  may 
buy  futures  in  one  market  and  sell  futures  in  the  other,  and  close 
out  each  contract  in  the  market  where  it  was  made.  Suppose,  for 
example,  the  two  markets  are  New  York  and  Chicago.  Wheat  is 
normally  6  cents  per  bushel  higher  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter, 
this  figure  representing  the  expenses  involved  in  transport  from 
one  to  the  other.  If  New  York  quotes,  say,  72  cents,  and  Chicago 
60,  a  dealer  is  justified  in  assuming  that  this  difference  of  12  is 
unusual,  and  will  be  reduced  to  about  6  within  a  reasonably  short 
interval.  He,  therefore,  buys  futures  in  Chicago  and  sells  them 
in  New  York.  When  the  difference  is  narrowed  down  to  8,  in- 
dependently of  the  movements  of  the  prices  themselves  (suppose 
New  York  falls  to  67  and  Chicago  to  59),  he  can  close  out  at  a 
profit.  By  selling  in  Chicago  he  loses  i  cent  per  bushel,  but  he 
can  buy  in  New  York  to  cover  his  contract  there  at  67,  thus 
making  5  cents  per  bushel ;  that  is,  a  net  gain  of  4  cents  per  bushel 
on  the  completed -series  of  transactions.  This  action  on  the  part 
of  arbitrage  dealers  tends  to  ensure  that  prices  in  markets  which 
are  in  close  communication  shall  differ  only  by  the  cost  of  trans- 
port from  one  to  the  other — shall  remain  "  in  line,"  as  the  phrase 
runs.  Yet  for  considerable  periods  of  time  neighbouring  markets 
may  be  "  out  of  line,"  owing  to  heavy  commitments  in  one 
making  dealers  reluctant  to  put  through  transactions  of  the  kind 
required  in  the  other.  Cases  are  on  record  of  arbitrage  dealings 
even  in  the  same  market,  when  excitement  has  split  dealers  up 
into  groups,  which  for  the  moment  worked  independently  of  one 
another  and  quoted  different  prices.  Dealers  less  excitable  than 
the  rest  then  used  their  opportunity,  and  by  their  knowledge  of 
different  prices  in  places  a  few  feet  apart  succeeded  in  making 

1  This  is  the  view  taken  on  the  Continent,  and  the  sum  paid  for  the 
privilege  of  withdrawing  from  the  contract  by  the  person  who  would  be 
the  buyer  if  the  contract  were  completed  is  called,  in  German,  a  Lie- 
fevungspvdmie  or  Vorprdmie.  Empfangsprdmie  or  Ruckprdmie  is  the  corre- 
sponding term  if  it  is  the  seller  who  purchases  the  privilege  of  withdrawal. 

E 


50  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

considerable  profits  in  a  very  short  time.  Arbitrage  transactions 
between  centres  in  different  countries  are  not  infrequent  in  the 
case  of  securities.  They  are  difficult  to  put  through  in  the  case 
of  produce ;  for  straightforward  dealings  are  not  possible,  owing 
to  the  additional  problems  raised  in  connection  with  rates  of 
exchange.  Representatives  in  the  producing  countries  of  im- 
porting houses  elsewhere,  and  agents  abroad  of  firms  in  the  pro- 
ducing countries  in  constant  communication  with  one  another 
and  with  their  respective  headquarters,  succeed  in  setting  and 
maintaining  a  general  world  price  level  for  the  main  staples  of 
commerce ;  but  arbitrage  in  the  produce  markets  finds  its  real 
field  within  the  limits  of  a  single  country. 


CHAPTER  V 

SETTLEMENTS   AND   CLEARING   HOUSES 

DIFFERENT  contracts  for  the  same  number  of  units  of  wheat, 
cotton,  or  other  produce  of  standard  grade  are,  for  all  practical 
purposes,  identical  if  they  mature  within  the  same  delivery 
period.  Thus  it  is  obvious  that  a  dealer  who  has  bought  and 
sold  equal  amounts  of  the  same  grade  for  the  same  period  of 
delivery  has  not  necessarily  any  concern  in  the  actual  goods. 
The  difference  between  the  prices  of  the  sale  and  of  the  purchase 
complete  his  interest  in  both  transactions.  If,  therefore,  he  can 
bring  together  the  person  from  whom  he  purchased  and  the 
person  to  whom  he  sold  the  produce  he  can  drop  out,  on  payment 
or  receipt  of  differences  due  on  the  two  contracts,  without  handling 
anything  but  a  warehouse  receipt.  It  is  to  afford  facilities  for 
off-sets  of  this  kind  and  for  the  settling  of  differences  that 
clearing  houses  have  been  established  and  periodical  settle- 
ments introduced.  These  are  effected  daily  in  some  cases, 
weekly  in  others,  while  on  some  exchanges  no  settlement  takes 
place  before  the  close  of  the  term  of  the  contract.  The  general 
principle  underlying  a  periodical  settlement  is  one  of  partial 
payment  pending  final  delivery  and  final  settling  up.  The 
operation  of  clearing  houses  and  short  settlements  is  most  clearly 
seen  when  settlement  takes  place  daily.  Some  examples  of  the 
methods  used  in  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade  afford  good  illustra- 
tions in  this  connection.  Suppose  on  June  14  A  sells  to  B  10,000 
bushels  of  wheat  for  September  delivery  at  92  cents  per  bushel. 
The  price  fluctuates  from  day  to  day,  and  as  it  rises  above  92,  B, 
owning  the  wheat,  would  be  the  gainer  and  A  the  loser.  By  the 
rules  of  the  Board,  A  must  pay  B  the  differences  in  value  calcu- 
lated on  the  basis  of  the  closing  market  prices  each  day.  If 
prices  go  down,  B  must  pay  A  each  day  on  the  same  basis. 
Suppose  that  on  August  i  the  price  is  93,  then  the  net  total 
passed  between  them  would  amount  to  a  payment  of  i  cent  per 
bushel  by  A  to  B.  If  B  now  sells  to  C,  a  similar  process  takes 
place,  in  addition,  between  B  and  C,  and  so  on,  with  successive 
pairs  of  dealers,  if  further  transactions  take  place  on  the  basis  of 
this  particular  lot  of  wheat.  Suppose  C  holds  the  wheat  until 
September  i  when  the  price  is  95.  A,  being  the  original  seller, 

51 


52  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

would  then  hand  to  B  warehouse  receipts  for  the  quantity  and 
grade  agreed  on.  C,  on  receipt  of  these  from  B,  would  give  pay- 
ment to  A  on  the  basis  of  95  cents  per  bushel.  Having  already 
received  from  B,  by  way  of  difference,  2  cents  per  bushel,  he 
really  is  out  of  pocket  only  93  cents,  which  is  the  price  he  agreed 
to  pay  for  the  wheat ;  while  A,  though  now  (on  September  i) 
receiving  95  cents,  had  already  (on  August  i)  paid  B  i  cent  and 
between  August  i  and  September  i  another  2  cents.  Thus,  as 
net  result,  he  receives  92  cents  per  bushel,  the  price  at  which  he 
originally  agreed  to  deliver.  B  has  as  profit  i  cent  per  bushel  on 
the  complete  transaction.  B,  in  this  case,  is  merely  a  speculator 
having  judged  correctly  that  prices  were  likely  to  rise.  A  and 
C  did  not  necessarily  know  that  they  were  dealing  with  a  person 
who  did  not  intend  to  handle  the  actual  wheat. 

If  the  parties  consent,  delivery  can  be  offset  by  a  corresponding 
contract  on  the  immediate  payment  of  differences.  For  example, 
two  contracts  which  agree  in  all  particulars  except  price  may  be 
offset  and  closed  out  by  payment  of  the  price  differences.  This 
can  be  done  either  by  direct  settlement  between  the  parties  or  by 
what  are  called  "  rings  "  or  through  the  clearing  house.  A  ring 
is  formed  when  a  group  of  dealers  can  get  together  and  settle  up 
without  the  intervention  of  the  clearing  house.  Suppose  A  sells 
5,000  bushels  to  B  at  92  cents  per  bushel  and  the  market  price 
at  close  is  93.  This  requires  a  payment  of  50  dollars  (i  cent  per 
bushel)  from  A  to  B.  The  next  day  B  may  sell  to  C,  and  he, 
through  D,  E,  F,  etc.,  to  M,  and  the  market  may  close  at  92 \, 
differences  being  passed  at  the  end  of  business  between  all  the 
successive  pairs  as  on  the  previous  day.  The  process  continues 
up  to  Z,  who  buys,  let  us  say,  when  the  market  is  at  98.  Differ- 
ences again  are  passed  until  Z,  who  has  bought  from  Y,  has  paid 
Y  4  cents  per  bushel,  and  A  90  cents  per  bushel.  In  this  way  a 
complete  ring  is  made,  each  intermediary  between  A  and  Z 
securing  his  profits  and  meeting  his  losses  without  unnecessary 
delay.  It  is  not  even  necessary  that  Z  and  A  should  actually 
pass  wheat  between  them,  and  if  both  were  speculators  that 
would  not  be  done.  A  need  only  repurchase  50,000  bushels  from 
Z,  offsetting  delivery  in  that  way,  and  pay  whatever  difference 
such  transaction  demands. 

Much  time  and  trouble  may  be  expended  in  the  formation  of 
a  ring,  and  it  is  in  this  respect  that  the  clearing  house  is  of 
importance.  On  all  exchanges  it  is  an  independent  organisation, 
though  not  necessarily  an  independent  corporation,  with  its  own 
set  of  officials  and  regulations.  Moreover,  it  is  the  record  office 
of  the  market  where  all  contracts  in  futures  must  be  registered. 
In  Chicago  (and  much  the  same  system  prevails  on  other  ex- 
changes) each  member  keeps  a  "  settlement  book,"  in  which  he 
has  to  enter  the  names  of  parties  with  whom  he  makes  his  daily 


SETTLEMENTS  AND  CLEARING  HOUSES          53 

settlements,  dates  and  terms  of  all  contracts  involved,  including 
particulars  of  the  original  contracts  which  pass  through  his  hands, 
the  amounts  due  to  or  owing  by  him  on  each  separate  settlement, 
and  the  consolidated  amount  on  all  settlements.  At  the  close  of 
business  each  day  all  members  attend  at  the  clearing  house  and 
pass  in  their  "  reports  "  or  accounts.  If  a  member  has  a  credit 
as  result  of  his  day's  business,  a  cheque  on  the  clearing  house  is 
handed  to  him  ;  if  the  contrary,  he  hands  over  a  cheque  for  the 
amount  to  the  clearing  house.  There  is  thus  no  need  for  a 
member  to  search  out  at  close  of  business  all  those  with  whom 
he  has  traded  during  the  day.  In  the  ring  example  given 
above,  as  the  days  went  by,  the  intermediate  traders  would 
gradually  disappear  on  the  clearing-house  record  in  respect  of  the 
contract  in  question,  until  on  delivery  day  Z  would  be  seen  to 
be  the  actual  purchaser  of  the  wheat.  The  clearing-house  clerk 
would  then  instruct  him  accordingly,  and  A  would  then  ascertain 
to  whom  to  make  delivery. 

In  Minneapolis  the  Clearing  Association  in  connection  with 
the  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  a  separate  corporation,  membership 
of  which  is  not  compulsory  for  the  ordinary  members  of  the 
chamber ;  but  non-members  of  the  association  may  clear  their 
transactions  through  those  who  are  members.  Thus,  in  practice, 
the  advantages  of  the  clearing  arrangements  become  available  for 
all.  /Themethodof  working  may be_gathefed  from  the  feHowing 
extract  from  the  explanatory  pamphlet  issued  by  the  secretary 
of  the  chamber  in  19147 : — 

"  When  two  members  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  make  a  con- 
tract for  future  delivery,  on  the  floor  of  the  Exchange  Room,  and 
both  these  members  are  also  members  or  stockholders  of  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce  Clearing  Association,  they  make  reports  on  blank 
forms  provided  for  that  purpose  to  the  Clearing  Association  ;  one 
party,  whom  we  shall  call  A,  reporting  the  sale  to  the  second  party, 
whom  we  shall  call  B,  of  5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat,  at  85  cents 
per  bushel ;  B  makes  a  similar  report,  showing  the  purchase  from 
A  of  5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat  at  85  cents ;  both  these  reports 
being  forwarded  to  the  Clearing  House  promptly  after  the  close  of 
the  market. 

"  The  Clearing  Association  immediately  makes  a  record  of  these 
reports,  showing  A  to  be  f  short '  5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat,  and 
B  to  be  '  long  '  5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat.  The  total  amount  of 
wheat  which  is  short  in  the  Clearing  Association  must  always  be 
precisely  equal  to  the  amount  of  wheat  which  is  long  in  the  Clearing 
Association. 

"  The  Clearing  Association  requires  all  open  trades  upon  its 
books  to  be  protected  or  margined  daily ;  that  is,  if  at  the  close  of 
the  market  the  day  following  the  date  of  the  trade  above  mentioned 

1  McHugh,  The  Formation,  Development,  and  Economic  Function  of 
Grain  Exchanges,  pp.  4  and  5. 


54  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

May  wheat  closed  one  cent  higher  than  on  the  previous  day,  A 
would  be  required  to  forward  a  cheque  for  one  cent  per  bushel,  or 
50  dollars  to  protect  his  short  sale  to  B,  and  the  Clearing  House  would 
forward  a  cheque  to  B  for  this  same  amount.  If  the  market  fluctuates 
considerably,  the  Clearing  House  may  require  additional  and  special 
protection,  as  margins  from  its  members.  The  Clearing  House  is 
maintained  by  a  small  charge  made  for  clearing  trades. 

"  We  will  suppose  that  in  the  above  case  B  was  a  speculator. 
The  market  having  advanced  one  cent  per  bushel,  the  purchase  from 
A  shows  B  a  profit  of  one  cent  per  bushel,  or  50  dollars,  and  he  may 
desire  to  sell  the  wheat  which  he  has  contracted  to  buy  from  A  to  C. 
If  he  does  so,  B  reports  the  sale  of  5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat  to 
C  at  86  cents,  and  C  reports  the  purchase  of  5,000  bushels  of  May 
wheat  from  B  at  86  cents.  If  this  is  the  only  open  trade  that  B  has 
in  the  Clearing  Association/  the  Clearing  House  would  cancel  the 
purchase  from  A  with  the  sale  to  C,  and  B  would  be  neither  long  nor 
short  in  the  Clearing  Association.  The  Clearing  Association  would 
then  show  A  still  short  of  5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat,  and  C  long 
5,000  bushels  of  May  wheat,  thus  substituting  C  for  B,  as  the  party 
to  take  delivery  of  the  wheat  sold  by  A. 

"  All  contracts  for  the  purchase  and  sale  of  wheat  for  future 
delivery,  whether  speculative  or  not,  must  contemplate  the  actual 
taking  of  the  delivery ;  and  if  an  individual  makes  a  purchase  of 
wheat  for  future  delivery,  as  B  did  from  A  above  mentioned,  B  is 
quite  certain  to  receive  delivery  of  5,000  bushels  of  No.  I  Northern 
wheat,  as  evidenced  by  a  warehouse  receipt  as  above  mentioned 
sometime  during  the  month  of  May  following,  unless  before  delivery 
takes  place  he  resells  the  contract  to  another  purchaser,  as  in  the 
case  last  above  cited." 

In  consequence  of  offsetting  or  the  cancelling  of  a  purchase  by 
a  sale  and  by  means  of  ringing-out  and  the  work  of  the  clearing 
house,  very  few  futures  remain  to  be  fulfilled  by  delivery.  This 
is  the  feature  that  has  attracted  most  adverse  criticism,  because 
of  the  facility  afforded  to  those  who  practically  bet  on  price 
changes.  An  attempt  to  discourage  this  objectionable  type  of 
operator  is  made  by  demanding  that,  in  addition  to  short  settle- 
ment, a  sum  equal  to  10  or  5  per  cent,  of  the  total  sum  involved 
on  the  contract  shall  be  lodged  with  the  clearing  house.  This  is 
called  "  putting  up  a  margin/'  It  is  claimed  that  the  short- 
settlement  system  and  the  putting  up  of  margins  do  prevent 
dealers  from  assuming  risks  beyond  the  power  of  their  means 
to  cover;  and  that  though  the  system  does  offer  facilities  for 
gambling  in  mere  price  movements,  as  distinct  from  dealing 
in  commodities,  it  has  to  be  borne  in  mind  that  it  helps  to 
check  wild  speculation  by  weak  dealers  unable  to  meet  the  losses 
which  they  were  yet  very  ready  to  incur  before  the  system  was 
introduced. 

The  Winnipeg  Grain  and  Produce  Exchange  Clearing  Asso- 
ciation is,  unlike  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange  itself,  a  company 


SETTLEMENTS  AND  CLEARING  HOUSES          55 

incorporated  under  the  Joint  Stock  Companies  Act  of  Manitoba. 
It  was  formed  in  1901  "  for  the  purpose  of  more  efficiently  and 
economically  exchanging  the  daily  balances  due  to  the  fluctua- 
tions in  the  price  of  grain  and  for  the  added  security  to  contracts." 
Not  all  members  of  the  Exchange  are  members  of  the  Clearing 
Association,  but  all  members  of  the  Clearing  Association  must  be 
members  of  the  Exchange.  Non-members  of  the  association, 
however,  may  have  their  futures  contracts  cleared  by  members. 
Contrary  to  the  general  practice  of  the  North  American  continent 
the  association  assumes  the  position  of  seller  to  the  buyer  and 
buyer  to  the  seller  on  all  contracts  of  its  members,  and  guarantees 
the  fulfilment  of  all  such  agreements.  It  has  ample  liquid  assets 
available  as  security,  but  its  manager  in  every  case  can  call  for 
such  additional  security  as  in  his  judgment  is  necessary  to  ensure 
the  due  fulfilment  of  the  contract.  Each  member  must  be  a 
holder  of  five  shares.  The  price  of  the  latter  was  50  dollars  each 
at  organisation.  At  present  it  is  1,500  dollars.  There  are  123 
members  with  615  shares  subscribed.  The  authorised  capital 
stock  is  1,000  shares,  providing,  therefore,  for  a  possible  member- 
ship of  200. 

In  the  case  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association  the 
procedure  is  almost  identical  with  that  in  Chicago.  All  contracts 
on  being  entered  into  are  recorded  in  the  books  of  the  association  ; 
and  this  record,  during  the  currency  of  the  contract,  affords 
protection  to  both  parties  against  the  risk  of  non-fulfilment.  It 
is  obligatory  on  the  association  to  call  upon  the  seller  or  the 
buyer,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  deposit  in  its  custody  a  fixed  amount 
of  margin,  id.  per  cental,  together  with  the  difference  accruing 
between  the  market  value  and  that  of  the  previous  day.  When- 
ever a  contract  is  passed  on,  which  happens  when  either  the  seller 
or  the  buyer  closes  his  interest  in  it  and  becomes  an  intermediate, 
the  latter  receives  his  profit  or  unexhausted  margin  and  dis- 
appears altogether  from  the  agreement.  The  new  contract 
created  by  this  process  is  also  adopted  in  the  books  of  the  asso- 
ciation, and  is  treated  precisely  as  the  old.  If  the  amount  neces- 
sary to  maintain  a  proper  margin  is  not  paid  when  demanded,  all 
contracts  standing  in  the  name  of  the  defaulter  are  immediately 
closed  by  the  association. 

Similar  arrangements  hold  good  in  the  markets  of  the  Buenos 
Aires  Grain  Association,  which  is,  to  a  large  extent,  modelled  on 
that  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  with  the  further 
simplification  that  after  the  contract  has  been  duly  recorded  no 
member  is  responsible  to  any  other  member  but  only  to  the 
Association  itself.  This  assumption  of  responsibility  by  the 
market  authority  or  by  a  clearing  house,  which  may  be  a  corpora- 
tion independent  of  the  exchange,  is  unknown  in  the  United 
States,  but  is  common  on  the  Continent,  particularly  in  the  coffee 


56  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

trade.  The  oldest  clearing  house  of  this  kind  is  the  Caisse  de 
liquidation  des  affaires  en  marchandises,  of  Havre,  dating  from 
1882,  which  handles  cotton,  coffee,  indigo,  and  lard  contracts,  not 
necessarily  futures  proper  in  every  case,  but  also  ordinary  con- 
tracts for  deferred  delivery.  Corresponding  institutions  exist  in 
Marseilles,  Paris,  Antwerp,  Hamburg,1  Rotterdam,  and  other 
centres,  while  the  London  Produce  Clearing  House,  Ltd.,  was 
established  in  1888  to  assume  responsibility  in  contracts  for 
forward  delivery,  including  futures  proper,  in  wheat,  maize, 
coffee,  sugar,  tea,  raw  silk,  and  other  commodities.  The  method 
of  procedure  is  the  same  in  every  case,  and  business  is  always 
done  through  special  brokers,  from  whom  alone  these  institutions 
accept  binding  contracts.  Their  aim  is  a  double  one — to 
guarantee  both  parties  to  a  contract  the  regular  fulfilment  of  the 
same,  and  to  provide  the  facilities  of  a  clearing  house  when  these 
are  required.  When  a  contract  is  made  notice  is  given  to  the 
institution,  which,  on  the  requisite  margin  being  lodged,  steps  in 
practically  as  an  intermediate  party  and  makes  all  payments  and 
accepts  all  deliveries.  Margins  are  required  and  are  altered,  as 
on  the  exchanges,  in  accordance  with  price  movements  during 
the  time  the  contract  is  running ;  but  interest  is  paid  on  the 
average  amount  lodged.  In  case  of  the  default  of  either  party, 
the  institution  secures  the  other  party  to  the  contract  from  loss, 
and  recoups  itself,  as  far  as  possible,  from  the  security  lodged  by 
the  defaulting  party  and  from  a  reserve  fund  accumulated  with 
this  object.  The  fact  that  the  institution  is,  for  all  purposes,  a 
party  to  each  contract  greatly  facilitates  its  work  as  a  clearing 
house. 

A  rather  remarkable  recent  extension  of  this  type  of  clearing 
house  to  agreements  not  directly  concerning  produce  is  of  interest 
as  illustrating  not  only  the  methods  of  a  caisse  de  liquidation,  but 
also  the  growth  of  an  organised  market  as  soon  as  the  requisite 
conditions  therefor  are  fulfilled.  The  Caisse  internationale  de 
liquidation  et  de  garantie  des  operations  en  marchandises  was 
established  at  Antwerp  in  1920,  to  protect  Belgian  purchasers  of 
foreign  goods  against  losses  caused  by  wide  fluctuations  in 
foreign  exchange.  Through  this  agency  the  local  supply  of, 
and  the  local  demand  for,  foreign  currency  or  credits  are  consoli- 
dated. Prices  are  quoted  in  Belgian  currency.  Sterling  is 
handled  in  units  of  £1,000 ;  French  currency  in  units  of  25,000 
francs ;  Dutch  florins  in  units  of  3,000 ;  German  marks  50,000  ; 
and  American  dollars  3,000.  The  delivery  period  may  be  the 
first  or  the  second  fortnight  of  any  given  month.  Sessions  are 
held  twice  daily,  11.45  a.m.  to  12  noon,  and  3  to  3.30  p.m.  Units 
of  the  several  currencies  are  offered  by  sellers  for  the  various  fort- 
nightly periods,  but  if  no  business  is  done,  or  if  there  is  no  offer 
1  The  German  title  is  Waren-Liquidationscasse. 


SETTLEMENTS  AND  CLEARING  HOUSES          57 

of  delivery  for  a  stated  term,  a  quotation  committee  publishes  a 
figure  arrived  at  by  "  interpolation  "  *  or  by  comparison  with  other 
quotations  taken  from  actual  business  concluded.  At  the  close 
of  each  session  all  contracts  for  the  delivery  of  exchange  are 
registered  with  the  caisse,  which  then  assumes  the  obligations  of 
buyer  and  seller  towards  one  another  and  guarantees  the  execution 
of  all  the  agreements  made  under  its  supervision.  The  method 
of  delivery  is  exceedingly  simple.2  It  is  possible  to  maintain, 
with  a  considerable  degree  of  truth,  that  such  an  organisation  can 
accomplish  little  more  than  a  small  but  active  group  of  foreign 
exchange  dealers  working  independently  of  one  another.  But 
on  the  other  hand,  the  adoption  by  a  money  market  of  methods 
hitherto  peculiar  to  the  produce  markets  is  a  fact  not  without 
considerable  significance.3 

In  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association  weekly  settlements  are 
the  rule  in  the  case  of  all  contracts  made  on  "  Settlement  Terms." 
This  condition  is  essential  in  all  the  agreements  which  are  required 
to  be  drawn  up  on  the  authorised  contract  forms  of  the  associ- 
ation. Only  these  forms  are  admitted  to  the  "  Settlement."  The 
trading  week  runs  from  Monday  to  Saturday,  and  the  following 
Thursday  is  "  Settlement  Day."  On  the  Monday  before  settlement 
day  prices  known  as  settlement  prices  are  struck  at  n  a.m.  by 
committees,  whose  decisions  are  not  open  to  question.  On  the 
following  Wednesday  members  render  to  each  other,  through  the 
clearing  house  on  authorised  forms,  statements  based  upon 
these  prices  referring  to  all  contracts  on  settlement  terms  made 
between  them  and  open,  or  running,  at  the  close  of  business  on 
the  previous  Saturday.  Cash  balances  due  on  these  statements 
are  paid  at  the  first  clearing  at  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Bank,  Ltd., 
on  the  settlement  day.  In  the  settlement  statements  only  the 
balance  of  bales  is  carried  forward  to  the  next  settlement  at 
the  settlement  prices  ;  and  other  purchases  from,  and  sales  to,  the 
same  member  of  the  same  quantity  of  cotton  for  the  same 
months  of  delivery  are  deemed  closed  contracts  and  are  rung 
out.  It  is  obvious  that  in  this  partial  cancelling  of  his  own 
contracts  each  settlement  on  behalf  of  each  individual  member 
cannot  affect  those  contracts  in  which  delivery  is  contemplated 
by  either  party,  and  it  is  in  this  connection  that  the  clearing 
house  plays  one  of  its  most  important  parts.  A  seller  who  has  to 
deliver  cotton  is  bound,  before  noon  on  the  last  day  of  the  delivery 
period,  to  tender  actual  cotton,  available  for  immediate  delivery, 
of  which  full  particulars  as  to  bales,  date  of  arrival  in  Liverpool, 

1  I.e.  by  using  known  figures  in  a  regular  series  of  quotations  as  basis 
for  an  estimate  of  the  missing  intermediate  figures  of  the  series. 

2  See  Bradstreefs,  vol.  xlviii.  p.  803. 

3  There  are  traces  of  the  growth  in  England  also  of  a  future  market 
in  foreign  exchange.     See  The  Bankers'  Magazine,  February,  1921. 


58  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

and  other  matters  have  to  be  supplied  on  a  standard  recognised 
form.  He  is  then  known  as  the  first  seller.  The  declaration 
forms  are  in  duplicate,  one  being  retained  by  the  clearing  house  ; 
the  other,  after  being  numbered,  is  handed  by  the  clearing  house 
to  the  buyer.  This  is  known  as  a  "  docket,"  and  can  be  "  signed 
over  "  by  the  buyer  to  the  member  to  whom  he  has  sold  the 
cotton,  who,  in  turn,  can  sign  it  over  to  his  buyer,  and  so  on,  any 
number  of  times.  When  the  signing  over  has  ceased  the  buyer 
whose  name  is  at  the  end  of  the  list  is  known  as  the  last  buyer. 
On  depositing  the  docket  with  the  clearing  house  the  last  buyer 
receives  the  duplicate  with  the  clearing-house  register  stamp 
impressed  upon  it.  If  any  question  arises  as  to  the  quality  of  the 
cotton,  the  matter  is  referred  to  arbitration  and/or  appeal 
committees.  If  all  is  in  order,  the  first  seller  enters  on  a  clearing- 
house form  the  amount  he  demands  before  delivery  of  the  cotton, 
plus  or  minus  the  balances  due  to  or  from  the  intermediate  parties 
mentioned  on  the  docket,  and  lodges  with  the  clearing  house  the 
warehouse  receipts  in  his  possession.  On  payment  to  the  Liver- 
pool Cotton  Bank,  Ltd.,  at  the  first  clearing,  of  the  amount 
demanded,  the  last  buyer  is  handed  the  warehouse  receipts  and 
thus  obtains  possession  of  the  cotton.  At  the  second  clearing, 
later  in  the  day,  the  first  seller  is  paid  his  share,  and  adjustments 
are  made  concerning  the  payments  due  to  or  from  the  inter- 
mediates on  the  contract. 

In  futures  contracts,  whether  for  grain,  coffee,  cotton,  or 
other  similar  commodity,  the  normal  standard  of  an  average  crop 
is  that  ordinarily  selected  for.  delivery  when  the  period  is  reached 
for  the  fulfilment  of  the  agreement.  But  it  must  be  clearly 
understood  that  a  futures  contract  is  a  "  basis  "  contract.  It 
does  not  require  the  delivery  of  any  specific  grade.  Instead,  the 
seller  has  the  privilege  of  making  delivery  from  a  range  of 
grades.  His  choice  is  unfettered.  On  some  exchanges  he  may  even 
deliver  a  mixture  of  various  grades,  and  when  this  is  the  case  he 
tenders  those  which,  for  the  time  being,  are  slowest  of  sale  in  the 
spot  market.  In  all  cases  allowances  to  buyer  or  seller  are  made 
for  the  difference.  The  reason  for  the  adoption  of  a  "  basis  " 
contract  instead  of  a  "  specific  "  contract  is  a  simple  one,  viz.  the 
fact  that  the  proportions  of  the  numerous  grades  to  the  total 
crop  vary  widely  from  season  to  season,  and,  moreover,  are  liable 
to  sudden  changes  owing  to  damage  by  storm  or  early  frost  or 
other  unforeseen  contingency.  Hence  sellers  could  not  be  found, 
who  would  commit  themselves  to  forward  sales  of  a  specific  grade, 
in  numbers  sufficient  to  maintain  a  practical  futures  market. 
If  they  did  commit  themselves,  they  would  always  have  hanging 
over  them  the  risk  of  a  disastrous  corner.  A  futures  market  is 
only  possible  when  a  basis  contract  is  permitted. 

Very  often  the  basis  grade,  though  in  all  cases  the  most  useful 


SETTLEMENTS  AND  CLEARING  HOUSES          59 

and  most  representative,  is  not  the  one  required  ;  for  it  will  appear 
later  that  futures  are  bought  and  sold  for  quite  other  purposes 
than  the  securing  of  a  supply  of  the  basis  grade  at  a  definite  date. 
In  such  a  case,  rather  than  accept  delivery,  the  buyer  sells  back 
again  to  the  other  party  on  the  contract  or  sells  the  basis  grade  in 
the  spot  market  and  buys  spot  produce  of  the  standard  he  requires. 
As  a  general  rule  the  prices  of  the  several  grades  move  in  unison, 
and  their  differences  tend  to  alter  proportionally  to  those  prices  ; 
but  this  is  not  the  case  invariably.  Hence  the  principle  on  which 
the  allowances  are  calculated  at  settlement  time  for  the  difference 
between  grade  tendered  and  the  basis  grade  is  one  of  outstanding 
importance  to  the  trade. 

The  futures  contract  form,  in  use  in  Liverpool  from  1914  to 
1919,  for  American  cotton,  provided  that  any  "  grade  down  to  and 
including  Fully  Good  Ordinary,  or  if  tinged  or  stained,  any  grade 
which  (irrespective  of  allowance  to  seller  for  staple)  is  at  least 
equal  in  value  to  Fully  Good  Ordinary,  should  be  tendered  for 
delivery  at  the  agreed  price  per  Ib.  for  Middling,  with  additions 
or  deductions  for  such  other  qualities  as  were  within  the  contract 
according  to  their  value  as  compared  with  the  spot  value  of 
Middling  on  the  day  the  cotton  was  tendered."  Here  Middling 
was  the  grade  which  formed  the  basis,  and  when  other  grades 
within  the  range  permitted  were  tendered,  the  allowances  were 
calculated  in  accordance  with  the  spot  prices  of  the  day  of  tender. 

Since  February,  1919,  somewhat  more  elaborate  conditions 
have  been  embodied  in  the  form,  and  the  basis  has  been  changed 
to  Fully  Middling,  with  corresponding  alteration  of  the  range 
of  tenderable  qualities.  Tender  is  now  only  permitted  of  any 
grade  not  lower  than  Low  Middling  (equal  in  colour  to  the  standard 
and  fair  staple),  with  additions  or  deductions  for  such  other 
qualities  as  are  within  the  contract,  according  to  their  value  as 
compared  with  the  spot  value  of  Fully  Middling  (equal  in  colour 
to  the  standard  and  fair  staple)  on  the  day  the  cotton  is  tendered. 
Not  more  than  one  tender  or  more  than  three  lots  for  each  unit 
(48,000  Ib.)  is  permissible,  and  each  48,000  Ib.  is  treated  as  a 
separate  contract.  The  additions  or  deductions  for  quality  are 
settled  by  arbitration,  but  any  bales  below  or  of  less  value  than 
Low  Middling  may  be  returned  by  the  buyer  at  the  spot  value 
with  or  without  a  penalty.  If  cotton  of  better  staple  than  i»g  in. 
is  tendered,  the  seller  must  make  an  allowance  to  the  buyer  of 
20  per  cent,  of  the  excess  value  of  such  staple  cotton  over  IT3^  in. 
If  the  seller  fails  to  tender  against  the  contract,  it  is  invoiced 
back  to  him  at  the  spot  price  of  Fully  Middling  on  the  last 
business  day  of  the  delivery  period  plus  an  allowance  of  \d.  per  Ib. 
The  invoicing  back  price,  including  the  allowance,  must  never 
exceed  the  official  value  of  Fully  Middling  by  more  than  10  per 
cent.  The  method  prescribed  for  ascertaining  the  official  value 


60  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

of  Fully  Middling  for  this  purpose  is  an  innovation,  and  bears 
deep  traces  of  the  influence  of  recent  American  legislation.  Two 
groups  of  spot  markets  in  America  are  taken,  one  consisting  of 
three  Atlantic  markets — Augusta,  Norfolk,  and  Savannah, — the 
other  of  three  Texas  markets — Dallas,  Galveston,  and  Houston. 
An  average  price  is  struck  for  each  group  in  a  manner  prescribed, 
and  the  lower  of  the  two  is  taken  as  basis  for  the  price  sought. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that,  in  this  revised  contract  also, 
allowances  are  calculated  with  reference  to  spot  prices,  either  in 
the  Liverpool  market  itself  or  in  certain  selected  American 
markets. 

This  is  the  method  of  "  commercial  differences  "  as  opposed 
to  the  method  of  "  fixed  differences/'  which  used  to  be  the  rule 
on  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange,  and  is  the  rule  in  the  Chicago 
Board  of  Trade  and  on  the  exchanges  dealing  with  commodities 
other  than  cotton.  Under  the  latter  system  the  premiums 
and  discounts  allowed  for  better  and  poorer  grades  delivered  are 
fixed  arbitrarily  by  a  committee  at  stated  intervals  instead  of 
being  fixed  by  the  actual  selling  prices  of  the  different  grades  in  a 
spot  market  at  the  time  of  delivery.  The  substitution  of  one 
method  for  the  other  may  seem  a  matter  of  little  significance, 
but  as  the  change  from  fixed  to  commercial  differences  was 
accepted  reluctantly  by  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange,  and  only 
after  legislation  by  the  Federal  Government,  it  may  be  worth 
while  to  examine  the  question  more  closely. 

The  system  of  commercial  differences  was  in  substance  the 
method  employed  by  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange  up  to  1888, 
when  it  was  abandoned  for  two  reasons.  Firstly,  owing  to  the 
development  of  cotton  factories  in  the  Southern  States,  and  to 
direct  buying  there  by  the  mills  of  the  Northern  States,  spot  sales 
fell  away  in  number  and  no  longer  afforded  a  sufficient  basis  for 
determining  the  relative  values  of  the  various  grades  which  could 
be  tendered  in  settlement  of  future  delivery  contracts.  Secondly, 
the  smaller  amounts  of  actual  cotton  made  it  increasingly  easy  to 
manipulate  the  prices  of  the  various  grades,  and  therefore  the 
price  differences  between  the  grades.  Accordingly,  a  committee 
of  the  exchange,  known  as  the  revision  committee,  was  appointed, 
which  met  at  stated  intervals  (at  first  nine  times  a  year,  then  twice, 
and  afterwards  four  times  a  year),  and  established  arbitrarily  the 
differences  in  prices  between  the  basis  grade  of  Middling  and  the 
other  grades.  The  differences  thus  established  held  good  until 
the  next  meeting  of  the  committee,  but  they  seldom  or  never 
coincided  with  the  actual  price  differences  at  the  time  of  delivery. 
The  loss  resulting  from  this  always  fell  upon  the  buyer  rather  than 
upon  the  seller ;  for  the  latter,  having  choice  of  grade,  always 
selected  that  one  which  was  most  favourable  to  himself.  The 
buyer,  knowing  beforehand  that  the  seller  would  offer  for  delivery 


SETTLEMENTS  AND  CLEARING  HOUSES          61 

those  grades  most  over-valued  in  the  fixed  differences,  sought  to 
anticipate  and  discount  this  loss  by  offering  less  for  the  contract 
than  he  would  have  done  if  the  system  of  commercial  differences 
had  been  in  force.  Thus  the  value  of  the  futures  market  for 
"  hedging  "  was  largely  destroyed,  because  risks  were  arbitrarily 
increased  for  those  cotton  merchants  who  used  it  in  a  legitimate 
way  to  minimise  or  escape  any  risk  at  all.  Moreover,  futures 
prices  were  artificially  depressed  in  New  York  and  kept  out  of 
line  with  prices  in  other  markets,  with  resulting  confusion  to  the 
whole  American  cotton  trade. 

It  was  not  the  cotton  merchant  alone  who  suffered  under  this 
system.  Much  of  the  cotton  in  America  is  bought  in  the  South 
on  the  basis  of  the  prices  offered  in  the  New  York  and  New  Orleans 
exchanges  for  future  delivery  ;  and  it  is  the  custom  for  the  mer- 
chants' agents  to  offer  the  farmer  so  many  "points1  'on'"  or 
"  off  "  the  future  delivery  prices  of  the  day  of  sale.  Owing  to  the 
artificial  depression  of  prices,  previously  referred  to,  the  price  paid 
to  producers  for  their  cotton  was  also  frequently  below  its  true 
level,2  a  fact  which  lent  support  to  the  contentions  of  the  leaders 
of  the  "  anti-option  "  movement,  which  aimed  at  the  suppression 
of  dealings  in  futures  altogether. 

The  confusion  spread  even  to  the  market  for  manufactured 
cotton  goods.3  The  great  mass  of  buyers  of  cotton  goods,  par- 
ticularly buyers  for  export,  base  their  ideas  of  the  value  of  goods 
upon  contract  quotations  on  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange, 
with  the  result  that  they  used  to  be  misled  as  to  the  cost  of 
the  raw  material  for  manufacture.  There  was  therefore  a 
tendency  for  prices  of  the  manufactured  article  to  fall  below  what 
brought  in  a  fair  profit  to  the  makers. 

With  the  object  of  finding  a  remedy  for  these  evils,  the  United 
States  Bureau  of  Corporations,4  after  an  extended  investigation, 
made  recommendations  which  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange 
declined  to  adopt.  Accordingly,  the  Federal  Government  had  to 
intervene,  and,  by  means  of  the  Cotton  Futures  Act,  effective 

1  Cotton  is  sold  in  America  for  so  many  cents  per  lb.,  and  a  point  is 
a  hundredth  of  a  cent. 

2  See  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Corporations  on  Cotton  Exchanges, 
Parts  4  and  5,  Washington,  U.S.A.,  1909,  for  charts  and  full  discussion 
of  the  whole  question  of  fixed  differences. 

3  See  Conant,  "  The  United  States  Cotton  Futures  Act,"  The  American 
Economic  Review,  Fourth  Series,  vol.  v.  pp.  i-n. 

*  This  bureau  is  a  section  or  division  of  the  Department  of  Commerce 
of  the  Federal  Government,  and  to  it  is  entrusted  the  general  oversight  of 
all  undertakings  incorporated  under  United  States  laws.  Before  1913 
there  was  a  single  Department  of  Commerce  and  Labour  with  its  subordi- 
nate bureaus.  During  that  year  a  new  department,  presided  over  by 
an  additional  minister,  was  established.  There  are  now,  therefore,  both 
a  Department  of  Commerce  and  a  Department  of  Labour,  each  with  its 
own  minister  and  its  own  bureaus. 


62  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

February,  1915,  which  placed  a  prohibitive  tax  of  2  cents  per  Ib. 
on  all  cotton  futures  that  did  not  comply  with  certain  require- 
ments, including  the  use  of  commercial  differences  instead  of  fixed 
differences,  it  compelled  the  Exchange  authority  to  alter  its 
system.  To  provide  against  the  contingency  of  there  being  in- 
sufficient spot  cotton  dealings  in  a  single  market  to  make  possible 
an  accurate  determination  of  commercial  differences  (and  this 
was  always  a  real  difficulty  in  New  York),  the  Act  lays  down  that 
the  differences  shall  be  determined  by  the  average  actual  com- 
mercial differences  on  the  sixth  day  prior  to  the  date  of  delivery  in 
the  spot  markets  of  not  less  than  five  centres  designated  for  the 
purpose,  from  time  to  time,  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture. 
Eleven  centres  have  been  so  designated,  where  genuine  spot 
markets  exist.  Under  the  Act  the  official  cotton  standards  of  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  are  those  to  be  employed,  but  pending 
their  general  adoption  by  the  southern  spot  markets,  rules  are 
drawn  up  for  the  translation  of  the  differences  between  the  spot 
prices  of  the  southern  grades  into  differences  applicable  to  the 
official  grades.  It  is  also  prescribed  that  every  bale  of  cotton 
delivered  on  contract  must  be  identified  with  its  grade,  a  practice 
not  usual  in  New  York  before  1915.  Recent  reports  of  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  indicate  that  the  Act  has  been  a 
success.  The  prices  of  New  York  futures  are  now  in  line  with  the 
spot  prices  of  the  South,  and  also  conform  to  the  Liverpool  market. 

While  it  is  beyond  doubt  that  the  system  of  commercial 
differences  works  better  than  the  system  of  fixed  differences,  and  is 
fairer  to  manufacturer,  merchant,  and  producer,  it  by  no  means 
follows  that  it  is  perfect  and  that  under  it  the  normal  relationship 
of  future  and  spot  quotation  is  always  maintained.  If  the  volume 
of  dealing^  in  futures  is  small  the  market  becomes  unduly  sensitive 
to  errors  in  differences  and  to  manipulation  by  cliques.  This  is 
not  uncommon  in  New  Orleans,  and  is  not  quite  unknown  even  in 
Liverpool.  But  the  main  cause  of  disturbance  is  the  provision, 
natural  under  this  system,  for  the  delivery  of  "  extra  staple  " 
cotton  or  cotton  of  extra  long  fibre.  This  cotton  fluctuates  in 
value  very  sharply.  A  difference  of  even  £5  of  an  inch  in  length 
may,  in  some  seasons,  cause  a  difference  of  more  than  a  cent,  or 
one  halfpenny  per  Ib.,  in  price.  Hence  there  ensues  much  un- 
certainty and' inconsistency  in  the  awards  of  the  several  arbitra- 
tion and  appeal  committees,  which  seriously  disturb  the  value  of 
the  Liverpool  futures  contract  in  its  relation  to  the  basis  grade. 

To  discourage  the  tender  of  such  troublesome  cotton  on  futures 
contracts,  both  New  York  and  New  Orleans  used  to  limit  the 
allowances  to  be  added  to  the  contract  price  for  cotton  of  extra 
staple  to  a  small  fraction  of  a  cent  per  Ib.  More  recently  no 
allowance  whatever  can  be  made  unless  by  permission  of  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture.  Liverpool  does  not  go  as  far  as  that, 


SETTLEMENTS  AND  CLEARING  HOUSES         63 

but  cuts  20  per  cent,  off  the  allowance  when  the  staple  exceeds 
I^Q  of  an  inch.1  The  claim  is  made  that  there  are  now  no  longer, 
on  any  of  these  markets,  disturbances  arising  from  methods  of 
calculating  allowances  for  price  differentials,  which  are  not  and 
cannot  be  effectively  dealt  with  immediately  on  their  appearance. 
Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  production  of  other  staple  com- 
modities dealt  in  on  the  several  produce  exchanges  is  less  localised 
than  cotton  growing,  supplies  of  the  basis  grade  in  their  case  are 
available  from  a  considerably  wider  area.  Moreover,  there  tends 
to  be  greater  normality  in  their  output,  with  the  consequence  that 
the  basis  grade  is  larger  in  proportion  to  the  total  crop.  Again, 
few  commodities  require  to  be  so  carefully  selected  as  cotton  for 
the  specific  purposes  for  which  they  are  needed.  For  these 
and  other  reasons,  therefore,  the  question  of  fixed  differences 
or  commercial  differences  is  not  important.  The  greater 
simplicity  and  convenience  of  the  former  have  caused  their 
general  adoption  for  all  commodities  other  than  cotton.2  It  is 
only  in  the  case  of  coffee,  the  main  crop  of  which,  like  that  of 
cotton,  comes  from  quite  a  small  area,  that  there  has  been  any 
agitation  for  a  change. 

1  See  supra,  p.  59. 

2  See  the  6$rd  Annual  Report  of  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade,  1921. 

In  the  case  of  wheat  and  maize  the  system  of  fixed  differences  results 
in  the  imposition  of  a  penalty  on  the  seller.  In  this  way  the  buyer  is  afforded 
the  protection  to  which  he  is  fairly  entitled. 


CHAPTER  VI 

CROP   REPORTS  AND   MARKET   PRICE    QUOTATIONS 

NOT  the  least  important  of  the  services  rendered  to  society  by 
market  organisations  is  that  of  the  daily  determination  of  prices  ; 
for  it  is  on  published  market  quotations  that  producers  and  con- 
sumers alike  rely  for  guidance  in  their  actions  in  the  future.  Simi- 
larly, in  their  turn,  operators  in  the  market  have  to  search  for  a 
foundation  on  which  to  base  reliable  estimates  of  demand  and 
supply.  It  is  to  provide  this  sure  foundation  that  reporting  agencies 
have  been  instituted,  whose  duty  it  is  to  collect  information  con- 
cerning the  condition  of  growing  crops  and  to  give  forecasts,  several 
months  before  harvests,  of  possible  yield  and  probable  future 
supplies.  In  relatio'n  to  the  entire  world  product  of  any  com- 
modity, such  as  wheat  or  cotton,  the  markets  need  all  the  facts 
available  concerning  the  supply  afforded  by  the  previous  crop, 
the  raw  and  finished  products  in  store  and  in  transit,  the  acreage 
and  condition  of  growing  crops,  and  the  present  and  prospective 
demand,  as  far  as  they  can  be  ascertained  from  returns,  or  from 
forecasts  based  on  returns  as  adequate  as  it  is  possible  to  obtain. 

Two  classes  of  agencies  supply  this  information,  governmental 
departments  and  non-official  agencies,  the  latter  of  which  may  be 
sub-divided  into  those  maintained  directly  by  market  organisa- 
tions for  their  own  use,  and  those  which  are  independent  of  all 
other  organisations  and  are  prepared  to  sell  the  results  of  their 
investigations  to  all  who  are  prepared  to  purchase  them. 

Government  crop  reports,  even  such  portions  of  them  as  relate 
to  acreages  and  yields,  are  not  the  result  of  actual  farm-to-farm 
inspection,  but  are  the  results  of  a  union  of  a  large  number  of 
estimates,  or  personal  judgments  of  conditions  systematically 
collected  and  average<|.  The  reports  are  valuable  in  proportion 
as  they  are  timely,  that  is,  in  proportion  as  they  furnish  reasonably 
accurate  information  concerning  crops  before  they  have  been 
completely  marketed  or  consumed.  An  exhaustive  census  is 
costly  and  requires  so  much  time  that  the  results  are  not  known 
until  they  are  no  longer  useful ;  but  tests  have  shown  that  for 
ordinary  purposes  crop  reports  collected  in  the  manner  indicated 
are  reliable  and  accurate.  Periodic  checking  by  means  of  a  formal 
census  permits  of  comparisons  being  made  which  demonstrate  the 

64 


CROP  REPORTS  AND  MARKET  PRICE  QUOTATIONS    65 

degree  of  accuracy  attained  and  inspire  in  those  who  use  the 
results  that  confidence  which  the  care  taken  in  their  compilation 
justifies. 

It  was  in  1863  that  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture began  to  collect  agricultural  statistics  for  information  and 
reports ;  and,  as  its  methods  and  principles  have  been  generally 
imitated  by  the  corresponding  government  agencies  of  many  other 
important  agricultural  countries,  it  may  be  worth  while  reviewing 
this  work  in  some  detail. 

The  foundation  on  which  the  Bureau  of  Statistics  and  Crop 
Estimates  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  builds  is  the  census 
taken  every  five  years  by  the  United  States  Census  Office,  when 
the  acreage,  the  total  amount  of  crops  grown,  and  the  numbers 
of  live  stock  are  ascertained  by  an  actual  census  count.  Every 
farm  in  the  entire  country  is  visited  on  these  occasions,  and  the 
figures  obtained  are  those  referring  to  the  previous  year. 

During  each  of  the  succeeding  five  years  the  bureau  uses 
these  figures  as  a  basis  upon  which  to  estimate  changes  in  acreage 
and  in  numbers  of  live  stock.  Three  main  inquiries  are  made 
concerning  each  important  crop :  first,  the  area  sown,  made  im- 
mediately after  seed-time ;  second,  the  condition  of  the  crop, 
made  monthly  during  the  growing  period ;  and  third,  the  yield 
per  acre,  made  at  harvest  time.  The  total  production  is  then 
obtained  by  multiplying  the  estimated  yield  per  acre  by  the 
estimated  acreage.  Other  minor  inquiries  are  made  at  the  proper 
times  in  the  year,  such  as  quality,  prices,  stocks  on  hand,  and 
amount  forwarded  from  any  collecting  centres  to  primary  markets. 

In  reporting  the  acreage  of  a  crop,  the  agents  of  the  bureau 
simply  apply  to  the  acreage  of  the  preceding  year  an  estimated 
percentage  of  increase  or  decrease.  Thus  an  error  made  in  the 
estimated  change  of  acreage  from  any  one  year  to  another  is 
continued  from  year  to  year  until  the  next  quinquennial  revision, 
when  the  necessary  correction  can  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  new 
figures  supplied.  A  comparison  of  actual  census  results  and 
estimated  figures  in  a  recent  year  show  errors  of  2*6  per  cent,  and 
4  per  cent,  in  excess,  and  5^4  per  cent,  deficiency  in  the  case  of 
maize,  wheat,  and  oats  respectively. 

The  condition  of  a  crop  is  reported  in  the  form  of  a  percentage, 
the  base,  100,  being  called  a  "  normal,"  that  is,  "  normal  growth 
and  vitality  giving  promise  of  a  full  crop  being  represented  by 
100."  Such  a  normal  full  crop  is  what  a  farmer  expects  with  his 
usual  mode  of  farming,  with  normal  weather  conditions,  and 
without  unusual  loss  from  disease,  insects,  or  other  injurious 
influences.  It  is  therefore  more  than  an  "  average  "  yield,  but 
less  than  the  maximum  possible  yield,  and  it  varies  from  district 
to  district  in  accordance  with  the  degree  of  fertility  and  the  per- 
fection of  agricultural  science.  The  condition  at  a  given  date  is 

F 


66  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

expressed  by  the  percentage  of  the  normal  yield  which  may  result , 
if  no  change  in  the  condition  of  the  crop  takes  place  between  then 
and  harvest  time ;  and  the  purpose  of  the  report  is  to  estimate 
probable  future  supplies  under  prevailing  growing  crop  conditions. 
It  is  assumed  that  average  conditions  at  any  time  indicate  average 
yields  per  acre,  and  if  at  any  time  the  condition  is  5  per  cent,  above 
the  average  condition  for  such  time,  it  is  assumed  that  the  yield  is 
likely  to  be  5  per  cent,  above  the  average  yield.1 

An  example  will  show  how  condition  figures  are  to  be  inter- 
preted. Suppose  that  on  July  i  the  condition  of  maize  is  82  per 
cent,  of  a  normal  condition,  and  that  in  the  last  few  years  the 
condition  has  averaged  86  per  cent,  of  a  normal  condition.  Then 
the  condition  on  July  i  is  4:6  per  cent,  below  the  average  (for 
82  is  95*4  per  cent,  of  86),  and  the  harvest  expected  will  be  4'6  per 
cent,  below  the  average.  If  in  the  last  few  years  the  average 
yield  was  28  bushels  per  acre,  then  the  expected  yield  is  95*4  per 
cent,  of  28  bushels,  i.e.  26*7  bushels  per  acre.  This  yield,  there- 
fore, is  a  reasonable  expectation,  though  it  may  be  exceeded  if 
less  than  average  adversity  befall  the  crop  before  harvest,  and  may 
not  be  attained  if  weather  and  other  adverse  conditions  prove  to  be 
more  unfavourable  than  usual. 

The  yield  per  acre  is  obtained  from  the  returns  sent  in  by 
the  agents  of  the  bureau  after  harvest.  No  special  means  are 
employed  to  obtain  estimates.  The  agents  are  left  free  to  ascer- 
tain figures  by  inquiry  or  by  any  other  means  they  may  select. 

Four  classes  of  reports  are  received  on  each  crop,  one  class 
from  special  travelling  agents  in  the  direct  full-time  employment 
of  the  bureau,  each  of  whom  is  responsible  for  from  one  to  four 
States ;  a  second  from  State  agents,  one  in  each  State,  who  is  a 
part-time  official,  reporting  for  a  State  as  a  whole  and  maintaining 
a  body  of  voluntary  correspondents  from  whom  to  collect  the 
information  needed ;  a  third  from  township  correspondents,  who 
voluntarily  answer  questions  concerning  crops  on  printed 
schedules  sent  to  them  monthly  by  the  bureau.  There  are  close 
on  35,000  of  these  correspondents  in  the  country  as  a  whole,  and 
each  has  only  to  deal  with  the  crops  in  his  own  vicinity.  The 
fourth  class  consists  of  county  correspondents,  who,  like  the  town- 
ship correspondents,  are  voluntary  reporters,  but  whose  reports 
cover  entire  counties.  A  weighted  average  2  of  these  reports  is 
taken  in  order  to  arrive  at  a  figure  for  a  complete  State,  the  weight 
in  the  case  of  each  crop  being  proportional  to  the  acreage  planted. 
All  these  four  classes  of  reports  are  sent  direct  to  Washington, 

1  See  Monthly 'Crop  Reporter,  July,  1921,  for  an  official  explanation  of 
the  interpretation  to  be  placed  upon  the  bureau's  figures. 

2  An  average  (arithmetic  mean)  being  the  quotient  of  the  sum  of  a 
series  of  figures  by  their  number,  a  weighted  mean  is  obtained  by  multi- 
plying each  several  figure  by  some  numerical  coefficient  or  "  weight  "  and 
dividing  the  sum  of  such  products  by  the  sum  of  the  weights. 


CROP  REPORTS  AND  MARKET  PRICE  QUOTATIONS    67 

where  they  are  summarised  ;  and  the  final  report  is  published  in 
the  Monthly  Crop  Reporter,  on  or  about  the  eighth  day  of  each 
month,  or  earlier  if  the  returns  happen  to  arrive  with  unusual 
punctuality. 

In  the  case  of  the  four  crops  known  as  "  speculative/'  that  is, 
wheat,  maize,  cotton,  and  oats,  those  crops  the  markets  for  which 
are  very  highly  organised,  elaborate  precautions  are  observed  in  the 
preparation  and  publication  of  the  reports,  so  that  no  person  may 
obtain  an  undue  advantage  from  the  possession  of  early  informa- 
tion of  the  result.1  The  crop  reporting  board,  consisting  of  the 
chief  statistician  and  four  assistants,  sits  behind  closed  doors  for 
the  co-ordination  of  the  four  sets  of  returns  sent  in,  and  for  the 
examination  of  any  other  available  information  which  may  have 
reached  the  bureau  and  be  relevant  to  the  preparation  of  the 
monthly  return : 

"  When  the  hour  set  for  announcing  the  figures  arrives,  the 
Board  has  its  report  worked  out  with  National  as  well  as  State  averages 
and  totals,  and  manifold  copies  are  made  of  a  table  of  these  figures, 
together  with  a  few  brief  paragraphs  stating  the  leading  facts  as 
to  the  acreage  and  condition  of  each  crop.  A  few  minutes  before 
the  clock  strikes  the  hour  the  Board  and  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 
sign  the  report  and  take  it  to  the  corridor  near  the  telegraph  room. 
Several  copies  of  the  report  sheets  are  laid,  face  down,  on  a  table. 
Eight  or  ten  telegraph  operators  and  news  reporters  are  ready  for 
the  stroke  of  the  clock,  and  with  the  word  they  seize  the  papers 
and  rush  to  the  telegraph  and  telephone  instruments.  In  a  single 
minute  the  wires  have  flashed  the  leading  figures  to  New  York, 
Chicago,  New  Orleans,  and  other  great  markets."  2 

1  See  Murray,  "  The  Crop  Reporting  System,"  Annals  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xxxviii.  ;    and  Hays,  "  Func- 
tions and  Needs  of  Our  Great  Markets,"  Annals  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xlv.  pp.  245-62. 

2  Hays,  loc.  cit.,  As  an  example  of  the  effect  on  the  markets  of  a  crop 
report  not  anticipated,  the  subjoined  paragraphs  from  English  newspapers 
of  August  2  and  3,  referring  to  the  report  of  August  i,  1921,  on  the  cotton 
crop  are  of  interest : — 

"  New  York, 

"  Monday. 

"  The  report  issued  to-day  by  the  Washington  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture gives  the  average  condition  of  the  crop  as  on  July  25  at  64*7,  compared 
with  69*2  a  month  ago,  74*1  last  year,  67*1  in  1919,  and  75-4  the  ten-year 
average. 

"  The  Bureau  report  came  as  a  big  surprise  to  the  market,  a  deteriora- 
tion of  4-5  being  much  larger  than  expected.  Considerable  excitement 
was  caused,  and  as  a  result  of  active  general  buying  prices  at  one  time 
showed  a  rise  of  nearly  i  cent  per  lb.  The  upward  movement  continued 
until  quite  near  the  close,  when  realising  brought  about  a  reaction  of  about 
20  points,  making  final  prices  71  to  80  points  up.  Sales  300,000  bales." 

"  Tuesday. 

"  The  Washington  Department  of  Agriculture,  in  a  supplement  to  the 
monthly  cotton  crop  report,  states  :  Boll  weevil  damage  is  heavy  with  the 


68  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

It  is  impossible,  without  incurring  very  great  expense,  to 
estimate  the  annual  production  of  every  product  grown.  The 
bureau,  therefore,  confines  itself  to  twelve  of  the  most  important 
crops — wheat,  corn,  maize,  oats,  cotton,  hay,  rye,  potatoes,  barley, 
flax,  rice,  buckwheat,  and  tobacco.  These  comprise  about  95  per 
cent,  of  the  acreage  and  80  per  cent,  of  the  value  of  all  crops  ;  but 
some  of  the  minor  crops,  like  beans,  onions,  and  cabbage,  are 
reported  on  as  to  condition  of  growth  and  as  to  percentage  of  a  full 
crop  produced. 

It  was  not  until  the  year  1908  that  the  Canadian  Government 
began  to  issue  crop  reports  for  Canada  as  a  whole,  although 
estimates  of  crop  conditions  and  yields  had  been  issued  for  several 
years  previously  by  some  of  the  provincial  governments.  The 
results  are  based  upon  data  collected  by  the  Census  and  Statistics 
Office  from  practical  agricultural  correspondents  in  all  parts  of 
the  Dominion,  who  voluntarily  place  their  services  at  the  disposal 
of  the  Government. 

The  method  adopted  of  presenting  the  reports  is  an  adaptation 
of  the  American  one,  viz.  a  numerical  percentage  above  or  below 
a  standard  condition  represented  as  100.  The  term  "  standard 
condition  J>  is  taken  as  denoting  a  full  crop  of  good  quality,  and 
a  healthy  and  thrifty  state  in  the  case  of  live  stock.  Corre- 
spondents are  asked  to  report  under  four  grades  of  condition,  viz. : 

Good  .     .     .  represented  by  75  to  100  or  over. 
Average  .  ,,  from  50  to  74. 

Fair    ...          „  from  25  to  49,  and 

Poor   ...  ,,  below  25. 

In  England  and  Wales  the  Ministry  of  Agriculture  and 
Fisheries  employs  a  staff  of  crop-reporters  to  collect  the  informa- 
tion it  publishes  each  autumn  x  ;  while  in  Ireland  the  Royal  Irish 
Constabulary  has  (or  had),  among  its  other  duties,  the  task  of 
furnishing  very  full  returns  and  detailed  information  concerning 
crops  and  crop  conditions  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and 
Technical  Instruction  of  that  country. 

Of  the  non-governmental  agencies  supplying  information, 
trade  newspapers  are  probably  the  most  widely  known.  They 

threat  of  continued  and  increased  damage.  The  outlook  is  very  serious 
in  some  sections,  where  the  pest  promises  to  take  all  new  growth. 

"  The  American  Cotton  Association  estimates  the  cotton  crop  con- 
dition on  August  i  at  62*0  compared  with  647  estimated  by  the  Govern- 
ment on  July  25." 

1  Estimates  are  usually  published  in  August,  giving  acreage  under 
each  crop  and  under  grass  on  the  previous  June  4.  After  harvest,  estimates 
of  the  hop  crop,  of  the  corn  crops,  and  of  the  potato  and  root  crops  are 
published  at  the  end  of  October  and  beginning  of  November.  Corrected 
returns  fappear  early  in  the  following  year  in  the  annual  Agricultural 
Returns. 


CROP  REPORTS  AND  MARKET  PRICE  QUOTATIONS    69 

collect  facts  by  means  of  a  large  body  of  correspondents  located 
in  the  agricultural  areas  ;  and  the  methods  adopted  by  the  better 
of  them  are  modelled  very  much  on  those  of  the  government 
departments  of  the  countries  where  they  are  published.  Indi- 
viduals and  firms  publish  private  reports,  both  in  the  cotton  trade 
and  the  grain  trade  ;  and  the  several  exchanges  spend  much  money 
in  compiling  statistics  and  publishing  information  for  the  use  of 
their  own  members.1 

Probably  the  organisation  that  is  most  efficient  in  collecting 
information  in  the  grain  trade  is  "  BroomhalTs  Agency."  It  is  a 
kind  of  official  representative  in  this  respect  of  practically  every 
grain  exchange  in  the  world,  with  offices,  agents,  or  correspondents 
scattered  through  all  the  grain-producing  countries  of  importance, 
and  with  a  head  office  at  Liverpool,  which  serves  as  a  clearing 
house  for  every  kind  of  news  that  bears  even  remotely  on  any  of 
the  several  branches  of  the  corn  trade.  Broomhall's  Corn  Trade 
News  is  published  twice  daily  in  the  chief  market  centres  ;  and,  in 
addition  to  crop  reports  and  market  quotations,  it  contains  full 
statistics  of  imports  and  exports,  as  well  as  news  of  shipments 
and  of  arrivals  of  grain  cargoes  at  all  the  chief  shipping  centres  in 
both  hemispheres. 

With  the  object  of  developing  a  system  of  world-area  statistics 
concerning  crops  and  crop  movements,  the  recently  established 
International  Institute  of  Agriculture  at  Rome  has  organised  as 
one  of  its  departments  a  bureau  of  agricultural  statistics,  which 
collects  world-area  data  and  supplies  these  facts  to  all  the  fifty- 
nine  adhering  countries.  This  information,  which  comprises 
statistics  of  acreages,  conditions,  and  total  production,  is  collected 
from  generally  accessible  sources  in  each  country,  and  is  published 
and  made  available  as  soon  as  it  is  tabulated.  The  Institute 
utilises  the  agencies,  official  and  unofficial,  already  organised,  and 

1  The  following  statement,  taken  from  a  weekly  trade  journal,  may  be 
of  interest  in  this  connection.  The  reference  is  to  the  Canadian  crops  for 
the  harvest  of  1921 : — 

"  The  North- West  Grain  Dealers'  Association  has  just  published  the 
following  estimate  of  the  volume  of  the  grain  crop  of  the  three  prairie 
provinces : — 

Wheat  .  17,498,000  acres  at  14-8  bushels  per  acre  258,632,000  bushels. 

Oats      .  9,522,000        ,,        35-0          ,,  „     333,565,000 

Barley  .  1,846,000         ,,        24-2          ,,  ,,       44,760,000 

Rye       .        568,000        ,,        15-9          „  ,,          9,058,000 

Flax      .        751,000        ,,          7-4          ,,  ,,          5,576,000 

"  The  official  Government  estimate  claims  slightly  higher  figures  for  the 
wheat  crop — namely,  264,912,000  bushels ;  but  the  Manitoba  Free  Press, 
which  specialises  in  crop  reports,  predicts  only  248,423,000  bushels." 

The  reports  of  Mr.  H.  G.  Hester,  secretary  of  the  New  Orleans  Cotton 
Exchange,  are  of  considerable  importance  in  connection  with  the  trade 
in  American  cotton.  They  deal  with  every  aspect  of  cotton,  involving 
numerical  estimates  or  numerical  results  of  any  kind. 


70  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

is  successfully  encouraging  the  setting  up  of  statistical  crop- 
reporting  departments  in  all  countries.  Its  news  tends  to  be 
rather  old  when  received  by  the  markets,  but  it  is  probable  that 
more  frequent  reports  will  be  issued  when  experience  has  been 
gained  in  the  work  of  collecting  and  tabulating.1  It  has  already 
proved  of  considerable  service  to  the  grain  trade  by  the  prevention 
of  exaggerated  reports  of  crop  damage  and  the  like,  which  were 
skilfully  put  into  circulation  and  used  to  get  a  certain  amount  of 
credence  for  a  period  sufficiently  long  to  enable  their  originators 
to  compass  their  undesirable  ends. 

One  important  point  arises  in  connection  with  the  Institute's 
work — that  is,  the  degree  of  secrecy  to  be  exercised  in  the 
assembling  of  the  facts.  The  difficulties  in  the  way  of  maintaining 
strict  secrecy  until  the  data  are  available  simultaneously  for  all 
parties  who  desire  them  are  enormous;  but  if  this  could  be 
attained,  the  gain  to  the  organised  produce  markets  would  be 
great.  With  really  comprehensive  and  efficient  crop  reports 
they  would  be  able  to  maintain  fairly  steady  prices,  fluctuating 
only  as  the  facts  of  production  and  consumption  warranted  ;  and 
their  success  would  be  the  greater  in  proportion  as  the  official 
reports  were  simultaneously  available  to  all. 

It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  the  work  of  these  agencies,  official 
and  unofficial,  should  escape  criticism.  Indeed,  there  are  still 
many  brokers  who  maintain  that,  notwithstanding  the  care  used 
in  compiling  and  issuing  the  reports  so  as  not  to  permit  them  to 
become  available  prematurely  to  unscrupulous  manipulators, 
those  concerned  in  the  distribution  of  the  crops  would  be  better 
off  if  no  crop  reports  were  issued  at  all.  These  persons,  however, 
are  in  a  diminishing  minority.  A  more  justifiable  criticism  is  that , 
from  their  nature,  the  reports  can  be  nothing  more  than  guesses 
by  an  individual  or  a  board,2  and  that  both  weather  and  acreage 
reports  are  used  by  manipulators  to  influence  prices,  thereby 
causing  more  and  greater  price  fluctuations,  and  producing  the 
very  thing  they  were  intended  to  prevent.  With  a  view  to  meet- 
ing these  objections  in  the  case  of  the  cotton  crop,  proposals  have 
been  made  3  for  the  direct  observation  of  what  the  crop  is  actually 
doing  at  a  given  moment.  It  is  suggested  that  samples  should 

1  At  present  the  International  Crop  Report  and  Agricultural  Statistics 
is  issued  monthly.     A  useful  account  of  the  Institute's  activities  appears 
in  Report  of  World  Cotton  Conference,  June,  1921,  pp.  186-91. 

2  The  extraordinary  mistake  in  the  estimated  acreage  under  cotton 
made  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  in  the  crop  estimates 
during  1921  lends  support  to  this  contention  of  the  critics.     Reasons  con- 
nected with  politics  and  inter-departmental    finance    appear  to  be  the 
explanation  of  the  very  misleading  reports  that  were  issued. 

3  Balls,  "  The  Possibilities  with  Cotton  Crops  for  Exact  Reporting  and 
Forecasting,"  Report  of  World  Cotton  Conference,  Liverpool  and  Manchester, 
June,  1921. 


CROP  REPORTS  AND  MARKET  PRICE  QUOTATIONS    71 

be  taken  day  by  day  throughout  the  season.  The  number  of 
flowers  should  be  counted  and  the  number  of  ripe  bolls.  These 
samples  should  be  taken  from  fields  throughout  the  area  under 
cultivation — one  field  here  and  one  there — and  sent  for  com- 
parison and  tabulation  to  a  central  place.  In  that  way  the  con- 
dition of  the  crop  at  any  given  moment  could  be  determined  with 
extraordinary  accuracy.  The  present  system,  it  is  said,  is  like 
trying  to  use  a  dictionary  from  which  some  one  has  torn  three- 
quarters  of  the  leaves. 

There  are  considerable  difficulties  in  the  way  of  the  adoption 
of  such  a  suggestion  as  the  one  just  outlined.  It  is  true  that  it 
would  abolish  reliance  on  mere  personal  opinion,  which  is  never  a 
very  safe  guide ;  but  it  could  be  worked  with  profit  only  in  a 
climate  whose  equability  allowed  the  crop  to  make  regular  pro- 
gress. It  would  not  be  so  satisfactory  where  changes  of  weather 
or  the  descent  of  pests  made  for  alternations  of  advance  and 
retrogression. 

In  any  single  organised  market  the  prices  paid  for  the  same 
quality  of  a  given  commodity  are  the  same  at  any  one  time.  In 
other  words,  there  is  at  any  moment  a  definite  market  price.  It 
is  of  considerable  importance,  not  only  to  the  members  of  the 
exchange  but  to  dealers  in  other  markets,  and  especially  to  pro- 
ducers, to  know  what  this  price  is  from  day  to  day.  Therefore 
special  methods  have  been  devised  for  ascertaining  it  and  for 
publishing  it  broadcast,  so  that  all  concerned  may  have  an 
opportunity  of  seeing  it. 

Price  quotations  may  be  used  for  several  purposes  :  firstly,  as 
a  simple  indication  of  market  values ;  secondly,  as  a  basis  for 
fixing  prices  in  contracts — "  settling  price,"  e.g. ;  and  thirdly,  as  an 
indication  to  retailers  or  collecting  agents  of  the  price  at  which 
they  may  sell  or  purchase.  The  function  of  quotations  as  a 
measure  of  values  is  generally  understood,  and  calls  for  no  com- 
ment here.  Their  use,  however,  as  indicators  of  selling  and 
buying  prices  to  retailers  and  collecting  agents  is  scarcely  less 
important.  In  the  cotton  trade  the  price  paid  to  growers  is 
always  determined  *  by  the  price  of  futures  on  the  cotton  ex- 
changes, and  the  American  country  elevators  in  the  wheat  trade 
similarly  settle  the  price  they  pay  to  the  farmers  for  that  par- 
ticular crop.  Moreover,  in  many  countries  individual  farmers 
periodically  supply  more  perishable  produce  at  so  much  under  or 
over  the  wholesale  published  price  of  some  central  market  agreed 
on.  In  this  way  constant  discussion  and  haggling  about  prices 
is  avoided,  time  is  saved,  and  marketing  facilitated. 

It  is  on  the  exchanges  themselves  that  price  quotations 
perform  their  greatest  service  and  that  the  most  serious  questions 
arise  respecting  their  determination.  Constant  disputes  about 
1  See  pp.  79  and  87. 


72  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

"  settling  prices  "  in  the  case  of  futures  contracts  would  arise  if 
definite  rules  were  not  laid  down.  Moreover,  the  custom  of 
buying  "  on  call "  would  not  be  possible,  nor  the  system  of 
"  invoicing  back  "  on  contracts,  if  there  were  not  an  independent 
price  quotation  to  prevent  one  or  other  of  the  parties  feeling 
aggrieved. 

Where  a  commodity  is  carefully  graded  and  the  grades  are 
narrow,  it  is  easy  for  a  market  to  evolve  a  single  price  at  any 
moment  for  each  and  every  grade.  Such  is  the  case  on  all  the 
cotton  exchanges.  But  in  most  other  commodities  it  is  not 
possible  to  grade  in  such  a  manner  as  to  avoid  a  range  of 
prices  for  each  of  the  standard  sub-divisions.  Even  in  the  case  of 
wheat,  which  is  more  exactly  graded  than  almost  any  other  com- 
modity, the  spot  quotations  in  some  markets  often  show  a  spread 
of  2  to  3  per  cent.,  No.  I  Northern,  for  example,  being  quoted 
101  and  103  in  an  American  market  recently.  This  means  that 
the  best  wheat  falling  within  the  grade  was  worth  2  cents  per 
bushel  more  than  wheat  which  was  just  barely  admitted  into  that 
class.  In  such  a  case  it  is  conventionally  agreed  that  the  upper 
figure  is  the  quotation  to  be  followed. 

In  the  organised  markets,  owing  to  the  continuous  activity 
during  business  hours,  it  is  a  comparatively  simple  matter  to 
arrive  at  price  quotations  ;  for  every  one  in  the  exchange  knows 
the  current  price  at  any  moment.  But  when  the  price  varies 
from  hour  to  hour,  the  question  arises  of  obtaining  and  recording 
the  quotation  at  specific  times  and  of  deciding 'at  which  hour  the 
price  is  to  be  taken  as  the  official  quotation  for  the  day.  On 
some  exchanges  the  closing  quotation  of  the  day  is  taken  as  of 
most  importance  ;  but  it  may  well  happen  that  the  greater  part 
of  the  day's  business  may  be  transacted  during  the  early  hours, 
and  that  it  may  be  difficult  in  some  cases  to  find  enough  trans- 
actions during  the  closing  hour  on  which  to  base  a  quotation. 
Therefore,  each  exchange  adopts  its  own  methods  in  this  respect, 
and  either  appoints  a  quotation  committee,  to  which  wide  powers 
are  delegated,  or  authorises  its  secretary  to  base  quotations  on 
reports  from  members  of  the  exchange,  or  sometimes  takes  a  vote 
of  all  members  present  at  a  definite  moment. 

In  certain  of  the  less  highly  organised  markets,  butter  and 
cheese  markets  particularly,  in  the  United  States,  the  traders 
assemble  each  day  at  some  fixed  hour  and  hold  what  is  termed  a 
"  call."  This  is  a  device  for  making  bids  and  offers  with  the 
object  of  sounding  market  conditions  rather  than  actually  trans- 
acting business.  By  its  means  price  quotations  are  obtained, 
and  these  serve  as  the  official  records  for  the  day.  A  chairman 
mounts  the  platform,  round  which  members  gather,  and  calls  for 
offers  and  bids.  These  are  announced  or  are  posted  side  by  side 
on  a  blackboard.  If  bid  and  offer  coincide  in  any  instance  a 


CROP  REPORTS  AND  MARKET  PRICE  QUOTATIONS    73 

sale  is  effected,  but  if  there  is  no  coincidence  there  is  at  any  rate 
a  basis  on  which  to  build  up  a  quotation.  The  whole  operation 
lasts  only  a  few  minutes,  and  while  it  originally  had  other  objects 
in  addition,  its  sole  purpose  now  is  to  establish  the  official  price 
quotations  for  the  day. 

The  rules  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association  make  ample 
provision  for  ascertaining  what  has  been  and  what  shall  be  the 
price  in  every  case  which  is  not  a  straightforward  initial  business 
transaction.  Official  (noon)  closing  price  lists  are  issued  daily. 
What  are  called  "  mid-day  striking  prices  "  are  published  of  the 
futures  of  each  month  traded  in  for  guidance  in  "  invoicing  back." 
Mid-day  spot  quotations  appear  hi  the  daily  official  circular, 
and  on  each  Monday,  for  the  purpose  of  "  settlement "  on  the 
following  Thursday,  prices  are  struck  at  II  a.m.  by  the  Arrival 
Quotation  Committees.  There  is,  therefore,  never  any  doubt  as 
to  the  price  quotation  to  be  used  for  any  particular  purpose, 
though  there  may  be  several  quoted  in  the  same  day  for  the  same 
grade  and  delivery  period.  For  example,  in  the  newspaper 
report  in  Appendix  II.,  for  July  futures  five  prices  are  given,  viz. 
the  highest  and  the  lowest  during  the  day,  the  value  at  12.15  p.m., 
the  striking  price  at  n  a.m.  (for  "  settlement  "),  and  the  price  at 
close  of  business,  every  one  of  which  has  its  own  special  import- 
ance and  significance. 

On  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange  there  is  a  quotation  com- 
mittee, consisting  of  seven  members,  which  meets  twice  a  day  to 
fix  the  official  quotation  of  Middling,  and  similar  committees 
exist  for  the  New  York  Coffee  and  New  Orleans  Cotton  Exchanges. 
In  the  Minneapolis  Chamber  of  Commerce  there  is  a  committee 
whose  duty  it  is  to  ascertain  closing  prices  based  on  actual  business 
done  ;  and,  in  addition,  throughout  the  day  an  operator  sits  on  a 
raised  platform  beside  the  pit  to  record  the  prices  and  actual  sales 
of  futures  as  they  take  place,  and  to  telegraph  the  proceedings 
immediately  to  other  markets. 

On  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange  a  record  is  kept  of  daily 
cash  closing  prices  (i.e.  of  the  closing  prices  for  "  cash  grain  ") ;  and 
a  daily  record  of  closing  prices  both  for  "  cash  grain  "  and  futures 
is  forwarded  to  the  Department  of  Trade  and  Commerce,  Ottawa. 

The  ascertaining  of  prices, in  the  less  highly  organised  markets 
is  not  a  simple  matter.  The  call  board  method  already  described 
is  not  entirely  satisfactory,  for  no  actual  business  may  be  put 
through  at  the  prices  mentioned  during  the  call.  Price  quota- 
tion committees  may  be  dominated  by  the  interests  of  one  side 
of  the  market,  and  underquoting  or  overquoting  practised  to  the 
detriment  of  producers  and  consumers.  To  deal  with  these 
difficulties,  and  to  give  a  guarantee  of  impartiality  to  the  general 
public,  the  duties  of  market  reporting  have  often  been  taken  over 
by  independent  firms  specifically  formed  for  that  purpose. 


74  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

Broomhall's  agency,  already  referred  to,  is  an  example,  but  it  is 
probably  in  New  York,  in  the  less  important  produce  markets, 
that  the  greatest  development  of  this  method  has  taken  place. 
The  market  reporters  employed  by  such  firms  get  their  information 
by  going  about  and  talking  with  the  various  dealers.  Their 
success  depends  partly,  of  course,  on  the  frankness  and  honesty 
of  the  dealers,  but  mainly  upon  their  own  ability,  experience,  and 
disinterestedness,  and  their  knowledge  of  price  statistics  and  crop 
movements.  The  results  are  published  daily  in  such  journals  as 
The  Corn  Trade  News  and  The  Producers  Price  Current. 

The  method  of  determining  prices  in  the  butter  trade  between 
England  and  Denmark  offers  a  good  example  of  the  use  of  price 
quotations  as  a  trading  indicator,  and  at  the  same  time  illustrates 
the  serious  difficulties  that  occur  in  attempts  to  reach  a  basis  that 
is  impartial  and  fair  to  all  the  parties  concerned.  For  several 
years  the  price  at  which  English  wholesale  dealers  bought  was 
based  upon  the  Copenhagen  butter  quotation,  which,  in  turn,  was 
determined  by  a  committee  using  the  reports  of  actual  sales  as  its 
guide.  The  market  was  underquoted  ;  for  the  net  price  received 
by  the  creameries  was  really  higher  than  the  official  quotation, 
and  much  dissatisfaction  ensued.  Re-organisation  of  the  com- 
mittee was  attempted  by  the  granting  of  representatives  to  the 
creameries  as  well  as  to  the  wholesale  trade  ;  but  this  too  proved 
unsatisfactory,  and  the  producers  at  length  broke  away  and 
established  their  own  quotation  system,  based  on  the  weekly 
reports  of  sales  by  creameries.  The  wholesale  dealers  still  con- 
tinue theirs,  which  is  always  a  little  lower  than  that  of  the 
creameries.  It  has  not  yet  been  superseded  to  any  great  extent 
as  an  indicator  by  the  newer  price  quotation. 

From  time  to  time  suggestions  have  been  made  with  the  object 
of  improving  and  facilitating  the  collecting  of  prices  in  the 
produce  markets  generally.  While  these  suggestions  refer 
primarily  to  the  less  highly  organised  markets,  and  only  indirectly 
affect  the  exchanges,  it  is,  nevertheless,  worth  while  to  consider  a 
few  of  them  which  attempt  to  embody  methods  already  found 
useful  in  the  grain  and  cotton  markets. 

One  suggestion  is  that  market  authorities  should  be  given  power 
by  law  to  issue  quotations  each  day  based  on  sworn  statements  of 
prices  received  by  traders,  and  that  these  prices  should  be  binding 
in  all  other  transactions  put  through  on  that  day.  Such  a  pro- 
posal does  not  seem  possible  of  realisation.  Prices  are  used 
merely  as  a  guide  by  others  or  as  an  indication  of  the  state  of  the 
market.  To  interpose  obstacles  to  their  free  movement  is  to 
destroy  the  market  altogether.  Again,  it  has  been  suggested 
that  a  committee  of  appraisers  should  be  appointed  to  include 
traders,  market  reporters,  and  government  officials,  the  latter  as 
representatives  of  the  producers.  This  is  a  much  more  feasible 


CROP  REPORTS  AND  MARKET  PRICE  QUOTATIONS    75 

scheme,  but  it  would  require  exceptional  knowledge  on  the  part 
of  the  market  reporters  and  the  government  officials,  and  an 
experience  of  market  conditions  not  invariably  possessed  by  them. 
The  introduction  of  government  officials  naturally  raises  the 
question  as  to  how  far  a  government,  either  local  or  central,  can 
be  of  assistance  in  developing  methods  of  collecting  market 
statistics  and  prices,  and  in  spreading  the  information  it  obtains 
in  this  way.  There  is  no  doubt  that  it  can  help  by  promoting  the 
study  of  present  methods  to  determine  their  weaknesses,  by 
drawing  attention  to  abuses,  and  by  instituting  legal  action  when 
individuals  are  reluctant  to  do  so.  There  may  even  be  special 
cases  where  a  government  may  feel  it  necessary  to  help  in  the 
ascertaining  and  drawing  up  of  quotations.  Such  a  case  is  that 
occurring  under  the  United  States  Cotton  Futures  Act,  according 
to  which  spot  quotations  have  to  be  ascertained  in  a  prescribed 
manner  in  connection  with  the  system  of  commercial  differ- 
ences. But  on  the  whole,  interference  of  this  latter  kind  is 
unwise  in  the  present  stage  of  market  development  ;  for  the  best 
results  hitherto  attained  have  been  those  of  the  independent 
market  reporters  acting  on  behalf  of  impartial  market  reporting 
firms,  and  the  official  returns  drawn  up  by  the  quotation  com- 
mittees of  the  more  highly  organised  markets  or  exchanges. 


CHAPTER  VII 

LEGITIMATE    USES   OF  FUTURES 

No  aspect  of  marketing  has  been  more  widely  discussed  than  the 
system  of  dealing  in  produce  for  future  delivery  as  it  has  been 
developed  in  America  and  England  in  recent  years.  At  one  time 
it  is  attacked  on  the  ground  that  the  selling  of  fictitious  produce 
is  the  cause  of  low  prices  to  the  producer.  At  another  time  it  is 
asserted  that  gambling  middlemen  raise  prices  unduly  for  the 
consumer.  Again,  it  is  said  that  through  it  alone  can  the  crops 
be  moved  with  ease  and  safety,  and  that  no  cheaper  means  for 
distribution  can  be  devised,  notwithstanding  certain  attendant 
abuses  and  excrescences. 

Now,  most  of  these  discussions  are  strongly  partisan  in  tone, 
and  bear  much  evidence  of  special  pleading  ;  for  the  writers  are 
advocates  of  either  "  anti-option  "  societies  threatening  repressive 
legislation,  or  of  "  exchange  defence  "  unions  resisting  attacks  on 
legitimate  business  methods  by  well-meaning  but  ignorant  moral 
and  social  reformers.  A  study  of  the  part  the  system  plays  in 
the  larger  produce  markets  is  a  necessary  preliminary  to  any 
judgment  on  its  merits  or  on  its  indispensability  in  distribution. 

It  is  natural  to  begin  with  the  producer,  and  examine  how  he 
markets  his  output.  Taking  cotton  first,  the  general  statement 
may  be  made  that  in  the  cotton  belt  of  the  United  States  most  of 
the  output  is  by  small  farmers  who  are  oftgn^indebt  to  store- 
keepers in  the  neighbourjtng  towns.  They  are"7mty~iira  position 
to  market  a  few  bales,  anoTHiey  frequently  pay  their  debts  in  kind 
by  passing  on  these  bales  to  their  creditors.  It  would  seem 
that  the  storekeepers  do  not  treat  them  harshly.  Competition 
to  obtain  cotton  is  great  and  the  price  is  fair,  even  under  circum- 
stances so  apparently  adverse  to  the  seller.  High  prices  during 
the  war  period  have  enabled  the  majority  of  the  small  growers  to 
pay  off  their  obligations,  and  now  dealings  often  take  place  directly 
with  a  factor  or  his  agent.  The  factor  is  the  first  important  link 
in  the  chain  of  middlemen  between  producer  and  manufacturer. 
He  usually  covers  a  wide  area  and  works  through  agents  who  are 
employees  in  receipt  of  salaries,  and  are  not  paid  by  commission. 
Samples  are  submitted  to  him  or  his  representative  ;  or  he  buys 
by  grade,  fixing  a  price  often  a  considerable  time  ahead  of  delivery. 

76 


LEGITIMATE   USES  OF  FUTURES  77 

All  risks  due  to  market  changes  in  the  meantime  are  borne  by 
him,  and  he  pays  on  delivery,  accepting  the  cotton  as  it  leaves  the 
ginneries.  From  him  it  passes,  by  means  of  spot  markets  in  the 
South  and  otherwise,  to  the  merchant,  who  sells  to  factories  or  to 
exporters,  or  who  may  be  a  merchant-exporter  himself,  or  the 
American  representative  of  a  Liverpool  firm.  It  is  when  the 
cottonjs  at  this  stage,  in  the  merchant's  hands,  that  dealings  in  it 
first  taterptace  on  the  exchanges  ;  though  futures,  anticipating 
supply  in  a  general  way,  may  have  been  bought  or  sold  previously. 
As  the  factor  conducts  his  business  without  the  intervention  of  the 
broker,  it  cannot  be  said  that,  up  to  this  stage,  there  is  unnecessary 
multiplication  of  middlemen.  Moreover,  competition  is  con- 
siderable, and  in  the  seasons  of  short  crops  the  growers  usually 
find  themselves  in  a  position  to  obtain  all  the  advantages  of  the 
resulting  high  prices.  There  is  a  general  belief  that  farmers  suffer 
serious  loss  from  having  to  throw  their  crops  on  the  market  during 
the  first  three  months  after  harvest.  To  help  them  to  hold  their 
crops  until  later  in  the  crop  year,  special  provision  was  made  by 
the  Federal  Reserve  Board  in  1915  for  the  re-discount  of  "  com- 
modity paper/'  which  is  defined  as  notes  secured  by  non-perishable 
staple  commodities,  having  a  specified  date  of  maturity,  and  upon 
which  member  banks  have  charged  a  rate  of  interest  or  discount, 
including  all  commissions,  of  not  more  than  6  per  cent,  per  annum. 
Since  then  increased  financial  facilities  have  been  provided,1  but 
it  is  doubtful  if  any  tangible  improvement  is  possible  short  of  a 
complete  re-casting  of  the  whole  machinery  by  which  the  cotton 
is  collected  from  the  growers.  It  is  open  to  question  whether, 
taking  into  account  all  the  expensesJncidejiiaLtaJioMing  crops, 
farmers  in  fact  could  realise  higher  'prices  bysending  their  output 
more  gradually  to  market.2  There  is  much  dissatisfaction  with 
present  methods  and  evident  need  of  the  application  of  scientific 
management  to  the  marketing  of  all  farm  products  in  all  the 
countries  of  the  world.  The  growth  of  co-operation  among  the 
grain  farmers  may  perhaps  offer  suggestions  to  the  cotton  farmers  ; 
but  the  latter  are  not  so  educated  and  work  under  very  dissimilar 
conditions. 

The  suggestion  that  the  farmer  should  utilise  the  exchanges 
directly  and  sell  futures  on  the  basis  of  his  growing  crop  before  it 
is  harvested,  carefully  selecting  the  period  of  delivery  in  com- 
petition with  other  farmers  and  with  spinners,  is  not  a  feasible 
one.  The  impression  prevails  in  some  circles  that  this  is  actually 
done,  and  that  it  is  in  this  way  that  the  farmer  benefits  by  the 
futures  system.  "  No  man,"  3  it  is  said,  "  knows  better  than  the 

1  See  Bulletins  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  passim. 

2  See  Pope,  "  Can  the  Farmer  Realise  Higher  Prices  for  his  Crops  by 
Holding  them  ?  "  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  vol.  xxx.  pp.  805-35  ; 
and  Report  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange,  September  10,  1921,  pp.  31-43. 

3  Cotton  Year  Book,  1921,  pp.  31  and  32. 


78  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

farmer  what  the  green  and  afterwards  snow-white  acres  are  likely 
to  yield  him.  His  crop  may  be  according  to  locality — a  quarter, 
a  third,  a  half,  or  even  a  bale  to  the  acre.  Let  us  assume  that 
some  great  financial  or  commercial  depression  appears  to  be 
looming  ahead  in  the  autumn,  or  other  violently  disturbing 
feature  like  a  Presidential  election,  with  the  possibilities  of  a 
congestion  at  harvest  time  of  a  great  crop,  and  values  down  in 
the  commercial  marts  of  the  world  to  all  but  the  bare  cost  of  pro- 
duction, if  not  below  it.  What  a  gloomy  outlook  for  the  realisa- 
tion of  hours  and  days  and  weary  months  of  labour !  Without 
the  futures  market  the  planter  would  be  at  the  mercy  of  events, 
or  the  money  lender.  In  the  July  .  .  .  price  was  as  low  as 
per  Ib.  ;  the  same  standard  for  delivery  in  November  was 
per  Ib.,  while  75  per  cent,  of  the  cotton  world  confidently  expected, 
and  with  some  reason,  that  it  would  go  down  to  3^.,  a  price  which 
would  have  meant  dead  loss  on  the  plantation. 

"What  happened  in  August?  From  various  causes  prices 
shot  up  id.  per  Ib.  in  a  few  weeks,  and  from  comparative  ruin 
every  planter  was  raised  into  opulence  if  he  could  have  sold  then. 
Yes,  but  he  could  not  exchange  for  cash  what  did  not  exist  except 
in  green  stalk  and  undeveloped  cotton  bolls.  But  he  could,  and 
no  doubt  did,  in  many  cases  protect  himself,  and  although  prices 
might  go  higher  (and  did  go  higher)  at  3  to  5  cents  per  Ib.  above 
cost  of  production,  he  was  well  off  if  he  could  realise  his  probable 
out-turn,  whether  one  hundred  or  five  hundred  bales.  How  could 
he  do  it  ?  Easily  enough.  He  had  only  to  give  a  responsible 
broker  in  any  recognised  cotton  exchange  an  order  to  sell  so  many 
hundred  bales  of  futures  for  October,  November,  December,  or 
any  other  month's  delivery,  at  the  current  good  prices  then  ruling, 
and  sit  on  a  fence  whittling  sticks,  if  he  liked,  while  his  crop 
matured,  was  picked,  delivered,  and  sent  to  market.  His  price 
was  secured ;  all  he  had  to  do  was  to  deliver.  Could  he  have 
done  this  without  the  ajdxiWie  futures  market  ?  Certainly  not." 

This  idyllic  picture  of  the  farmer  selling  futures  and  then 
sitting  down  to  whittle  sticks  is  not  borne  out  by  facts.1  Dealing 
in  futures  is  a  highly  specialised  business,  and  demands  intimate 
knowledge  and  ability  of  a  kind  that  farmers,  in  the  very  nature 
of  things,  cannot  possess.  Nothing  but  disaster  has  been  the 
result  in  all  the  cases  on  record  where  farmers  have  entered  into 
such  transactions  on  their  own  account.  Yet  they  do  derive 
undoubted  advantage  from  the  existence  of  the  futures  market, 
and  any  alteration  in  its  degree  of  activity  is  soon  reflected  in  the 
prices  they  are  offered  for  their  crops.  That  the  1908  cotton 
crop  2  "  sold  as  low  as  it  did  was  not  altogether  due  to  the  size  of 

1  See  Wyse,  "  The  Selling  and  Financing  of  the  American  Cotton  Crop," 
Economic  Journal,  vol.  xxx.  pp.  473-83. 

2  Bradstreel's  1909,  p.  207. 


LEGITIMATE   USES  OF  FUTURES  79 

the  yield,  because  the  figures  show  that  it  was  absorbed  by  con- 
sumers at  an  unprecedented  rate.  The  main  trouble  was  that 
there  prevailed  an  almost  complete  absence  of  speculation,  which 
in  former  years  helped  the  farmer  to  carry  the  crop  and  competed 
actively  with  the  consumer  and  spinner,  thus  creating  a  higher 
range  of  values  during  the  period  of  active  marketing  than  could 
be  possible  with  consumers  and  spinners  having  the  market  all  to 
themselves.  Despite  their  boasts  of  being  able  to  hold  their 
crops  until  they  secure  the  prices  desired,  the  farmers  are  always 
compelled  by  their  necessities  to  sell  more  rapidly  than  spinners 
can  normally  buy.  With  no  speculation  to  compete  with  the 
spinner,  farmers  must  either  carry  their  own  burdens  or  sacrifice 
theiFcrops,"  as  they  did  in  1908.  The  prices  offered  to  farmers  by 
the  factors  depend  on  the  prices  of  futures  on  the  exchanges. 
Merchants  buy  from  the  factors  on  that  basis,  and  the  latter 
therefore  buy  from  the  farmers  at  so  many  points  on  or  off  the 
future  delivery  prices  of  the  current  period.  Judgment  in  each 
case  is  assisted  by  the  careful  estimates  and  statistics  of  anticipated 
and  actual  crop  yield,  the  publication  of  which  is  undertaken  by 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  as  well  as  by  several 
private  organisations. 

Suppose  the  merchant  is  an  exporter  himself,  or  a  representa- 
tive of  a  Liverpool  importer  who  has  sold  to  a  Lancashire  spinner 
a  special  grade  or  a  special  description  of  cotton  with  defined 
length  of  staple,  or  a  specified  strength  or  specified  style.  It  is 
common  for  spinners  to  enter  into  such  contracts  (c.i.f.  contracts 
on  Forms  10  and  n  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association)  for 
delivery  at  a  specified  time,  the  price  being  either  fixed  definitely 
in  the  agreement  or  indicated  as  so  many  points  on  or  off  the 
seller's  price  of  ordinary  futures  of  a  certain  month  at  time  of 
delivery.  Such  contracts  are  entered  into  generally  hi  the  summer 
months  in  anticipation  of  the  new  season's  supply  ;  and  the 
merchant  or  importer  or  seller  bases  his  price  on  his  prospects  of 
obtaining  the  necessary  supplies  of  the  particular  quality  he  has 
sold,  adding  to  the  figure  at  which  he  expects  to  be  able  to  buy  in 
America  a  fair  margin  of  profit  for  himself.  In  doing  this  he 
takes  the  risk  of  the  crop  turning  out  to  be  smaller  or  less  valuable 
than  anticipated,  and  therefore  he  endeavours  to  protect  himself 
if  possible  against  serious  loss  on  the  transaction.  Suppose  he 
has,  in  July,  sold  1,000  bales  of  Middling  Fair  for  delivery  in 
December,1  and  the  price  agreed  on  is  10-50^.  per  lb.,  the  price 
on  the  same  day  for  December  futures  (with  the  usual  basis, 
Fully  Middling,  Low  Middling  clause)  being  875.  To  protect 
himself  against  a  rise  in  price,  he  buys  December  futures  for 
1,000  bales  at  875.  If  the  crop  is  short,  or  if  prices  rise  for  any 
other  reason,  it  ordinarily  happens  that  the  changes  in  prices  are 

1  In  a  c.i.f.  contract  actual  delivery  is  contemplated  on  both  sides. 


8o  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

small  for  the  other  grades  as  compared  with  Fully  Middling — the 
basic  grade  in  futures  contracts.  Therefore,  if  Middling  Fair  goes 
to  11*50  in  December,  Fully  Middling  may  be  about  9-80.  He 
then  sells  December  futures  with  which  to  close  his  July  trans- 
action, gaining  1*05^.  per  lb.,  and  buys  Middling  Fair  in  the 
spot  market  at  11*50  to  deliver  to  the  spinner,  losing  id.  per  lb. 
on  that  part  of  the  transaction.  Thus,  he  not  only  succeeds  in 
protecting  himself  against  a  net  loss,  but  also  makes  0*05^.  per  lb. 
on  1,000  bales  of  about  500  lb.  each.  This  latter  gain  arises  from 
the  fact  that,  in  the  case  supposed,  the  fluctuation  in  the  price  of 
the  higher  grade  is  of  smaller  magnitude  than  that  of  the  futures 
basic  grade.  The  reverse  may  be  the  case  occasionally,  and 
then  an  actual  loss  occurs,  but  it  is  trifling  compared  with  the 
amount  at  stake  if  there  had  been  no  purchase  and  sale  of 
futures. 

Operating  in  this  manner  to  obtajj^-pmtecjtion^  against   a 
possible  hpavy_Joss  fc  rqlk^LJllJ^g^g "     It  *s  practised  not 
alone  by  importers 'who  havesold^EcTSpinners,  but  by  importers 
who  ship  to  sell  in  spot  markets  and  by  the  spinners  themselves, 
to  insure  against  loss  on  unsold  stocks  of  yarn  or  cloth.    Taking 
the  importer  first,  suppose  he  has  purchased  cotton  in  America 
and  has  settled  a  price  which  gives  him  a  fair  remuneration  after 
all  the  necessary  expenses  of  transport  and  warehousing  are 
allowed  for.    As  soon  as  the  purchase  is  advised  home  he  sells 
futures  for  a  quantity  of  cotton  equal  to  his  purchase.     If  he  sells 
at  the  price  he  has  in  mind  and  for  delivery  in  the  month  during 
which  he  expects  the  cargo  to  arrive,  he  can  tender  actual  cotton 
for  delivery  and  completely  fulfil  his  agreement,  making  as  profit 
just  the  fair  remuneration  he  had  allowed  for.     Transactions  so 
simple  as  this,  however,  are  comparatively  rare.     Few  cargoes 
are  disposed  of  immediately  on  arrival,  and  there  is  always  a 
large  stock  in  warehouse  at  Liverpool  remaining  unsold.     More- 
over, the  cargo  may  not  be  of  a  grade  tenderable  in  fulfilment  of 
futures.     If  it  is  warehoused  and  is  disposed  of  gradually,  say  in 
lots  of  one  or  two  hundred  bales,  futures  of  the  quantity  sold  are 
bought  in  at  the  same  time,  cancelling  just  an  equal  amount  of 
the  hedges.    The  object  of  the  hedging  in  this  case  is  to  obtain 
protection  against  falling  prices.     Suppose  the  cotton  is  purchased 
in  October  to  arrive  in  November,  then  futures  are  sold  at  the 
same  time  for  November  and  subsequent  periods.     If  the  spot 
price  in  October  is  8*30^.  per  lb.,  and  if  it  is  that  or  a  price  very 
close  to  it  that  the  importer  calculates  on  receiving,  the  futures  he 
sells  may  be  at  8'2$d.  for  November,  8*32^.  for  December,  and  so 
on.     Now,  since  spot  prices  and  prices  of  futures  advance  or 
decline  together,  if  the  spot  price  on  day  of  sale  in  November  is 
8'2od.,  the  price  of  November  futures  will  also  have  fallen,  and 
may  now  be  about  8'i6d.     Accordingly,  if  he  gets  O'io^.  per  lb. 


LEGITIMATE  USES  OF  FUTURES  81 

less  on  his  spot  sale  than  he  anticipated,  he  recovers  0*09^.  on  his 
dealings  in  futures  ;  for  he  can  buy  November  futures  at  8'i6d.  to 
cancel  those  he  sold  previously  at  8*25^. 

Spinners  may  hedge  by  means  of  futures  for  protection  against 
unsold  stocks  of  yarn,  as  well  as  against  sales  of  yarn  for  forward 
delivery.  In  a  period  of  bad  trade  and  falling  prices,  when 
producers  cannot  find  sale  for  goods,  and  yet  think  that  less  loss 
is  likely  to  be  incurred  by  keeping  their  machinery  going,  they 
"  make  to  stock,"  producing  at  a  loss  what  is  probably  losing 
value  day  by  day.  If  the  depression  continues,  further  heavy 
loss  may  be  incurred  ;  and  it  is  to  keep  this  within  tolerable  limits 
that  a  spinner  sells  futures  of  raw  cotton  pound  for  pound  of  his 
yarn.  As  the  price  of  yarn  declines  so  does  the  price  of  futures  ; 
for,  to  a  considerable  extent,  the  prices  of  raw  cotton  and  of  yarn 
move  in  unison.  He  can  then  buy  back  his  futures  at  a  lower  price 
than  that  at  which  he  sold  them,  and  thus,  to  some  extent,  curtail 
his  losses.  In  a  period  of  good  trade,  if  he  has  secured  a  remunera- 
tive contract  to  deliver  yarn  over  several  months  ahead,  even  if 
he  requires  specific  high-grade  raw  cotton  only,  he  can  avoid  tying 
up  capital  temporarily  in  raw  material  and  yet  ensure  getting 
what  raw  material  he  requires  just  when  he  wants  it.  This 
he  does  by  purchasing  futures  and  selling  them  out  again  as  he 
buys  the  spot  high  grade  his  yarn  demands.  If  the  market  has 
risen  in  the  meantime,  he  has  more  to  pay  for  his  needs  ;  but  then 
he  gets  more  for  the  corresponding  futures  that  he  sells.  If  the 
market  has  fallen  meantime,  he  pays  less  for  his  requirements ; 
but  then  he  has  a  counteracting  loss  on  his  futures.  Thus,  if  he 
has  been  correct  in  his  calculations,  which  were  based  on  the 
value  of  futures  at  the  time  he  made  his  contract  for  forward 
delivery  of  yarn,  he  avoids  all  risk  and  the  probability  of  any 
serious  loss. 

In  a  similar  manner,  manufacturers  of  cloth  and  of  cotton 
goods  may  seek  to  protect  themselves  against  loss  resulting  from 
making  to  stock,  and  from  having  to  pay  unprofitable  prices  for 
yarn  or  cloth  when  remunerative  contracts  for  forward  delivery 
are  offered  to  them  ;  but  in  proportion  as  the  share  contributed  by 
the  raw  material  to  the  value  of  the  wholly  or  partly  manufactured 
article  diminishes,  so  does  the  degree  of  protection  possible  through 
hedging  by  the  purchase  or  sale  of  futures  of  raw  cotton. 

From  the  examples  of  hedging  given,  it  is  clear  that  the 
essence  of  the  operation  is  the  balancing  of  a  possible  loss  in  the 
spot  market  by  a  possible  gain  in  futures,  or  (from  the  other 
point  of  view)  the  balancing  of  a  possible  loss  in  futures  by  a 
possible  gain  in  the  spot  market,  in  such  a  way  that  the  importer 
eliminates  speculative  risks  for  himself  and  reckons  with  sub- 
stantial, though"  nu I  complete,  cerTainly  on  the  remuneration  for 
his  services  reasonably  due  to  him  either  in  the  form  of  trading 

G 


82  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

profit  or  of  commission.  Similar  considerations  hold  good  in  the 
case  of  the  spinner.  Absolute  protection  (by  this  means)  cannot 
be  secured.  Indeed,  complete  protection,  even  in  theory,  is 
possible  only  when  the  futures  basis  grade  (Fully  Middling)  is  the 
one  required  by  the  buyer  and  tendered  by  the  seller  ;  but,  largely 
owing  to  the  real  protection  afforded  when  the  system  works 
smoothly,  the  trading  profit  or  commission  earned  by  the 
merchant  and  importer  can  be  kept  small.  Further,  the  security 
possible  to  the  spinner  enables  him  to  manufacture  on  a  smaller 
margin  of  profit.  Thus  the  gap  between  the  price  paid  by  the 
consumer  and  the  price  received  by  the  grower  is  narrowed  ;  and 
most  of  the  risks  are  thrown  on  to  the  shoulders  of  that  special 
class  of  dealer  or  speculator  who  looks  for  his  profits  by  buying 
and  selling  futures  alone,  without  intention  either  of  accepting  or 
tendering  delivery  of  ThlTarttrar-  commodity.  The  risks  due  to 
changes  in  prices  are  not  distributed,  as  is  sometimes  maintained, 
among  all  the  parties  to  the  future  delivery  contract.  They  are 
concentrated  upon  this  single  class  of  experts  who  are  to  be 
found  in  all  modern  organised  markets  to-day. 

The  expert  risk  taker,  the  legitimate  speculator,  constitutes 
the  real  buffer  between  the  producer  and-  the  consumer ._  When 
buyers  are  scarce  during  the  marketing  period  his  action  assists 
materially  in  carrying  the  weight  of  the  crop  ;  for  he  shoulders  the 
greater  part  of  risk  resulting  from  price  movements.  On  the 
other  hand,  when  buyers  are  numerous  and  sellers  scarce,  he 
performs  the  very  useful  function  of  selling  short,  i.e.  selling  what 
at  the  moment  he  does  not  possess,  an  operation  which  ultimately 
requires  a  corresponding  purchase  to  liquidate.  Thus  he  dis- 
counts the  future  and  satisfies  the  present  demands.  In  this  way 
a  market  is  furnished  at  any  time  of  the  year  where  produce  can 
be  sold  or  purchased  at  a  stabilised  price.  Yet  genuine  hedging 
contracts  by  merchants  form  the  great  majority  of  contracts  for 
future  ^deliver^TTTOtwithstanding  certain  abuses  by  these  experts 
which  wiftbe  the  subject  of  discussion  later. 

No  account  of  the  services  rendered  by  hedging  in  the  move- 
ment of  cotton  from  producer  to  manufacturer  is  complete  with- 
out reference  to  the  attitude  thereto  of  the  banker  who  is  called 
upon  to  finance  the  export  and  import  of  the"produce.1 

When  a  British  importer  buys  American  cotton  in  the 
Southern  States,  his  agent  either  pays  cash,  using  his  own  money 
for  the  purpose,  or  he  obtains  credit  from  Southern  banks.  In 
due  course  the  agent  gets  a  through  2  bill  of  lading  from  the  rail- 
road company,  or  a  port  3  bill  of  lading,  and  attaches  this,  along 

1  See  Simpson,  "  Financing  Cotton  Importing,"  Report  of  World 
Cotton  Conference,  June,  1921. 

*  See  Contract  Forms  10  and  IT,  Appendix  V. 
3  Ibid. 


LEGITIMATE   USES  OF  FUTURES  83 

with  marine  insurance  policies,  to  a  sterling  draft,  representing 
the  invoice  cost  of  the  cotton,  and  drawn  at  60  or  90  days'  sight 
upon  the  British  importer  or  the  latter's  bank.  The  draft  is  then 
sold  to  a  New  York  or  other  American  bank,  which  sends  it  to 
its  agent  or  representative  in  England,  who  presents  it  for 
acceptance  to  the  importer  or  his  bankers. 

The  bill  of  lading  now  constitutes  the  English  bank's  security 
for  the  obligations  it  has  undertaken  on  behalf  of  its  customer. 
When  the  cotton  arrives  it  is  the  practice  of  the  bank  to  send  the 
bill  of  lading  and  insurance  documents  to  the  importer  with  a 
letter  instructing  him  to  claim  the  goods  and  to  warehouse  them 
in  the  name  of  the  bank,  or  else  to  retain  them  in  trust  for  the 
bank  pending  sale.  The  importer  acknowledges  these  instructions 
in  a  letter  called  a  "  Trust  Letter,"  in  which  he  undertakes  to  do 
what  the  bank  requires'bTliirn.  He  thus  handles  the  cotton  on 
trust  for  the  banking  house,  although  the  profit  or  loss  on  the 
transaction  is  his  own.  As  long  as  the  cotton  is  unsold  he  is 
responsible  to  the  bank  for  the  maintenance  of  proper  security 
against  possible  loss  on  its  part ;  and  if  the  price  falls  he  is  expected 
to  pay  the  bank  cash  or  to  deposit  with  it  additional  security 
sufficient  to  cover  the  fall  in  value  of  the  cotton  and  maintain  a 
proper  margin  in  the  security.  When  the  cotton  is  sold  pay- 
ment has  to  be  made  by  the  buyer  in  cash  within  ten  days  ;  and 
the  importer  is  expected  by  the  bank  to  pay  in  the  proceeds  of 
the  sale  at  once,  thus  either  reimbursing  the  bank  for  its  advance 
or  providing  it  with  the  funds  to  meet  the  bill  it  has  accepted  on 
his  behalf. 

Similar  principles,  though  slightly  different  details,  apply  to 
the  financing  of  imports  from  Egypt,  South  America,  and  India, 
with  the  addition  that  in  certain  of  these  cases  the  importer 
makes  advances  to  the  grower  for  the  purpose  of  cultivation  of 
the  crop.  As  the  crop  comes  forward  to  market  these  advances 
are  cancelled  accordingly. 

For  the  protection  of  its  customer  as  well  as  of  itself,  the  bank 
requires  that  he  shall  hedge  by  the  sale  of  futures  as  described 
above.  In  the  case  of  American  cotton  the  process  is  simple,  and 
the  hedge  affords  an  exceedingly  good  protection  for  both  parties. 
It  is  possible  to  hedge  with  fair  success  in  the  case  of  an  import 
of  Egyptian  cotton  by  the  purchase  of  futures  in  American  cotton, 
and  this  is  sometimes  done,  because  the  market  for  Egyptian 
futures  is  less  active.  But  American  futures  are  a  very  imperfect 
hedge  in  the  case  of  cotton  from  Peru,  Brazil,  and  India,  the 
fluctuations  in  the  prices  of  which  do  not  correspond  closely  with 
the  fluctuations  in  the  prices  of  American  cotton,  though  the 
general  tendency  may  be  the  same.  If  prices  rise  the  seller  of 
futures  has,  as  previously  described,  to  pay  differences  on  settle- 
ment days.  When  an  importer  finds  himself  under  this  necessity 


84  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

his  bank  is  very  willing  to  advance  the  sums  required,  if  the  cotton 
is  actually  in  his  possession  in  England ;  for  the  asset  presum- 
ably has  advanced  in  value  to  the  same  extent  as  the  futures. 
Naturally,  the  bank  is  more  reluctant  to  help  if  the  cotton  has 
not  yet  come  to  hand,  but  it  is  asserted  that  during  the  disturbed 
conditions  in  the  cotton  market  in  recent  years  bankers  have 
found  money  for  customers  far  in  excess  of  the  value  of  cotton 
actually  held  by  them  as  security.  If  prices  fall  exactly  opposite 
conditions  prevail,  and  the  importer  receives  considerable 
differences  in  respect  of  the  futures  he  has  sold  as  hedges.  He  is 
therefore  able  to  meet  the  increases  of  margin  and  security  re- 
quired by  his  bankers  as  the  market  continues  to  fall,  and  this  is 
in  addition  to  the  protection  already  assured  to  him  in  consequence 
of  the  decline  in  the  value  of  his  purchased  cotton. 

When  actual  cotton  is  purchased  or  sold,  as  distinguished 
from  futures,  the  usual  practice  is  to  quote  the  price  at  so  many 
points  on  or  off  the  price  of  futures.1  Such  points  are 
called  the  "  basis/'  and  selling  on  a  "  high  basis  "  or  on  a  "  low 
basis  "  means  selling  at  a  large  or  a  small  number  of  points  on. 
In  normal  times  the  fluctuations  in  the  basis  are  not  great,  and 
no  special  provision  is  required  by  bankers  in  this  connection ;  but 
in  the  seasons  1919-20  and  1920-21  the  basis  in  respect  of  some 
qualities  of  cotton  fluctuated  as  much  as  two  to  three  thousand 
points  or  more,  causing  unexpected  loss  or  profit  of  very  large 
amounts.2  No  form  of  futures  contract  can  afford  any  protection 
against  these  movements,  and  all  the  banker  can  do  is  to  satisfy 
himself  that  the  importer  has  made  his  contracts  on  a  proper 
basis  and  call  upon  him  to  reduce  the  advances  made  to  him  or 
put  up  additional  security  if  the  fluctuations  are  against  him. 

Reference  has  been  made  already  to  the  hedging  purchases  of 
futures  by  the  American  merchant  exporter,  who  has  undertaken 
to  deliver  by  a  certain  date  cotton  of  specific  grade  and  staple  to 
his  customer  in  England.  In  addition  to  the  risk  insured  against 
on  that  particular  contract,  there  is  another  risk  against  which 

1  E.g.  Spot  Quotation  (from  Manchester  Guardian,  June  17,  1921)  : — 


Ord. 

G.O. 

F.G.O. 

L.M. 

F.L.M. 

American 

•     4'65 

5  '4° 

6-15 

6-65 

7-IO 

i.e. 

.   340  off 

265  off 

190  off 

140  off 

95  off 

Mid. 

P.M. 

G.M. 

F.G.M. 

M.P. 

American 

-      7-65 

8-30 

8-70 

9-40 

1  0'6o 

i.e. 

.    40  off 

25  on 

65  on 

135  on 

235  on 

The  price  of  futures  (F.M.,  L.M.C.)  June  delivery  on  that  day  was  8-05. 
Hence  M.F.  was  (10-60  —  8-05)  xioo  points  on,  and  G.O.  was  (8-05—5-40) 
xi  oo  points  off. 

Prices  are  in  pence  per  lb.,  and  a  point  is  the  one  hundredth  part  of  one 
penny. 

2  A  change  of  2,000  points  in  the  basis  means  a  change  of  more  than 
£"4,150  in  the  cost  of  100  bales. 


LEGITIMATE  USES  OF  FUTURES  85 

dealing  in  futures  affords  equal  protection.  The  merchant  has 
to  collect  cotton  through  his  agents  or  from  factors  in  various 
scattered  districts  over  a  wide  expanse  of  the  cotton  belt,  and 
when  he  has  a  large  order  for  a  specific  grade  he  cannot  readily 
know  beforehand  where  he  can  buy.  Hence,  towards  the  close 
of  a  day's  business,  when  telegraphic  reports  of  their  purchases 
have  reached  him  from  his  agents,  he  may  find  they  have  bought 
more  than  he  requires.  He  then  immediately  sells  on  the  ex- 
change the  number  of  bales  bought  in  excess  of  his  needs,  but 
instead  of  selling  them  in  the  spot  market  he  sells  futures  instead. 
If  spot  cotton  falls  in  price  next  day,  he  sells  the  bales  over- 
bought at  a  loss  and  buys  back  his  futures  at  a  corresponding 
profit ;  for,  as  has  been  described  before,  spot  and  futures  prices 
move  in  sympathy.  If,  on  the  contrary,  his  agents  have  not 
bought  enough  to  cover  the  amount  he  has  sold,  he  buys  futures 
instead,  with  a  view  to  protecting  himself  against  a  rise  in  the 
price  when  his  agents  again  start  buying  for  him  on  the  following 
day. 

Contracts  for  future  delivery  were  common  in  the  cotton 
trade  for  some  time  before  their  use  as  hedges  was  discovered. 
According  to  a  former  President  of  the  New  York  Cotton  Ex- 
change,1 it  was  two  or  three  years  after  the  Civil  War  that  the 
late  Mr.  Rew,  a  Liverpool  merchant,  saw  that  the  newly-laid 
Atlantic  cabfe  made  it  pubbibltj-fe*1  a  cotton  merchant  in  Liverpool 
to  buy  cotton  in  the  Southern  States  and  ship  it  to  Liverpool  to 
arrive  at  a  date  known  approximately  beforehand.  He  perceived 
also  that  if  the  price  for  "  cotton  to  arrive  "  was  high  enough  to 
enable  him  to  make  a  profit  by  buying  in  America  and  selling  for 
forward  delivery  two  or  three  months  ahead  in  Liverpool,  the 
transaction  was  a  perfectly  safe  one  ;  for  he  would  either  deliver 
to  the  party  to  whom  he  sold,  or,  if  the  price  had  risen  meantime, 
buy  back  his  contracts  and  sell  to  spinners  at  the  higher  price. 
In  this  way  he  eliminated  all  risk  from  his  business,  and  worked 
on  a  much  smaller  margin  than  his  competitors,  who  had  to 
allow  for  possible  losses  as  well.  On  the  organisation  of  the 
three  chief  cotton  exchanges  (New  York,  New  Orleans,  and 
Liverpool)  in  1870  the  leading  members  adopted  this  new  method 
as  the  basis  of  business. 

It  is  strange  that  neither  its  inventor  nor  his  imitators  in  the 
early  days  of  hedging  realised  at  once  the  full  significance,  or  even 
the  true  economic  basis,  of  the  new  method.  They  regarded  it 
simply  as  a  device  by  which  genuine  cotton  merchants  could 
make  use  of  the  natural  inclination  of  foolish  speculators  to  buy 
for  a  rise  in  price,  turning  this  into  a  form  of  protection  or 
insurance  for  themselves  against  a  decline  in  the  value  of  their 

1  Marsh,  "  Cotton  Exchanges  and  their  Economic  Function,"  Annals 
of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xxxviii. 


86  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

unsold  stock  of  cotton.  But  it  was  soon  perceived  that  it  is  just 
as  feasible  to  obtain  protection  against  loss  in  transactions 
contemplating  delivery  in  the  future,  to  hedge  by  buying  con- 
tracts for  future  delivery,  as  it  is  to  protect  oneself  against  a  fall 
in  prices  by  selling  contracts  as  hedges.  There  arose,  therefore, 
a  demand  for  futures  on  the  part  of  merchants  and  manufacturers 
who  were  not  speculators  at  all  in  any  sense  of  the  word,  but  who 
were  simply  desirous  of  entering  into  engagements  for  the  future. 
These  hedge  contracts,  both  on  the  part  of  the  buyer  and  of  the 
seller,  were,  from  the  first,  regarded  as  primarily  credit  trans- 
actions to  be  terminated  as  soon  as  their  protection  was  no  longer 
needed.  They  could,  of  course,  be  turned  into  dealings  in  actual 
cotton  by  any  one  who  so  desired,  but  in  practice  it  was  found 
that  only  a  small  percentage  of  the  whole  was  terminated  in 
this  way. 

The  essence  of  hedging  is  the  making  of  two  contracts  at 
about  the  same  time  of  an  opposite,1  though  corresponding, 
nature  ;  one  ^genuine  trade  contract,  with  a  view  to  obtaining  a 
dealer's  ordinary  trade  pront,  the  other  an  insurance  or  protective 
contract,  which  counteracts  speculative  loss  (and  profit)  on  the 
first  transaction.     The  possibility  of  having  to  forego  a  large 
speculative  profit  in  this  way  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  premium  on 
an  insurance  policy  2  which  guarantees  the  holder  against  specula- 
tive loss.     Just  as  both  contracts  are  entered  into  at  about  the 
same  time,  so  they  must  be  completed  at  about  the  same  time. 
Otherwise,  speculative  loss  or  profit  ensues  fand  the  holder  be- 
comes a  gambler  instead  of  continuing  to  be  an  honest  merchant. 
Owing  to  the  wider  area  of  origin  and  of  ultimate  distribution, 
and  because  of  the  greater  ease  with  which  it  can  be  handled,  it 
natural  to  expect  that  wheat  should  pass  through  a  greater 
number  of  middlemen  than  cotton,  on  its  way  from  producer  to 
manufacturer  and  consumer.     This,  however,  is  not  the  case  ;  for 
the  greater  degree  of  education  of  the  wheat  farmer,  and  the  more 
detailed  attention  given  by  governments  to  the  movements  of 
what   is  one  of  the  world's  most   important  foodstuffs,   have 
eliminated  at  least  one  class  of  middleman  and  subjected  the 
remainder  to  an  exceedingly  close  inspection  and  supervision. 

In  the  United  States  wheat  is  delivered  by  the  farmers  to  the 
country  elevators,  of  which  there  are  three  lands — independent, 

1  As  defined  by  another  ex-president  of  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange, 
"  a  hedge  or  future  is  the  purchase  or  sale  of  contracts  for  100  or  more 
bales  of  cotton  for  future  delivery  made  not  for  the  purpose  of  receiving 
or  delivering  actual  cotton,  but  as  an  insurance  against  fluctuations  in  the 
market  that  might  unfavourably  affect  other  ventures  in  which  the  buyer 
or  seller  is  actually  engaged."     But,  as  there  are  cases  when  dealing  in 
futures  is  certainly  not  hedging,  it  is  incorrect  to  identify  the  two  terms 
"  hedge  "  and  "  future,"  as  is  done  in  this  definition. 

2  This  analogy,  however,  must  not  be  pushed  too  far. 


LEGITIMATE   USES   OF  FUTURES  87 

farmers',  and  line.  The  independent  are  single  elevators  owned 
by  individuals  at  selected  country  points.  A  farmers'  elevator 
company  is  an  association  of  farmers  usually  on  a  co-operative 
basis,1  while  a  line  elevator  company  is  a  corporation  with 
its  headquarters  in  Chicago^^uJJatli^-  Minnp^olis,  or  other 
primary  market  for  grain,t>wning  and  operating  a  large  number  of 
elevators  along  a  line  or  lines  of  railroad  extending  through 
several  different  States,  and  having  a  representative  as  a  member 
of  one  or  more  exchanges.  At  each  of  a  line  company's  elevators 
the  wheat  is  bought  from  the  farmers  for  cash  after  grading. 
Owing  to  competition  for  the  grain  at  country  points  there  is  a 
tendency  to  allow  as  high  a  grade  as  possible,  so  as  to  secure 
it  from  the  farmer,  with  the  result  that  it  sometimes  grades  lower 
in  the  primary  market  afterwards,  and  scarcely  ever  higher.  It 
is  then  held  temporarily  in  the  local  elevator  ;  and,  as  it  accumu- 
lates, it  is  loaded  into  railroad  cars  and  sent  forward  to  the 
primary  market. 

The  price  received  by  the  farmer  is  that  prevailing  at  the 
moment  in  the  primary  market,  minus  deductions  for  freight  and 
probable  deterioration.  If,  for  example,  the  freight  rate  to 
Duluth  were  6  cents  per  bushel,  and  the  margin  of  the  elevator 
company  for  handling  wheat  were  3  cents  per  bushel,  then  the 
country  price  would  be  9  cents  less  than  the  price  in  Duluth. 
Flax,  oats,  maize,  and  barley  are  also  handled  by  these  companies  ; 
but,  while  oats  and  coarse  grains  are  dealt  in  on  a  smaller  margin 
than  wheat,  flax,  owing  to  its  greater  liability  to  deterioration,  is 
only  dealt  in  on  a  margin  of  6  or  more  cents  per  bushel.  Daily 
lists  of  prices  are  sent  out  from  headquarters  by  letter  and  tele- 
graph ;  and  changes  conform  to  those  taking  place  in  the  primary 
market. 

The  farmers'  elevator  companies  act  similarly,  with  the 
difference  that  they  do  not  always  have  seats  on  the  exchanges, 
but  have  to  employ  commission  men.  They  have  certain  ad- 
vantages over  the  line  companies,  in  that  they  can  get  control 
more  readily  of  the  available  supplies  of  grain  ;  for  their  members 
give  them  preference  inasmuch  as  the  profits  of  the  concerns 
depend  on  the  amount  of  produce  handled.  There  are  often,  at  a 
single  station,  four  or  five  line  elevators  owned  by  different  com- 
panies and  a  single  farmers'  elevator  owned  by  the  farmers  of  the 
neighbourhood.  Yet  the  latter  may  handle  from  one-third  to  one- 
half  of  the  grain  sent  forward  from  that  station,  thus  doing  a  much 
greater  volume  of  business  at  approximately  the  same  expense,  and 
therefore  at  a  lower  cost  per  bushel  than  the  line  companies. 
The  inducement,  therefore,  to  develop  the  handling  of  their  wheat 
by  the  farmers  themselves  is  great ;  and  line  companies  find  their 

1  See  "  Co-operative  Grain  Marketing,"  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Bulletin,  No.  937. 


88  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

most  profitable  sphere  only  where  capital  is  scarce  and  farmers' 
societies  not  yet  fully  developed.  Statistics  show  a  continual 
increase  year  by  year  of  farmers*  elevators  accompanied  by  a 
marked  decline  in  line  houses  and  a  smaller  decline  in  independent 
houses. 

The  management  of  the  independent  elevators  is  identical 
with  that  of  the  farmers',  except  for  the  co-operative  ownership  in 
the  case  of  the  latter.  In  competition  with  line  elevators,  the 
independent  have  the  advantage  because  they  are  regarded  as  a 
competitive  force  in  sustaining  prices.  Like  the  farmers'  com- 
panies, they  employ  commission  men  to  dispose  of  their  grain 
in  the  primary  market. 

On  reaching  the  primary  market  the  grain  is  sold  on  the  floor 
of  the  exchange,  either  by  the  line  elevator  companies'  repre- 
sentatives, or  by  the  commission  men  acting  for  the  farmers' 
companies,  or  the  independent  elevators.  The  purchasers  are  the 
large  terminal  elevator  companies  or  millers. 

There  are  three  types  of  contract  in  use  when  the  sale  is  to  a 
terminal  elevator  company — the  "  to  arrive "  contract,  the 
"  on  track  "  sale,  and  the  "  in  storej'  sale.  The  terms  are  largely 
self-explanatory.  In  a  "to  arrive^'  sale  the  country  elevator 
sells  large  lots  of  ten  to  one  hundred  thousand  bushels,  undertaking 
to  deliver  within  fifteen  days.  The  wheat  is  then  sent  forward  at 
once  to  the  purchasers  ;  and  the  trouble  of  selling  each  railroad  car 
load  on  its  arrival  is  dispensed  with.  This  is  a  convenient  method 
of  taking  full  advantage  of  temporary  advances  in  the  primary 
market  prices. 

In  an  "  on  track  "  sale  the  wheat  is  sent  forward  from  the 
country  elevator  unsold.  Upon  arrival  in  the  primary  market  it 
is  sold  in  car  lots,  and,  at  the  time  of  sale,  the  railroad  company  is 
given  orders  to  switch  the  cars  to  the  purchaser's  warehouse.  The 
unloading  is  done  under  supervision  of  State  officials,  and  the 
weighing  by  one  of  their  number.  On  this  basis  the  seller  then 
makes  out  his  bill  and  presents  it  for  payment. 

In  an  "  in  store  "  sale  the  wheat  is  not  sold  immediately  on  its 
arrival  in  the  primary  market,  but  is  stored  in  a  terminal 
elevator  company's  store  for  the  account  of  the  country  owner.  All 
public  elevators  are  required  to  accept  grain  for  storage  as  long  as 
any  space  remains ;  and  the  country  elevators  may  use  these  facili- 
ties, on  payment  of  the  storage  charges,  awaiting  more  favourable 
conditions  for  marketing  the  grain.  When  the  grain  is  sold, 
delivery  is  made  by  endorsing  the  elevator  receipt  to  the  purchaser. 

A  line  elevator  company,  having  usually  a  large  capital,  and 
having  always  its  own  direct  representative  on  the  exchange,  is 
not  confronted  with  the  same  difficulties  in  financing  its  business 
as  the  farmers'  elevator  companies  and  the  independent 
elevators,  which  have  to  employ  commission  men.  The  latter 


LEGITIMATE  USES  OF  FUTURES  89 

receive  a  commission  of  so  much  per  bushel  (i  cent  in  case  of 
wheat)  for  their  services,  which  often  include  the  providing  of 
valuable  credit  facilities  for  their  clients.  When  the  independent 
dealers  and  the  farmers'  elevator  companies  send  forward  wheat 
from  their  country  elevators  they  cannot  wait  for  payment  until 
it  is  sold  in  the  primary  market ;  because  their  capital  is  not 
sufficient  to  enable  them  to  purchase  more  grain  without  im- 
mediate payment  for  what  they  have  already  disposed  of.  It  is 
then  the  commission  man  comes  to  the  rescue  by  permitting  them 
to  draw  a  bill  on  him  and  lodge  it,  along  with  the  bill  of  lading  of 
the  wheat,  at  their  local  bank,  which  is  prepared  to  grant  them, 
on  this  security,  the  further  credit  they  require.  In  a  normal 
state  of  the  market  they  may  draw  against  their  commission  men 
up  to  90  per  cent,  of  the  value  of  the  wheat  sent  forward. 

A  more  difficult  situation  arises  for  the  country  elevators  when 
no  railroad  cars  are  available  to  carry  the  wheat  forward  to  the 
primary  market.  They  soon  come  to  the  end  of  their  capital 
resources  and  have  no  further  money  to  pay  for  the  grain  which  is 
still  coming  in  from  the  farmers.  In  such  an  emergency  the 
commission  firms  advance  funds  on  open  account  up  to  a  certain 
amount  without  requiring  bills  of  lading  or  other  security  to  be 
deposited.  When  the  grain  finally  reaches  the  primary  market 
and  is  sold,  these  advances  are,  of  course,  deducted  in  making  the 
settlement. 

Most  of  the  wheat  reaching  the  primary  markets  is  sold  to  the 
large  terminal  elevator  companies  and  to  millers  for  local  use. 
The  latter  is  particularly  the  case  in  Minneapolis,  the  largest  mill- 
ing centre  in  the  world  ;  while  in  Chicago  and  Duluth  by  far  the 
greater  part  finds  its  way  to  the  elevator  companies.  These  com- 
panies own  public  elevators  and  must  accept  grain  for  storage  at 
certain  uniform  rates.  They,  however,  mainly  purchase  outright 
on  the  exchanges  as  already  described,  and  store  the  wheat  until 
they  re-selL  when  convenient.  Much  judgment  is  needed  in 
reaching  a  oecision  when  to  buy  and  when  to  accept  for  store  only, 
on  behalf  of  others.  Normally,  wheat  can  be  bought  in  the 
months  immediately  succeeding  harvest  at  a  price  which  is  less 
than  futures  of  the  months  later  in  the  crop  year  by  just  the 
amount  of  the  carrying  charges  ;  but  outside  factors  often  intervene 
to  spoil  this  harmony. 

As  wheat  is  graded  both  on  being  delivered  to  the  terminal 
elevators  and  on  leaving  them,  it  is  possible  for  the  companies  to 
derive  large  profits  from  mixing  grain  if  they  can  succeed  in 
obtaining,  on  the  whole,  higher  grades  on  the  "  out  inspection  " 
than  on  the ' '  in  inspection."  This  is  regarded  as  a  perfectly  legiti- 
mate proceeding  if  carried  on  under  certain  conditions  ;  and  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  the  services  performed,  such  as  cleaning  the 
grain  when  it  is  in  their  keeping,  clearly  entitle  them  to  some  reward. 


90  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

To  carry  large  quantities  of  wheat  for  several  months 
evidently  requires  considerable  capital,  but  in  addition  to  their 
own  capital  these  companies  borrow  largely  from  the  banks. 
The  very  stringent  rules  governing  the  issue  of  elevator  receipts 
make  these  documents  acceptable  to  the  banks  as  security  ;  and 
the  latter  ordinarily  lend  up  to  quite  90  per  cent,  of  their  market 
value  if  lodged  with  them  as  collateral  security. 

From  the  terminal  elevators  the  wheat  is  sold  to  the  exporter 
or  shipper  who  may  purchase  in  the  primary  markets  or  in  markets 
on  the  sea  board,  such  as  the  New  York  Produce  Exchange  or 
Philadelphia.  In  both  cases  the  procedure  is  identical ;  but  it  is 
desirable,  before  passing  on  to  it,  to  describe  how  hedging  is 
accomplished  by  the  several  interests  through  whose  hands  the 
grain  has  passed  up  to  this  stage. 

When  a  country  elevator  buys  wheat  from  farmers  it  may,  for 
several  reasons,  have  to  wait  some  time  before  passing  the  grain 
on  to  the  primary  market.  It  must  therefore  protect  itself 
against  a  decline  in  price  in  the  meantime.  This  is  done  by 
hedging.  Suppose  5,000  bushels  have  been  bought  for  cash  from 
farmers  shortly  after  harvest,  at  a  tune  when  the  price  in  the 
primary  market  is  $1.20  per  bushel.  An  equivalent  amount  of 
May  futures  is  then  sold  in  the  primary  market ;  and,  as  the  price 
of  May  futures  usually  exceeds  that  of  spot  by  the  cost  of  carrying 
the  wheat  until  May,  their  price  at  that  moment  is  probably  about 
$1.26  per  bushel.  If  the  cash  price  declines  to  fl.lS  when  the 
wheat  is  sent  forward  there  is  a  loss  of  two  points  per  bushel  upon 
the  actual  wheat  held.  But  it  is  extremely  probable  that  a 
similar  drop,  for  precisely  the  same  reasons,  will  take  place  in  the 
price  of  May  wheat.  Accordingly,  the  country  elevator  can  buy 
back  May  futures  at  $1.24,  thus  gaining  on  the  futures  what  it 
lost  on  the  spot  sales.  As  it  had  already  provided  for  its  ordinary 
trade  profit  in  the  difference  between  the  primary  market  price 
( $1.20)  and  the  price  it  paid  the  farmer  (probably  about  $1.10),  it 
has  thus  ensured  itself  against  loss  consequent  on  the  fall  in  price. 
In  an  exactly  similar  manner  it  foregoes  extra  speculative  profit 
arising  out  of  a  possible  advance  in  price,  but  this  self-denial  is  the 
cost  of  the  protection  afforded  by  the  hedging  transaction. 

All  country  elevator  companies  hedge.  In  fact,  the  keeping 
of  their  purchases  properly  hedged  is  an  essential  condition  of  their 
receiving  credit  or  advances  from  the  commission  men. 

What  applies  to  the  country  elevator  companies  applies  with 
equal  force  to  the  terminal  elevator  companies.  They  may  have 
to  hold  large  quantities  of  wheat  for  which  there  is  no  immediate 
demand  by  millers  or  exporters.  They  therefore  run  similar  risk 
of  heavy  loss  owing  to  a  decline  in  price,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  in 
case  of  a  rise  in  price  they  likewise  stand  to  gain.  Even  if 
they  were  inclined  to  speculate  and  take  chances,  the  banks 


LEGITIMATE  USES  OF  FUTURES  91 

would  not  permit  them.  All  wheat  held  by  them  on  which  a  loan 
is  sought  must  be  hedged.  They  are  in  the  business  of  storing 
and  mixing  grain.  The  assumption  of  speculative  risk  is  the 
function  of  another  class. 

Millers  who  sell  flour  in  advance  also  find  it  advantageous  to 
hedge.  If  a  miller  in  August  enters  into  a  contract  to  supply  flour 
in  January,  he  will  require  the  wheat  in  November  and  December. 
He  therefore  bases  his  price  upon  the  August  price  for  wheat  to  be 
delivered  in  November  or  December  ;  and  at  once  buys  futures  of 
the  latter.  He  thus  gets  the  wheat  at  the  time  he  wants  it  and  at 
a  price  which  assures  him  his  legitimate  milling  profit.  In  this 
case,  futures  are  purchased  to  cover  sales  of  flour  in  advance,  and 
delivery  is  usually  contemplated  by  the  buyer.  If,  however,  a 
special  grade  of  wheat  is  required,  and  one  not  tenderable  in  fulfil- 
ment of  futures  contract,  the  miller  sells  his  futures  and  purchases 
his  requirements  in  the  spot  market.  The  fact  that  prices  of  the 
various  grades  of  wheat  always  move  in  the  same  direction  makes 
a  hedge  in  the  contract  grade  an  adequate  protection,  even  if  it  is 
another  grade  that  is  required. 

The  exporter  is  often  in  a  position  similar  to  that  of  the 
terminal  elevator  companies  in  having  to  buy  up  large  quantities 
of  wheat  and  hold  it  for  longer  or  shorter  periods.  To  quote  a 
leading  American  exporter  1 — 

"  From  an  export  or  milling  standpoint  you  cannot  always  buy 
the  grain  you  need  in  the  exact  position  desired  ;  it  must  be  bought 
when  there,  and,  perhaps,  at  that  moment  foreign  markets  or 
domestic  flour  markets  are  not  in  line  to  buy  the  product  the  same 
day  ;  in  which  case  we  use  the  hedge  in  the  market  to  guard  against 
any  material  fluctuation  in  the  price  basis  while  we  are  awaiting  a 
market  for  the  actual  wheat.  As  a  rule,  these  hedges  would  be 
placed  as  far  off  as  possible,  because  in  normal  markets  the  far  off 
hedges  can  usually  be  sold  at  a  premium  over  the  cash  price,  thus  in  a 
measure  getting  back  the  expense  of  storing,  insurance,  and  interest." 

The  following  extract  from  The  Market  Reporter  2  of  June  n, 
1921,  is  of  interest,  for  it  points  out  another  aspect  of  the 
exporter's  work — 

"  A  fair  export  business  in  new  crop  wheat  for  shipment  up  to 
September  has  been  reported.  The  September  future  has  been  the 
basis  for  export  transactions  since  trading  for  delivery  in  that  month 
began.  That  is,  exporters  have  sold  wheat  for  export  for  deferred 
shipment  and  at  the  same  time  bought  the  September  future  as  a 
hedge." 

The  wheat  trade  in  Canada  is  regulated  by  the  Dominion 
Government  under  the  Canada  Grain  Act  of  1912,  and,  in  a  general 

1  Mr.  J.  H.  Barnes,  former  President,  Duluth,  Board  of  Trade. 
8  The  official  weekly  publication  of  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  Bureau  of  Markets  and  Crop  Estimates. 


92  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

way,  Canadian  methods  resemble  those  of  the  United  States.1 
The  later  development,  however,  of  the  Manitoba  wheat -fields 
has  enabled  American  experience  to  be  drawn  on,  and  many 
improvements  to  be  introduced  from  the  very  outset  in  Canada, 
which  even  now  are  still  under  discussion  elsewhere.  For  the 
purposes  of  the  trade,  two  divisions  are  made,  the  eastern  and  the 
western.  The  former  comprises  the  maritime  provinces  of  the 
Atlantic,  Quebec,  and  that  part  of  Ontario  east  of  Port  Arthur. 
The  latter  comprises  the  remainder  of  the  Dominion,  including  the 
city  of  Port  Arthur.  The  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange  is  the  only 
important  grain  market  in  the  Dominion. 

The  country  elevators  in  Canada  are  now  mainly  owned  and 
operated  by  large  farmers'  co-operative  companies,  though  many 
still  belong  to  ordinary  commercial  companies.  From  the  country 
elevators,  the  wheat  passes  on  to  "  public  "  or  "  eastern  "  elevators 
after  inspection  and  grading.  Thence  it  is  sent  forward  to 
"  terminal  "  2  elevators,  where  it  is  graded  again  on  both  entrance 
and  exit.  From  them  it  passes  to  the  exporter  or  miller.  The 
Dominion  Government  may  itself  erect  and  operate  terminal 
gram  elevators  under  the  Canada  Grain  Act ;  and  the  wide  powers 
of  inspection  possessed  by  it  ensure  complete  control  over  those 
in  use  that  it  has  not  yet  taken  over.  There  are  also  "  hospital  " 
elevators  for  the  cleaning  and  special  treatment  of  rejected  or 
damaged  grain,  and  "  mill "  elevators  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 
grain  products  in  the  western  division. 

Though  the  prosperity  of  Canada  is  now  largely  dependent  on 
the  progress  of  the  western  grain  trade,  it  is  a  trade  of  very  recent 
origin  ;  for  it  was  not  until  1884  that  wheat  was  exported  from 
provinces  other  than  Ontario.  The  great  distances  to  the  Canadian 
Atlantic  ports,  the  poor  f acilities  provided  by  them  for  handling 
grain  in  the  early  days  of  the  trade,  and  the  smaller  and  less  varied 
trade  at  those  ports  than  at  those  of  the  United  States  all  com- 
bined to  divert  the  export  trade  to  American  ports  ;  and  it  is  only 
comparatively  recently  that  attempts  to  keep  the  trade  altogether 
in  Canadian  territory  3  have  met  with  a  measure  of  success. 

Tariffs  for  a  time  prevented  trade  in  wheat  between  Canada 
and  the  United  States  itself,  and  Canadian  wheat  passed  in  bond  to 
United  States  ports.  This  is  still  largely  the  case,  not  withstanding 

1  For  detailed  description  two  recent  publications  may  be  consulted  :  the 
Stewart- Riddell  Report  to  the  Government  of  Saskatchewan  on  Wheat  Mar- 
keting, Regina,  1921  ;    and  the  Report  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange, 
September  10,  1921. 

2  So-called  because,  there,  all  government  grading  and  inspection  ceases. 

3  See   Porritt,    "  Canada's  National  Grain   Route,"   Political   Science 
Quarterly,  vol.    xxxiii.  pp.    344-77.     Report    of  Trial  Shipment  of  Bulk 
Wheat  from    Vancouver  via  the  Panama  Canal  to  the    United  Kingdom, 
Department  of  Trade  and  Commerce,  1918.     Report  on  the  Grain  Trade 
of 'Canada,  1920,  p.  8. 


LEGITIMATE  USES  OF  FUTURES  93 

the  absence  now  of  any  tariff  restrictions,  probably  in  order  to 
maintain  identity  and  Canadian  grades ;  and  dealings  in  Canadian 
wheat  futures  are  not  common  on  the  American  exchanges.  Yet 
they  do  occur,  and  in  1912  rules  were  drawn  up  by  the  New  York 
Produce  Exchange  for  their  control.  Bonded  wheat  at  the  port 
of  New  York  is  always  Canadian  grown,  and  offers  to  buy  it  or 
sell  it  for  future  delivery  must  be  made  in  lots  of  5,000  bushels  or 
multiples  thereof.  The  four  statutory  grades  of  Manitoba  spring 
wheat  are  deliverable  on  these  contracts — No.  i  Northern,  with- 
out either  premium  or  discount,  No.  i  Hard  (the  wheat  which 
gave  Manitoba  its  fame)  at  a  premium  of  i  cent  per  bushel,  No.  2 
and  No.  3  Northern  at  discounts  of  3  and  8  cents  per  bushel 
respectively.  These  premiums  and  discounts,  of  course,  may  be 
changed  so  as  to  conform  to  any  change  made  in  premiums  or 
discounts  in  the  Canadian  markets.  The  direct  trade  between 
the  two  countries  is  normally  small ;  but  there  was  a  marked 
increase  in  1920, l  there  being  heavy  exports  of  old  wheat  from 
the  United  States  to  Canada  between  May  and  August  (the  last 
four  months  of  the  crop  year)  and  large  imports  from  Canada  of 
the  new  crop  in  October  and  November.  Much  of  the  American 
wheat  sent  to  Canada  is  re-exported. 

An  American  or  Canadian  exporter  of  wheat  buys  largely  in 
the  primary  markets  of  the  United  States  and  in  Winnipeg,  and 
sells  through  brokers  on  the  exchanges  of  the  United  Kingdom 
and  the  Continent.  His  offers  are  cabled  in  the  afternoon  of  one  day 
and  the  acceptances  are  received  by  him  the  following  morning 
with  the  names  of  the  purchasers  and  shipping  directions.  He  then 
contracts  for  ocean  freight  to  the  amount  needed,  whether  the 
sale  is  for  immediate  or  future  shipment.  This  he  can  do  on  the 
exchange,  because  shipowners  are  represented  there.  It  is  in 
connection  with  this  item  that  he  has  to  exercise  the  greatest  care  ; 
for  freight  rates  are  subject  to  considerable  fluctuation,  against 
which  no  protection  that  is  adequate  can  readily  be  obtained. 

When  details  are  arranged  the  exporter  draws  a  bill  against 
the  purchaser,  and  payment  is  obtained  just  as  in  any  ordinary 
import  and  export  transaction.  Many  considerations  weigh  with 
such  a  dealer  in  fixing  the  price  at  which  he  can  sell,  such  as  the 
price  at  which  he  has  bought,  the  rate  of  exchange  between  New 
York  and  foreign  centres,  freight,  insurance,  broker's  commission, 
and  so  on.  During  the  time  he  holds  grain  awaiting  shipment  he 
hedges  in  the  usual  manner. 

In  addition  to  his  own  export  business,  an  American  exporter 
in  the  seaboard  market  may  act  as  agent  for  an  exporter  in  a 
primary  market,  or  for  Canadian  exporters  who  have  to  use 
American  ports.  In  some  cases,  too,  he  may  act  as  representative 

1  See  Bradstreet's,  January  i,  1921.  This  increase  is  being  maintained 
in  1921. 


94  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

of  a  Liverpool    or  Continental  importer.     For  all  these  extra 
duties  he  is  remunerated  on  the' basis  of  an  agreed  commission. 

The  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited,  now  provides  the 
only  marketer J ului£siiL.wheat  in  Europe.  Its  form  of  contract  1 
permits  trie  tendering  of  a  fairly  large  number  of  grades  or  types. 
This  is  of  distinct  advantage  to  millers  and  others  who  use  Liver- 
pool grain  futures  as  hedges  ;  for  the  professional  gambler  is  not 
so  common  there  as  on  the  America  Exchanges,  and  futures 
are  consequently  more  often  used  for  their  legitimate  function. 

The  Liverpool  method  of  making  allowances  for  differences 
between  the  tenderable  grades  is  a  variant  of  the  method  of  fixed 
differences  usual  in  America.  Each  tenderable  variety  must  weigh 
so  many  pounds  per  imperial  bushel  at  the  time  of  grading  ;  and 
this  basis  of  weight  is  altered  with  the  grade.  For  instance, 
Northern  Spring  wheat,  grown  in  the  United  States,  is  tenderable 
with  basis  of  weight  59  Ib. ;  while  American  Hard  Winter  wheat 
must  have  basis  60 J  Ib.,  and  so  on.  In  addition,  mutual 
allowances  for  superiority  or  inferiority  of  grade  may  be  permtted, 
provided  they  do  not  exceed  one  penny  per  cental  (100  Ib.) . 

The  general  principles  underlying  hedging  in  the  Liverpool 
grain  market  are  not  different  from  those  already  discussed  in 
connection  with  hedging  operations  in  the  other  grain  markets 
and  in  the  cotton  market.  Since  Liverpool  is  second  only  in  im- 
portance to  Minneapolis  as  a  flour  milling  centre,  it  is  natural  to 
expect  that  most  of  the  hedging  there  is  done  by  millers.  This  is 
accomplished  in  two  ways,  one  of  which  has  been  referred  to  before 
as  the  normal  way  of  the  American  miller.  The  other,  the  method 
of  which  is  not  uncommon  in  America  also,  consists  in  buying 
specific  lots  directfrom  foreign  exporters,  through  agents  on  the 
spot,  and  the^sdiffiglmmedialaly  in  Liverpooi~alT  equal  quantity 
of  wheat  (Liverpool  grade)  foToelivery  aT~a1rcmt  the  time  the 
cargo  is  due  to  arrive.  If  the  price  falls  in  the  interval,  the 
miller's  output  from  this  newly  arrived  wheat  will  have  to  com- 
pete with  flour  made  from  cheaper  wheat ;  but  in  return  for  the 
loss  so  experienced  there  will  be  a  corresponding  profit  on  the 
futures  sold,  for  they  can  be  bought  back  at  a  lower  price. 
Similarly,  if  prices  advance  in  the  interval,  what  is  gained  from 
the  resultant  advance  in  flour  is  lost  on  the  re-purchase  of  the 
futures.  Of  course,  the  balance  of  loss  and  gain  will  not  be  exact 
in  either  case  ;  for,  just  as  with  cotton,  there  may  be  divergences 
between  the  price  movements  of  the  standard  grade  and  those  of 
the  grades  the  miller  requires.  These,  however,  are  seldom  great, 
and  hedging  in  this  manner  is  an  almost  perfect  insurance. 

If  these  two  methods  of  hedging  were  practised  equally  on  the 
same  exchange,  the  resulting  risks  would  largely  cancel  one 
another,  leaving  very  little  to  be  borne  by  the  professional 

1  See  Appendix  IV. 


LEGITIMATE  USES  OF  FUTURES  95 

speculative  element  in  the  market.  But,  on  the  whole,  it  would 
seem  that  there  are  fairly  cogent  reasons  why  millers  should 
prefer  the  first  method,  and  ensure  getting  what  they  need  by 
first  buying  futures  on  the  exchange  and  then  invoicing  them 
back,  or  selling  them  (to  buy  the  grades  they  need  in  the  spot 
market),  rather  than  by  entering  into  contracts  for  the  future 
delivery  of  specific  lots.  Contracts  of  the  latter  kind  are  difficult 
to  conclude  and  uncertain  as  regards  fulfilment.  Moreover,  the 
high  degree  of  perfection  to  which  British  milling  has  attained,1 
and  the  very  great  variety  of  wheats  offered  at  any  moment  in 
the  Liverpool  spot  market,  make  it  easy  for  a  miller  to  obtain  a 
choice  of  several  groupings  of  grades,  any  one  of  which  will  give 
him  the  result  he  requires.  Therefore,  if  he  purchases  futures 
apportioned  to  the  times  when  he  needs  wheat,  he  obtains  com- 
mand of  the  requisite  funds  at  the  proper  moment ;  and  he  can 
buy,  after  inspection,  one  of  the  combinations  of  varieties  suited 
to  his  purpose.  Incidentally,  he  can  take  advantage  of  possible 
fluctuations  in  the  relative  current  prices  of  the  various  sorts,  and 
can  select  that  combination  which  gives  him  a  greater  profit  than 
the  others  open  to  him  at  the  moment. 

The  practice  of  hedging,  therefore,  is  universal  in  the  cotton 
and  wheat  trades.  Merchants  rarely  or  never  take  up  uncovered 
positions,  and  not  to  hedge  is  to  be  a  speculator  or  a  gambler  of  a 
reckless  kind.  More  than  ninety  per  cent,  of  the  holdings  in  the 
great  wheat  elevators  in  the  primary  markets  of  the  United  States, 
and  in  the  Canadian  elevators  also,  are  protected  in  this  way ; 
and  nine-tenths  of  all  the  cotton  shipped  from  America  to  the 
Mersey  is  sold  against  either  in  New  York  or  in  Liverpool. 

To  sum  up,  then,  in  brief,  the  case  f orjutures  dealing,  it  would 
seem  that,  in  the  first  place,  it  f a^clKges~the_banks  in_financing   / , 
the  movement  of  produce ;  because  it  increases_the  security  for 
loans,  and^jxjTthe  liquldity^ljhe^^urity,  since  there  is  always 
a  market  forlutures.  "  More7>ver7iFpe7mrls  those  engaged  in  crop 
movement  to  work  with  considerably  less  capital  than  they  would  *-  • 
otherwise  require. 

In  the  second  place,  it  is  advantageous  to  these  latter  interests 
in  another  way ;  for  ^enables  them  tp^  insure  against  thejrisk  of  fy* 
price_fluctuations,  and  thus  to  trajJe'onji  smaller  mar^Q^fprofit. 

Finally,  it  is  advanfa^^u^~to~EIie~^)roducer  because  it  frees  j. 
him  from  the  risk  of  price  fluctuations  which,  otherwise,  would  be 
thrust  upon  him.    At  the  same  time,  it  secures  him  more  com-  */. 
petition  for  his  produce,  and  thus  reduces  his  marketing  costs. 
Wheat  anH  cotton  are,  in  consequence,  marketed  at  less  cost  to 
the  farmer  than  the  other  farm  products  which  are  not  the  subject 
of  dealings  in  futures. 

1  See  Hubback,  "  Some  Aspects  of  International  Wheat  Trade,"  Eco- 
nomic Journal,  vol.  xxi.  pp.  121-31. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THE   WORK   OF   THE   EXPERT   SPECULATOR 

EXPERT  risk  taking,  or  professional  speculation,  the  existence  of 
which  is  necessary  for  successful  hedging  on  the  part  of  genuine 
traders  in  the  organised  produce  markets,  is  a  comparatively 
recent  development,  owing  its  growth  to  the  new  economic  con- 
ditions of  the  last  half  century.  The  increase  of  large  scale  pro- 
duction in  industry,  with  its  accompanying  concentration  of 
population,  rendered  more  difficult  the  problem  of  equal  distribu- 
tion in  time  of  the  main  staples  of  commerce.  This  could  only  be 
solved  by  a  very  systematically  developed  process  of  exchange 
under  which  changes  in  value  inevitably  assumed  an  importance 
they  had  hitherto  lacked.  It  is  in  connection  with  these  fluctua- 
tions that  the  new  class  of  speculator  originated  ;  and  the  service 
it  renders, to  society  is  that  of  bearing  risks  incident  to  changes 
in  value  /In  other  words,  trading  risks. 

In  a  primitive  state  of  society  agriculture  was  attended  by 
the  risk  of  failure  of  crops.  As  long  as  the  community  sought  to 
produce  only  just  enough  for  its  own  support,  the  risk  run  was 
the  simple  one  of  failure.  It  was  not  until  it  began  to  raise  more 
corn  than  was  needed  for  its  own  use,  in  the  hope  of  exchanging 
the  surplus  for  other  commodities,  that  the  risk  became  of  quite 
another  kind.  Crops  might  be  produced  in  all  the  abundance 
desired ;  but,  unless  there  were  others  who  wanted  the  surplus,  and 
had,  in  turn,  a  surplus  of  other  commodities  to  offer,  it  would 
profit  the  community  nothing.  In  other  words,  the  production 
of  a  surplus  with  a  view  to  exchange  gave  rise  to  a  new  risk — 
trade  risk.  The  corn  produced  might  not  be  of  the  value  ex- 
pected, and,  in  so  far  as  the  risk  of  this  possibility  was  assumed, 
the  community  speculated. 

So  long  as  society  remained  in  a  simple  state  of  organisation, 
producer  and  trader  were  one  and  the  same  person  who  bore  the 
double  risk  of  production  and  of  trade.  In  the  case  of  some  com- 
modities this  condition  lasted  during  a  considerable  period ;  but 
in  the  case  of  others  there  soon  arose  a  distinct  trading  class,  who 
bought  to  sell  again,  with  a  view  to  making  a  profit  on  the  trans- 
action. Such  a  class  is  not  necessary  for  exchange,  and  some 

96 


THE   WORK   OF   THE   EXPERT   SPECULATOR      97 

business  is  still  done  without  the  trader  intervening,  but  no  large 
development  of  exchange  of  goods  is  possible  until  such  a  class 
arises  and  the  trader  becomes  differentiated  from  the  producer.1 
This  new  class  soon  became  ready  to  take  over  at  any  time  the 
surplus  product  of  the  producer  class  and  to  arrange  for  its 
exchange  when  possible.  Thus,  it  took  over  the  trading  risks  of 
a  change  in  value  from  the  producers  and  became  the  speculating 
class  in  the  community. 

As  men  gave  up  the  idea  of  producing  only  for  their  own 
consumption,  the  market  for  the  exchange  of  goods  became  more 
steady  and  the  growth  of  intercourse  among  traders  tended  to 
lessen  the  risks  they  were  assuming.  The  rise  of  great  centres  of 
trade  and  special  markets,  the  gathering  of  traders  at  important 
fairs,  and  their  constant  meetings  at  smaller  centres,  all  in- 
creased the  knowledge  of  market  conditions,  and  diminished  the 
risks  of  fluctuation  in  value.  Moreover,  the  special  organisations 
formed  by  merchants  (the  forerunners  of  the  modern  exchanges) 
brought  together  the  leading  traders  and  helped  to  spread  in- 
formation through  a  wider  group.  By  these  means  trading  risks 
were  lessened,  merely  local  influences  discounted,  and  moderate 
profits  assured  to  the  ordinary  trader  under  ordinary  circum- 
stances. 

In  the  case  of  agricultural  products,  the  supply  of  which 
depends  on  conditions  of  climate  and  weather  which  cannot  be 
controlled,  and  also  in  the  case  of  goods  from  distant  sources  of 
supply,  there  always  remains  the  possibility  of  an  unexpected 
gain  or  loss  far  greater  than  is  at  the  basis  of  trade  in  other  com- 
modities. This  larger  risk  was  beyond  the  ability  of  the  average 
trader  to  assume ;  and  in  the  course  of  time  there  appeared  a 
tendency  for  middlemen  to  divide  into  grades,  and  a  distinction 
sprang  up  between  wholesale  and  retail  dealers.  When  this 
happened  the  risks  were  borne  chiefly  by  the  wholesale  merchants ; 
for  the  retailers  dealt  in  small  quantities,  and,  having  only  a  local 
demand  to  cope  with,  had  little  or  nothing  to  fear  from  sudden 
changes  in  supply.  The  chief  economic  functions,  therefore,  of 
the  trade  were  fulfilled  by  the  wholesale  dealers  who  had  to  develop 
large  centres  of  supply  with  facilities  for  storage,  and  who  acquired 
a  detailed  knowledge  of  the  needs  of  each  locality,  and  undertook 
to  estimate  future  conditions  with  a  high  degree  of  accurac}^. 
Such  is  the  existing  system  of  trade  in  several  commodities 
to-day. 

Before  the  development  of  transport  and  of  telegraphic  com- 
munication, the  important  markets  of  the  world  were,  on  the  whole, 

1  See  Fuchs,  Der  Waren-Terminhandel,  Part  III,  and  for  the  whole 
question  of  the  historical  development  of  trade  and  commerce,  Schonberg, 
Handbuch,  vol.  ii,  article  "  Handel  "  by  Lexis,  and  the  writings  of  Schmoller 
and  Lexis  elsewhere. 

B 


98  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

independent  of  one  another.  Of  course,  the  output  at  the  sources 
of  supply  ultimately  affected  value  everywhere ;  but  conditions 
changed  so  much  more  rapidly  than  news  could  be  carried  that, 
except  over  long  periods,  it  was  the  supply  and  demand  within 
each  limited  area  that  regulated  the  prices  for  that  part.  Con- 
sequently, even  the  large  wholesale  merchants  were  concerned 
only  with  local  conditions  ;  and  they  bore  as  part  of  their  ordinary 
business  such  speculative  risks  as  arose  from  the  fluctuations  in 
price. 

After  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  all  this  was 
changed.  Markets  no  longer  were  influenced  by  local  conditions 
only,  and  prices  no  longer  depended  on  the  stores  in  one  centre 
or  even  on  the  crop  of  one  single  country.  The  supplies  of  wheat, 
for  example,  known  to  be  in  existence  in  any  quarter  of  the  world, 
influence  the  price  in  the  Liverpool  /market ;  and  news  of  good  or 
bad  crops  anywhere  is  at  once  reflected  in  a  universal  change  in 
value.  The  wheat  market  has  ceased  to  be  local.  It  has  become 
a  world  market. 

This  new  development,  especially  in  the  case  of  wheat  and 
cotton,  has  brought  about  a  single  price  at  any  moment  in  all  the 
local  markets,  which  are  now  linked  together  in  one  single  world 
market.  Fluctuations  in  price  are,  therefore,  no  longer  dependent 
on  local  scarcity  or  abundance,  but  on  world-wide  connections 
and  distant  conditions  which  no  merchant,  however  well  he  knows 
his  own  local  market,  can  study  sufficiently  to  justify  him  assuming 
the  new  speculative  risks  caused  thereby.  He  is  primarily  con- 
cerned with  buying,  storing  and  moving  actual  commodities  ;  and 
he  has  little  time  left  to  watch  the  ever-changing  state  of  the 
world  market. 

The  need  for  a  distinct  group  prepared  to  relieve  the  merchant 
of  the  speculative  element  of  his  business  has  been  met  by  making 
sharper  the  growing  differentiation  between  the  trading  element 
and  the  element  that  was  becoming  more  interested  in  speculation 
than  in  business  proper.  The  latter  began  to  assume  the  new 
risks  by  being  prepared  to  take  over  from,  and  equally  at  any 
moment  to  deliver  supplies  to,  the  merchant  at  an  established 
market  price.  Thus,  speculation  has  become  the  business  of  a 
special  group  and  the  speculators,  instead  of  seeking  their  own 
markets  and  moving  their  own  goods,  are  a  new  class  distinct 
from  both  producers  and  merchants.  "  Whereas  formerly  each 
man  bore  his  own  risks,  the  new  class  has  arisen  to  relieve  him  of 
these  risks ;  instead  of  all  traders  speculating  a  little,  a  special 
class  speculates  much."  I 

From  an  individual  point  of  view,  therefore,  the  class  of 
expert  speculators  is  that  group  which  seeks  to  forecast  changes 

1  Emery,  Speculation  on  the  Stock  and  Produce  Exchanges  of  the  United 
States,  .p.  100. 


THE  WORK  OF  THE  EXPERT   SPECULATOR      99 

in  value,  and  buys  and  sells  accordingly,  with  the  intention  of 
securing  as  profit  the  difference  between  the  two  prices.  From 
the  point  of  view  of  the  genuine  dealer  it  is  that  group  in  his 
market  which  assumes  the  main  risk  of  changes  in  value  of  the 
produce  as  it  passes  from  producer  to  consumer.  It  is  a  kind  of 
commercial  scouting  party  sent  ahead  to  discover  and  report 
changes  hi  value,  and  thus  to  direct  trade  into  those  channels 
along  which  the  greatest  efficiency  requires  it  to  run. 

The  fact  that,  like  gambling,  speculation  depends  on  uncer- 
tainties, tends  to  cause  the  two  words  to  be  used  indiscriminately, 
in  referring  to  the  produce  exchanges,  by  those  who  wish  to  forbid 
dealings  in  futures  altogether.  Whether  the  two  terms  are  inter- 
changeable, or  whether  intent  or  purpose  is  a  sufficient  criterion 
whereby  to  distinguish  between  them,  is  open  to  question ; 1  but 
there  is  one  point  always  to  be  borne  in  mind  in  this  connection. 
In  form  there  is  no  difference  between  a  contract  entered  into  by  a 
speculator  and  one  entered  into  by  a  merchant  who  contemplates 
actually  to  make,  or  to  receive,  future  delivery  of  the  produce. 
Both  incur  the  duties  and  acquire  the  rights  of  holders  of  property. 
Delivery  in  every  case  may  be  tendered  or  demanded ;  and  due 
provision  is  made  on  all  exchanges  for  cases  of  failure  of  either 
party  to  fulfil  the  terms  of  the  contract.  In  gambling,  on  the 
other  hand,  there  is  no  similar  acquisition  of  legal  rights  or  duties. 
One  party  must  lose  what  the  other  wins ;  and  the  case  is  not  at 
all  analogous  to  that  of  a  sale  of  wheat,  for  example,  by  a  middle- 
man speculator,  at  an  increased  price.  In  the  latter  instance 
there  has  been  an  actual  increase  in  value  to  which  probably  the 
speculator  has  contributed  by  the  responsibilities  he  shouldered 
during  the  short  time  he  has  had  constructive  legal  possession. 

Again,  the  detailed  nature  of  the  work  done  by  the  speculator 
sufficiently  far  removes  it  from  the  realms  of  the  mere  staking  of 
money  on  the  artificially  created  risks  of  some  chance  event. 
Using  the  collection  of  trade  information  and  crop  reports  avail- 
able, he  has  to  exercise  his  judgment  thereon  in  the  form  of  actual 
transactions,  and  thus  convey  this  information  to  the  general 
public  in  the  only  way  in  which  an  impression  can  be  made,  that 
is,  by  an  alteration  in  the  price  quoted.  By  this  means  the  effect 
of  a  short  or  of  a  particularly  good  crop  is  discounted  weeks  in 
advance ;  and,  when  the  bad  or  good  news  has  become  generally 
known,  its  influence  on  the  market  price  is  apparently  slight. 
The  speculators  have  already  discounted  the  news,  and  the  market 
has  already  adjusted  itself  to  the  actual  conditions.  "  With  this 
body  of  keen  experts  striving  "  by  every  means  "  to  discover  and 
to  foresee  every  event  bearing  on  values,  speculation  has  been 

1  See  Hadley,  Economics,  p.  no,  and  MacCulloch,  Principles  of  Political 
Economy,  also  Report  of  Hughes  Committee,  referred  to  later  in  this 
chapter. 


ioo  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

well  defined  as  the  struggle  of  the   well-equipped  intelligence 
against  the  rough  power  of  chance."  1 

fAn  expert  speculator  may  either  buy  futures  with  the  hope  of 
making  a  profit  byre-selling  at  a  higher  price;  or  he  may  sell  futures 
with  the  hope  of  making  a  profit  by  buying  in  at  a  reduced  price. 
Those  who  trade  for  a  rise  are  called  "  bulls/'  and  are  said  to  be 
"  long  on  the  commodity,"  or  "  on  the  long  side  of  the  market." 
If  their  expectations  are  realised  and  the  price  does  go  up,  they 
sell  out  and  are  said  to  "  unload  "  or  "  liquidate  "  or  "  realise/' 
and  take  their  profits.  Those  who  trade  for  a  fall  are  called 
"  bears,"  and  if  they  do  not  have  the  commodities  at  the  time 
they  sell  they  are  said  to  "  sell  short,"  or  "  to  make  a  short  sale." 
If  their  expectations  are  realised  and  the  price  falls,  they  are  said 
to  "  cover  "  their  short  sales  by  making  a  purchase  of  the  same 
amount  deliverable  at  the  same  time. 

It  may  happen  that  a  seller  of  wheat  (or  other  commodity),  on 
an  exchange,  for  future  delivery  has  the  actual  grain  in  his  posses- 
sion, and  is  therefore  protecting  it  by  hedging,  and  is  not  a  specu- 
lative short  seller  at  all.  Yet,  so  far  as  the  market  for  futures  is 
concerned,  he  appears  as  a  short  seller ;  for  in  a  sale  for  future 
delivery  there  is  no  way  of  telling  whether  the  grain  is  in  the 
hands  of  the  seller  or  not.  Investigation  shows  that  a  fair  pro- 
portion of  the  sales  of  futures  on  all  the  exchanges  are  purely 
speculative  short  sale- 

Every  seller  for  rature  delivery  must  contemplate  actual 
delivery  in  the  period  named  in  the  contract,  and  similarly  every 
buyer  must  contemplate  actual  receipt ;  but  the  aggregate  amount 
of  the  commodity  represented  by  purchases  and  sales  for  future 
delivery  vastly  exceeds  the  amount  actually  delivered.  The 
annual  American  cotton  crop,  for  instance,  is  said  to  be  sold  from 
twenty  to  forty  times  over  on  the  cotton  exchanges,  and  the  same 
applies  to  wheat.  This  is  because  the  commodity  is  bought  and 
sold  over  and  over  again  for  future  delivery  a  great  many  times 
before  the  month  of  delivery  arrives.2  When  a  dealer  buys 

1  Emery,  op.  cit.,  p.  117,  translated  from  Cohn,  System  der  Finanzwis- 
senschaft,  p.  463. 

2  The  number  of  futures  transactions  in  comparison  with  the  actual 
grain  handled  on  an  exchange  may  also  be  increased  in  one  or  more  of  the 
following  ways : — 

(a)  Wheat  stored  in  elevators  in  October,  for  example,  is  sold  against 
in  the  futures  market  for  a  certain  delivery.     It  is  found  necessary  very 
often  to  change  the  delivery  period,  every  month  perhaps,  as  the  storage 
continues.     Every  such  change  of  hedge  from  one  delivery  month  to  another 
is  a  new  transaction  in  futures,  even  though  there  is  no  change  of  ownership 
of  the  grain. 

(b)  Hedging   in   distant   markets   may   be   practised.     Grain   moving 
from  Australia  to  Hamburg,  for  example,  "may  be  sold  against  in  Liverpool 
or  Chicago  or  Winnipeg. 

(c)  Transfer  of  hedges  may  also  take  place.     A  holder  may  sell  out 


THE   WORK   OF  THE   EXPERT    SPECULATOR  ;  xoj 

1,000  bales  of  cotton  or  5,000  centals  of  wheat  as  a  speculation 
he  may  re-sell  it  within  an  hour  or  two  at  a  small  profit  per  Ib. 
or  per  centaLJ  The  dealings  of  a  single  trader  may  thus  amount 
in  the  course  of  one  day  to  a  very  large  number  of  bales  or  centals. 
It  is  this  constant  buying  and  selling  that  makes  the  "  con- 
tinuous "  market  which  is  such  a  necessary  feature  of  the  exchanges 
for  those  merchants  who  wish  to  hedge,  and  which  accounts  for 
that  very  large  volume  of  dealing  in  futures  which  is  so  often  the 
subject  of  adverse  comment  by  those  who  consider  legitimate 
speculation  to  be  gambling.  It  is  by  this  continual  interchange 
that  price  is  adjusted  to  supply  and  demand ;  and  the  larger  the 
volume  of  futures  handled  in  any  one  market,  the  more  delicate 
is  the  adjustment  to  the  influences  that  ought  to  help  in  its 
det  er  mination . 

'The  method  by  which  futures  are  largely  cancelled  one  by 
another  has  been  already  referred  to  in  the  discussion  on  clearing 
houses.  By  this  means  hundreds  of  contracts  involving  exceed- 
ingly large  amounts  of  produce  disappear,  leaving  very  few  over 
to  be  carried  out  by  the  actual  delivery  of  produce.  Even  these 
are  only  terminated  by  delivery  when  there  is  a  strong  desire  on 
the  part  of  the  buyers  to  receive  produce.  The  fact  is,  such 
contracts  are  not  permitted  to  run  on  to  their  delivery  periods 
unless  the  buyer  has  purchased  with  that  intention.  The  specu- 
lator constantly  balances  up,  in  some  markets  so  frequently  that 
he  is  rarely  long  or  short,  even  from  one  day  to  the  following.  It 
is  only  those  who  actually  wish  to  deliver  who  remain  short  until 
the  delivery  period,  and  only  those  who  really  desire  produce  to  be 
delivered  to  them  that  remain  on  the  long  side  of  the  market^ 

It  has  sometimes  been  advocated,  by  those  who  wish  to  curtail 
what  they  consider  to  be  the  gambling  element  on  the  exchanges, 
that  dealing  in  futures  should  take  place  only  in  connection  with 
hedging  transactions,  and  that  speculation  unconnected  with  the 
protection  of  actual  transactions,  but  merely  with  the  object  of 
obtaining  profits  from  price  fluctuations,  should  be  prohibited.1 
This  is  hardly  practicable,  and,  even  if  it  were,  it  would  so  narrow 
and  cripple  the  market  for  futures  as  to  destroy  its  efficiency  for 
hedging  purposes.  Apart  from  the  difficulty  of  determining  the 
meaning  of  orders  from  outside  markets,  and  much  hedging  is 
done  in  distant  markets,  it  would  be  impossible,  even  in  the  case 
of  contracts  concluded  within  a  single  market,  to  ascertain 
whether  the  buyer  or  seller,  or  both,  were  hedging  or  speculating. 
Moreover,  the  trouble  of  finding  at  any  one  moment  when  a  dealer 
requires,  say,  10,000  bales  of  cotton  as  a  hedge,  a  person  or  persons 

futures  in  Liverpool  and  buy  an  equal  amount  in  Chicago  or  Winnipeg. 
Certain  market  conditions  might  render  this  desirable. 

Similar  considerations  hold  good  in  the  case  of  cotton. 

1  By  legislation  similar  to  the  Capper-Tincher  Act,  Appendix  I. 


X02  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

who  wish  to  sell  in  the  aggregate  just  10,000  bales  as  a  hedge 
would  be  serious.  Such  a  condition  might  exist  once  in  a  while, 
but  it  is  highly  improbable  that,  as  a  rule,  the  wants  of  hedgers 
would  exactly  offset  one  another  during  business  hours  from  day 
to  day.  Indeed,  it  is  certain  that  this  rarely  happens ;  for  hedging 
sales  at  one  time  of  the  year  exceed  hedging  purchases,  and  the 
opposite  is  true  at  another  time.  When  produce  is  being  collected 
in  warehouses  and  elevators  during  the  autumn,  hedging  sales, 
many  in  number,  have  to  be  made  ;  while,  later  in  the  crop  year,  as 
the  stores  diminish,  the  volume  of  hedging  purchases  is  the  greater. 
Cotton  spinners  and  millers  do  perhaps  distribute  their  hedging 
purchases  with  some  approach  to  uniformity  all  the  year  round ; 
but  they  constitute  only  a  portion  of  the  whole  market.  The 
market  for  hedging  transactions  is,  therefore,  dependent  on  the 
existence  of  the  expert  speculator.  He  is  ever  ready  to  buy  and 
to  sell,  stepping  in  to  level  up  when  either  buyers  or  sellers  are 
in  demand.  It  is  on  him  that  the  continuity  of  the  market  de- 
pends, without  which  there  could  be  no  means  of  insurance  to  the 
actual  dealer  in  produce.  Hedging  would  be  almost  impossible 
without  him. 

The  bear  speculator  is  one  of  the  strongest  factors  in 
steadying  price  movements,  and  in  obviating  extreme  fluctua- 
tions. It  is  not  that  short  sellers  actually  determine  prices. 
All  they  do  is  simply,  by  the  act  of  selling,  to  express  their 
judgment  as  to  what  prices  will  be  in  the  future.  If  they  are 
mistaken,  they  pay  the  penalty  for  their  errors  of  judgment,  by 
having  to  enter  the  market  and  buy  at  higher  prices.  Most 
people  are  unduly  optimistic ;  and  the  higher  the  price  goes  the 
more  elated  they  become.  The  presence  of  short  sellers  resisting 
this  tendency  to  excessive  rise  is  very  salutary ;  for  it  makes  an 
excessive  rise  extremely  expensive.  At  the  same  time,  when  the 
drop  takes  place,  short  sellers,  to  realise  their  profits,  must 
become  buyers  in  order  to  cover.  In  this  way,  an  excessive  drop 
in  price  is  likewise  avoided.  Short-selling,  therefore,  does  not 
unduly  depress  prices  as  is  often  asserted ;  but  it  is,  instead,  a 
very  powerful  agent  in  steadying  them.  Over  and  over  again 
prices  are  sustained  or  are  put  up  at  the  expense  of  the  shorts,  who 
often,  when  a  fall  really  occurs,  hasten  to  cover  before  the  drop 
becomes  too  great,  only  to  succeed  in  driving  the  price  up  to  and 
beyond  its  former  level.  Short  selling  is  thus  a  beneficial  factor 
in  steadying  prices ;  and  it  is  by  its  means  that  the  discounting  of 
serious  and  unfavourable  events  does  not  take  the  form  of  a 
series  of  sudden  catastrophes,  but,  instead,  is  spread  out  over  a 
reasonably  long  period  of  time,  permitting  the  real  holder  of 
produce  to  observe  what  is  happening  and  giving  him  time  to 
limit  his  loss  if  he  is  caught  on  the  wrong  side  of  the  market. 
From  the  constant  contests  of  short-sellers  with  the  bulls  a  much 


THE  WORK   OF  THE   EXPERT   SPECULATOR     103 

truer  level  of  prices  is  evolved  than  could  otherwise  ensue.  '  To 
quote  the  Report  of  Governor  Hughes' s  Committee  on  Speculation  in 
Securities  and  Commodities,1  "  no  other  means  of  restraining 
unwarranted  marking  up  and  down  of  prices  has  been  suggested  " 
anywhere ;  fdrS the  bulls  take  care  of  the  interests  of  the  farmer 
and  are  always  looking  for  an  opportunity  to  send  prices  up  ; 
while  the  bears  represent  the  consumer,  always  on  the  watch 
to  buy  at  the  lowest  price  possible. 

The  question  naturally  arises  concerning  the  source  of  the  pro- 
fits of  this  class  of  expert  risk  takers  ;  for  it  is  obvious  that  with- 
out profits  it  could  not  long  continue  in  business.  One  source, 
indeed,  consists  of  the  small  losses  incurred  by  the  genuine  dealers 
in  produce  when  they  hedge,  the  sums  already  described  as  re- 
sembling premiums  for  the  insurance  against  heavier  loss  afforded 
by  hedging  transactions  in  general.  As  this  is  largely  offset  by 
similar  gams  on  the  part  of  the  same  dealers,  it  cannot  be  the  real 
source  from  which  the  speculators  obtain  the  greater  part  of  their 
remuneration. 

There  are  no  adequate  statistics  of  the  ultimate  sources  from 
which  the  profits  of  the  successful  expert  speculator  are  derived. 
The  main  contribution  comes  probably  not  from  producer,  con- 
sumer, or  genuine  dealer,  but  from  the  very  many  small  specula- 
tors drawn  from  the  outside  public  who,  in  the  long  run,  always 
lose,2  and  from  the  occasional  large  speculator  who  happens  to  err 
and  has  to  pay  heavily  in  consequence.  "  The  outside  public, 
more  especially  in  the  United  States,  at  times  undoubtedly 
speculates  heavily  in  cotton,"  3  and  invariably  loses  when  it 
does  so. 

Some  years  ago  it  was  estimated  that  105,000,000  bales  of 
cotton  were  sold  annually  on  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange.4 
About  the  same  tune  there  was  reason  5  to  suppose  that  approxi- 
mately one-third  of  the  cotton  sales  were  then  between  member 
and  member  of  the  exchange  ;  one-third  between  members  of  the 
exchange  and  outsiders,  and  one-third  between  one  outsider  and 

1  New  York,  1909.     Reprinted  in  Van  Antwerp,  The  Stock  Exchange 
from  Within. 

2  "  While  it  is  true  that  the  speculative  dealings  of  these  incompetent 
individuals  do  in  a  measure  broaden  the  market,  and  assist  in  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  crop,  still  the  injury  inflicted  on  these  individuals  by  their  losses 
is  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  service  which  their  speculative  dealings 
perform  in  the  crop  distribution."     McHugh,  Modern  Grain  Exchanges, 
pp.  22-3. 

3  Wyse,  "  The  Selling  and  Financing  of  the  Cotton  Crop,"  Economic 
Journal,  vol.  xxx.  pp.  473-83. 

4  United    States   House   of    Representatives,    "  Hearings   before   the 
Committee  on  Agriculture  on  Dealings  in  Futures,"  Gist  Congress,  2nd 
Session,  1910. 

5  See  Hays,  "  Functions  and  Needs  of  our  Great  Markets,"  Annals  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xlv. 


104  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

another  outsider,  the  members  in  this  last  case  acting  as  com- 
mission men  only.  Calculating  merely  the  commission  fees 
exacted  by  members  from  the  outside  public,  if  an  equal  division 
had  been  made  among  them  the  share  of  each  would  have  been 
close  on  16,000  dollars,  a  sum  which  alone  would  have  paid  all 
expenses  and  left  a  very  fair  profit  besides.  But,  in  addition, 
there  were  the  profits  on  their  dealings  as  principals  with  the 
outside  public ;  and  there  was  also  some  swallowing  up  of  the 
smaller  fry  by  the  larger  in  the  one-third  between  member  and 
member. 

Similar  figures,  but  less  reliable,  have  been  obtained  for  the 
Chicago  Board  of  Trade.  There  is  evidence  that  the  speculative 
dealing  in  wheat  in  that  market  by  outsiders  is  exceedingly  great, 
and  that  probably  even  larger  sums  than  in  New  York  find  their 
way  into  the  pockets  of  the  successful  Chicago  expert. 

In  Liverpool,  while  speculation  by  the  outside  public  is  not 
unknown,  commission,  brokerage  and  profits  taken  from  fellow 
members  constitute  the  sources  of  remuneration  for  the  members 
both  of  the  Corn  and  the  Cotton  Exchange.  The  skill  with  which 
hedging  can  now  be  accomplished  in  the  English  grain  trade 
makes  large  operations  less  risky  and  dangerous.  There  is, 
therefore,  a  tendency  for  the  more  expert  speculators  constantly 
to  absorb  their  less  successful  rivals,  a  process  which  is  resulting 
in  the  concentration  of  the  trade  in  fewer  and  fewer  hands.  *^> 

The  question  of  the  legality  of  futures,  especially  when 
entered  into  by  the  expert  speculator  who  does  not  intend  to 
accept  or  tender  delivery,  has  come  up  for  discussion  before  the 
American  courts  on  more  occasions  than  one.  It  seems  to  be 
settled,  and  the  decision  is  in  agreement  with  English  Common 
Law,  that  the  sale  of  property  to  be  delivered  at  some  future 
time  is  entirely  legal,  even  though  the  property  in  question  is 
not  at  the  time  of  sale  in  the  possession  of  the  seller.  It, 
apparently,  is  equally  well  established  that  the  transaction  is  a 
gambling  one,  and  therefore  void,  if  the  two  parties  to  such  a 
contract  of  sale  intended  at  the  time  of  sale  not  to  make  or 
receive  an  actual  delivery,  but  to  settle  by  payment  of  differences 
on  the  future  price  of  the  property  under  discussion.  To  quote 
one  judge,  "  The  principle  of  the  law  is  clear  ;  the  trouble  arises 
when  its  application  is  attempted  to  a  concrete  case.  Further, 
almost  all  discrepancy  seems  to  arise  through  lack  of  a  complete 
determination  of  the  facts,  or  the  unwillingness  or  inability  of  the 
judge  to  understand  their  real  nature."  As  illustrating  general 
everyday  opinion,  the  point  of  view  that  really  prevails  and  is 
acted  on  in  business  circles,  o,  statement  of  the  American  Bureau 
of  Corporations  may  be  quoted.  "  The  seller  of  such  a  contract," 

1  See  Rathbone,   "Grain   Futures,   their  Effects   and   Tendencies," 
Transactions,  Section  F,    British  Association,  1896. 


THE   WORK   OF  THE   EXPERT   SPECULATOR     105 

says  a  Bureau  report,  "  is  absolutely  liable  for  delivery,  and  if 
called  upon  for  such  a  delivery  by  the  buyer  he  can  in  no  way 
avoid  compliance  with  the  terms  of  his  contract,  except  under 
unusual  conditions,  especially  provided  for.  .  .  .  When  the  time 
for  making  delivery  has  expired,  he  cannot  sell  out  his  contract. 
This  fact,  and  the  fact  that  any  buyer  from  the  first  to  the  last 
can,  if  he  chooses,  hold  his  contract  and  compel  the  seller  to  deliver 
actual  cotton  (grain,  etc.,  as  the  case  may  be)  when  the  date  of 
maturity  arrives,  gives  trading  in  futures  a  character  entirely 
different,  in  principle  at  least,  from  that  of  a  mere  wager  or  bet." 
Again,  in  giving  judgment  in  a  case  involving  the  Chicago  Board 
of  Trade  in  May  1905,  Mr.  Justice  Holmes  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United  States  remarked  that,  "  of  course,  in  a  modern 
market  contracts  are  not  confined  to  sales  for  immediate  delivery. 
People  will  endeavour  to  forecast  the  future  and  to  make  agree- 
ments according  to  their  prophecy.  Speculation  of  this  kind  by 
competent  men  is  the  self -adjustment  of  society  to  the  probable. 
Its  value  is  well-known  as  a  means  of  avoiding  or  mitigating 
catastrophes,  equalising  prices,  and  providing  for  periods  of  want. 
It  is  true  that  the  success  of  the  strong  induces  imitation  by  the 
weak,  and  that  incompetent  persons  bring  themselves  to  ruin  by 
undertaking  to  speculate  in  their  turn.  But  legislatures  and 
courts  generally  have  recognised  that  the  natural  evolutions  of  a 
complex  society  are  to  be  touched  only  with  a  very  cautious  hand, 
and  that  such  coarse  attempts  at  a  remedy  for  the  waste  incident 
to  every  social  function  as  a  simple  prohibition  and  laws  to  stop 
its  being  are  harmful  and  vain." 

The  Hughes  Committee,1  on  the  other  hand,  while  admit- 
ting that  speculation  was  a  necessity  and  that  the  rules  of  all  the 
exchanges  endeavoured  to  suppress  mere  gambling,  went  on  to 
point  out  that  the  technical  delivery  of  produce  was  so  easy  that 
the  practical  effect  of  much  speculation,  in  point  of  form  legiti- 
mate, was  not  very  different  from  that  of  gambling.  Speculation 
having  all  the  legal  features  of  legitimate  trading  might  in  fact  be 
mere  wagering  accompanied  by  most  of  the  evil  effects  of  gambling 
on  a  large  scale.  Therefore,  the  New  York  exchanges  were  urged 
to  exercise  more  rigid  supervision  and  to  suppress  inordinate 
speculation,  but  the  Committee,  on  the  whole,  wisely  subscribed 
to  the  views  of  Mr.  Justice  Holmes,  and  refrained  from  recom- 
mending any  addition  to  the  law  of  the  State  on  this  subject. 

In  England,  popular  prejudice  against  speculation  and  buying 
for  deferred  delivery  found  expression  in  restrictive  legislation  at 
quite  an  early  date  in  the  history  of  commerce.  In  the  Plan- 
tagenet  period,  English  merchants  were  forbidden  to  forestall  wine 
in  Gascony,  or  buy  it  up  before  the  vintage.  Neither  were  they 
allowed  to  charge  high  prices  for  the  wine  on  the  pretence  that  they 

1  See  p.  103. 


106  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

ran  risks ; l  and  by  statutes  passed  at  the  beginning  of  the  reign 
of  Edward  VI.  it  was  enacted  that  "  whosoever  shall  buy  corn  or 
grain  with  intent  to  sell  it  again  shall  be  reputed  an  unlawful 
engrosser  and  shall,  for  the  first  fault,  suffer  two  months'  im- 
prisonment, and  forfeit  the  value  of  the  corn  ;  for  the  second, 
suffer  six  months'  imprisonment,  and  forfeit  double  the  value ; 
and  for  the  third,  be  set  in  the  pillory,  and  suffer  imprisonment 
during  the  King's  pleasure,  and  forfeit  all  his  goods  and  chattels." 
As  late  as  1800  there  was  a  conviction  at  Common  Law  for  the 
crime  of  re-grading,  one,  Rusby ,  being  found  guilty  of  selling  corn 
in  the  same  market  in  which  he  had  purchased  it  at  an  advance 
of  two  shillings  a  quarter.  Lord  Kenyon,  Lord  Chief  Justice  of 
England,  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  charged  grand 
juries,  by  way  of  remedy  for  the  prevailing  scarcity,  to  present 
indictments  under  these  long  obsolete  laws  against  re-grading 
and  forestalling ;  and  he  decided  in  1800,  in  the  Rusby  case,  that 
buying  grain  and  flour  and  holding  them  for  a  rise  for  speculative 
purposes  was  against  public  policy,  and  immoral,  and  that  there- 
fore all  such  transactions  were  void.  A  decision  like  this,  so 
subversive  of  ordinary  trade  practice,  could  not  be  allowed  to 
stand  for  long ;  and  in  due  course  it  was  reversed,  on  appeal. 
Since  then  there  has  been  no  real  interference,  either  through 
legislation  or  judicial  decision,  with  ordinary  speculative  dealing 
in  England. 

It  is  rather  a  remarkable  fact  that  public  opinion,  both  in 
England  and  America,  for  a  time  was  prepared  to  regard  as 
strictly  honourable  buying  with  a  view  to  selling  at  a  higher  price, 
while  condemning  as  ethically  wrong  the  selling  of  something 
that  the  seller  did  not  own.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  short-selling  is 
in  no  way  confined  to  the  exchanges.  All  manufacturers,  when 
not  making  to  stock,  sell  goods  before  they  produce  them  ;  and  a 
builder  who  enters  into  a  contract  to  hand  over  a  house  at  a 
certain  date,  makes  his  agreement  even  before  he  has  bought  the 
raw  materials  or  engaged  the  labour.  Business  could  not  be 
carried  on  with  any  facility  if  contracts  for  future  delivery  were 
to  be  confined  in  every  case  to  delivery  of  things  already  owned 
by  the  seller.  There  is  no  reason  why  cotton  and  wheat  dealers 
should  not  make  contracts  for  delivery  at  a  date  when  they  know 
they  can  fulfil  their  agreements  by  securing  the  amounts  they 
require.  The  so-called  "  fictitious  "  wheat  or  cotton  of  the  short- 
seller  cannot  possibly  affect  the  market  to  the  disadvantage  of 
producer  or  consumer ;  for  the  bear  must  always  cover  his  sales, 
and  in  the  end  support  the  market  by  buying.  Moreover,  without 
short-selling,  arbitrage  transactions  would  be  impossible ;  and  in 
this  way  again,  the  beneficent  work  of  the  expert  speculator  would 
be  gravely  hindered. 

1  See  Cunningham,  English  Industry  and  Commerce,  vol.  I.  p.  294. 


THE   WORK   OF  THE   EXPERT  SPECULATOR     107 

Summing  up,  then,  the  services  rendered  by  the  class  of  expert 
speculators,  at  least  seven  may  be  distinguished  as  of  paramount 
importance — 

(1)  By  standing  ready  always  to  buy  or  to  sell,  it  provides  a 
continuous  market  with  all  the  advantages  resulting  therefrom  to 
both  producer  and  consumer. 

(2)  By  its  watchfulness  and  its  use  of  both  official  and  other 
information  it  discounts  the  future,  prevents  panics,  and  spreads 
over  a  longer  time  the  consequences   of   unexpected  news,  either 
good  or  bad. 

(3)  It  regulates  the  rate  at  which  the  crop  is  consumed ;  and 
it  helps  by  its  action  to  reduce  the  cost  of  "  carrying  "  produce. 

(4)  By  arbitrage   transactions  it  levels  prices  between  different 
markets,  thus  ensuring  that  produce  shall   find  its  way  to  where 
it  is  required. 

(5)  It  steadies  prices  through  the  constant  contest  between  bulls 
and  bears. 

(6)  It  hastens  what  would  otherwise  be  tedious  by  smoothing 
difficulties  in  the  way  of  necessary  movements  of  produce.     It  is  a 
creator  of  what  the  theoretical  economist  calls  "  time  utility." 

(7)  Most  important  of  all,  it  is  always  ready  to  supply  the  other 
party  required  in  a  hedging  transaction,  whereby,  contrary  to  other 
forms  of  insurance  in  which  the  risk  is  jointly  shared  by  several 
classes,  it  concentrates  upon  itself  all  the  main  risks  of  changes  in 
value,  and  incidentally  renders  it  easier  for  bankers  to  finance  the 
movements  of  produce  at  every  stage  from  farmer  to  consumer. 


CHAPTER   IX 

SOME   EVILS   AND   ABUSES   OF  SPECULATION 

ONE  of  the  chief  services  rendered  by  expert  speculation  is  the 
lessening  of  fluctuations,  and  the  establishment  of  prices  which 
correspond  to  the  actual  conditions  of  supply  and  demand  all  the 
world  over.  But  the  serious  difficulty  arises  that,  without  the 
existence  and  continuance  of  marked  fluctuations,  the  expert  class 
would  disappear ;  for  its  profits  depend  on  the  occurrence  of  price 
changes,  and  dimmish  with  every  increase  in  the  steadiness  of  the 
market.  Each  speculator  at  any  particular  moment  is  looking 
for  a  movement  of  price  in  one  direction  ;  for  it  is  on  this,  rather 
than  on  the  final  value  of  the  commodity,  that  his  success  depends. 
It  is  only  natural,  therefore,  to  find  forces  present  in  the  organised 
markets  which  sometimes  offer  serious  resistance  to  the  proper 
determination  of  price,  and  to  expect  that  the  perfection  and  the 
refinement  of  machinery  in  the  exchanges  are  frequently  abused 
by  both  members  and  outsiders  who  seek  to  make  large  profits  by 
risking  little. 

If  an  expert  speculator  has  sold  short,  it  is  to  his  interest  that 
the  price  should  go  down  ;  if  he  has,  on  the  other  hand,  bought, 
he  looks  for  a  rise  in  price.  By  some  mysterious  means,  generally 
referred  to  as  "  manipulation,"  it  is  commonly  thought  that  he 
can  bring  about  a  movement  in  the  direction  he  desires.  It 
cannot  be  denied  that  there  are  circumstances  under  which  this  is 
possible,  and  that  occasionally  prices  can  be  markedly  influenced 
by  an  individual  or  a  group  of  individuals  acting  in  concert ;  but 
"  manipulation,"  as  an  independent  factor  in  price-making,  is  not 
important,  and,  as  a  rule,  may  in  the  long  run  be  entirely  dis- 
regarded. 

A  speculator  in  the  produce  markets  can  influence  prices  in 
two  ways,  by  buying  and  selling  the  commodity  himself,  or  by 
persuading  others  to  buy  or  sell.  A  short-seller,  by  the  act  of 
selling,  has  already  done  all  in  his  power  to  depress  the  price.  If 
he  desires  it  to  fall  still  lower  he  must  c'ontinue  selling  at  a  con- 
stantly diminishing  price,  or  else  induce  others  by  some  means  or 
other  to  go  on  from  where  he  stops.  The  first  method  requires 
very  great  capital.  It  is  conceivable  that  in  such  a  case  enormous 
quantities,  sufficient  to  reduce  the  price,  may  be  unloaded  on  to 

108 


SOME   EVILS  AND   ABUSES   OF  SPECULATION       109 

the  market ;  but  the  most  serious  difficulty  then  facing  the  specu- 
lator is  the  fact  that,  in  order  to  cover,  he  must  buy  back  an 
amount  equal  to  his  original  sales.  Thus  the  same  influence  is 
brought  to  bear  in  raising  the  price  as  was  exercised  in  reducing  it. 
Accordingly,  the  probability  is  that  his  average  selling  and  pur- 
chasing prices  will  be  about  equal,  and  that  nothing  will  be 
gained  as  a  result  of  the  whole  operation.  Similar  remarks  apply 
to  an  attempted  raising  of  price  by  a  bull  speculator. 

It  is  possible  that  the  action  of  the  operator  may  induce  the 
outside  public  to  follow  his  example,  and  that  there  may  be  an 
excited  rush  to  sell  on  the  part  of  those  who  have  noticed  the 
heavy  sales.  Then,  by  cool  action  and  careful  buying,  the 
speculator  may  be  enabled  to  cover  at  a  good  profit.  This  profit 
is  all  the  greater  if  the  bulls,  too,  are  seized  by  the  general  panic, 
and  unload  their  holdings  at  any  price  they  can  obtain ;  but, 
sooner  or  later,  the  excitement  spreads  to  short-sellers  themselves, 
with  the  result  that  their  efforts  to  cover  often  cause  an  upward 
movement  as  abnormal  as  the  earlier  decline.  Yet  sufficient 
capital  and  courage,  combined  with  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
market,  sometimes  enable  a  group  or  clique  to  make  the  covering 
purchases  so  quietly  and  unobtrusively  that  the  price  is  only 
slightly  raised ;  but  for  complete  success,  some  element  of  luck  is 
needed,  such  as  the  appearance  of  supplies  whose  existence  was 
not  known  previously. 

Not  only  is  it  difficult  to  cover  at  a  profit  after  a  fall  thus 
artificially  created,  and  to  liquidate  after  a  rise  similarly  created, 
but  it  is  also  much  more  difficult  to  start  such  a  movement. 
Full  information  is  available  concerning  crop  conditions;  and 
attempts  to  force  the  price  in  a  direction  not  justified  by  probable 
supply  and  anticipated  demand  will  at  once  be  opposed  by  the 
sales  or  purchases  of  speculators  ready  to  profit  equally  from  a 
rising  and  from  a  falling  market.  In  the  long  run  they  know  that 
actual  conditions  determine  the  price ;  and  they  do  not  readily  let 
their  judgment  be  overborne,  because  large  transactions  have 
taken  place  on  one  side  or  the  other.  Speculative  judgment,  of 
course,  is  not  infallible,1  but,  on  the  whole,  it  succeeds  in  setting 
a  price  which,  in  the  main,  represents  the  real  market  opinion  on 
the  condition  of  demand  and  supply. 

"  Manipulation  "  is  a  vague  term  used  in  a  wide  and  inclusive 
manner,  possessing  varying  shades  of  meaning,  and  almost  always 
conveying  the  idea  of  blame-worthiness  deserving  of  censure. 
There  is  usually  also  an  implication  of  artificiality  and  of  skilful 

1  For  a  curious  and  unusual  case  of  joint  mistaken  judgment  reference 
may  be  made  to  a  case  which  occurred  in  Chicago  in  connection  with  wheat 
in  the  crop  year  of  1891-92.  Vast  quantities  were  sold  short  by  one 
speculator  in  the  belief  that  the  market's  estimate  of  the  crop  was  too  low, 
and  that  the  current  price  was  too  high.  The  speculator  was  right,  and 
accordingly  was  able  to  buy  back  the  wheat  at  a  lower  price  than  he  sold  it. 


no  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

and  ingenious  management.  In  its  most  common  use  it  has 
reference  to  a  speculator,  or  to  a  group  of  speculators  who  buy  or 
sell  produce,  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  outsiders  the  impression 
that  such  buying  or  selling  is  the  result  of  natural  forces.1  Hence 
the  term  includes  excessive  speculation,  the  spreading  of  false 
rumours,  the  working  of  syndicates  to  increase  or  depress  prices, 
"  wash  sales,"  "  matched  orders,"  and  "  corners." 

So-called  excessive  speculation  on  the  produce  exchanges  may 
be  nothing  more  than  a  sign  of  exceptional  activity  in  general 
trade  ;  but  the  fact  that  dealings  are  in  excess  of  the  average  may 
point  to  a  successful  resistance  to  an  attempt  at  manipulation  by 
the  saner  elements  in  the  market.  It  is  not  always  correct, 
therefore,  to  ascribe  to  manipulation  every  sudden  increase  in 
dealings  for  which  no  reason  can  be  immediately  assigned. 

The  creating  of  false  opinions  is  one  of  the  chief  means  of 
manipulation.  A  group  may  lead  the  market  generally  to 
believe  that  they  are  expecting  a  fall,  when  really  they  are  buying 
quietly  and  secretly  to  a  much  larger  extent  than  they  are  selling  ; 
and,  conversely,  they  may  buy  openly  when  really  they  are  selling 
secretly  for  a  fall.  The  direct  publication  of  false  news  is  for- 
bidden on  all  exchanges  and  avoided  by  the  shrewder  manipu- 
lators. Moreover,  it  is  an  offence  against  the  law  in  several  States 
in  America,2  where,  on  the  whole,  this  evil  has  been  greatest. 
But  there  are  many  tricks  by  which  false  suggestions  can  be  made, 
some  of  which  seem  so  little  deserving  of  censure  that,  unless  the 
moral  tone  in  a  market  is  high,  it  is  easy  for  members  to  condone 
them  and  even  to  practise  them.  One  example  will  suffice.  It 
is  sometimes  possible  to  engineer  a  rise  in  price  on  an  American 
wheat  exchange  by  cabling  an  order  for  the  purchase  of  a  very 
large  quantity  in  Liverpool  on  a  certain  morning,  and  thus  raising 
the  price  there  temporarily  that  day.  When  the  American  market 
opens  for  business  a  few  hours  later  it  begins  under  the  impression 
that  the  English  have  information  of  some  scarcity  in  supply 
compared  with  demand  not  accessible  for  the  moment  to  itself. 
This  enables  the  speculator  who  knows  the  real  facts  to  act  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  make  a  profit  in  America  larger  than  the  loss 
he  will  incur  in  selling  out  later  in  Liverpool.  It  is  very  difficult 

1  A  definition  more  applicable,  perhaps,  to  stock  exchanges  and  one  due 
to  counsel  to  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  is  :    "  The  giving  by  the  same 
man  or  group  of  men  of  contemporaneous,  or  practically  contemporaneous, 
orders  to  various    brokers  to  buy,  and  to  other  brokers  to  sell,  the  same 
security  at  the  market  price  whatever  it  may  be,  from  time  to  time,  for  the 
purpose  of  realising  a  speculative  profit,  in  some  cases  from  an  expected 
or  intended  fall  in  the  price,  and  in  other  cases  from  an  expected  or  intended 
rise  in  the  price,  the  vice  of  such  a  system  of  orders  being  that  their  execu- 
tion may  not  involve  a  change  of  ownership."     For  the  purposes  of  the 
produce  exchanges  this  is  rather  narrow,  applying,  as  it  does,  to  the  case 
of  "  matched  orders  "  only. 

2  E.g.  California  and  Ohio. 


SOME  EVILS  AND  ABUSES   OF  SPECULATION      in 

to  suppress  misleading  rumours,  which  may  have  a  grain  of  truth 
in  them,  but  the  most  surprising  aspect  of  this  kind  of  manipula- 
tion is  the  haste  with  which  speculators  rush  to  extremes,  and 
leave  aside  all  judgment,  upon  the  circulation  of  any  plausible 
story.  The  very  great  body  of  information  collected  and  pub- 
lished, both  by  governments  and  private  agencies,  and  the  official 
collections  of  the  exchanges  themselves,  ought  to  give  assurance 
to  the  saner  members,  and  cause  them  to  restrain  their  im- 
petuosity. 

Syndicates  or  pools  are  often  formed  by  a  number  of  specu- 
lators uniting  or  joining  their  interests  for  the  purpose  of  buying  or 
selling,  and  thus  driving  up  or  down  the  market  price  of  some 
selected  commodity  on  an  exchange.  Profits  are  divided  and 
losses  shared  equally.  One  individual  or  firm  is  given  the  sole 
authority  to  buy  or  sell  on  behalf  of  the  pool.  No  member  of 
the  pool  can  buy  or  sell  any  of  the  selected  commodity  on  his 
own  account  as  long  as  the  pool  lasts,  though,  of  course,  he  may 
deal  quite  freely  in  other  produce.  Attempts  to  evade  this  rule 
by  members  who  see  an  opportunity  for  additional  profit  usually 
bring  about  a  collapse  when  the  pool  is  doing  well.  If  it  loses, 
it  breaks  up  quickly  in  consequence  of  the  withdrawal  of  the 
financially  weaker  members.  There  is  nothing  inherently  wrong 
in  this  practice ;  but  it  is  open  to  the  criticism  of  encouraging 
rather  reckless  plunging  on  the  part  of  the  agent  of  the  pool, 
who  is  prepared  to  run  greater  risks  when  he  has  a  number  of 
other  persons  with  whom  to  share  possible  losses.  Moreover, 
the  moral  conscience  of  a  firm  or  group  of  this  kind  is  that  of  its 
least  desirable  member ;  and  many  speculators  are  prepared  as 
members  of  a  pool  to  take  part  in  acts  they  would  shrink  from 
as  individual  business  men. 

Manipulation,  by  means  of  "  wash  sales,"  occurs  from  time  to 
time  on  some  of  the  American  produce  exchanges.  These  are 
fictitious  transactions,  in  which  one  broker  arranges  to  sell  to 
another  at  an  artificially  high  price.  Other  speculators,  being 
unaware  of  the  collusion  between  the  two,  are  misled  into  thinking 
that  there  is  real  reason  for  the  advance  in  price.  As  the  trans- 
action, to  serve  its  purpose,  must  ta^ce  place  on  the  floor  of  the 
exchange  and  the  price  be  quoted  officially,  the  risk  of  detection 
is  great.  All  the  exchanges  have  strict  rules  against  this  kind  of 
conduct,  and  the  penalty  in  every  case  is  immediate  expulsion. 

Closely  Dallied  to  wash  sales  are  "  matched  orders/'  which 
are  much  more  common,  and  in  skilful  hands  can  be  made  to 
attain  the  same  ends.  A  speculator  desiring  to  advance  or  depress 
the  market  price  gives  orders  to  different  brokers,  some  of  whom 
he  instructs  to  buy  and  others  to  sell.  He  names  the  price  limit 
in  each  case.  The  market  is  in  this  way  stirred  to  activity  by  the 
simultaneous  orders  to  buy  and  to  sell ;  and  the  official  list  appears 


H2  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

with  the  price  the  speculator  has  determined  on  beforehand.  In 
most  cases  the  brokers  employed  are  ignorant  of  the  object  in  view, 
and  they  act  in  perfect  good  faith.  The  chances  are  that  the  two 
sets  will  make  their  transactions  together,  and  the  greater  the 
number  of  cases  in  which  this  happens  the  greater  the  success  of 
the  speculator  in  attaining  his  object.  But  there  is  the  grave 
disadvantage  to  him  that  he  may  have  to  take  over  a  large  amount 
of  produce,  if  he  is  endeavouring  to  manipulate  a  rise ;  for  the 
advancing  prices  will  cause  the  farmers  and  the  other  holders  to 
sell  enormously,  and  the  innocent  buying  brokers  may  purchase 
in  good  faith  from  the  farmers'  agents  rather  than  from  the  selling 
brokers  instructed  by  the  speculator.  These  purchases  will  have 
to  be  paid  for  at  the  high  price,  a  fact  which  will  materially  reduce 
the  profits  of  the  speculator,  even  if  it  does  not  bring  about  his 
ruin.  Defence  of  this  practice  is  sometimes  attempted  on  the 
grounds  that  a  "  constant  liquid  market  "  is  maintained ;  but 
there  can  be  no  adequate  justification  of  any  action  that  brings 
about  an  artificial  increase  or  decrease  of  price,  notwithstanding 
the  counteracting  advantages  claimed  for  it. 

Probably  no  form  of  manipulation  calls  forth  more  condemna- 
tion from  the  general  public  than  the  "  corner."  This  is  due 
partly  to  the  natural  feeling  entertained  against  any  combination 
which  has  the  effect  of  raising  prices,  and  partly  to  pity  for  the 
plight  of  the  victims  who  are  caught,  and  who  have  to  accept 
unconditionally  the  terms  laid  down  by  their  captors.  Notwith- 
standing the  great  volume  of  business  done,  it  is  only  in  extremely 
rare  instances  that  the  speculators  who  are  short  when  a  given 
delivery  month  arrives  fail  to  have  enough  actual  produce  at  their 
command  to  fulfil  their  contracts.  But  it  may  happen  that  the 
buyers  have  bought  up  more  produce  than  the  short-sellers  can 
find  to  deliver.  In  this  case  a  corner  is  created,  and  the  buyers 
are  said  to  have  cornered  the  market.  A  corner,  then,  is  the 
result  of  an  oversold  market  bringing  about  a  situation  in  which 
the  sellers  are  unable  to  fulfil  their  contracts  and  have  to  buy  back 
from  those  to  whom  they  have  contracted  to  deliver,  or,  in  other 
words,  settle  their  contracts  by  paying  over  to  those  who  have 
cornered  the  market  the  difference  between  the  price  they  have 
contracted  to  sell  for  and  the  price  which  the  manipulators  have 
succeeded  in  bringing  about.  It  is  evident  that  in  a  successful 
corner  there  is  a  control  amounting  to  monopoly  on  the  part  of 
one  set  of  speculators,  and  that,  therefore,  the  price  can  be  put 
up  to  any  extent.  Moreover,  this  kind  of  monopoly  is  much  more 
effective  than  the  ordinary  monopoly  sometimes  obtained  by 
producers  or  sellers  in  the  usual  course  of  business.  In  the  latter 
case,  the  consumer  is  not  compelled  to  purchase ;  but  the  short- 
selling  speculator  must  deliver  within  a  certain  period  or  submit 
to  ruin. 


SOME  EVILS  AND  ABUSES  OF  SPECULATION      113 

The  usual  method  of  bringing  about  a  corner  is  for  a  syndicate 
to  buy  all  the  offerings  of  the  short-sellers,  and  to  encourage  the 
latter  to  go  on  selling  until  their  sales  exceed  the  amount  of  the 
commodity  that  is  available  for  delivery.  The  syndicate  then 
demands  delivery  in  due  course,  refusing  to  settle  except  on  its 
own  terms.  As  a  rule,  nothing  is  gained  by  absolutely  ruining 
the  shorts.  Therefore,  the  terms  arranged  are  in  the  nature  of  a 
compromise,  depending  largely  upon  the  financial  standing  of  the 
victims.  The  latter  are  "  squeezed  "  to  the  full  extent  to  which 
it  is  considered  judicious. 

An  actual  corner  of  spot  wheat  or  spot  cotton  is  practically 
impossible  to  engineer  because  of  the  vastness  of  the  crops  and 
the  very  great  amount  of  capital  needed.  A  speculative  corner, 
however,  that  is,  one  occurring  when  futures  maturing  in  a 
particular  month  are  bought  up  by  a  group  who  suddenly  threaten 
to  require  delivery,  is  quite  possible.  May  wheat  and  August 
cotton  have  been  cornered  at  times  with  some  success,  but  the 
difficulties  of  getting  control  of  the  whole  supply,  even  in  a  single 
market  for  a  few  days,  are  enormous.  If  the  price  rises,  farmers 
and  dealers  have  a  wonderful  way  of  sending  forward  supplies, 
the  existence  of  which  has  hitherto  been  unknown  to  all  but  them- 
selves ;  and  supplies  from  other  markets  can  also  be  rushed  in  for 
delivery.  To  maintain  the  corner,  all  these  must  be  purchased  ; 
otherwise,  they  are  available  for  the  shorts  to  buy  and  to  use  for 
delivery.  The  cornering  group  or  syndicate,  therefore,  assumes 
great  risks,  and  must  discount  in  advance  very  heavily  any  gain 
likely  to  result  from  the  transaction.  When  there  is  success,  a 
temporary  squeeze  results,  the  price  is  driven  up  for  the  last  few 
days  of  the  delivery  month,  and  the  shorts  settle  at  this  advanced 
quotation.  At  the  beginning  of  the  following  month  prices  drop 
again  to  the  normal  level,  and,  except  for  the  inconvenience 
suffered  by  those  who  had  legitimate  hedging  contracts  to  make, 
no  lasting  harm  ensues. 

Since  the  possibility  of  engineering  a  successful  corner  depends 
upon  the  facility  with  which  the  buying  group  of  speculators  can 
acquire  control  over  available  supplies,  it  follows  that  they  are 
helped  in  their  operations  by  any  natural  or  artificial  limitation  of 
supply.  Therefore,  corners  in  wheat  cannot  easily  be  contrived 
in  July  or  September,  or  in  the  last  few  months  of  the  year, 
because  large  quantities  of  the  new  crop  are  being  sent  forward  to 
market  at  that  time.  In  the  case  of  the  United  States  wheat 
markets  May  futures  offer  the  best  opportunity  ;  although  in  those 
markets  (Duluth  and  Minneapolis,  for  instance)  where  only 
northern  spring  wheat  is  deliverable  on  futures  contracts,  corners 
are  possible  in  July,  because  the  new  crop  does  not  begin  to  reach 
the  markets  until  August. 

Artificial  limitation  of  supply  may  be  the  result  (not  perhaps 

i 


H4  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

intended)  of  rules  having  for  their  main  object  the  strict  pre- 
scription of  the  kind  of  produce  deliverable  on  futures  contracts. 
On  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade,  for  instance,  a  relatively  limited 
number  of  elevators  and  warehouses  is  designated  in  which, 
exclusively,  produce  is  deliverable  in  fulfilment  of  contracts, 
although  similar  produce  may  be  in  existence  and  available  else- 
where. The  temptation  to  manipulate  the  market  offered  by 
such  a  regulation  is  considerable  ;  and  the  frequent  disturbances 
caused  by  both  successful  and  unsuccessful  efforts  to  corner 
supplies  have,  in  the  opinion  of  competent  observers,1  prevented 
Chicago  from  maintaining  the  pre-eminent  position  it  used  to 
occupy  as  the  world's  greatest  wheat  centre. 

Narrowness  of  range  tenderable  in  fulfilment  of  futures  may 
'  also  help  in  the  cornering  of  supplies  ;  for  the  smaller  the  number  of 
specific  grades  permitted  as  legal  tender  in  place  of  the  standard 
or  contract  grade  the  easier  it  is  for  a  group  to  arrange  to  demand 
delivery  at  a  given  period  and  to  ensure  that  the  short-sellers  shall 
not  have  access  to  sufficient  supplies.2  Consequently,  there  has 
been  a  tendency  to  enlarge  the  range  that  may  be  offered  on  pay- 
ment of  discount  or  premium  for  quality,  notwithstanding  the 
greater  inconvenience  caused  thereby  to  the  wheat  millers  or 
the  cotton  spinners.  Further,  it  has  been  recommended  that,  in 
the  case  of  corners  obviously  arising  out  of  the  narrowness  of  the 
range  permitted  as  legal  tender,  exchange  committees  should  be 
empowered  to  relax,  temporarily,  the  rules  for  delivery,  and  that 
this  relaxation  should  be  granted,  even  if  there  is  only  a  slight 
squeeze  of  short-sellers,  when  the  price  at  the  time  of  settle- 
ment is  markedly  above  that  of  other  grades,  and  that  of  the  same 
grade  in  the  recent  past  and  not  too  distant  future.  The  desk- 
ability  of  such  concessions  as  a  means  of  preventing  and  discourag- 
ing manipulation  is  not  open  to  doubt. 

A  corner  based  on  a  true  estimate  of  the  future  price  is  in- 
variably a  source  of  great  profit  to  the  speculator  engineering  it. 
Such  an  example  is  that  of  the  Leiter  corner  in  wheat  in  1897  in 
Chicago.  Leiter  thought  that  the  current  estimates  of  the  1897 
crop  were  too  high,  and  the  price  consequently  too  low.  He  had 
large  funds  at  his  disposal,  and,  forming  a  clique  to  help  him,  he 
bought  enormous  quantities.  Wheat  not  under  his  control  he 
prevented  from  reaching  Chicago  by  all  kinds  of  skilful  devices. 
Many  who  had  sold  to  him  and  who  had  failed  to  deliver  had  to 
pay  heavily  for  non-fulfilment  of  their  contracts.  But  the  price 

1  See    Hubback,    "  Some   Aspects   of    International   Wheat   Trade," 
Economic  Journal,  vol.  xxi.  p.  128. 

2  Probably  one  of  the  reasons  for  the  failure  to  establish  a  futures 
market  in  wheat  in  London  was  the  narrowness  of  grade  permitted  as  legal 
tender.     It  was  sought  to  restrict  it  to  No.  I  Manitoba,  with  the  result 
that  there  were  constant  squeezes  and  minor  corners,  which  rendered 
the  market  quite  unreliable  for  the  purposes  of  legitimate  hedging. 


SOME  EVILS  AND   ABUSES  OF  SPECULATION       115 

did  not  fall  abruptly  from  the  settlement  price  after  the  corner 
matured ;  for  he  was  correct  in  his  anticipation  that  the  shortness 
of  crop  justified  a  higher  price  than  that  current  before  the  corner. 
In  the  case  of  a  corner  based  on  a  mistaken  estimate  of  the  future 
price  great  fluctuations  prevail,  the  corner  is  always  broken,  and 
the  speculator  is  ruined ;  for  the  price  falls  lower  than  it  was  before 
the  attempt  to  raise  it  was  made.  A  second  attempt  by  Leiter  in 
1902  was  a  failure.  This  time  he  was  wrong  in  his  estimate. 
Moreover,  his  previous  success  had  made  him  rash,  and  he  over- 
looked certain  sources  of  supply  from  which  his  debtors  were 
enabled  to  acquire  sufficient  quantities  to  liquidate  their  contracts. 

A  good  example  of  a  speculative  corner  in  cotton  on  a  large 
scale  is  that  of  Patten,  Hayne,  Scales  and  Brown  in  1910,  in  New 
York  and  elsewhere,  when  August  futures  were  driven  up  to  five 
times  their  usual  price.  August,  being  the  last  month  of  the  crop 
year,  affords  the  corner  engineers  in  cotton  their  best  opportunity. 
The  operating  clique  on  this  occasion  had  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  bales  delivered  to  them,  but  they  were  enabled  to  sell  again  at 
a  profit.  The  disturbance  caused  by  this  incident  was  confined 
to  a  single  month ;  for  the  arrival  of  the  new  season's  crop  the 
following  month  restored  the  market  to  its  normal  course. 

An  interesting  example  of  a  corner  successful,  but  in  the  long 
run  by  no  means  profitable  to  the  operators,  is  that  which  took 
place  in  iron  warrants  in  the  north  of  England  in  1905.  The 
practice  had  grown  up  of  buying  and  selling  these  warrants  on 
the  metal  exchanges  for  forward  delivery,  with  the  result  that 
speculation  was  facilitated,  and  dealings  were  very  often  concluded 
in  the  expectation  that  warrants  would  be  available  when  the 
time  for  their  delivery  arrived. 

In  October  1904  a  leading  iron  merchant  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  America  would  require  iron  from  England  in  the  following 
spring.  Therefore,  in  league  with  some  others  who  shared  his  views, 
he  began  to  buy  up  spot  iron  and  warrants  with  the  object  of 
profiting  by  the  higher  prices  he  had  forecasted.  He  was 
successful  in  obtaining  large  holdings  before  prices  began  to  rise, 
even  though  the  increase  in  the  price  of  warrants  caused  makers  to 
put  their  iron  into  store  and  thus  provide  the  basis  whereby  the 
redemption  of  warrants  might  be  rendered  easier.  But  the 
selling  of  warrants  continued  until  it  became  obvious  that  there 
was  considerable  over-selling  by  the  bears.  It  was  at  this  stage 
that  a  syndicate  was  formed  to  corner  the  bears,  but  the  latter 
were  not  at  first  alarmed,  and  over-selling  still  continued.  The 
anticipated  American  demand  did  not  take  place,  and  it  seemed 
as  if  the  bears  might  be  correct  after  all.  The  bulls,  however, 
decided  to  bring  the  corner  to  a  termination,  and  refused,  on 
April  19,  to  buy  iron  for  delivery  at  a  month.  That  meant  that 
all  existing  warrants  would  have  to  be  redeemed  on  or  before 


n6  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

May  19.  Iron,  therefore,  was  poured  into  store,  but  not  enough 
to  back  all  the  warrants  in  circulation.  When  settlement  took 
place,  on  May  19,  the  bull  clique  had  to  take  over  740,000  tons, 
of  which  440,000  tons  were  actual  iron  in  store.  The  remaining 
300,000  tons  constituted  the  amount  oversold  by  the  bears.  On 
this  300,000  tons  they  merely  received  differences,  very  large 
sums  changing  hands  in  consequence.  They  had  now  to  carry 
the  whole  of  the  440,000  tons  in  a  market  in  which  prices  were 
falling ;  and,  getting  no  help  from  the  bears  whom  they  had 
squeezed,  they  had  to  sacrifice  part  of  their  profits  in  order  to 
get  rid  of  their  stocks.  Ultimately  they  succeeded,  but  the  net 
result  to  them  was  nothing.  Practically  no  profit  was  left  to  the 
clique,  but  considerable  disturbance  of  legitimate  trade  had  been 
occasioned  by  its  manipulations.1 

An  example  of  a  partial  corner  or  squeeze,  due  to  shortness  of 
supply  artificially  created  by  rule  rather  than  caused  by  actual 
scarcity  of  wheat,  is  that  which  took  place  in  Chicago  at  the  close 
of  May  1921.  The  elevators  in  Chicago  recognised  by  the  Board 
of  Trade  were  comparatively  short  of  wheat.  "  On  May  25, 
Chicago  May  wheat  sold  up  to  $1.85,  a  price  24  c.  above  the  low 
point  of  the  previous  day.  From  $1.85  the  price  broke  rapidly 
and  at  one  time  was  19  J  c.  below  the  high  point.  Wheat  was 
shipped  from  Omaha  and  Kansas  City  to  Chicago  to  apply  on 
short  sales  of  May  in  the  latter  market.  Several  hundred  cars 
were  expected  to  reach  Chicago  by  May  31.  The  rules  of  the 
Board  of  Trade  provide  that  delivery  may  be  made  in  cars  on 
track  the  last  three  business  days  of  a  contract  month.  The 
rules  also  provide  that  in  the  event  the  shorts  cannot  deliver 
grain  on  their  commitments,  or  if  they  do  not  cover  or  close  their 
contracts  by  a  purchase  in  the  futures  market,  then  they  must 
settle  at  a  price  2  arrived  at  by  a  committee  of  the  board."  3  May 
wheat  "  went  out  "  at  $1.87!  per  bushel  (i.e.  the  final  price  of 
May  futures  on  3ist  was  $1.87  J).  The  cash  wheat  market  was 
disturbed  and  unsettled  (round  about  $1.66)  and  after  May  closed 
the  price  dropped.  On  May  31  July  futures  were  at  $1.28^  per 
bushel,  and  trading  in  September  futures  began  on  June  4  at 
i.22j  after  the  market  recovered  its  even  tone  once  more. 

The  defence  that  manipulating  a  corner  instead  of  restraining 
competition  actually  tends  to  increase  it,  was  pleaded  by  the 
defendants  in  a  case  that  came  before  the  American  courts  in 
1912  and  1913.  The  prosecution  took  place  under  the  anti-trust 
laws  which  sought  to  prohibit  any  action  that  was  calculated  to 

1  SeeMacrosty,  "  Prices  and  Speculation  in  the  Iron  Market,"  Economic 
Journal,  vol.  xv.  pp.  340-60 ;  and  Hood,  Iron. 

*  In  addition,  liquidated  damages  have  to  be  paid,  amounting  to  not 
less  than  5  or  more  than  10  per  cent,  of  the  total  value  of  the  contract. 

3  Market  Reporter,  June  11,1921. 


SOME    EVILS  AND  ABUSES  OF   SPECULATION      117 

prevent  fair  competition  in  commodities  which  were  the  subject 
of  interstate  trade.  Cotton  being  one  such  commodity,  an 
attempted  corner  on  the  New  York  Cotton  Exchange,  therefore,  was 
conceivably  illegal.  The  Supreme  Court  was  impressed  by  some 
of  the  arguments  advanced  before  it,  that  a  corner  actually  may 
increase  competition  instead  of  preventing  it ;  but  it  very  properly 
decided  that,  though  this  was  possible  at  the  beginning  of  the 
operation,  the  net  result  in  the  long  run  was  to  prevent  competition. 
Therefore,  attempts  to  corner  cotton  were  in  restraint  of  trade 
and  came  within  the  provisions  of  the  anti-trust  Acts. 

When  corners  are  attempted  the  most  effective  reply  on  the 
part  of  the  intended  victims  is  counter-manipulation.  Therefore, 
the  more  active  the  market  the  more  possible  it  is  for  short- 
sellers  to  counter  their  opponents.  They  may  break  the  corner 
by  continuing  to  sell  short,  thus  forcing  the  cornerers  to  take  not 
only  the  whole  of  the  real  supply  but  the  "  fictitious  "  supply  as 
well.  This  is  evidently  a  highly  risky  course  for  the  shorts,  but 
if  their  capital  and  nerve  are  greater  than  those  of  the  bulls  they 
may  well  frighten  the  latter  into  surrender.  Caution,  however, 
and  adequate  watchfulness  on  the  part  of  short -sellers  will  always 
prevent  them  getting  caught  in  an  oversold  market. 

The  prevention  of  corners  is  on  the  whole  best  accomplished 
by  rules  prescribing  generous  treatment  in  the  case  of  default  on 
the  part  of  short-sellers.  This  is  the  method  adopted  by  the 
Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  for  example.  The  rules  of 
that  body  do  not  permit  anything  in  the  nature  of  the  exaction 
of  a  penalty  for  default  unless  it  is  obviously  deliberate  or  in- 
tended, and  of  that  the  committee  of  the  association  is  the  sole 
judge.  Therefore,  if  a  clique  succeeds  in  driving  up  one  month's 
futures  to  an  unreasonable  height,  or  corners  all  the  cargoes 
arriving  during  a  certain  period,  it  is  not  permitted  to  profit 
unreasonably  by  that  action.  When  the  intended  victims 
default,  settlement  is  ordered  at  a  price  close  to  or  coincident 
with  the  prevailing  spot  price.  Moreover,  in  contracts  on  c.i.f. 
terms,  the  condition  permitting  invoicing  back  gives  adequate 
protection  to  an  innocently  defaulting  seller  *  in  cases  in  which 
buyers  seek  to  squeeze  him  inordinately. 

Corners  are  not  necessarily  a  result  of  futures  dealing.  They 
are  in  reality  more  common  in  transactions  outside  the  exchanges 

1  "  If  the  seller  shall  make  default  in  shipping  or  declaring  shipment, 
or  in  tendering  the  documents  required  by  this  contract,  the  contract  shall 
be  closed  by  invoicing  back  the  goods  contracted  for  at  such  price  as  the 
arbitrators  shall  determine,  and  this  shall  apply  whether  the  price  so  deter- 
mined be  higher  or  lower  than  the  contract  price."  The  buyer  in  such 
a  contract  may  often,  on  payment  of  a  higher  price,  have  this  clause 
struck  out.  Thus,  any  loss  resulting  from  inability  to  obtain  wheat  on 
the  contract  can  be  provided  against ;  for  in  this  case  the  seller  then  becomes 
liable  for  damage  suffered  by  the  buyer  owing  to  the  default. 


n8  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

than  within  them.  Moreover,  in  the  case  of  wheat  and  cotton 
the  fact  that,  at  certain  periods  of  the  year,  only  small  amounts  are 
available  would  still  render  cornering  possible  apart  from  any 
contracts  for  future  delivery.  It  may  well  be  doubted  whether 
the  existing  risk  of  occasional  or  partial  corners  on  the  exchanges 
is  greater  than  an  actual  monopoly  of  wheat  under  conditions  in 
which  contracts  for  future  delivery  would  not  be  possible. 

An  indirect  result  of  the  speculative  facilities  afforded  by  the 
exchanges  is  the  so-called  "  bucket-shop."  l  This  term  is  applied 
where  gambling  on  prices  takes  place  by  means  of  fictitious  sales 
and? purchases.  Bucket-shops  are  not  uncommon  in  England  in 
connection  with  the  stock  markets ;  but  they  scarcely  exist  in  con- 
nection with  speculation  in  produce.  In  the  United  States  they 
exist  in  the  case  of  both  stocks  and  produce,  but  they  do  not 
always  speculate  in  the  same  field.  Circumstances  render  their 
operations  more  profitable  in  stocks  at  one  time  and  in  wheat  or 
cotton  at  another  time. 

The  distinctive  features  of  this  kind  of  speculation  consist  in  the 
fact  that  produce  is  not  usually  bought  or  sold  for  the  customer, 
and  that  selling  or  buying  does  not  take  place  with  a  view 
to  delivery.  The  method  of  working  is  well  explained  in  the  first 
section  of  a  law  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  prohibiting  this  type 
of  trading.  "  A  bucket-shop,  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act,  is 
defined  to  be  an  office,  store,  or  other  place  wherein  the  proprietor 
or  keeper  thereof,  either  in  his  own  or  its  own  behalf,  or  as  the 
agent  or  correspondent  of  any  other  person,  corporation,  associa- 
tion or  co-partnership,  within  or  without  the  State,  conducts  the 
business  of  making  or  offering  to  make  contracts,  agreements, 
trades,  or  transactions  respecting  the  purchase  or  sale,  or  purchase 
and  sale  of  any  stocks,  grain,  provisions,  or  other  commodity,  or 
personal  property,  wherein  both  parties  thereto,  or  said  proprietor 
or  keeper,  contemplate  or  intend  that  such  contracts,  agreements, 

1  According  to  the  Oxford  Dictionary,  which  quotes  the  Leeds  Mercury 
of  a  date  in  1886  as  its  authority,  the  term  was  invented  in  Chicago.  In 
order  to  catch  men  of  small  means,  who  could  not  afford  to  deal  in  futures 
proper,  what  was  called  the  Open  Board  of  Trade  started  business  in  an 
alley  under  the  regular  Board  of  Trade  rooms.  Access  to  the  Board  of 
Trade  proper  was  by  means  of  a  lift,  and  when  legitimate  trade  was  slack 
and  members  tended  to  gather  in  the  alley  below,  the  lift  used  to  be  sent 
down  to  "  collect  a  bucketful  "  from  the  shop  downstairs.  Hence  the 
name"  bucket-shop  "  came  to  be  applied  to  all  grain  gambling  institutions, 
and  was  in  due  course  widened  to  embrace  stock  gambling  places  as  well. 

On  the  other  hand,  American  authorities  assert  that  the  term  came  from 
England  soon  after  1870,  and  they  trace  its  origin  back  to  the  custom  in 
London  where  gangs  of  hooligans  used  to  drain  barrels  which  had  been 
thrown  out  of  the  public-houses.  When  the  roughs  had  collected  enough  of 
this  wretched  liquor,  and  a  few  ends  of  cigars  as  well,  they  used  to  withdraw 
to  a  hovel  and  consume  them.  These  retreats  were  called  bucket-shops, 
and  the  name  came  to  be  used  by  the  members  of  the  London  Stock 
Exchange  for  the  outside  agencies  that  sought  to  rival  them  in  business. 


SOME  EVILS  AND  ABUSES  OF   SPECULATION      119 

trades  or  transactions  shall  be,  or  may  be,  closed,  adjusted  or 
settled  according  to  or  upon,  the  basis  of  the  public  market 
quotations  of  prices  made  on  any  Board  of  Trade  or  Exchange, 
upon  which  the  commodities  or  securities  referred  to  in  such 
contracts,  etc.,  are  dealt  in,  and  without  a  bond  fide  transaction 
on  such  Board  of  Trade  or  Exchange  ;  or  wherein  both  parties  . . . 
shall  contemplate  or  intend  that  such  contracts,  etc.,  shall  be  or 
may  be  deemed  closed  or  terminated  when  the  public  market 
quotations  or  prices  made  on  such  Board  of  Trade  or  Exchange 
for  the  articles  or  securities,  etc.,  shall  reach  a  certain  figure ;  and 
also  any  office,  store  or  other  place  where  the  keeper  thereof, 
either  in  his,  or  its  own  behalf,  therein  makes  or  offers  to  make 
with  others  contracts,  etc.,  for  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  such 
commodity  wherein  the  parties  do  not  contemplate  the  actual  or 
bond  fide  receipt  or  delivery  of  such  property,  but  do  contemplate 
a  settlement  thereof  based  upon  differences  in  the  prices  at  which 
said  property  is,  or  is  claimed  to  be,  bought  and  sold." 

A  bucket-shop  is  therefore  a  mere  gambling  institution  in 
which  the  customer  bets  against  the  proprietor  on  the  price  of 
some  article  or  of  produce.  Dealings  are  simply  in  profits  and 
losses,  not  in  produce  itself,  prices  being  settled  by  means  of 
quotations  secured  from  the  legitimate  exchanges.  As  the 
majority  of  bucket-shops  advertise  that  stock  can  be  actually 
delivered,  the  general  public  often  conclude  that  there  is  no 
distinction  between  dealings  there  and  dealings  in  differences 
inside  the  exchanges.  To  this  the  reply  may  be  made  that  all 
dealings  on  the  exchanges  are  always  actual  transactions,  even 
though  offset  by  other  real  transactions,  and  that  every  one  of 
them  exercises  its  influence  on  price,  while  no  bucket-shop  deal 
can  affect  price  to  the  slightest  degree. 

Bucket-shops  flourish  best  when  prices  are  falling ;  for  the 
majority  of  their  customers  bet  that  prices  will  rise.  Hence  it  is 
to  their  interest  that  prices  should  always  tend  to  fall ;  and  it  is 
not  uncommon,  especially  in  the  stock  markets,  for  several  to 
unite  and  employ  a  broker  on  a  legitimate  exchange  to  sell  a  large 
amount  short  so  as  to  depress  the  market  and  wipe  out  the  small 
margins  they  keep  on  deposit  from  their  customers. 

It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  for  the  protection  of  genuine 
trading,  exchanges  and  governments  must  wage  relentless  war 
on  these  unscrupulous  concerns.  This  is  done  by  dealing 
drastically  with  any  broker  suspected  of  lending  himself  to  the 
furtherance  of  the  plans  of  any  bucket-shop,  by  preventing 
quotations  reaching  them,  and  by  regarding  their  advertisements 
as  incitements  to  illegal  action.  Most  States  of  the  American 
Union  *  have  laws  directed  against  them,  the  test  imposed  being 

1  The  State  of  West  Virginia  has,  or  had,  a  law  licensing  and  permitting 
the  operations  of  bucket-shops. 


120  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

the  intention  of  one  or  both  parties  to  the  transaction  to  settle 
merely  by  payment  of  differences  instead  of  actually  to  receive 
or  deliver  produce.  Some  require  this  intention  on  the  part  of 
one  side  only,  some  on  the  part  of  both.  The  Federal  Govern- 
ment can  intervene  by  prosecution  for  the  misuse  of  the  mails  for 
the  purposes  of  fraud  ;  and  in  this  way  it  has  succeeded  in 
suppressing  great  numbers  of  bucket-shops  in  recent  years. 

The  comparatively  small  extent  of  this  evil  in  the  United 
Kingdom  has  rendered  legislation  unnecessary  in  this  connection. 

Reference  has  already  been  made  to  privileges  1  and  to  the 
services  they  can  render  in  the  course  of  legitimate  business. 
They  are,  however,  now  forbidden  on  most  exchanges  on  account 
of  the  ease  with  which  they  lend  themselves  to  the  attempts  of 
the  inexperienced  to  gamble.  Only  a  small  capital,  the  price  of 
a  put  or  of  a  call,  is  needed  for  a  deal,  in  contrast  with  the  margin 
of  10  per  cent,  usually  required  in  the  case  of  an  ordinary  trans- 
action in  futures.2 

Organised  speculation  on  the  exchanges,  constructive  specula- 
tion, has  had  to  withstand  the  most  damaging  attacks  directed 
against  it  from  those  who  seek  to  make  a  distinction  between  what 
they  term  bond  fide  trading  and  trading  for  differences.  The 
former  is  acknowledged  to  be  necessary  and  legitimate  ;  the 
latter  is  supposed  to  be  "  illegitimate/'  According  to  the 
Hughes  Committee,  the  rules  of  all  exchanges  "  make  so  easy  a 
technical  delivery  of  the  property  contracted  for,  that  the  practical 
effect  of  much  speculation,  in  point  of  form  legitimate,  is  not 
greatly  different  from  that  of  gambling.  Contracts  to  buy  may 
be  privately  offset  by  contracts  to  sell.  The  offsetting  may  be 
done,  in  a  systematic  way,  by  clearing  houses  or  by  ring  settle- 
ments. Where  deliveries  are  actually  made  property  may  be 
temporarily  borrowed  3  for  the  purpose.  In  these  ways,  specula- 
tion which  has  the  legal  traits  of  legitimate  dealing  may  go  on 
almost  as  freely  as  wagering,  and  may  have  most  of  the  pecuniary 
and  immoral  effects  of  gambling  on  a  large  scale/' 

Now  it  would  be  exceedingly  difficult  to  discriminate  between 
these  two  classes  of  transactions  on  any  exchange.  The  form  of 
contract  is  the  same  in  both  cases,  and  the  settlement  by  difference 
is  merely  a  matter  of  convenience  after  the  contract  is  made. 
Practically  all  futures  contracts  are  so  settled.  To  forbid  such 
transactions  is  to  abolish  speculation  altogether.  They  are  bond 
fide  transactions  helping  to  make  prices,  not  mere  adjuncts  to 
real  speculation  and  gambling.  Their  nature  is  in  no  way  altered 

1  See  pp.  45  sqq. 

2  Trading  in  wheat  privileges  is  one  of  the  features  of  the  Milwaukee 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  but  the  chief  market  for  speculation  in  privileges — 
the  London  Stock  Exchange — is  not  a  produce  market  at  all. 

3  This  applies  to  the  American  stock  exchanges  rather  than   to  the 
produce  markets. 


SOME   EVILS  AND   ABUSES   OF   SPECULATION       121 

by  the  manner  of  their  termination ;  and  the  continuity  of  the 
market  is  largely  determined  by  their  possibility. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  cannot  be  denied  that  there  is  great 
evil  in  the  participation  in  the  market  by  a  large  outside  public, 
who  assume  unnecessary  risks  and  simply  bet  on  fluctuations. 
These  amateurs,  who  have  neither  capital  nor  the  mental  equip- 
ment necessary  to  form  a  real  opinion  concerning  the  course  of 
prices  in  the  market,  are  attracted  by  the  possibilities  of  making 
great  and  speedy  gains  from  the  fluctuations  in  prices.  Their 
action  is,  in  fact,  the  merest  gambling  and  leads  to  unsteadiness 
of  the  market  in  times  of  excitement ;  for  the  larger  the  number  of 
such  persons  involved,  the  more  unreasoning  is  their  action  when 
their  fortunes  are  threatened,  and  the  greater  the  tendency  for 
them  all  to  act  precipitately  in  the  same  wrong  way.  Moreover, 
it  is  almost  certain  that  most  of  them  have  no  reserves  from  which 
they  may  increase  their  margins  if  required.  Hence,  any  sudden 
movement  in  price  threatens  their  solvency,  and  there  is  a  rush  to 
cover  or  to  liquidate,  which  causes  prices  either  to  rise  rapidly  or 
to  fall  suddenly  under  the  fear  of  panic. 

It  is  possible  that  this  evil  of  speculation  on  the  part  of  foolish 
outsiders  can  never  be  entirely  abolished,  but  it  might  be  greatly 
lessened  by  requiring  a  higher  original  margin  at  the  outset. 
Instead  of  5  or  10  per  cent.,  as  is  the  figure  on  many  exchanges 
(it  is  nothing  on  some  exchanges),  it  might  be  increased  to  25  or 
33  J  per  cent.,  with  the  result  that  the  number  of  bets  possible  to 
a  person  determined  on  gambling  would  be  considerably  reduced 
in  number.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  in  recent  years  there  has  been  a 
diminution  of  the  evil  without  drastic  action  of  the  kind  suggested. 
This  has  been  particularly  so  in  the  smaller  wheat  exchanges  in 
the  United  States,  and  is  ascribed  to  the  growing  awakenings  of 
conscience  on  the  part  of  brokers  and  grain  dealers  who  have 
come  to  refuse  altogether  any  speculative  orders  from  outsiders 
whom  they  do  not  regard  as  properly  qualified  to  assume  the 
risks  involved. 

Yet,  from  another  point  of  view,  it  is  difficult  to  see  how  the 
speculative  market  can  be  maintained  for  the  legitimate  traders 
without  the  admission  of  the  foolish  outsider  also,  in  quite  con- 
siderable numbers.  As  has  been  pointed  out  already,  it  is  from 
this  latter  class  that  the  expert  speculator  in  the  long  run  derives 
the  main  portion  of  his  remuneration  for  the  valuable  services 
he  renders.  It  would  not  be  possible  to  bring  about  a  condition 
of  affairs  under  which  expert  speculators  of  great  experience  and 
knowledge  carefully  investigated  all  the  circumstances  bearing 
on  prices  and  then  alone  worked  out  the  consequences  and  arrived 
at  a  scientifically  determined  market  price.  Desirable  as  such  a 
state  of  things  may  be,  the  fact  remains  that  the  experts  are  not 
prepared  to  act  in  this  way.  It  simply  would  not  afford  them  a 


122  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

living ;  for  it  would  merely  re-distribute  their  individual  capitals 
among  their  number  without  any  increase  in  the  way  of  profit. 
For  their  full  activity,  an  adequate  supply  of  outside  lambs  to 
fleece  is  a  first  necessity.  Moreover,  without  the  constant 
supply  of  fresh  speculators  always  coming  forward,  the  market 
would  become  too  narrow  and  too  restricted  for  the  possibility  of 
advantageous  hedging  by  the  genuine  dealer  in  produce. 

There  is  thus  a  conflict  between  moral  and  economic  ideals  in 
this  connection.  The  economic  advantages  of  a  speculative 
market,  wide  in  extent  and  active  in  being,  cannot  be  doubted ; 
but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  moral  evils  accompanying  the  induce- 
ment to  gambling,  brought  about  by  the  very  existence  of  this 
market  cannot  be  denied.  The  advantages  and  disadvantages 
cannot  be  measured  by  any  common  standard,  and  every  com- 
munity must  decide  for  itself  at  what  point  the  evils  of  speculation 
are  outweighed  by  the  advantages  attendant  on  a  well-organised 
and  speculatively  active  produce  market. 

Attempts  by  means  of  legislation  to  deal  with  the  evils  of 
speculation,  while  not  unknown  in  England  1  and  in  Germany,2 
have  been  most  numerous  in  the  United  States. 

They  may  be  classified  in  two  divisions  :  Acts  and  proposals 
of  the  State  legislatures  affecting  speculative  markets;  and 
attempts  at  the  Federal  regulation  of  speculation.  The  adjective 
"  anti-option  "  is  applied  to  these  Acts,  proposals  and  resolutions, 
because  they  usually  take  the  form  of  bills  for  the  taxation  of 
options  and  futures.  By  option  the  framers  mean  privileges 
(puts  and  calls). 

This  legislation  is  not  confined  to  any  part  of  the  United 
States,  but  has  been  tried  or  experimented  with  in  almost  every 
State  of  the  Union.  The  history  of  such  legislation,  as  well  as 
its  interpretation  by  the  courts  of  the  various  States,  shows  that 
the  older  States  of  longer  commercial  standing,  having  passed 
anti-option  and  anti-short-selling  laws,  discovered  their  un- 
desirability  and  uselessness,  and  repealed  them  in  the  very  early 
days  of  modern  speculative  activity.  The  newer  States  and  the 
more  purely  agricultural  States,  especially  in  the  south  and  west, 
have  passed  the  most  stringent  laws  of  all,  devoting  special  atten- 
tion to  short-selling  and  ignoring  the  differences  between  properly 
organised  legitimate  exchanges  and  mere  gambling  devices  such 
as  bucket-shops.  It  is  the  ineffectiveness  of  these  laws  that 
has  led  to  determined  attempts  on  the  part  of  the  representatives 
of  those  States  in  Congress  to  secure  by  Federal  legislation  what 
they  have  failed  to  accomplish  by  State  legislation. 

It  would  be  tedious  and  unprofitable  to  discuss  in  detail  the 

1  E.g.   Barnard's  Act,    1733 ;    Leeman's  Act,    1867,   both,   however, 
referring  to  stock  exchange  transactions. 

'  E.g.  the  Borsengesetz  of  1896,  for  which  see  Chapter  following. 


SOME   EVILS  AND   ABUSES  OF   SPECULATION       123 

various  acts  of  the  several  States.  A  few  examples,  therefore, 
typical  of  the  general  body,  will  suffice. 

Illinois,  quite  early  in  its  history,  decreed  that  "  whoever 
contracts  to  have  or  give  himself  or  another  the  option  to  sell  or 
buy  at  a  future  time  any  grain  or  other  commodity,  stock  of  any 
railroad  or  other  company,  or  gold,  or  forestalls  the  market  by 
spreading  false  rumours  to  influence  the  price  of  commodities 
therein,  or  corners  the  market,  or  attempts  to  do  so,  in  relation 
to  any  of  such  commodities,  shall  be  fined  not  less  than  $10,  nor 
more  than  $1,000,  or  confined  in  the  county  jail  not  exceeding  one 
year,  or  both  ;  and  all  contracts  made  in  violation  of  this  section 
shall  be  considered  gambling  contracts  and  shall  be  void/'  This 
law  has  had  very  little  effect.  Options  are  traded  in  at  Chicago 
to  quite  an  appreciable  extent,  while  false  rumours  and  corners 
are  by  no  means  uncommon. 

It  was  in  the  early  'eighties  that  legislative  activity  was  at  its 
height,  and  that  attempts  were  made  continually  to  declare  futures 
illegal  if  one  or  other  or  both  parties  had  no  intention  actually  to 
receive  or  to  deliver  the  article  sold.  In  1890  Massachusetts  decreed 
that  whoever  contracted  to  buy  or  sell  upon  margins,  without 
intent  actually  to  receive  or  deliver,  might  sue  for  any  payment 
made.  In  1905  the  legislatures  were  beginning  to  learn  to 
discriminate  between  bucket-shops  and  legitimate  markets ;  and  in 
1909  a  group  of  States  passed  laws  of  which  the  following  pro  visions, 
paraphrased  from  the  statutes  of  Kansas,  are  representative  : — 

Maintaining  or  aiding  in  maintaining  a  bucket-shop  is  a  felony, 
a  bucket-shop  being  defined  much  as  in  the  Wisconsin  law  quoted 
above.  Telegraph  and  telephone  companies  and  their  employees 
who  permit  the  transmission  or  the  making  of  any  such  sales  over 
their  lines  are  guilty  of  felony,  as  are  also  persons  knowingly 
allowing  use  of  their  buildings  for  such  purpose.  The  mere 
offering  to  make  such  purchases  or  sales  constitutes  a  felony. 
Every  broker  or  commission  merchant  is  required  to  furnish  a 
written  statement  to  his  principal  or  customer  of  the  name  of  the 
other  parties  to  the  contract,  the  time  of  sale  or  purchase,  the 
place  of  sale  or  purchase,  and  the  price  at  which  the  transaction 
took  place. 

About  the  same  time  Arizona  prohibited  hedging  contracts, 
with,  however,  a  modifying  clause  to  the  effect  that  bond  fide 
dealings  on  boards  of  trade  or  exchanges  were  not  to  be  prevented. 
The  cotton  States  of  Georgia,  Louisiana  and  Alabama  sought  to 
enforce  penalties  for  dealing  in  futures,  and  California,  in  1879 
and  1908,  attempted,  by  means  of  provisions  in  its  constitution, 
to  prevent  speculation  in  stocks. 

In  the  bills  submitted  to  Congress  for  the  Federal  regulation 
of  speculation  the  attack  at  first  (in  1890  and  1892)  was 
made  directly  upon  the  short-seller.  It  was  the  habitual  and 


124  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

professional  selling  of  what  was  not  in  the  possession  of  the  seller 
that  was  singled  out  as  the  evil  requiring  suppression.  In  the  next 
attempt,  in  1894,  the  line  of  attack  was  different.  The  bill  seemed 
to  permit  short-selling,  but  insisted  on  what  was  termed  "  absolute 
sale  and  actual  delivery."  It  was  not  certain  if  this  merely  pro- 
hibited off-setting  and  ringing  out  by  means  of  clearing  houses,  or 
was  only  another  method  of  stopping  short-selling  under  every 
circumstance  ;  but  fortunately  the  attempt  to  compel  a  return  to 
the  cumbrous  methods  of  cash  payments  and  physical  delivery 
failed,  and  it  was  not  until  the  turmoil,  following  on  the  1903  panic, 
that  further  efforts  were  made.  The  bills  promoted  then  sought 
to  "  define  options  and  futures,  to  make  such  contracts  illegal, 
and  to  provide  for  violation  of  the  law/'  None  of  these  met  with 
any  success. 

It  was  in  the  Congress  that  met  immediately  after  the  crisis  of 
1907  that  there  appeared  the  greatest  volume  of  bills,  attacking, 
condemning,  and  prohibiting  futures  and  options.  Margins  also 
were  added  to  the  proscribed  list,  and  one  bill  went  so  far  as  to  seek 
to  prevent  any  one  "  gaining  or  losing  sums  of  money  called 
margins  from  the  fluctuations  in  value  of  the  products  of  the  soil  " 
— a  provision  which  could  be  interpreted  as  directed  against 
profit  in  any  trade  at  all  in  raw  materials.  No  less  than  twenty 
such  bills  were  submitted,  but  none  was  debated  or  voted  on. 
In  the  next  Congress,  thirteen,  and  in  the  first  session  of  the 
following  Congress  (1911),  eight  bills  came  forward,  but  none  met 
with  success.  They  were  all  similar  to  one  another,  being  modelled 
on  previously  rejected  bills  or  on  Acts  of  State  legislatures. 

It  was  not  until  1915  that  a  measure  of  success  was  obtained  in 
the  passing  of  the  Cotton  Futures  Act  of  1  that  year,  which  confers 
certain  powers  on  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture  in 
respect  of  the  cotton  exchanges.  This  success  has  been  followed 
up  in  1921  by  the  Future  Trading  Act  (the  Capper-Tincher  Act)  2 
which  imposes  the  rather  prohibitive  tax  of  20  cents  per  bushel  on 
privileges  entered  into  anywhere  in  the  United  States,  and  a 
similar  tax  on  futures  except  hi  the  case  of  hedging  transactions 
on  exchanges  or  boards  of  trade.  These  latter  institutions  must 
fulfil  certain  conditions  laid  down  in  the  Act ;  and  their  members 
must  keep  all  memoranda  of  such  transactions  available  for 
inspection  by  a  representative  of  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  or  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice  at  any 
time  within  a  period  of  three  years  from  the  date  of  conclusion  of 
the  agreements.3 

1  Already  discussed  in  Chap.  III. 

*  For  full  text  of  this  important  Act,  see  Appendix  I. 

3  The  Egyptian  Government,  towards  the  close  of  1921,  had  under 
consideration  the  passing  of  an  Act  regulating  business  in  the  Alexandria 
Cotton  Market.  Legislation  similar  to  the  two  American  Acts  was 
contemplated. 


SOME   EVILS   AND   ABUSES  OF  SPECULATION      125 

The  numerous  resolutions  and  Bills  concerning  speculation  in 
produce  submitted  to  Congress  in  the  period  since  1894  have  given 
rise  to  many  official  inquiries  and  reports,  of  which  the  following 
are  the  most  informing  :— 

(1)  Special  Report  on  Speculation  and   Prices  of  Wheat   and 
Cotton.     Report  of  the  U.S.  Industrial  Commission,  1901,  vol.  vi. 

(2)  U.S.  Commissioner  of  Corporations,   Report  of,  on  Cotton 
Exchanges.     Washington,  1909. 

(3)  U.S.  House  of  Representatives.     Hearings  before  the  Com- 
mittee on  Agriculture  on  Dealing  in  Futures,  6ist  Congress,  2nd 
Session,  1910. 

(4)  U.S.  House  of  Representatives,  Hearings  before  the  Com- 
mittee on  Rules  on  Grain  Exchanges,  63rd  Congress,  2nd  Session, 
1914. 

(5)  Report  of  the  Hughes'  Committee  on  speculation  in  Securities 
and  Commodities,  1909.     (This  was  a  New  York  State  Committee.) 

It  is  unlikely  that  attempts  to  suppress  the  abuses  of  specula- 
tion by  means  of  legislative  action  can  ever  meet  with  unqualified 
success.  Enduring  reform  can  only  come  with  the  gradual 
growth  of  an  enlightened  commercial  public  and  the  adoption  of 
the  highest  standards  of  social  ethics  by  those  who  manage  the 
large  businesses  in  the  various  countries  of  the  world.  The 
recognition  by  merchants  and  dealers  that  they  stand  in  a  high 
fiduciary  relation  to  the  community,  and  that  the  latter  will  always 
adequately  remunerate  them  for  services  rendered,  would  soon 
bring  about  the  disappearance  of  those  sharp  practices  that  still 
survive  in  some  organised  markets  and  exchanges. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  SPECULATION  UPON  PRICES 

REASONS  have  already  been  given  in  support  of  the  assertion  that 
short-selling  steadies  prices,  and  that  active  legitimate  speculation, 
by  concentrating  risks  on  experts,  tends  to  narrow  the  difference 
between  the  price  paid  by  the  consumer  and  that  received  by  the 
producer. 

It  is  proposed  now  to  discuss  in  greater  detail  the  views 
of  farmers,  statisticians,  and  others,  on  these  points,  and  to 
examine  in  a  general  way  the  manner  in  which  speculation 
influences  the  prices  of  those  two  commodities,  cotton  and 
wheat,  in  which  it  is  most  widely  employed,  and  in  which  it 
can  work  out  its  effects  with  the  smallest  interference  from 
outside  causes. 

It  is  often  asserted  that  the  prices  fixed  in  the  speculative 
markets  are  unreal  because  they  are  determined  "  regardless  of 
the  law  of  supply  and  demand."  This  statement  probably  means 
nothing  more  than  that  the  price  is  not  in  accordance  with  some 
preconceived  idea  of  what  it  ought  to  be.  In  other  words,  value 
is  considered  as  something  objective,  something  that  can  be 
discovered  by  certain  physical  tests  independent  of  the  feelings 
of  individuals.  It  is  thought  that  it  can  be  determined  at  any 
moment  by  examining,  on  the  one  hand,  the  total  physical  supply 
of  the  commodity,  which  is  regarded  as  easily  ascertainable,  and 
on  the  other,  a  very  definite  demand  on  the  part  of  consumers  of 
the  commodity,  and  that  these  two  items  can  be  balanced  one 
against  the  other,  no  regard  being  paid  to  the  obvious  fact  that 
"  effective  "  demand  and  "  effective  "  supply,  the  really  important 
elements,  vary  according  to  the  changing  opinions  of  individuals 
concerning  the  prospect  in  the  future  and  with  the  proposed 
present  price  itself. 

The  fact  is  that  prices  in  the  organised  markets  are  determined 
by  the  existing  supply  and  demand,  but  that  the  existing  supply 
and  demand,  effective  supply  and  demand,  are  both  speculative. 
They  are  dependent  on  conditions  in  other  markets,  and  on  judg- 
ments concerning  the  future.  Hence,  future  supply  and  demand, 
by  their  influence  over  present  speculative  supply  and  demand, 

126 


INFLUENCE  OF  SPECULATION  UPON  PRICES     127 

affect  prices ;  but  this  is  the  only  way  in  which  it  is  in  their  power 
to  do  so. 

The  speculative  demand  and  speculative  supply  find  ex- 
pression in  offers  to  buy  and  to  sell,  and  are,  therefore,  quite  as 
genuine  as  ordinary  demand  and  supply.  The  goods  dealt  in  may 
be  either  goods  for  immediate  deli  very  or  for  future  delivery ;  and 
the  offers  on  either  side  may  be  regarded  as  estimates  of  what  the 
future  market  is  likely  to  be.  There  is,  therefore,  a  present 
market  for  the  future  goods  which  will  then  be  in  existence.  The 
speculator  deals  in  estimates  of  future  values.  This  is  where  the 
class  of  critics  already  referred  to  goes  wrong.  They  fail  to 
recognise  that  one  main  service  of  speculation  consists  in  the 
influence  it  exercises  over  the  determination  of  prices  throughout 
a  range  of  time  in  the  future.  It  is  not  the  present  price  so  much 
as  the  future  price  over  which  it  seeks  control. 

About  the  years  1894  and  1895,  when  prices  were  considerably 
depressed,  the  question  of  the  influence  of  the  active  operation 
of  a  market  in  futures  was  widely  discussed  in  England,  America, 
and  the  Continent.  Anti-option  bills  were  promoted  in  more 
than  one  American  State ;  the  so-called  Exchanges  Act  was  passed 
in  1896,  in  Germany,  to  regulate  speculation  on  the  exchanges 
there  ;  and  a  committee  of  the  section  of  Economic  Science  and 
Statistics  of  the  British  Association  reported  in  1900  on  the  effects 
of  dealings  in  futures  upon  prices,  with  special  reference  to  wheat.1 
The  particular  point  then  under  discussion  was  the  assertion 
that  futures  tended  to  depress  prices.  This  was  a  natural 
supposition  in  view  of  the  prevailing  low  prices  at  that  time,  but 
the  exactly  opposite  opinion  has  been  maintained  in  times  of  high 
and  rising  prices,2  with  as  little  justification  in  the  one  case  as  in 
the  other. 

Taking  first  the  assertion  that  dealing  in  futures  depresses 
prices,  with  consequent  loss  to  the  producers,  the  argument  runs 
that  short -selling  is  a  selling  of  produce  that  does  not  exist,  in 
addition  to  that  which  does.  The  increase  of  supply  thus  caused 
by  this  fictitious  store  necessarily  depresses  prices ;  and  the  fact 

1  Reference  may  be  made  to  the  following  (the  more  important  of  a 
very  great  mass  of  literature  dealing  with  this  topic):  "  Future  Dealings 
in  Raw  Produce,"  Report  of  Committee  of  British  Association,  Section  F., 
1900.      Chapman    and    Knocp,    "  Dealings    in    Futures    in    the    Cotton 
Market,"  Journal  of  the   Royal   Statistical  Society,  vol.  Ixix.  pp.  321-64. 
Hooker,  "  The  Suspension  of  the  Berlin  Produce  Exchange,"  Journal  of 
the  Royal  Statistical  Society,  vol.  Ixiv.  pp.  574-604.     Chapman  and  Knoop, 
"  Anticipation  in  the  Cotton  Market,"  Economic  Journal,  vol.  xiv.  pp.  541- 
54.     Emery,  "  Legislation   against   Futures,"  Political   Science  Quarterly, 
vol.  x.  pp.  62-86.     Special  Report  on  Speculation  and  Prices  of  Wheat  and 
Cotton.     Report  of  U.S.  Industrial  Commission,  1901,  vol.  vi. 

2  See,  e.g.,  Order  in  Council  of  the  Dominion  Government  dated  July, 
1919,  establishing  the  Canadian  Wheat  Board  for  the  marketing  of  the 
wheat  crop  of  1919. 


128  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

that  the  whole  annual  wheat  or  cotton  crop  is  sold  many  times  over 
in  the  course  of  the  year  on,  probably,  more  than  one  exchange 
lends  statistical  support  to  the  statement.  To  this  the  reply  may 
be  made  that  these  sales  are  also  at  the  moment  purchases,  and 
the  question  of  their  amount  is  of  little  importance.  Moreover, 
every  short-seller  must  later  on  become  a  buyer  before  he  can 
carry  out  his  contract,  and  so  far  as  spot  prices  are  concerned  he 
appears  as  a  buyer  and  not  as  a  seller.  Thus,  if  his  action  in  short - 
selling  really  does  depress  prices  in  the  future,  his  action  in  cover- 
ing his  short  sales  makes  him  an  unwilling  instrument  in  raising 
spot  prices  later  on. 

It  is  possible  to  contend  that,  granting  for  every  sale  there  is  a 
corresponding  purchase,  yet  the  contending  forces  are  not  equal, 
and  that  short-selling  is  not  necessarily  equalised  by  long  buying. 
Moreover,  it  may  be  urged  that  the  price  is  depressed  by  a  multi- 
tude of  unaccepted  offers.  Now,  it  cannot  be  denied  that  an 
increase  of  supply,  even  if  only  speculative,  does  tend  to  depress 
price ;  but  the  question  whether  it  succeeds  actually  in  doing  so 
depends  upon  the  strength  of  the  demand.  Seeing  that  short- 
selling  does  not  in  fact  depress  prices  to  an  unlimited  extent,  it  is 
evident  that  demand  relies  for  its  strength  on  something  other 
than  genuine  traders  and  ordinary  consumers.  This  something  is 
the  speculation  provoked  when  the  price  is  depressed  below  what 
the  speculators  think  it  ought  to  be.  Short-sellers  cannot  sell 
fictitious  produce  indefinitely ;  for  the  bulls  become  equally  active, 
and  their  purchases  raise  the  price.  It  is  not  only  in  a  falling 
market  that  profits  can  be  made ;  and  it  is  just  as  easy  to  create  a 
so-called  fictitious  demand  as  to  create  a  so-called  fictitious  supply. 
The  latter  invariably  calls  forth  the  former  as  soon  as  the  exercise 
of  judgment  by  bull  speculators  leads  them  to  think  that  bottom 
prices  have  been  reached,  and  that  it  is  now  possible  to  speculate 
for  a  rise.  It  is  not  the  fact  that  bulls  are  less  enterprising  than 
bears.  They  can,  and  do,  go  into  the  market  at  any  time,  and 
bid  for  large  quantities  of  produce  ;  and  they  raise  the  price  with 
exactly  the  same  success  as  the  bears  depress  it  when  they  offer 
to  sell  similar  amounts. 

That  speculative  sellers  do  not  control  the  market  is  further 
borne  out  by  the  fact  that  prices  of  wheat  and  cotton  rise  and  fall 
quite  independently  of  the  amount  of  dealings  in  futures.  If  it 
were  true  that  the  influence  of  these  transactions  is,  on  the  whole, 
to  depress  prices,  the  greater  their  volume  the  lower  the  price  ought 
to  be.  It  is  not  easy,  or  even  possible,  to  get  complete  figures  from 
all  the  exchanges  in  order  actually  to  test  the  connection,  if  any, 
between  volume  of  dealings  and  price.  Moreover,  the  practice  of 
buying  in  one  market  and  hedging  in  another  may  render  the 
figures  taken  from  a  single  market  not  altogether  reliable.  Yet 
the  fact  that  there  is  no  correspondence  of  the  kind  required  in 


INFLUENCE  OF   SPECULATION   UPON   PRICES     129 

such  figures  as  are  available  affords  sufficient  reason  for  concluding 
that  such  a  connection  does  not  exist.1 

There  are  occasions  when  short-selling  has  temporary  success 
in  depressing  prices,  but  the  cause  is  then  invariably  impulsive 
action  on  the  part  of  the  majority  of  the  speculators  for  which  no 
reason  canbe  assigned ;  and  it  is  independent  of  the  existence  of  any 
intrinsic  good  or  evil  in  short-selling  itself.  If  two  or  three  dealers 
of  known  ability  and  financial  strength  continuously  sell  wheat 
when  the  general  indications  point  to  a  rise  in  price  they  may 
succeed  in  bringing  about  a  fall ;  for  the  other  speculators  in  the 
market  may  be  frightened  and  may  lose  their  self-confidence, 
fearing  the  wisdom  and  strength  of  these  operators  rather  than 
trusting  in  the  indications  and  in  the  predictions  arrived  at  by 
themselves.  This  is  an  instance  of  manipulation  by  means  of  a 
scare ;  but  if  the  short-sellers  are  making  a  mistake  the  penalty 
they  will  be  called  on  to  pay  will  be  immense.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  they  are  correct  in  anticipating  an  unexpectedly  great 
supply  they  will  reap  a  large  reward  for  their  superior  economic 
foresight  in  putting  the  price  where  it  ought  to  have  been.  This 
is  precisely  what  happened  in  Chicago  in  1891-92,  when  an 
operator,  Pardridge,  sold  large  quantities  of  wheat  and  kept  the 
price  down  in  face  of  the  unanimous  opinion  of  expert  forecasters 
that  there  would  be  a  shortage  of  supply.  Much  was  made  at  the 
time  of  the  supposed  evil  effects  of  his  short-selling ;  but  events 
proved  that  he  was  correct.  He  just  made  the  price  what  it  ought 
to'have  been.  Had  he  been  wrong  in  his  views  as  to  the  world's 
supply  and  demand,  he  would  have  been  unable  to  have  made 
good  his  contracts  except  at  a  loss ;  and  his  efforts  to  cover  would 
have  probably  inflated  the  price  temporarily  to  a  point  above  the 
actual  value.  He  could  not  have  unduly  depressed  the  price 
without  involving  himself  in  ruin.  Thus,  short-sellers  succeed  in 
depressing  prices  only  when  their  action  is  in  accordance  with  the 
public  interest.  They  may  have  a  very  passing  measure  of 
success  at  other  times  ;  but  it  is  immediately  followed  by  thorough 
ruin  and  their  disappearance  from  the  scene  of  their  operations. 
They  can  only  make  a  profit  and  survive  while  serving  the  general 
interests  of  the  community. 

It  would  seem  that,  at  the  time  the  view  prevailed  that  short- 
selling  depressed  prices,  the  main  argument  of  its  upholders  was 
that  other  causes  seemed  inadequate  to  produce  the  low  prices 

1  One  set  of  figures,  characteristic  of  others,  may  be  instructive : — 
WHEAT  FUTURES  SOLD  ON  NEW  YORK  PRODUCE  EXCHANGE. 

Average  price  of  wheat 
Bushels.  during  the  year. 

1891  .          .          1,604,450,000  108     cents. 

1892  .          .          1,079,713,500  89! 

1893  .  972,670,000  72^ 


130  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

then  experienced.  Further  investigation,  however,  has  shown 
that  in  the  particular  cases  of  wheat  and  cotton  there  were 
additional  causes  depressing  prices  which  were  overlooked  at  the 
moment.  Yet  hi  one  way  it  may  be  true  that  the  operation  of  a 
futures  market  can  depress  the  general  price-level  of  the  produce 
bought  and  sold  in  it ;  for  the  cost  of  handling  may  be  so  reduced 
by  the  perfection  of  organisation  in  the  market  that  the  price  may 
be  lowered  to  the  consumer  without  a  corresponding  reduction  of 
price  paid  to  the  producer.  It  must  be  admitted  that  in  this  case 
the  tendency  to  deprive  the  producer  of  his  increased  propor- 
tionate share  of  the  total  price  paid  by  the  consumer  might  be 
one  he  could  not  easily  resist ;  but  statistics  given  in  the  British 
Association  report  1  do  not  lend  support  to  the  view  that  the 
growth  of  futures  markets  in  wheat  has  resulted  in  a  remuneration 
to  the  farmer  less  in  proportion  than  formerly. 

A  second  suggestion,  as  to  the  effect  of  dealings  in  futures  on 
prices,  is  that  they  cause  greater  steadiness  (or  unsteadiness)  than 
would  exist  without  them.  At  the  outset  of  any  discussion  on  this 
point  it  is  desirable  to  give  precise  meaning  to  the  phrase  "  price 
steadiness,"  and  to  examine  in  what  it  may  be  regarded  to  consist. 
Dealing  in  futures  and  the  ordinary  work  of  the  speculator  act, 
as  has  been  already  seen,  in  such  a  way  as  to  concentrate  in  a 
single  market  all  the  factors  influencing  prices.  By  arbitrage 
transactions  differences  of  price  in  different  places  are  eliminated ; 
and  fluctuations  arising  from  causes  that  can  be  foreseen  are 
discounted  in  advance.  Anticipation  of  changes  in  the  future 
market  prices  affect  the  present  price ;  and  violent  future  changes 
are  thereby  avoided.  On  the  other  hand,  the  more  perfect  the 
speculative  side  of  the  market  becomes  the  more  sensitive  it  is 
to  every  change  in  conditions  ;  and  an  alteration  in  the  supply  or 
demand  of  the  commodity  has  more  influence  than  it  ever  had 
before.  Therefore,  as  a  market  develops  on  the  speculative  side, 
the  less  violent,  but  also  the  much  more  frequent,  fluctuations  in 
price  become.  A  ceaseless  fluctuation  within  certain  limits,  with  a 
tendency  continually  to  narrow  those  limits,  is  the  natural  result  of 
every  speculatively  active  market.  It  is  only  right,  however,  to 
point  out  that  there  are  occasions  when  speculation  is  responsible 
for  increased  fluctuation.  The  possibility  of  manipulation,  for 
instance,  cannot  be  excluded ;  and  there  is  now  and  again  the 
opportunity  for  panic  influence,  and  the  violent  movements  in 
price  due  solely  to  the  unreasoning  excitement  of  a  crowd.  But 
those  cases  are  rare,  and  of  short  duration  when  they  do  occur. 

Average  farm  price.  Years  ending         Average  export  price. 

1  "  Years.        Wheat — cents  per  bushel.  June  30.         Wheat — cents  per  bushel. 

1869-78      .            .    1047  1870-79  .           .      126*6 

1889-98      .            .      66-5  1890-99  .           .         79-7 

"  These  figures  indicate  a  fall  of  not  very  different  proportions  in  the 
two  prices." 


INFLUENCE   OF  SPECULATION   UPON    PRICES      131 

The  question,  then,  in  what  does  price  steadiness  consist  has 
to  be  answered.  There  are  two  variables  to  be  considered — 
frequency  of  fluctuation  and  extent  of  fluctuation.  Which  is  the 
more  important,  and  which  ought  to  be  the  determining  factor 
in  any  given  case  ?  It  is  not  easy  satisfactorily  to  frame  a 
definition  for  a  term  which,  after  all,  is  comparative.  The  ideal 
steady  price  is  one  which  never  alters ;  and,  on  the  whole,  therefore, 
it  might  be  better  to  regard  a  price  which  changes  less  frequently 
to  be  steadier  than  one  which  varies  more  often,  and  to  say  that 
less  frequent,  if  more  violent,  variations  from  a  simple  average 
constitute  increased  steadiness.  But  it  is  evident  that  the  com- 
munity is  interested  rather  in  having  the  extent  of  fluctuation 
narrowed  than  the  frequency  of  movement  diminished ;  and  it 
regards  more  frequent  changes  by  means  of  small  increments  as 
less  harassing  than  less  frequent  changes  by  larger  increments. 
Therefore,  to  conform  to  the  popular,  if  less  logical,  view  a  price 
is  steadier  according  as  its  fluctuations  diminish  in  extent,  even 
though  they  may  increase  in  number.  A  diminishing  range  of 
movement  (neglecting  small  oscillations),  less  variation  from  the 
average,  are  the  characteristics  then  of  growing  steadiness.  In 
this  sense  of  the  term  it  is  true,  theoretically,  that  dealing  in 
futures  has  led  to  greater  steadiness  of  price ;  and  statistical  in- 
vestigations seem  to  support  this  contention.  It  is  not  easy  to 
devise  a  satisfactory  statistical  measure  of  price  steadiness; 
because  the  extreme  quotations  at  the  two  ends  of  the  range, 
which  are  those  that  must  be  used,  may  be  entirely  accidental, 
and  quite  out  of  relation  to  the  rest  of  the  prices  in  the  period 
considered.  Accordingly,  undue  weight  need  not  be  attached  to 
the  results  of  such  investigations,  though  the  fact  that  they  do  not, 
on  the  whole,  contradict  results  reached  otherwise  must  be 
*  admitted  to  possess  some  significance.  The  greatest  difficulty 
met  with  by  the  statistician  arises  from  his  ignorance  of  the  extent 
of  dealings  by  the  inexpert  public,  and  of  the  degree  in  which 
dealings  are  used  to  influence  prices,  instead  of  being  determined 
by  them.  There  seems  to  be  little  doubt  that  certain  marked 
periods  of  price  unsteadiness  in  the  produce  markets  in  recent 
years  have  been  accompanied  by  increased  tampering  by  syndi- 
cates, and  increased  gambling  on  the  part  of  the  outside  public  ; 
but  which  is  cause  and  which  is  effect  is  a  question  not  easy  to 
answer.  Many  changes,  both  permanent  and  temporary,  in 
economic  conditions  have  accompanied  these  movements;  and 
these  may  have  been  the  really  determining  factors  influencing 
the  course  events  have  followed. 

Another  change  in  price  phenomena  directly  traceable  to 
speculation  is  the  gentler  gradation  of  the  fluctuations.  Only 
second  in  importance  to  the  fact  of  the  fluctuations  themselves 
and  their  extent  is  the  question  whether  the  extreme  points  are 


132  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

reached  suddenly  or  by  easy  stages.  A  moment's  reflection  at 
once  shows  that  a  speculative  system  affords  the  most  advan- 
tageous means  by  which  this  desirable  end  of  easy  gradations  can 
be  attained.  There  are  always  some  persons  in  the  market  ready 
to  buy  as  soon  as  prices  begin  to  fall,  and  others  ready  to  sell  the 
moment  prices  begin  to  rise.  Thus,  a  sudden  large  change  in 
price  is  very  rare ;  and  the  finer  sub-divisions  in  the  quotations 
now  employed  in  the  cotton  and  wheat  markets  are  the  outward 
indication  of  the  growth  of  price  movement  by  easier  stages. 
This  development  is  of  great  practical  benefit ;  because  the  public 
thereby  gets  early  warning  of  a  change  in  values,  and  the  smaller 
holders  of  produce  are  enabled  to  unload  their  stocks,  if  the  market 
is  falling,  without  the  serious  loss  that  they  would  incur  if  the 
price  jumped  at  once  to  its  lowest  extreme,  while  the  small  pur- 
chasers are  enabled  to  buy  their  supplies  before  the  price  reaches 
its  uppermost  limit ;  but  the  value  even  to  the  larger  merchants, 
producers,  and  consumers,  of  a  graduated  price  movement  is  too 
obvious  to  require  discussion. 

It  may  be  instructive  at  this  stage  to  glance  at  the  opinions 
expressed  by  farmers  themselves,  and  by  others  speaking  on  their 
behalf,  concerning  the  effect  of  dealing  in  futures  on  the  prices 
received  by  them  for  their  harvests. 

"  Were  it  not  possible  for  large  elevator  companies  and  exporters 
to  hedge  their  holdings  of  grain,  the  fanner  would  be  unable  to 
dump  his  large  crops,  as  at  present,  on  the  market  within  the  three 
months  of  the  crop-moving  season  and  receive  cash  therefor.  No 
class  of  middleman  could  be  induced  to  take  a  year's  harvest  within 
so  short  a  time  and  hold  it  for  gradual  distribution  during  the  balance 
of  the  year ;  and  if  any  cared  to  be  such  reckless  gamblers,  it  is 
doubtful  if  bankers  would  care  to  finance  their  operations.  Without 
the  hedging  privilege,  elevator  owners  and  their  dealers  would  be 
obliged  to  discount  the  enormous  risk  assumed  in  buying  large 
quantities  of  grain,  and,  to  be  on  the  safe  side,  would  have  to  make 
allowance  for  the  worst  contingency  anticipated  by  offering  the 
farmer  a  much  smaller  price  for  his  grain  than  is  now  given.  It  is 
generally  maintained  by  the  leading  interests  in  the  market  that 
without  the  hedging  privilege  farmers  would  get  an  average  price 
of  at  least  10  per  cent,  less  than  that  prevailing  to-day."  1 

Again — 

"  In  the  absence  of  hedging,  every  one  in  the  grain  business, 
from  country  elevator  company  to  exporter,  would  undoubtedly 
demand  a  greater  margin  of  profit  on  account  of  the  increased 
risk.  ...  It  is  practically  the  unanimous  opinion  of  men  intimately 
connected  with  the  grain  trade  that  the  abolition  of  future  trading, 
which  implies  the  elimination  of  hedging,  would  result  in  the  farmer 
receiving  less  for  his  grain.  There  is  no  doubt  that,  without  the 

1  Huebner,  "  The  Functions  of  the  Produce  Exchanges,"  Annals  of 
American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xxxviii. 


INFLUENCE   OF   SPECULATION  UPON   PRICES     133 

protection  of  these  hedging  transactions,  which  enable  a  large  volume 
of  business  to  be  done  along  a  small  margin,  every  one  handling 
grain  would  require  a  larger  margin  of  safety,  and  this  in  the  end 
would  come  out  of  the  grower.  ...  If  trading  in  futures  were 
eliminated  in  this  country,  the  farmer  would  surely  have  to  take  from 
five  to  twenty  cents  per  bushel  less  for  his  wheat."  1 

The  farmers  themselves,  at  first,  were  hostile  to  the  exchanges  ; 
but  that  feeling  has  now  passed  away.2  Instead,  they  are  coming 
to  realise  that  they  can  learn  more,  and  accomplish  more  by 
obtaining  places  in  the  grain  exchanges  than  by  unreasonably 
attacking  them  from  outside.  The  Farmers'  Co-operative  Grain 
Dealers'  Associations  in  North- West  Canada  are  members  of 
the  Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange.  The  Farmers'  Equity  Union  of 
the  United  States  is  represented  on  the  Omaha  Grain  Exchange, 
and  has  also  purchased  membership  of  the  Kansas  City  Board  of 
Trade.  Numerous  other  farmers'  societies  in  America  have 
expressed  themselves  well  satisfied  with  the  existing  methods  by 
which  their  wheat  is  marketed ;  and  they  do  not  consider  that  the 
speculators'  interests  are  necessarily  hostile  to  their  own. 

Comparisons  of  prices,  before  futures  were  used  with  prices 
at  present,  yield  results  of  doubtful  value ;  because  such  early 
periods  have  to  be  taken  as  representative  of  non-futures  trading 
times,  that  economic  conditions  of  a  kind  wholly  dissimilar  to  the 
present  enter  as  disturbing  features.  Dealing  in  futures  has  only 
gradually  attained  its  present  magnitude ;  and  its  coming  has  been 
attended  by  many  other  important  economic  changes.  Therefore, 
the  conclusions  drawn  by  the  United  States  Industrial  Com- 
mission, 1901,  from  its  comparative  study  of  prices  before  and 
after  speculation,  on  both  the  wheat  and  cotton  exchanges,  ought 
not  to  be  pressed  too  far.  Yet  they  are  worth  recording,  and  they 
point  to  the  fact  that  month  to  month  fluctuations  in  price  have 
steadily  diminished  in  extent,  but  increased  in  frequency  since 
1840,  the  earliest  date  considered.  Moreover,  there  are  indica- 
tions that  the  natural  tendency  to  falling  prices,  when  the  new 
crop  comes  on  the  market,  has  not  only  been  counteracted  by  the 
development  of  speculation,  but  has  been  turned  into  an  opposite 
movement,  making  the  April  and  May  price  of  wheat  differ  from 
the  autumn  price  only  by  the  cost  of  storage,  interest,  and  other 
carrying  charges,  and  sometimes  even  by  less  than  these.3 

1  Harris,  "  Methods  of  Marketing  the  Grain  Crop,"  Annals  of  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  xxxviii. 

2  The  President  of  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade,  in  his  report  for  the 
year  ending  December  31,  1920,  notes  with  satisfaction  that  futures  trading 
was  not  even  mentioned  as  a  contributing  cause  among  the  seven  reasons 
outlined  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  which  investigated  the  causes 
of  the  decline  in  the  price  of  produce  in  1920.     The  farming  interests  were 
strongly  represented  in  this  enquiry. 

3  The  series  of  charts  pp.  32-40  in  the  Report  on  the  Winnipeg  Grain 
Exchange,  September  10,  1921,  afford  good  illustrations  of  this  statement. 


134  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

The  interference  of  the  German  Government  in  1896  with  the 
exchanges  under  its  supervision,  and  the  resulting  suspension  of 
dealings  in  futures  on  the  produce  section  ol  the  Berlin  Bourse, 
afforded  an  opportunity  of  testing  practically  the  effects  of  trading 
in  futures  on  prices.  But  in  this  case,  also,  caution  is  necessary 
in  drawing  conclusions ;  for  it  is  extremely  improbable  that  the 
prices  in  Berlin  during  the  period  of  suspension  were  independent 
of  those  in  the  remaining  speculative  markets.  The  market  for 
produce  is  a  world  market ;  and  no  one  of  its  subdivisions  can 
ever  be  uninfluenced  by  what  happens  in  the  others. 

The  demand  for  this  restrictive  legislation  first  arose  from  the 
failure  of  certain  banks  in  Berlin,  in  1891,  which  misused  their 
deposits  in  rather  rash  speculation  on  behalf  of  customers  who 
were  mainly  ordinary  members  of  the  non-trading  public.  In 
1892,  the  Imperial  Government  appointed  a  commission  to  con- 
sider the  whole  question  of  the  Bourse  and  of  the  speculation  that 
took  place  there.  The  report  of  this  body,  which  appeared  towards 
the  end  of  1893,  recommended  certain  statutory  and  administra- 
tive changes  ;  but,  on  the  whole,  it  was  impartial,  judicious,  and 
prudent.  The  Reichstag  at  the  time  was  controlled  by  the 
Agrarians,  or  rural  land-holding  party,  which  consequently  had 
undue  influence  over  the  Government.  This  party  was  naturally 
dissatisfied  with  the  low  prices  then  prevailing  for  all  agricultural 
produce ;  and  it  blamed  the  system  of  future  delivery  on  the  ground 
that  it  allowed  the  short-seller  time  to  get  in  his  supplies  from 
abroad,  and  thus,  by  favouring  imports  and  increasing  the  avail- 
able supply,  to  depress  prices.  Under  pressure  from  it  the 
Imperial  Government,  in  1896,  passed  a  law  (the  Exchanges- Act  *) 
to  operate  from  the  beginning  of  1897,  containing  provisions 
much  more  stringent  than  those  recommended  by  the  commission. 

These  provisions  may  be  classified  under  five  headings  : — 

(1)  General  organisation  ; 

(2)  Quotations  of  prices  and  duties  of  brokers  ; 

(3)  The  listing  of  securities  ; 

(4)  Transactions  for  future  delivery  ;   and 

(5)  Dealing  on  commission. 

A  register  was  established  in  which  was  to  be  recorded  the  name 
of  every  person  engaged  in  transactions  in  futures.  Contracts 
made  by  persons  entered  on  the  register  were  declared  binding ; 
but  if  one  of  the  parties  was  unregistered  the  contract  was  void, 
and  that  one  whose  operations  were  ill-judged  could  evade  pay- 
ment by  putting  forward  the  defence  of  wager.  The  object  of 
the  Act  was  to  prevent  the  manipulation  of  prices  by  short -sellers, 
cornerers,  and  others,  especially  against  the  interests  of  the  pro- 
ducers, and  to  prevent  the  outside  public  participating  in  specula- 
tive transactions. 

1  Borsengesetz. 


INFLUENCE  OF   SPECULATION   UPON    PRICES     135 

The  law  did  not  actually  prohibit  contracts  for  future  delivery. 
All  it  did  was  to  prohibit  them  when  made  "  according  to  exchange 
procedure  "  x ;  and  slight  changes  in  the  form  of  contract  in  use  at 
Berlin  were  sufficient  to  alter  the  transactions  from  exchange 
(borsenmdssig)  transactions  into  ordinary  commercial  (handels- 
rechtlich)  dealings.  But  difficulties  arose  in  connection  with  the 
appointment  of  a  board,  heavily  weighted  with  agriculturalists, 
to  assist  in  the  management  of  the  exchange,  and  the  consequent 
secession  of  all  the  produce  brokers  from  the  exchange  building, 
leaving  the  Government  nominees  no  brokers  to  preside  over,  and 
the  Agrarian  representatives  no  colleagues  with  whom  to  do 
business.  The  seceding  members  moved  across  the  street  and 
took  up  new  quarters.  Here,  trading  for  future  delivery  was 
carried  on,  but  without  the  machinery  for  clearing  and  the 
official  announcement  of  prices,  and  with  the  contract  forms 
expressly  stating  that  the  established  usages  of  the  grain  trade 
were  not  there  in  force.  Short -selling  continued  as  before,  but 
there  was  much  hesitation  and  uncertainty. 

After  a  short  time,  under  further  pressure  from  the  Agrarians, 
the  Government  notified  the  brokers  that  it  considered  their  new 
organisation  an  exchange  and  therefore  subject  to  the  Act ;  and 
it  forced  them  to  make  yet  other  arrangements.  They  next  took 
refuge  in  a  hospital,  in  the  various  adjoining  rooms  of  which  each 
broker  claimed  to  have  a  private  office  and  to  do  business  only  in 
strict  accordance  with  the  commercial  code.  They,  therefore, 
had  no  fixed  formal  rules  as  to  "  contract  grade/'  "  option  of 
delivery,"  etc. — no  clearing  house  or  official  price  quotations. 
In  course  of  time  a  private  agency  arose  which  cleared  settlements 
for  those  who  cared  to  use  it ;  but  the  hindrances  to  properly 
organised  exchange  dealings  were  serious  in  the  extreme. 

It  was  not  long  before  the  effect  of  this  hampering  and  the 
practical  cessation  of  organised  speculation  began  to  be  felt  in 
the  grain  trade.  Disorganisation  set  in  all  over  the  country  with 
the  disappearance  of  the  central  indicator,  the  Berlin  price  list. 
The  local  markets  increased  in  importance,  but  they,  too,  were 
subject  to  similar  restrictions.  Moreover,  they  varied  widely  as  to 
rules  concerning  dealing ;  for  contract  grades  and  prices  were  local 
only  in  influence  and  could  be  of  little  help  in  aiding  the  farmer  or 
the  miller  to  determine  what  was  a  fair  price  for  his  grain.  As  a 
substitute  for  the  old  central  price  reports,  a  board  was  established 
to  collect  and  publish  three  sets  of  prices:  local  spot  prices  in 
Berlin,  Dantzig,  and  Stettin ;  a  few  other  large  market  prices ; 
and  prices  on  foreign  exchanges,  the  latter  being  exactly  of  the 
speculative  class  abolished  in  Berlin.  The  inadequacy  of  these 
prices  is  obvious.  The  two  former  were  local  prices,  under  local 

1  "  DerborsenmassigeTerminhandelinGetreide  und  Miihleufabrikaten 
1st  untersagt." 


136  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

conditions,  figures  of  sales  that  had  taken  place  and  not  of  prices 
at  which  futures  might  be  bought  or  sold ;  while  the  foreign  prices 
were  of  no  use  to  the  German  producer  who,  normally,  did  not 
export  grain,  though  they  may  have  been  of  use  to  the  miller 
who  hedged  on  the  exchanges  abroad. 

The  regulation  as  to  registration  proved  a  failure.  The  leading 
banks  made  every  effort  to  require  registration  by  refusing  to 
deal  with  unregistered  persons  except  in  purely  cash  transactions. 
Yet  not  only  the  general  public,  but  even  the  smaller  brokers  and 
provincial  banks  declined  to  put  their  names  on  what  they  called 
the  "  gambling  register/'  This  portion  of  the  Act  was  repealed 
in  1908. 

It  was  in  the  case  of  the  stock  markets  that  the  greatest  abuses 
and  dislocation  took  place,  in  consequence  of  the  failure  of  the 
registration  clause  and  the  substitution  of  so-called  cash  dealings  ; 
but,  as  regards  produce,  it  seems  probable  that  the  buyers,  feeling 
the  need  of  greater  caution,  in  consequence  of  the  absence  of  an 
authoritative  price  list  of  actual  transactions,  were  less  liberal  in 
their  offers  to  producers,  and  the  latter  less  able  to  inform  them- 
selves as  to  whether  they  were  being  fairly  treated  by  the  larger 
merchants  than  when  they  could  refer  to  the  prices  in  Berlin. 

It  is  not  a  simple  matter  to  deduce  from  the  German  ex- 
periment the  effect  of  short-selling  on  prices.  By  incurring  a 
little  more  expense  dealers  were  able  to  take  advantage  of  the 
foreign  speculative  market  for  their  hedging  operations.  More- 
over, the  period  of  greatest  restriction  coincided  with  the  beginning 
of  a  rise  in  prices  throughout  the  world,  a  rise  in  no  way  attribut- 
able to  German  legislation.  The  results  obtained  by  the  several 
statisticians  who  have  examined  the  question,  point  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  suppression  of  dealings  in  futures  did  not  raise 
prices  in  Berlin,  but  lowered  them,  and  in  all  probability  rendered 
them  less  stable.  The  Liberals  in  Germany  itself  asserted  that 
German  prices,  for  lack  of  former  speculative  demand,  lagged  far 
behind  prices  in  foreign  markets ;  to  this  the  Agrarians  replied 
that  prices  in  Germany  were  always  lower  than  prices  abroad, 
but  that  the  difference  was  less  under  the  new  system  than  it  had 
been  under  the  old  system. 

From  the  fact  that  they  constantly  made  demands  for  further 
suppressions,  and,  in  their  efforts  to  get  introduced  a  reliable 
method  of  price  determination,  sought  to  require  a  compulsory 
declaration  to  some  authorised  body  of  every  sale  of  grain,  with 
details  of  quality,  price,  and  conditions  of  transfer,  it  is  clear  that 
the  Agrarians  were  by  no  means  satisfied  with  the  results  of  the 
Act.  Attempts  between  the  two  parties  to  come  to  agreement 
led  to  the  return,  in  1900,  of  the  produce  brokers  to  the  exchange. 
They  were  still  forced  to  keep  to  crude  devices  to  avoid  the  law, 
and  they  remained  in  a  state  of  legal  uncertainty  as  regards  their 


INFLUENCE  OF   SPECULATION   UPON   PRICES     137 

contracts.  In  1908,  there  was  another  attack  by  the  Agrarians 
on  grain  futures,  and  still  further  restrictions,  which  caused  the 
traders  to  threaten  to  close  the  exchange  altogether.  They 
refrained,  however,  from  taking  this  step  on  being  assured  by  the 
authorities  that  hedging  would  be  permitted ;  and  since  then  there 
has  been  no  further  legislation  to  harass  them. 

For  several  reasons  the  results  of  this  Berlin  experiment  are 
less  instructive  than  might  appear  at  first  sight.  In  the  first 
place  wheat,  which  alone  can  serve  as  basis  of  comparison  with 
other  markets,  is  not  the  main  grain  food  of  the  bulk  of  the 
German  population  in  the  way  in  which  it  is  of  the  populations  of 
France,  America,  and  the  United  Kingdom.  Therefore,  the 
German  demand  for  wheat  is  more  elastic  than  the  demand  in 
other  centres  of  speculative  activity;  and  wheat  price  move- 
ments, consequently,  may  not  exhibit  the  same  range  of  variation 
as  elsewhere.  Again,  the  fluctuations  in  the  price  of  wheat  in 
Germany  must  necessarily  be  interwoven  with  the  fluctuations  in 
the  price  of  all  the  other  grain  food — rye,  oats,  barley ;  and  com- 
parisons with  markets  in  countries  where  wheat  alone  is  used  are 
vitiated  by  the  fact  that  there  are  influences  at  work  in  one  country 
which  have  no  effect  in  the  rest .  Moreover,  the  fact  that  during  the 
period  for  which  comparisons  can  be  made,  Germany  both  im- 
ported and  exported  wheat,  while  the  contrasted  countries  either 
imported  or  exported  only,  accentuated  the  effect  of  price  move- 
ments in  Germany  to  an  extent  not  possible  elsewhere.  Indeed, 
one  writer  1  admits  that  Germany  suffered  from  injudicious  ex- 
ports in  the  autumn  of  1897,  encouraged  by  the  abnormally  low 
price  at  home  compared  with  that  abroad,  and  afterwards,  in 
the  same  crop  year,  had  to  import  at  a  high  price  to  meet  her  own 
necessities.  But  too  much  importance,  perhaps,  need  not  be 
attached  to  these  considerations  which,  after  all,  demand  but 
slight  qualifications  in  the  general  conclusions. 

Another  point  of  importance  in  the  discussion  of  the  effects  of 
dealings  in  the  organised  markets  on  prices  is  the  relation  between 
spot  prices  and  the  prices  of  futures.  In  the  main  it -is  the  same 
factor  that  determines  the  price  of  spot  goods  as  determines  the 
price  of  future  goods,  viz.  the  present  and  anticipated  future 
conditions  of  the  market.  Present  supply  depends  on  anticipated 
future  demand  as  well  as  on  the  actual  demand  at  the  moment ; 
and  spot  prices,  therefore,  cannot  be  determined  independently 
of  the  market  judgment  concerning  the  future.  Prices  for  cash 
and  future  goods  vary  together,  moving  up  and  down  in  accord- 
ance with  estimates  of  future  supplies  and  future  needs.  Yet, 
since  the  prices  of  future  goods  are  not  determined  by  temporary 
inadequacies  in  supply,  and  are  much  less  under  the  influence  of 
the  circumstances  of  the  moment  than  the  prices  of  present  goods, 
1  Hooker,  loc.  cit. 


138  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

it  is  not  to  be  concluded  that  the  differences  between  them  must 
be  always  of  the  same  degree  of  magnitude.  A  comparatively 
urgent  present  demand  might  cause  a  large  movement  in  a  present 
price  which  would  affect  prices  of  future  goods  in  the  same  way, 
but  to  a  much  smaller  extent. 

A  distinction  must  be  drawn  between  futures  whose  delivery 
periods,  in  the  case  of  wheat  and  cotton,  lie  within  the  current 
crop  year  and  those  whose  periods  run  into  another  crop  year. 
When  the  contract  runs  forward  to  the  time  of  incoming  receipts 
from  the  new  crops,  the  price  for  that  delivery  is  often  distinctly 
lower  than  in  the  case  of  futures  culminating  before  the  end 
of  the  current  crop  year.  For  example,  in  Chicago,  May  futures 
normally  stand  high  and  well  above  spot  wheat  in  the  early 
part  of  the  crop  year.  The  new  crop  begins  to  come  forward 
in  July,  and  hence  July  futures  are  often  below  the  price  of  those 
of  May.  For  the  same  reason  September  futures  in  the  summer 
are  relatively  low ;  but  as  the  year  proceeds,  and  dealing  in 
December  futures  begins,  the  price  again  rules  high,  in  some 
degree,  according  to  the  distance  of  the  delivery  month. 

In  the  case  of  wheat,  the  prices  of  futures  normally  stand 
higher  than  spot  prices  by  the  cost  of  storage,  including  interest, 
insurance,  etc.,  so  that,  when  account  is  taken  of  these  items, 
prices  for  different  times  are  practically  the  same.  There  are, 
however,  causes  at  work  to  spoil  this  simple  harmony — cutting 
of  charges  for  storage,  the  failure  of  outside  speculation  to  main- 
tain the  market  against  hedging  sales,  the  buying  and  carrying 
of  wheat  by  elevator  companies  at  exceedingly  low  prices,  and  the 
consolidation  of  brokerage  and  transport  charges  by  these  firms 
all  bring  down  the  prices  of  futures  compared  with  spot  wheat.1 

For  example,  the  quantity  of  wheat  in  store  in  England  in  the 
possession  of  the  Government  on  July  3,  1921,  and  the  fixing  of 
an  official  price  for  its  disposal,  rendered  the  market  for  Liverpool 
wheat  futures  nominal.  Spot  price  was  round  about  i6s.  6d.  per 
cental,  while  September,  October,  and  December  futures  were 
quoted  135.  iod,,  135.  8d.,  135.  jd.  respectively.  But  anticipation 
of  increased  supplies,  and  of  lower  rates  of  interest  and  discount, 
were  also  contributing  factors  in  this  case  in  bringing  about  a 
comparatively  low  price  for  futures  maturing  in  the  succeeding 
crop  year.  Moreover,  there  may  be  causes  at  work  operating 
on  one  price  alone,  and  driving  it  up  or  down  independently  of  the 
rest.  For  example,  if  short-sellers  all  come  in  at  the  same  time 
towards  the  end  of  one  delivery  period  to  make  purchases  to  cover, 

1  Throughout  the  crop  year,  1920-21  (September  i,  1920  to  August  31, 
1921),  there  was  a  premium  on  spot  wheat  in  the  Winnipeg  market.  This 
is  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  millers  and  European  importers  declined 
to  buy  wheat  for  distant  months  owing  to  the  disturbed  financial  situation 
and  to  difficulties  of  payment  consequent  on  fluctuations  in  foreign  exchange 
rates. 


INFLUENCE   OF   SPECULATION   UPON   PRICES      139 

the  spot  price  will  tend  to  rise  well  above  the  prices  for  later  de- 
livery periods.  Similarly,  a  concentration  arising  from  any  other 
cause,  even  long  before  the  time,  may  succeed  in  driving  up 
futures  of  one  selected  delivery  period  above  those  of  other  periods. 
Again,  trade  requirements  at  certain  times  of  the  year  also  inter- 
vene to  throw  the  list  out  of  line.  Mills  may  need  wheat  for 
grinding ;  and  elevators,  when  empty,  tend  to  bid  up  wheat  for 
immediate  delivery  in  order  that  they  may  earn  storage.1  This 
may  happen  in  the  early  spring ;  and  in  a  large  milling  centre,  like 
Minneapolis,  the  demand  at  that  season  sometimes  puts  spot 
prices  above  the  prices  of  July  or  even  May  futures.  This  is  all 
the  more  the  case  if  the  demand  is  pressed ;  for  the  needs  in  spring 
must  be  satisfied  out  of  the  existing  crop  supply,  while  future 
needs  will  be  met  by  the  new  crop. 

Since  the  greater  part  of  the  cotton  crop  comes  from  a  single 
area,  is  harvested  during  a  very  narrowly  denned  part  of  the  year, 
and  is  calculable  in  magnitude  a  considerable  time  in  advance, 
it  is  but  reasonable  to  conclude  that  the  break  in  the  continuity 
of  futures  between  two  crop  years  depends  upon  a  clearer  basis 
of  facts  than  is  the  case  with  wheat,  which  is  always  being  sown 
or  harvested  somewhere  in  the  world  all  the  year  round.  As 
information  about  the  new  crop  becomes  more  complete,  the 
prices  of  futures  referring  to  that  crop  become  more  responsive ; 
and  the  gap  between  the  prices  for  the  new  and  the  old  is  either 
accentuated  or  smoothed,  as  circumstances  require.  A  sudden 
drop  as  the  harvest  month  is  passed  indicates  the  expectation  of 
a  much  lower  level  of  spot  prices  in  the  coming  year,  due  either 
to  a  very  large  crop  in  sight,  or  to  a  forecast  of  greatly  lessened 
demand. 

The  price  of  cotton  futures  for  the  current  month  is  always  a 
certain  variable  amount  below  the  spot  price.2  This  is  a  con- 
sequence of  the  disadvantages,  already  discussed,  of  buying 
actual  cotton  by  means  of  futures.  Hence,  towards  the  end  of 
any  current  month,  the  majority  of  transactions  are  those  of 
dealers  buying  back  futures.  Neither  buyer  nor  seller  wishes  to 
have  the  contract  terminated  by  delivery  ;  and  so  a  price  is  reached 
for  invoicing  back,  which  is  convenient  for  both  to  accept  rather 
than  to  have  the  original  agreement  carried  out.  This  is  in- 
variably below  the  prevailing  spot  price  of  the  moment. 

Turning  now  to  the  relations  between  spot  prices  and  the 
prices  of  futures  with  different  periods  to  run,  seven  different 
possibilities  are  found,  if  the  assumption  is  made  that  the  series 

1  This   remark  must  not  be    taken    to    apply  to    public    terminal 
elevators   in   Canada,  which,   unlike   those  in  the  United    States,    are 
confined  by  law  strictly  to  warehousing  buriness ;  they  are  not  permitted 
to  buy  or  to  deal  in  wheat  on  their  own  account. 

2  In  June,  1921,  the  amount  was  20  to  25  points  in  Liverpool. 


140  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

of  prices  is  continuous.  The  accompanying  diagrams  illustrate 
the  seven  cases.  As  cotton  futures  are  usually  quote^  for  the 
current  month,  and  each  of  the  succeeding  eleven  months,  the  base 
line  or  horizontal  axis  in  each  diagram  is  divided  into  eleven 
equal  parts.  Twelve  points,  reckoning  in  the  origin  "  O  "  are  thus 
obtained,  each  of  which  corresponds  to  one  of  the  twelve  monthly 
periods  for  which  futures  are  quoted.  If  June  is  the  current 
month,  then  O  represents  June,  A  July,  B  August,  and  so  on. 
Measuring  vertically  upwards,  from  B  e.g.,  BQ  represents,  on  some 
selected  scale,  the  price  of  August  futures  ;  OP  similarly  repre- 
sents the  price  of  current  futures,  on  the  same  scale  ;  while  OS  is 
the  spot  price.  On  the  assumption  made  concerning  continuity, 
P,  Q,  and  the  remaining  ten  points  lie  on  a  continuous  curve 
which  may  assume  roughly,  any  one  of  the  seven  shapes 
depicted. 

The  following  are  the  main  characteristics  of  each  case  : — 

I.  The  prices  of  futures  gradually  increase  as  the  delivery  becomes 
more  remote,  without  ever  reaching  the  spot  price. 

la.  The  prices  of  futures  in  the  range  increase  at  first,  and 
afterwards  diminish,  the  highest  price  reached  being  less  than  the 
spot  price. 

Ib.  The  prices  in  the  range  increase  as  the  delivery  month 
becomes  more  remote,  and  rise  above  the  spot  price. 

Ic.  The  prices  increase  at  first,  rise  above  spot  price,  and  later 
fall,  possibly,  below  spot  price  again. 

II.  The  prices  steadily  diminish  as  the  delivery  month  becomes 
more  remote. 

Ha.  The  prices  diminish  at  first,  and  in  the  later  months  rise 
again,  without  attaining  the  level  of  the  spot  price. 

lib.  Prices  diminish  at  first,  and  then  rise  until  they  exceed  the 
spot  price  in  the  later  months. 

It  now  remains  to  discuss  the  possibility  and  the  probability 
of  one  case  rather  than  another  occurring  in  practice. 

The  prices  of  futures  must  move  along  with  the  price  of  spot 
cotton.  A  rise  in  the  price  of  spot  cotton  means  that  there  is  a 
present  shortage,  or  an  anticipated  shortage  in  the  near  future. 
This  is  immediately  shown  by  an  increase  in  the  offers  of  cotton 
for  the  future.  Conversely,  if  futures  rise  in  price  it  means  that 
dealers  have  concluded  that  the  total  available  supplies  will  be 
insufficient  for  the  season  if  the  present  rate  of  consumption  lasts. 
There  follows,  therefore,  a  tendency  to  conserve  existing  stocks, 
and  the  spot  price  rises.  Buying  of  cotton,  except  for  immediate 
needs,  is  checked,  and  purchase  of  futures  takes  its  place.  Thus 
the  prices  of  the  latter  are  influenced,  those  for  the  remoter 
periods  to  a  less  extent  than  those  for  the  nearer.  Yet  the  whole 
range  does  move  in  the  same  direction.  This  rise  encourages 
importers  to  ship  home  greater  quantities,  and  to  sell  futures  as 


INFLUENCE   OF  SPECULATION   UPON   PRICES     141 
hedges  against  these  new  cargoes  ;  while  others  avail  themselves 


o  A  B  c 


0   A    B 


O    A    B 


I. 


Ib. 


n 


O  A   B 


O  A  B 


O  A    B 


O   A    B 


Hb. 


a. 


\ 


Ic. 


n 


of  the  opportunity  to  sell  their  cotton,  and  buy  back  the  futures 
formerly  sold  against  it. 

It  is" obvious  that,  other  things  being  equal,  the  longer  a  futures 


142  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

contract  has  to  run  the  greater  is  the  possibility  of  cotton  being 
available  at  a  low  price  to  meet  it,  and,  therefore,  the  lower  its 
price.  Moreover,  it  is  an  expensive  operation  to  hold  cotton,  and 
the  expense  increases  with  the  length  of  time.  For  this  reason, 
also,  the  more  remote  futures  tend  to  fall  in  price  below  those 
maturing  sooner.  If  the  market  is  expected  to  fall  steadily,  on 
the  whole  the  prices  of  futures  will  be  less  as  their  delivery 
periods  are  more  distant.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  market  is 
expected  to  rise  the  more  remote  the  delivery  period  the  higher 
the  price.  But  there  is  an  upward  limit  to  the  possible  rise  in 
this  case.  The  price  cannot  exceed  the  price  of  spot  plus  the  cost 
of  holding.  It  is  not  often  that  the  market  prospects  seem 
to  favour  a  seller  to  such  an  extent  as  to  make  it  probably 
worth  his  while  to  hold  his  cotton ;  but  there  must  always 
necessarily  be  some  who  reckon  on  a  profit  from  higher  prices 
in  the  future,  and  it  is  they  who,  in  such  a  case  as  this,  have 
it  in  their  power  to  maintain  the  high  prices  of  the  more  remote 
futures.1 

According  to  Chapman  and  Knoop,2  there  is  at  any  moment 
in  the  Liverpool  cotton  market  a  kind  of  feeling  which 
criticises  and  judges  the  spot  price  to  be  high  or  low,  in  reference 
to  what  they  term  the  "  norm,"  i.e.  the  price  at  which  the  cotton 
should  sell,  in  view  of  the  crop  and  stocks  and  demand  existing 
and  foreseen.  That  the  spot  price  does  not  coincide  with  the 
norm  is  owing  to  the  greater  weight  given  at  the  moment  to 
the  present  demands  in  relation  to  Liverpool  supplies,  and  to  the 
cotton  on  the  way.  When  the  spot  price  is  high  in  this  sense, 
then  the  market  is  likely  to  fall ;  and  the  opposite  is  the  case  when 
it  is  low.  The  effects  of  these  impressions  on  the  prices  of  futures 
have  just  been  described. 

Now,  turning  again  to  the  curves,  it  would  seem  from  these 
considerations  that  II  is,  on  the  grounds  of  theory,  the  most 
likely  of  all  to  occur.  There  are  not  sufficient  data  available  to 
enable  this  probability  to  be  tested  by  the  facts,  but  there  is  no 
doubt  that  it  is  an  exceedingly  common  case.  The  quotations 
for  American  cotton  in  Liverpool  on  January  18,  1922,  form  a 
good  example.3  I  is  probably  the  next  most  common,  and  seems 
to  have  been  at  one  time  the  characteristic  form  for  wheat.  Ila 
and  la  occur  with  fair  regularity ;  lib  less  often ;  Ic  scarcely 
ever.  Ib,  described  by  Chapman  and  Knoop,  in  1904,  as  happening 
"  only  very  seldom/'  has  been  much  more  common  of  late.  It  was 

1  This  is  likely  to  occur  more  often  in  the  case  of  Egyptian  than  in  the 
case  of  American  cotton. 

2  Loc.  cit.  Economic  Journal. 

3  The   figures   were:    Spot,  10-58;    Jan.   10-23;    Feb.   10-18;    March, 
10-18;  April,  10-14;  May,  10-12;  June,    0-07;  July,  10-04;  August,  9-93 ; 
Sept.  9-79;  Oct.  9-65;  Nov.  9-55;  Dec.  9-49. 


INFLUENCE  OF   SPECULATION   UPON    PRICES      143 

the  form  for  a  great  part  of  the  middle  of  192 1,1  for  the  ordinary 
American  cotton  futures  in  Liverpool.  This  was  a  period  of  slack 
trade  with  the  probability  of  a  considerable  carry  over  (or  unused 
surplus)  from  the  current  into  the  succeeding  crop  year.  Moreover, 
the  prospects  of  the  coming  crop  were  not  very  good.  Therefore, 
there  was  no  likelihood  of  shortage,  on  the  one  hand,  or  of 
particularly  abundant  supplies  in  the  near  future,  on  the  other 
hand.  The  consequence  was  an  absence  of  break  in  continuity  in 
the  prices  of  August  and  September  futures,  with  a  rising  grada- 
tion in  the  prices  of  the  more  distant  futures,  the  justification 
for  the  latter  phenomenon  being  the  anticipation  of  a  continua- 
tion of  demand  at  its  usual  level. 

An  equally  interesting  question  is  that  of  the  agreement  of  the 
prices  of  futures  some  time  before  their  delivery  periods  with  the 
spot  prices  prevailing  during  their  delivery  periods.2  Statistical 
comparisons  of  this  kind  were  among  the  earliest  made  with  a 
view  to  testing  the  influence  of  speculation  on  prices  ;  but  before 
conclusions  can  be  drawn  from  such  figures  the  assumptions 
made  in  compiling  them  require  careful  examination.  If  the 
price  of  futures  is  the  spot  price,  plus  cost  of  carrying,  then  the 
comparison  is  simply  one  between  spot  prices  at  different  periods, 
influenced  by  such  disturbing  factors  as  changes  in  the  rate  of 
interest  and  movements  in  the  cost  of  storage ;  but  if  the  spot 
prices  and  the  prices  of  futures  are  independent  (and  this  may  be 
assumed  if  the  existence  of  Chapman's  norm  is  granted),  then 
the  comparison  is  a  justifiable  one,  provided  allowance  is  made  for 

1  The  figures  appended  may  be  useful — 


1921. 

June  i. 

June  8. 

June  15. 

June  22. 

June  29. 

Spot 

8'l8 

8-31 

8*29 

7-66 

8-03 

June 

7-98 

8'06 

8*04 

7-46 

7-88 

July        . 

8-28 

8-22 

8'20 

7-50 

7-91 

August  . 

8-42 

8-35 

831 

7'6i 

8-06 

September 

8-54 

8'47 

8-44 

775 

8-20 

October 

8-66 

8'59 

8-58 

7  '93 

8-36 

November 

874 

8-66 

8-66 

8-02 

8-44 

December 

8-82 

8-74 

8'74 

8-10 

8-53 

January 

8-88 

8-80 

879 

8-15 

8-57 

February 

8-92 

8-84 

8-84 

8-21 

8-62 

March    . 

8-96 

8-89 

8-89 

8-27 

8-67 

April 

8'99 

8'93 

8'93 

8-31 

8-71 

May 

9*02 

8-96 

8-97 

8-35 

8-75 

2  Conn  and  Kantorowicz,  figures  in  Schmoller's  Jahrbuch,  vol.  xv.  p.  220, 
reprinted  in  the  Statistische  Anlagen  of  the  Bbrsen-Enquete  Kommission, 
Berlin,  1893.  Emery,  op.  cit.,  p.  132.  Report  of  United  States  Industrial 
Commission,  1901,  vol.  vi.  Stone,  Special  Report  on  Speculation  and  Prices 
of  Wheat  and  Cotton. 


144  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

the  fact  that  in  the  interval,  say  from  June  to  September — if 
those  are  the  months  in  question — strong  bulling  or  bearing 
influences  may  be  at  work  disturbing  September  spot  prices  to  a 
degree  not  experienced  by  June  prices. 

With  these  considerations,  then,  in  mind,  some  results  may 
be  given  which  are  taken  from  the  Report  of  the  United  States 
Industrial  Commission,  1901,  summarising  several  pages  of  tables 
and  of  charts  containing  spot  and  futures  prices.  The  Report 
proceeds  :  "  Out  of  fifty-seven  different  futures  compared  with 
the  spot  prices  realised  in  the  New  York  cotton  market  from 
1881-82  to  1889,  in  twenty-nine  cases  the  futures  proved  to  be 
higher  than  the  spots  realised  three  months  Lence,  and  in  twenty- 
eight  cases  the  futures  were  lower  than  the  spots  at  maturity, 
that  is,  the  speculative  judgment  anticipated  the  realised  value 
of  cotton  a  little  too  favourably  in  half  the  cases,  and  not  quite 
favourably  enough  in  the  other  half. 

"  In  the  Liverpool  market,  out  of  fifty-seven  cases  (1881-82 
to  1899)  of  comparison  of  future  bids  with  spot  prices  realised  at 
the  expiration  of  the  contract  period,  it  appears  that  in  thirty 
cases  the  future  prices  were  lower  than  the  spot  prices  realised  at 
the  maturity  of  contract,  and  in  twenty-seven  cases  the  future 
prices  were  higher  than  the  spot  prices  realised  at  maturity.  In 
the  New  Orleans  market,  out  of  fifty-one  cases,  in  twenty-five  of 
them  the  future  price  was  lower  than  the  spot  price  realised  three 
months  later,  and  in  twenty-six  cases  the  future  price  was  higher 
than  the  spot  price. 

"  These  results  would  seem  to  support  the  conclusion  that,  in 
the  long  run,  the  speculative  quotations  for  future  delivery  are 
neither  uniformly  above  nor  below  the  level  of  the  proper  cash 
value  of  cotton  as  determined  at  the  future  date,  but  that  they  are 
tentative  anticipations  of  such  realisable  value  as  the  conditions 
of  supply  and  demand  are  most  likely  to  determine  at  the  time 
when  the  future  contract  matures." 

In  evidence  given  in  1892  before  the  German  Imperial  Com- 
mission *  on  the  exchanges  already  referred  to,  it  was  strongly 
maintained  that  one  effect  of  dealing  in  futures  was  to  raise  the 
price  of  the  contract  grade  in  comparison  with  the  price  of  the 
other  grades,  or,  what  comes  to  the  same  thing,  to  depress  the 
prices  of  the  other  grades  in  comparison  with  the  contract  grade. 
Similar  statements  are  made  from  time  to  time  in  connection  with 
the  organised  markets  in  other  countries ;  but  investigation  of  the 
definite  examples  quoted  shows  that  in  every  case  there  was  either 
actual  scarcity,  or  over-abundance,  or  difference  of  demand  for 
milling  or  export  purposes,  and  that  spot  prices  were  in  all  cases 
determined  by  relative  qualities.  If  either,  of  two  grades  are 
legal  tender  on  futures  contracts,  it  is  natural  to  expect  that  the 
1  See  Report,  p.  120, 


INFLUENCE   OF   SPECULATION   UPON   PRICES      145 

grade  which  is  more  abundant  and  cheaper  in  any  year  will  become 
the  ordinary  contract  grade,  and  that  the  other  will  be  delivered 
only  at  a  premium.  The  rules  of  most  exchanges  make  provision 
for  this;  and  no  conclusions  of  the  kind  under  discussion  can 
justifiably  be  drawn  from  their  action  in  this  respect. 

Hitherto,  the  discussion  has  centred  upon  the  more  direct 
effects  of  speculation  upon  prices,  so  far  as  they  can  be  ascer- 
tained. It  now  remains  briefly  to  notice  some  of  less  direct,  but 
possibly  more  far-reaching,  influences  on  supply  and  demand  in 
general. 

Speculation  in  the  organised  markets  contributes  to  the  regula- 
tion of  consumption  of  produce,  both  in  time  and  in  place.  Rise 
in  price  is  the  immediate  consequence,  as  already  seen,  of  a  con- 
viction on  the  part  of  experts  that  supplies  are  being  too  rapidly 
consumed.  In  this  way  the  necessary  diminution  is  brought 
about  in  the  rate  of  consumption,  and  the  falling  off  is  accurately 
adjusted  to  the  needs  of  the  case.  Similarly,  arbitrage  dealings 
ensure  the  transport  of  produce,  from  place  to  place,  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  every  district.  Scarcity  in  one  place, 
indicated  by  a  rise  in  price,  draws  supplies  from  other  places 
where  prices  are  lower  and  demand  less  pressing.  Hence, 
speculation  exercises  a  directive  influence  in  distribution ;  and 
thereby,  with  its  control  of  markets  and  prices,  it  reacts  on  pro- 
duction and  consumption,  and  not  infrequently  modifies  the 
nature  of  new  developments  in  industry  and  in  commerce  among 
the  leading  nations  of  the  world. 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  extent  to  which  the  quotation 
of  futures  for  several  months  ahead  influences  producers  or  farmers 
in  deciding  how  much  wheat  or  cotton  to  plant  in  any  given  season. 
In  cotton,  especially,  where  futures  are  quoted  a  full  twelve 
months  ahead,  the  farmer,  theoretically  at  any  rate,  knows  almost 
exactly  what  to  expect  for  his  crop.  It  is  said  that  in  conse- 
quence some  of  the  large  planters  in  the  Southern  States  are  guided 
somewhat  by  the  prices  of  futures.  At  the  same  time  by  far  the 
greater  number  of  the  small  growers  plant  the  same  average  from 
year  to  year,  largely  independently  of  the  price.  It  needs,  how- 
ever, action  on  the  part  of  but  a  small  number  of  the  large  growers 
to  bring  about  an  adjustment  of  crop  to  anticipated  price ;  but 
the  fact  remains  that  the  latter  is  a  variable  price  altered  fre- 
quently, particularly  in  the  case  of  the  more  distant  futures,  in 
accordance  with  crop  and  acreage  reports,  and  that  the  accuracy 
of  forecast  is  in  inverse  ratio  to  the  length  of  time  ahead.  Hence, 
it  cannot  be  relied  on  by  a  planter  as  a  safe  guide.  The  price  on 
which  he  does  depend  is  the  prevailing  price  over  a  series  of  years, 
or  else  the  spot  price  of  the  moment.  The  prices  of  distant  futures 
in  the  speculative  market  are  rarely  taken  into  consideration. 
In  the  case  of  wheat,  the  quotation  of  futures  does  not  reach 

L 


146  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

ahead  from  the  time  of  planting  to  the  period  of  harvest.  Hence, 
there  is  not  the  same  possibility  of  the  use  of  speculative  prices 
as  in  the  case  of  cotton.  Furthermore,  wheat  farmers,  like  the 
larger  cotton  farmers,  are  not  quick  to  take  advantage  of  market 
conditions.  What  has  happened  in  the  past  is  their  guiding 
sign-post  rather  than  what  is  likely  to  happen  in  the  iuture. 


CHAPTER  XI 

FUTURES  IN  COMMODITIES  OTHER  THAN  COTTON  AND  GRAIN 

APART  from  cotton,  wheat,  and  maize,  dealings  in  futures  in 
produce  in  the  United  Kingdom  are  confined  to  sugar  and  coffee 
under  contracts  guaranteed  by  the  London  Produce  Clearing 
House,  Ltd.  The  methods  employed  by  this  firm  have  been 
already  described.1  In  accordance  with  its  rules  it  is  not  pre- 
pared to  guarantee  contracts  for  future  delivery  of  wheat  except 
"  ex- warehouse/'  London,  after  inspection.  As  the  millers  prefer 
to  buy  "  ex-ship,"  a  seller  of  London  wheat  futures  would  find 
himself  at  a  disadvantage  ;  for  he  could  not  pass  on  to  his  buyers 
the  rather  large  costs  of  unloading  and  storing  which  they  decline 
to  incur  on  their  own  account.  As  these  costs  are  considerably 
higher  than  at  other  ports,  and  as  the  docks  are  not  particularly 
well  adapted  for  the  handling  of  grain  cargoes,  dealers  in  wheat 
futures  in  London  meet  with  obstacles  absent  elsewhere.  For 
these  and  other  reasons  2  transactions  in  grain  futures  practically 
ceased  in  1904. 

Pepper  used  to  be  handled  in  London  through  the  Produce 
Clearing  House's  contracts ;  but  the  ring  of  dealers  in  that  com- 
modity came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  comparative  publicity 
involved  hi  the  registration  of  their  contracts  gave  away  trade 
secrets.  Therefore,  this  business  has  also  disappeared. 

Attempts  at  handling  tea  by  means  of  transactions  in  futures 
have  always  failed,  owing  to  difficulties  in  grading.  It  was  found 
that  the  experts  were  unable  to  value  consistently  even  their  own 
samples  when  confronted  by  them  a  second  time.  Some  success 
is  being  met  with  in  efforts  to  induce  the  rubber  trade  to  adopt  a 
standardised  form  of  contract  for  future  delivery  guaranteed  by 
the  company.  There  is  no  doubt  that  such  an  agreement  would 
do  much  to  mitigate  the  violent  fluctuations  in  price  that  have 
been  so  frequent,  in  recent  years,  in  the  case  of  this  commodity. 

Sugar  futures  have  always  been  a  large  item  in  the  company's 
business,  and,  now  that  the  effects  of  the  dislocation  caused  by 
Government  control  during  war-time  are  passing,  they  are  making 
their  appearance  again.  The  old  form  of  contract,  however, 
which  contemplated  a  unit  of  400  tons  f  .o.b.  Hamburg,  has  given 
way  to  one  based  on  a  unit  of  50  tons,  ex-store  London.  Contracts 
1  P.  56.  a  See  p.  114. 


148  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

are  entered  on  in  August,  for  example,  for  delivery  during  any 
month  up  to  and  including  the  following  March.  Sugar  is  a 
commodity  exceptionally  well  adapted  for  organised  market 
dealing.  Unlike  tea,  it  can  be  graded  with  extreme  precision  by 
means  of  simple  chemical  tests ;  and  it  also  fulfils,  to  a  high  degree, 
all  the  other  conditions  requisite  for  dealings  in  futures  on  a  con- 
siderable scale.  In  New  York,  which  was  always  a  large  market 
for  sugar,  dealings  in  sugar  futures,  suspended  in  August  1917, 
were  resumed  in  February  1920.  Owing  to  the  very  wide 
fluctuations  in  the  prices  then  ruling,  the  margins  demanded  were 
large  and  the  business  at  first  consequently  small ;  but  later  in  the 
year  hedging  contracts  began  again,  and  there  was  an  increase  in 
the  number  of  dealings  recorded.  The  Exchange,  however, 
arranged  to  permit  business  in  a  contract  in  refined  sugar  ;  for  it 
was  felt  that  such  a  contract  would  appeal  more  to  the  trade  than 
one  in  the  raw  product.  Further,  it  made  provision  in  this  new 
contract  for  delivery  in  Chicago.  It  will  be  interesting  to  observe 
the  progress  of  this  innovation ;  for  hitherto  attempts  to  establish 
dealings  in  futures  in  other  than  raw  materials  have  always  met 
with  failure.  There  is  a  fair  business  in  coffee  futures  in  London 
under  the  Clearing  House  Company's  standard  contracts,  the  basis 
being  No.  5  Santos  Type,  determined  in  the  following  manner : 
The  Board  of  Directors  appoints  every  year,  from  among  its 
members,  a  standing  committee  of  three  called  the  Coffee  Type 
Committee,  to  which  an  undefined  number  of  members  of  the 
coffee  trade  are  added.  To  this  body  is  entrusted  the  duty  of 
selecting,  renewing,  and  adjusting,  from  time  to  time,  the  following 
seven  types : — 

Type  No.  i Extra  fine 

No.  2 Prime 

No.  3 Superior 

No.  4 Fully  good 

No.  5 Good 

No.  6 Regular 

No.  7 Low  regular 

Types  are  fixed  for  one  year,  and  the  experts  assess  tenders 
according  to  the  following  scale  : — 

No.  5  basis. 

No.  i  premium  of  95.      per  cwt.  (for  quality) 

No.  2  ,,  75. 

No.  3  „  55. 

No.  4  ,,  25.  6d. 


No.  6  allowance  of  is.  6d. 


and 


No.  7  „  35. 

The  unit  of  amount  is  250  bags  (=  290  cwt.  net).     In  case  of  a 
threatened  corner,  the  seller,  with  the  permission  of  the  directors, 


FUTURES  IN  OTHER  THAN  COTTON  AND  GRAIN     149 

may  have  his  contract  invoiced  back  to  him  or  may  tender  any 
other  merchantable  coffee  in  bags  of  a  quality  judged  equal  to 
or  superior  to  "  Good  "  with  a  fine  of  35.  per  cwt.  In  this  way 
any  injustice  resulting  from  narrowness  of  range  or  temporary 
shortage  of  Brazilian  coffee  in  London  is  entirely  obviated  ;  and, 
at  the  same  time,  the  interests  of  the  purchasers  are  adequately 
protected. 

Three-quarters  to  four-fifths  of  the  world's  supply  of  coffee 
comes  from  the  three  Brazilian  States  of  Sao  Paulo,  Minas  Geraes, 
and  Rio  de  Janeiro.  Up  to  about  the  year  1900  increasing 
demand,  virgin  soil,  and  cheap  labour  led  to  easy  profits  with 
careless  and  uneconomic  methods  of  cultivation  and  preparation. 
After  1900  conditions  changed.  Supply  exceeded  demand, 
surplus  stocks  began  to  appear,  and  prices  which  had  already  been 
declining  fell  below  even  cost  of  production.  Moreover,  the 
Brazilian  rate  of  exchange  began  to  alter  rapidly  in  a  manner  pre- 
judicial to  the  interests  of  exporters.  The  more  competent 
growers  perceived  that  the  real  remedy  lay  in  improved  methods 
and  in  reduction  of  costs,  but  the  majority  turned  to  the  banks  for 
aid.  When  this  source  of  help  failed  them  recourse  was  had  to 
the  artificial  checking  of  supply  ;  and  the  Government  was  induced 
to  help  by  the  prohibition  of  further  planting.  But  owing  to 
evasion  of  the  law,  the  improved  methods  of  cultivation  adopted 
by  some  growers,  and  the  maturing  of  trees  planted  out  during 
the  preceding  ten  years,  the  total  output  continued  to  increase. 
Matters  reached  a  crisis  when  the  latter  suddenly  jumped  from 
11,300,000  bags  in  1905-6  to  20,000,000  in  the  following  season, 
and  that,  too,  at  a  time  when  there  was  already  a  surplus  on  the 
market  of  more  than  4,000,000  bags. 

It  was  at  this  time  that  the  coffee  States  started  the  "  valorisa- 
tion "  plan  which  proved  so  disastrous  for  one  of  their  number, 
Sao  Paulo.  In  accordance  with  this  project,  the  three  States,  Sao 
Paulo,  Minas  Geraes,  and  Rio  de  Janeiro,  agreed  to  purchase  and 
hold  for  higher  prices  sufficient  coffee  to  keep  out  of  the  market 
all  but  the  actual  amount  needed  to  supply  the  world  demand. 
This  latter  was  estimated  at  17,000,000  bags.  It  was  anticipated 
that,  as  Brazil  had  by  far  the  greatest  share  in  the  trade,  this 
withdrawal  of  excess  supply  would  send  up  prices  immediately 
to  the  minimum  fixed  by  the  governments  as  the  price  giving 
a  "  reasonable  profit  "  at  the  existing  cost  of  production,  the 
price  at  which  purchases  and  subsequent  sales  were  to  take  place. 

It  was  proposed  to  raise  the  funds  needed  for  the  purchase  by 
a  loan  of  £15,000,000  on  the  credit  of  the  States,  interest  and 
sinking-fund  to  be  provided  for  by  a  surtax  on  coffee  exports. 
The  loan,  however,  could  not  be  placed  without  guarantee  by  the 
Federal  Government,  and  this  was  not  forthcoming.  Minas 
Geraes  and  Rio  de  Janeiro  at  once  withdrew ;  but  Sao  Paulo,  which 


150  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

produces  60  per  cent,  of  the  total  crop,  and  of  whose  exports  at 
that  time  coffee  constituted  more  than  98  per  cent.,  decided  to  act 
alone.  Large  coffee  houses  in  Europe  and  the  United  States, 
along  with  some  London  and  New  York  banking  houses,  lent 
almost  £18,000,000  between  them ;  and,  by  the  end  of  1907,  Sao 
Paulo  had  bought  nearly  8,500,000  bags  at  more  than  55.  per  bag 
above  the  market  price.  Yet  prices  failed  to  rise.  In  fact,  they 
fell  slightly,  due  probably  to  dealers  refraining  from  buying  in 
consequence  of  the  huge  Government  stock,  and  also  to  the  placing 
on  the  market  of  large  stocks  previously  hoarded  in  anticipation 
of  valorisation.  When  the  Government  attempted  to  dispose  of 
some  of  its  holdings,  the  market  threatened  to  become  further 
demoralised,  creditors  began  to  demand  their  money,  no  more 
funds  could  be  raised  on  the  security  of  coffee,  and  purchases  had 
to  be  suspended.  Thus,  by  the  beginning  of  1908,  this  attempt  at 
valorisation  ended ;  and  Sao  Paulo  was  rescued  from  bankruptcy 
by  means  of  another  loan,  this  time  guaranteed,  without  qualifica- 
tion, by  the  Federal  Government.  Close  on  7,000,000  bagsof  coffee, 
however,  had  to  be  dealt  with ;  and  arrangements  had  to  be  made 
for  the  handling  of  the  subsequent  output  of  the  State.  It  was 
agreed  to  warehouse  the  holdings  in  New  York  and  seven  European 
ports,  warrants  to  be  deposited  for  them  with  specific  banks  which 
acted  as  trustees  for  the  bondholders.  The  coffee  was  placed 
under  the  sole  control  of  a  committee  of  seven  residents  of  the 
United  States,  or  Europe,  who  had  full  power  over  its  liquidation 
except  for  a  proviso  as  to  minimum  sales  during  the  subsequent 
ten  or  twelve  years.  The  State  of  Sao  Paulo  had  to  raise  its 
surtax  on  export  and  to  guarantee  the  application  of  the  proceeds 
solely  to  the  payment  of  interest  and  sinking  fund  on  the  loan. 
It  had  also  to  agree  to  restrict  coffee  exports  to  specified  amounts 
for  succeeding  years  until  the  loan  was  finally  paid  off.  The  net 
results  of  this  effort  on  the  part  of  Sao  Paulo  to  help  its  coffee 
producers  to  tide  over  a  period  of  slack  trade  have  been  wholly  bad. 
It  is  true  that  the  Government's  policy  of  giving  preference  in  its 
purchases  to  the  better  grades  of  coffee  stimulated  efforts,  already 
begun,  to  introduce  more  scientific  methods  of  cultivation  and 
preparation,  but  against  that  there  has  to  be  placed  the  serious 
injury  done  to  the  credit  of  the  State  and  the  imposition  of  the 
surtax  on  export,  most  of  which  seems  to  have  been  borne  by  the 
planters.  Moreover,  there  is  always  a  renewed  demand  for  valoris- 
ation whenever  output  seems  to  be  in  excess  of  requirements ;  1 
and  this  is  always  a  disturbing  element  interfering  with  the  smooth 
and  normal  working  of  the  world's  coffee  markets.  That  valorisa- 
tion, if  repeated  on  a  large  scale,  is  likely  to  be  just  as  disastrous  as 
it  was  in  1908,  is  indicated  by  the  ease  with  which  the  United  States 

1  E.g.  in  1920,  when  valorisation  through  the  medium  of  a  loan  of  paper 
currency  was  talked  of. 


FUTURES  IN  OTHER  THAN  COTTON  AND  GRAIN     151 

satisfied  its  requirements  from  Japan,  Central  America,  and  the 
East  Indian  Islands  when  the  partial  failure  of  the  Sao  Paulo  crop 
of  1919  cut  off  a  very  large  part  of  the  normal  supplies  from 
Brazil.  But  the  tradition  remains  of  governmental  interference 
with  this  trade  in  Brazil ;  and,  from  time  to  time,  projects  are  put 
forward  and  carried  which  only  just  fall  short  of  complete  State 
guarantee  or  valorisation  on  a  very  large  scale.1 

Reference  has  already  been  made  to  iron  warrants,  and  to  the 
growth  of  dealings  in  them  in  Glasgow  and  Middlesbrough.  Iron- 
masters must  always,  to  some  extent,  manufacture  for  stock. 
Furnaces  once  blown  out  or  damped  down  are  exceedingly 
expensive  to  re-start,  and  when  in  operation  they  must  be  run 
night  as  well  as  day.  There  is  consequently,  in  the  iron  trade,  no 
possibility  of  a  speedy  adjustment  of  output  to  a  falling  demand, 
and  stocks  quickly  accumulate  during  periods  of  slack  trade ;  for 
it  is  only  when  the  depression  is  long  continued  that  manu- 
facturers venture  to  curtail  the  output.  The  amount  of  iron  the 
makers  can  carry  is  limited.  Therefore,  after  a  short  time  they 
are  forced  to  seek  advances  from  their  bankers  or  others  on  the 
stocks  in  hand.  At  first,  about  seventy  years  ago,  the  Scottish 
ironmasters  sold  notes  to  whoever  would  buy  them.  These  were 
merely  promises  to  deliver  a  certain  quantity  of  iron  to  the  bearer 
on  presentation  of  the  note  and  on  payment  of  the  accrued  charges 
for  storage.  After  a  time  it  was  found  necessary  to  provide 
security,  in  addition  to  the  maker's  name  ;  for  firms  in  difficulties 
often  raised  money  on  notes  for  iron  that  did  not  exist.  Therefore 
arrangements  were  made  to  hand  over  the  iron  to  railway  com- 
panies or  to  a  store  owned  and  managed  by  an  independent  firm, 
which  issued  warrants  undertaking  to  deliver  the  iron  to  the 
bearer.  The  firm  of  Messrs.  Connal  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  of  Glasgow  and 
Middlesbrough,  secured  the  bulk  of  this  business,  with  the  result 
that  their  warrants  became  a  marketable  security  all  over  the 
world.  The  warrants  for  Scottish  iron  were  for  300  tons  No.  i, 
and  200  tons  No.  3  ;  for  Cleveland  G.M.B.  No.  3,  500  tons.  One 
penny  per  ton  per  month  was  charged  for  rent  or  storage. 

Having  thus  been  rendered  negotiable,  iron  warrants  were 
readily  accepted  by  the  banks  as  security.  Indeed,  it  was  possible 
to  obtain  advances  on  them  up  to  within  a  few  shillings  of  their 

1  For  detailed  accounts  of  the  course  of  events  during  the  progress 
of  the  1907-8  scheme,  see  The  Economist,  September  to  December  1908 
inclusive.  Reference  may  also  be  made  to  the  annual  reports  of  the  New 
York  Coffee  Exchange  and  to  Hutchinson,  "  Coffee  '  Valorization '  in 
Brazil,"  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics,  vol.  xxiii.  pp.  528-35. 

It  would  appear  that,  notu  ithstanding  previous  experience,  the  Brazilian 
Government,  towards  the  close  of  1921,  was  endeavouring  once  more  to 
raise  a  loan  in  foreign  centres  for  a  coffee  valorisation  scheme.  As  American 
and  European  bankers  were  reluctant  to  help,  the  prospects  of  success  were 
not  good ;  but  the  wild  speculation  and  the  disturbance  to  trade  caused  by 
the  proposal  were  very  unsettling  to  Brazilian  commerce  and  industry. 


152  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

market  value,  with  the  result  that  dealers  were  enabled  to  hold  a 
large  number  at  a  very  small  cost.  The  Glasgow  Iron  Market  was 
established  specifically  to  deal  in  these  warrants  ;  and  the  Scottish 
store  gradually  increased  until  in  the  'go's  of  last  century  it 
contained  more  than  one  million  tons  of  pig-iron. 

About  1900  the  Glasgow  ironmasters  decided  that  the  existence 
of  the  store  was  not  in  their  interests.  They  therefore  ceased 
sending  iron  to  it,  with  the  result  that  it  gradually  became  depleted 
until,  about  the  period  of  maximum  demand  during  the  recent  war, 
it  practically  disappeared  altogether. 

The  store  on  the  Tees  for  Cleveland  iron  had  its  origin  about 
1872-73,  when  the  demand  for  iron  was  so  great  that  the  Scottish 
store  was  almost  emptied.  The  Glasgow  market,  finding  itself 
hampered  for  want  of  a  sufficient  supply  of  warrants,  had  resort 
to  the  comparatively  new  and  growing  output  on  the  Tees  ;  and 
Messrs.  Connal  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  the  proprietors  of  the  Glasgow  Store, 
opened  branch  stores  in  Middlesbrough  and  district  in  1876. 
Owing  to  various  causes,  from  time  to  time  the  Tees  stores  became 
nearly  exhausted  ;  and  the  Glasgow  market  was  driven,  in  1904,  to 
accepting  warrants  for  what  it  termed  "  standard  "  iron,  in  order 
to  get  the  necessary  number  for  the  maintenance  of  speculative 
gambling.  This  "  standard  "  iron  was  defined  as  certain  brands, 
the  list  including  Lincolnshire,  Northamptonshire,  and  even 
American  makes.  Moreover,  other  iron  that  gave  a  certain 
defined  analysis  was  admitted,  with  fixed  differences  for  different 
qualities,  but  the  effect  of  this  was  to  destroy  the  value  of  the 
standard  warrant ;  for  the  grade  became  too  wide  and  the  place 
of  delivery  too  uncertain  and  in  nearly  every  case  too  inconvenient. 
Therefore,  no  sales  of  standard  warrants  for  consumption  could  be 
effected,  and  comparatively  little  business  was  done  in  them. 
Hematite  iron  from  Cumberland,  to  a  small  extent,  formed  a  basis 
for  warrants  ;  but  the  Cleveland  hematite  ironmakers,  after  a  short 
trial,  discontinued  sending  their  output  to  the  store.  Shortage 
of  pig-iron  during  the  war  depleted  the  Teeside  stores  also  ;  and  at 
present  there  is  no  pig-iron  there  to  act  as  the  necessary  basis  for 
dealings  in  warrants. 

From  the  fact  that  dealings  in  warrants  originated  in  Glasgow, 
and  have  always  been  centred  there,  even  after  the  decision  of  the 
Scottish  ironmasters  to  boycott  the  store,  the  Glasgow  Iron 
Market  has  long  occupied  a  predominant  position  in  the  trade. 
It  is  constituted  by  the  Scotch  Pig  Iron  Trade  Association,  and 
meets  twice  daily,  from  eleven  to  twelve,  and  from  two  to  three 
o'clock.  There,  warrants,  when  they  were  to  be  had,  were  bought 
and  sold  for  forward  delivery ;  and  thus  transactions  in  them 
closely  resembled  dealings  in  futures  in  cotton  and  in  wheat. 
This,  of  course,  was  a  development  independent  of  their  original 
purpose,  and  it  was  always  the  cause  of  much  heart -searchings  on 


FUTURES  IN  OTHER  THAN  COTTON  AND  GRAIN     153 

the  part  of  the  ironmasters ;  for,  by  putting  their  iron  into  store 
and  depositing  the  documents  with  their  bankers,  they  were  able 
more  easily  to  get  advances  than  if  they  had  kept  it  in  their  yard. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  meant  that  they  parted  to  some  extent  with 
control  of  the  market ;  for  stocks  and  output  were  known,  and  it 
became  possible,  by  skilful  forecast  of  the  course  of  trade,  for 
dealers  to  establish  corners,  or  at  least,  bring  about  a  squeeze. 
Things  became  worse  for  the  masters  when  dealers  obtained 
possession  of  warrants  in  large  numbers  ;  for  then  the  iron  in  store 
was  used  to  bid  down  the  price  of  the  new  iron  that  was  being  sent 
forward  for  sale  from  the  blast  furnaces.  When  sale  of  warrants 
for  forward  delivery  began,  and  dealings  became  quite  dispro- 
portionate to  the  number  in  existence,  speculation  in  iron  by 
outsiders  was  encouraged  to  an  extraordinary  extent.  The  result 
was  seen  in  the  great  exaggeration  of  all  price  movements,  and 
the  consequent  disturbance  to  legitimate  trade.  It  was,  there- 
fore, only  to  be  expected  that  the  ironmasters  should  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  disadvantages  of  the  system  far  outweighed 
the  advantages. 

Since  dealing  in  iron  warrants  for  future  delivery  has  been 
compared  to  dealing  in  futures  in  wheat  and  in  cotton,  the  question 
arises  could  speculation  in  warrants  have  been  used  like  a  purchase 
or  sale  of  cotton  or  wheat  futures  for  the  purposes  of  protection  by 
means  of  hedging  transactions  ?  To  this  the  answer  may  be  given 
that,  actually,  dealings  in  iron  warrants  were  rarely  used  for  this 
purpose.  Iron  is  not,  like  cotton  and  wheat,  produced  periodi- 
cally, and  a  year's  output  required  to  be  moved  and  handled  during 
a  limited  season.  It  is  produced  regularly  throughout  the  year, 
and  is  partly  sold  and  partly  used  by  the  producers  in  their  own 
works.  There  is,  therefore,  no  necessity  for  devising  any  plan 
whereby  a  whole  twelvemonth's  output  can  be  financed  in  advance 
of  its  production  and  sale.  Moreover,  pig-iron  is  not  absolutely  a 
raw  material.  It  is  partly  manufactured,  and  is  commercially 
in  the  position  of  wool  tops  or  flour.  The  reasons  which 
prevented  the  growth  and  development  of  dealings  in  futures  in 
those  cases  apply  also  in  its  case,  and  the  limited  field  in  which 
dealings  in  iron  warrants  prevailed  seems  to  indicate  that  they 
were  always  exceptional  or  abnormal.  Their  utility  had  further 
diminished  in  later  years  owing  to  amalgamations  of  firms  and  the 
growth  of  vertical  combinations  in  the  iron  and  steel  industries. 
It  is  probable  that  they  have  now  finally  disappeared ;  but  doubts 
are  expressed  by  some  ironmasters  as  to  whether  the  feeling 
against  putting  iron  into  store  will  be  strong  enough  to  resist  the 
temptation,  when  production  is  temporarily  in  excess  of  demand,  to 
place  it  where  it  can  be  readily  hypothecated  as  security  for  loans.1 

1  See  Hood,  Iron.  Macrosty,  "  Speculation  in  the  Iron  Market," 
Economic  Journal,  vol.  xv.  pp.  340-60. 


CHAPTER   XII 

SPOT  AND   C.I.F.    BUSINESS    IN    COTTON   AND   WHEAT 

HITHERTO  attention  has  been  confined  mainly  to  the  speculative 
aspect  of  the  cotton  and  wheat  trades  and  to  discussion  of  the 
special  part  played  by  dealing  in  futures  in  the  movements  of 
those  commodities.  It  is  proposed  now  to  examine,  at  greater 
length,  the  methods  of  the  spot  and  c.i.f .  markets,  and  to  notice 
some  of  the  problems  that  arise  in  the  actual  carrying  out  of 
the  work  of  importers  and  exporters  of  these  main  staples  of 
commerce. 

In  the  case  of  the  cotton  trade,  representatives  of  merchants 
and  importers  in  Liverpool  are  sent  abroad  to  the  United  States 
(or  other  cotton-growing  centres)  about  the  end  of  July  or 
beginning  of  August,  with  instructions  to  buy  those  grades  and 
standards  that  are  likely  to  be  in  demand  by  the  Lancashire 
spinners  during  the  ensuing  year.  In  some  cases  Liverpool 
brokers  send  their  orders  and  offers  direct  to  American  buying 
houses  which  have  centres  in  the  larger  towns  in  the  cotton  belt ; 
or  samples,  called  types,  may  be  submitted  from  America  and 
offers  cabled  to  importers.  Continental  houses  often,  in  order  to 
make  certain  of  supplies  later  on,  buy  futures  of  the  very  distant 
months  in  Liverpool  in  the  early  part  of  the  crop  year  and  retain 
them  until,  perhaps,  the  month  of  maturity  is  reached.  They 
then  buy  what  they  want  in  the  United  States  about  the  date  of 
requirement,  and  ship  home  immediately,  selling  off  in  Liverpool, 
at  the  same  time,  a  corresponding  amount  of  the  futures  previously 
purchased  as  hedges. 

Cotton  bought  by  buyers  or  their  representatives  in  the 
interior  markets  of  the  Southern  States  of  America  may  have  to  be 
collected  from  several  points  in  order  that  a  sufficient  amount  of 
the  particular  grade  desired  may  be  secured  for  export  in  a  single 
shipment.  Buyers  may  purchase  either  at  "  gin  "  or  at  "  com- 
press points,"  and  the  procedure,  as  regards  financing,  differs 
slightly  in  the  two  cases.  At  gin,  the  seeds  are  removed  and  the 
cotton  is  baled  in  packages  of  28  X  56  X  42  in.  in  size,  weighing 
approximately  500  Ib.  including  20  Ib.  bagging  and  steel  straps, 
thus  having  a  density  of  about  14  Ib.  per  cubic  foot.  If  bought 

154 


SPOT  AND  C.I.F.   BUSINESS  155 

at  this  stage  the  buyer  issues  tickets  to  the  sellers,  which  are 
redeemed  in  cash  by  the  local  banker  with  whom  arrangements 
have  been  made  previously.  When  enough  cotton  is  collected 
it  is  sent  to  a  railroad  "  compress  point  "  and  the  local  railroad 
agent  issues  to  the  banker  a  bill  of  lading  to  the  "  compress 
point  "  in  exchange  for  the  tickets  in  the  latter's  possession. 
Payment  is  made  to  the  local  bank  by  means  of  a  draft 
drawn  by  the  buyer's  agent  upon  the  buyer's  head  office. 
This  draft  includes  the  price  paid  for  the  cotton,  interest, 
and  other  charges  of  the  local  banker,  who  thus  disappears 
from  this  particular  transaction  on  forwarding  the  draft,  with 
the  local  bills  of  lading  attached,  to  the  buyer's  American 
head  office  for  collection.  When,  along  with  other  cotton 
similarly  handled,  enough  is  ready  for  a  single  shipment  abroad, 
the  buyer's  banker,  who  now  has  the  local  bills  of  lading  from 
point  of  origin  to  point  of  compress,  exchanges  them  either  for 
local  bills  of  lading  to  the  port  of  embarkation  or  for  through  bills 
of  lading  from  the  interior  collecting  centre  to  Liverpool. 

At  a  "  compress  point  "  the  cotton  is  sorted  according  to 
grade,  is  compressed  and  marked,  the  size  being  reduced  to 
28  x  56  x  18  in.,  giving  a  density  of  a  little  under  30  Ib.  per 
cubic  foot.  If  bought  at  this  stage,  compress  receipts  instead  of 
the  less  formal  tickets  are  delivered  to  the  local  banker  who  pays 
cash  as  instructed.  These  are  then  exchanged  by  the  banker  for 
local  bills  of  lading  to  port,  or  for  through  bills  of  lading  as  the 
case  may  be.  The  latter  are  attached  to  the  draft  drawn  by  the 
buyer's  agent  on  his  head  office ;  and  thus,  in  due  course,  the  local 
banker  is  reimbursed  for  the  sums  he  has  advanced. 

If  the  person,  hitherto  called  buyer,  is  a  British  importer  or  his 
agent  he  (or  his  American  bank)  is  now  in  possession  of  the  bills 
of  lading  of  the  cotton  which  is  on  its  way  to  Liverpool,  and  the 
remainder  of  the  financial  side  of  this  transaction  has  been  already 
described.  But  if  he  is  an  American  exporter,  and  if  he  sells  to  a 
European  buyer,  there  is  a  greater  choice  of  method  of  reimburse- 
ment. The  usual  method  is  for  the  European  buyer  to  arrange, 
as  in  the  manner  described,1  for  his  bank  at  home  to  accept,  on  his 
behalf,  drafts  drawn  by  the  American  exporters  against  cotton 
shipped  for  his  account.  These  drafts  are  then  sold  to  the  foreign 
exchange  dealers  and  the  procedure  follows  quite  the  normal 
course.  If  the  bank  or  foreign  exchange  dealer  who  holds  the 
accepted  draft  wishes  to  realise  before  the  date  of  payment,  the 
bill  can  be  discounted  with  a  London  bank  or  discount  house  on 
very  easy  terms.  The  American  foreign  exchange  buyer  receives, 
by  cable  every  day,  quotations  at  which  such  bills,  going  forward 
within  a  specified  time,  can  be  discounted ;  and  it  is  upon  that  basis 
that  he  fixes  the  price  he  can  afford  to  pay  for  the  sterling  bills 
1  In  Chapter  VII. 


156  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

he  buys.  His  calculation  may  be  something  like  this  (the 
figures  are  only  approximate) : 

Rate  per  £  sterling  at  which  a  sight  draft  on 

London  can  be  sold $3*85 

English  stamp  charges 0*0040 

Discount  for  63  days  at  so  much  per  cent.        .      .  0-0420 

Cost  of  collection o-ooio 

Margin  of  profit 0*0030 

0*0500          0*05 
3-80 

He,  therefore,  will  be  able  to  offer  $3 '80  per  £  sterling  for  a  draft 
payable  60  days  after  sight. 

A  second  method  of  reimbursement  is  the  drawing  of  a  draft 
upon  the  European  importer  direct  and  the  holding  of  the 
acceptance  and  documents  by  the  European  correspondent  of  the 
American  exporter  until  actual  payment  is  made.  This  involves 
the  storing,  on  arrival,  of  the  cotton  for  the  account  of  the 
American  banker  or  foreign  exchange  dealer ;  but  the  European 
buyer  may  at  any  time  redeem  it  by  tendering  payment  for  the 
draft,  less  the  rebate  allowed  for  the  number  of  days  the  draft  has 
still  to  run  before  maturity.  This  rebate  rate  is  usually,  in 
England,  I  per  cent,  below  the  Bank  of  England  rate  at  the 
moment,  and  on  the  Continent  it  is  the  actual  bank  rate.  Such 
bills  are  not  readily  discounted,  and  only  banks  and  exchange 
dealers  with  whole-hearted  faith  in  the  future  of  cotton  prices, 
and  with  much  free  funds,  will  tie  up  money  in  transactions  of  this 
kind.  It  is  possible,  however,  to  render  such  bills  "  liquid  "  by 
arranging  for  acceptance  by  the  European  correspondent  ;  but  this 
does  not  seem  to  be  ordinarily  done,  and  there  are  many  obvious 
objections  to  the  practice. 

A  small  amount  of  cotton  is  imported  from  America  by 
spinners  direct,  that  is,  without  the  intervention  of  merchants  or 
brokers  in  Liverpool  or  Manchester.  The  sellers  in  these  cases 
are  usually  American  firms  with  an  office  in  Manchester  which 
serves  as  a  selling  agency  and  to  watch  the  interests  of  the  shippers. 
The  bills  of  lading  are  handed  over  as  soon  as  the  shipper's  draft 
is  accepted  by  the  buying  spinner's  bank,  though,  of  course,  the 
cotton  may  not  arrive  until  some  little  time  later.  There  are 
several  disadvantages  to  the  spinner  in  this  way  of  doing  business. 
If  the  cotton  is  not  equal  to  sample,  for  example,  it  is  difficult  to 
settle  with  a  firm  which  has  a  foreign  domicile  and  all  its  assets 
abroad,  and  similarly  with  other  claims  that  may  arise,  there  is  no 
arbitration  body  available  to  adjudicate  :  remedy  is  by  legal 
action,  and  that,  too,  in  a  foreign  country.  Yet,  with  a  well- 
established  and  reliable  American  firm,  much  business  may  be 


SPOT  AND  C.I.F.   BUSINESS  157 

conducted  satisfactorily  by  this  method,  with  considerable  saving 
of  commission  fees. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  shippers  of  cotton  from  Alexandria 
are  largely  British  houses  who  are  well  acquainted  with  the 
Lancashire  spinners,  Egyptian  cotton,  bought  in  Liverpool  or 
Manchester,  is  commonly  paid  for  by  means  of  three  months'  bills 
drawn  on  the  spinning  company  by  the  shipper  in  Alexandria. 
This  is  very  rarely  done  in  the  American  trade ;  for  American 
exporters  prefer  to  do  their  business  by  means  of  banks'  accept- 
ances.1 It  is  evident  that  such  an  arrangement  as  the  Egyptian 
is  of  considerable  convenience,  and  a  source,  even,  of  financial  gain 
to  a  spinning  company ;  for,  before  the  bill  has  to  be  met,  the 
cotton  may  be  spun  into  yarn,  sold,  and  paid  for.  The  mill, 
therefore,  has  the  advantage  of  a  larger  balance  at  its  bank  for 
the  remainder  of  the  period  the  bill  has  to  run.  Buying  on  long 
terms  and  selling  on  short  terms  always  strengthen  the  financial 
position  of  the  firm  that  can  do  business  in  that  way.  There  is 
a  considerable  spot  business,  however,  in  Egyptian  cotton  in 
Lancashire. 

Indian  cotton  is  handled  largely  by  the  Indian  merchant 
houses  who  give  credit  to  spinners  on  terms  that  are  not  standard- 
ised, but  are  varied  to  fit  the  circumstances  of  each  transaction 
as  it  occurs. 

In  arranging  for  an  import  from  an  interior  market  in  the 
Southern  American  States  for  sale  in  Liverpool  as  spot  cotton, 
a  difference  must  be  allowed  for  of  £10  to  £15  in  the  price  of  each 
100  bales  to  cover  cost  of  the  freight  and  insurance.  This  works 
out  at  about  35  points,  i.e.  $fa  of  id.  per  Ib. 

Much  of  the  cotton  imported  at  Liverpool  is  bought  on  c.i.f. 
terms,  the  contract  form  for  which  is  No.  10  or  No.  n  of  the  set 
drawn  up  by  the  Liverpool  Association,  according  as  the  ship- 
ment takes  place  from  a  seaport  or  from  an  interior  market 
centre  in  America.  The  meaning  of  the  various  clauses  and  con- 
ditions is  probably  clear  after  the  explanations  already  given  of 
the  previous  stages  in  the  movement  of  the  commodity.  One 
point,  however,  calls  for  comment,  and  that  is  the  method  of 
arriving  at  price. 

In  the  Liverpool  cotton  c.i.f.  contracts,  two  ways  are  employed 
of  stating  price,  one,  the  ordinary  straightforward  method  of 
naming  the  price  in  pence  per  Ib.  for  the  particular  grade  bought 
and  sold,  "  fixed  price  "  ;  the  other,  by  settling  it  at  so  many 
points  on  or  off  the  seller's  price  of  a  certain  delivery, 
(Fully  Middling  American,  L.M.C.)  in  Liverpool  at  the  time  of 
call,  "  on  call."  That  means  that  the  price  is  to  be  so  many 
hundredths  of  id.  per  Ib.  above  or  below  the  price  of  a  certain 

1  See  paper  by  Parkes,  "  Financing  the  Mills,"  Report  of  World  Cotton 
Conference,  Liverpool  and  Manchester,  June,  1921. 


158  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

month's  futures  (the  basis  grade  of  which  is  Fully  Middling 
American  cotton  with  the  option  of  delivering  grades  down  to 
and  including  Low  Middling — L.M.C.  signifies  Low  Middling 
Clause).  Further,  the  day  on  which  the  price  of  the  certain 
month's  Fully  Middling  American  is  to  be  taken,  is  not  arbitrary, 
but  is  determined  in  the  case  of  each  type  of  contract  in  a  manner 
carefully  prescribed.1  This  "  on  call "  method  has  certain  ad- 
vantages, the  most  obvious  being  that  in  times  of  rapid  fluctua- 
tion of  price  buyers  and  sellers  do  not  find  themselves  dealing  in 
contracts  made  only  a  short  time  before,  at  prices  very  different 
from  those  prevailing  at  the  moment.  Moreover,  the  system 
offers  certain  advantages  to  spinners,  who  can  thus  arrange  for 
receipt  of  cotton  at  the  very  times  they  need  it,  and  feel  secure 
against  loss  resulting  from  price  fluctuations ;  for,  of  course,  they 
have  in  every  case  hedged  by  a  previous  purchase  of  futures. 

The  c.i.f.  contract  forms  for  Egyptian  and  East  Indian  cotton 
are  similar  to  those  for  American  cotton. 

In  the  Liverpool  spot  market  the  selling  brokers'  representa- 
tives wait  each  morning  in  or  about  the  Exchange  to  learn  the 
day's  probable  requirements.  The  buying  brokers,  meantime, 
have  learned  from  the  spinners  exactly  what  is  needed  and  send 
their  staffs  to  inform  the  sellers'  representatives.  Samples  are 
then  sent  by  the  sellers  to  be  submitted  to  the  spinners,  who  are 
usually  assisted  in  their  selection  by  their  brokers.  As  many  as 
70  to  100  different  lots,  all  of  the  type  required,  may  be  available 
to  choose  from.  If  a  price  is  agreed  on,  delivery  is  taken  by  the 
buying  broker,  who  charges  commission  at  the  rate  of  J  per  cent, 
of  the  gross  value  of  the  cotton,  plus  cartage  and  porterage  charges 
which  are  fixed  by  rules  of  the  association.  The  cotton  is  then 
forwarded  to  the  spuming  mill,  where  the  bales  are  broken  up. 
If  any  are  found  faulty,  due  claim  is  made  upon  the  selling  broker 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  on  the  contract  form.2  The  selling 
broker  charges  J  per  cent,  on  the  gross  value  of  the  cotton  to  the 
merchant  on  whose  behalf  he  acts. 

Spinners  may  also  buy  "  on  averages,"  that  is,  a  broker 
forwards  small  samples  (called  "  averages  ")  to  the  spinner  who 
makes  a  choice  and  sends  a  bid  by  telephone  or  telegraph.  If  an 
agreement  is  reached  in  this  way,  the  same  conditions  apply  as 
in  spot  transactions. 

Cotton  bought  by  one  Liverpool  house  from  another  for  re- 
sale on  the  market  is  called  "  Speculation,"  but  if  for  export  it 
is  classed  "  Export."  The  buyers  in  these  cases  are  responsible 
for  furnishing  the  returns  to  the  association,  which,  along  with 
the  returns  of  the  spot  sales,  are  posted  up  in  the  Exchange 
twice  each  day. 

1  See  Rule  442,  printed  on  the  back  of  the  forms,  Appendix  V. 

2  See  Contract  Form  i,  Appendix  V. 


SPOT  AND  C.I.F.   BUSINESS  159 

In  addition  to  the  ordinary  direct  sale  and  immediate  delivery 
of  spot  cotton,  either  at  fixed  price  or  on  call,  contracts  can  be 
concluded  (either  at  fixed  price  or  on  call)  for  Deferred  Delivery 
Spot  Cotton,  Forward  Delivery,  Shipment,  or  Cotton  "To 
Arrive/'  There  is  no  particular  difficulty  calling  for  comment 
in  these  cases,  and  the  conditions  are  identical  with  those  of  the 
ordinary  spot  contracts,  with  the  addition  of  provisions  dealing 
with  questions  arising  out  of  loss  or  damage  to  cotton  declared 
but  not  delivered  under  the  terms  of  the  contract. 

The  Liverpool  Cotton  Association  demands  that  all  cotton 
reaching  Lancashire  should  be  dealt  in  according  to  its  rules  and 
to  no  other.  It  is  therefore  only  to  be  expected  that  its  attitude 
towards  the  Manchester  Cotton  Association  (established  in  1894) 
should  be  a  hostile  one,  and  that  at  first  it  should  have  refused  to 
co-operate  on  any  terms  with  this  newly-formed  rival  Manchester 
body.  "  The  object  of  the  foundation  of  the  Manchester  Cotton 
Association  was  to  develop  a  competitive  market  in  the  interests 
of  the  cotton  spinners,  and  to  encourage  spinners  to  buy  upon 
c.i.f.  terms  instead  of  buying  spot  ex-warehouse  Liverpool.  It 
is  calculated  that  on  100  bales  of  American  cotton,  c.i.f.  delivered 
at  Oldham  via  Manchester  compared  with  100  bales  delivered  via 
Liverpool  there  is,  at  present  rates,  a  saving  to  the  mill  of  over 
£10,  and  that,  therefore,  the  advantages  of  direct  shipment  via 
the  Manchester  Ship  Canal  ought  to  ensure  that  course  being 
largely  followed  by  the  managers  of  all  the  spinning  companies/' 

In  the  Egyptian  section,  in  normal  times,  more  than  one-half 
of  the  imports  destined  for  Lancashire  consumption  are  landed 
direct  at  Manchester.  This  is  a  natural  consequence  of  the  close 
relations  existing  between  the  Alexandria  shippers  and  the  home 
spinning  companies;  and  the  competition  thus  occasioned  is 
sufficient  to  cause  a  rebate  to  be  given  on  Egyptian  cotton  landed 
at  Liverpool  going  forward  to  the  Bolton  area,  where  the  greater 
part  of  this  cotton  is  spun.  The  saving  to  the  mill  on  cotton 
delivered  via  Manchester,  compared  with  the  Liverpool  schedule 
rates  is  £11  us.  per  100  bales,  and  in  order  to  attract  any  c.i.f. 
Egyptian  cotton  or  even  Egyptian  spot  cotton,  Liverpool  has  to 
grant  rebates  to  that  amount. 

In  recent  years  a  more  accommodating  spirit  has  prevailed 
between  the  two  associations,  and  many  matters  of  common 
concern  to  the  trade  have  been  discussed  by  representatives  of 
both,  with  considerable  benefit  to  the  industry.  There  is,  how- 
ever, one  point  on  which  agreement  hitherto  has  not  been  reached, 
and  that  is  the  question  whether  raw  cotton,  lying  in  Manchester, 
should  be  tenderable  against  Liverpool  futures  on  the  same  terms 
as  cotton  lying  in  Liverpool  itself.  The  Liverpool  Association 

1  Statement  published,  June  1921,  on  behalf  of  the  Manchester  Cotton 
Association. 


160  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

insists  that  cotton  to  be  tenderable  must  be  on  the  spot  in  Liver- 
pool ;  while  the  Federation  of  Master  Cotton  Spinners'  Associations 
and  the  Manchester  Cotton  Association  maintain  that  it  is  a  great 
injustice  to  the  cotton  mills  to  rule  out  the  quite  appreciable 
stocks  held  in  Manchester  as  possible  tender  against  futures 
contracts.  Moreover,  they  point  out  that  such  a  rule  prevents 
them  taking  full  advantage  of  the  two  competitive  raw  cotton 
markets  and  the  two  rival  ports  of  Manchester  and  Liverpool.1 

In  the  discussion  on  corners  it  was  pointed  out  that  any  rule 
limiting,  either  explicitly  or  implicitly,  the  quantity  of  produce 
tenderable  against  futures  is  undesirable,  and  renders  manipula- 
tion easy.  Therefore,  on  general  grounds,  the  Liverpool  Associa- 
tion is  in  this  question  acting  against  public  interest.  That  this 
is  so  is  further  borne  out  by  the  traces  of  a  squeeze  that  are  often 
apparent  in  the  enhancement  of  the  current  month's  futures 
towards  the  end  of  the  month,  exactly  parallel  to  the  case  of 
Chicago  wheat,  where  the  limitation  of  tenderable  grain  to  that 
in  specifically  recognised  elevators  always  produces  the  same  effect. 
The  fear  that  the  Liverpool  broker  would  suffer  by  the  change  is 
not  well  founded.  He  serves  a  useful  purpose  as  agent  and  adviser 
to  the  mills  that  employ  him ;  and  his  services  are  likely  to  be 
needed  equally,  whether  the  cotton  comes  to  Manchester  or  to 
Liverpool.2  The  outstanding  claim  made  for  the  Manchester 
Association  is  that  it  offers  representation  to  the  spinning  interests 
which  are  entirely  neglected  in  the  Liverpool  Association. 

A  market  in  cotton,  with  dealings  in  both  spot  and  deferred 
delivery  contracts  but  not  in  futures,  has  been  in  existence  for 
some  years  at  Osaka  in  Japan.  Its  ordinary  meetings  consist  of 
two  sessions,  each  lasting  one  hour,  separated  from  one  another 
by  an  interval  also  of  one  hour.  During  a  session  four  officials, 
one  representing  the  Government  and  the  remainder  representing 
commercial  interests,  sit  on  a  platform  at  the  end  of  the  market 
room.  Below  them,  on  the  floor,  the  brokeis  take  up  their 
positions  hi  a  space  marked  off  by  a  barrier  from  that  occupied 
by  the  general  public.  It  is  possible  to  communicate,  across  this 
barrier,  with  intending  buyers  and  sellers.  Bids  and  offers,  at 
so  many  yen  per  bale,  are  made  through  the  officials  on  the 
platform  by  means  oi  a  conventional  code  of  signals ;  and  at  the 

1  In  the  autumn  of  1921  the  Manchester  Ship  Canal  Company  an- 
nounced that  if  any  cotton  imported  direct  to  Manchester  is  required  for 
tenders  against  futures  contracts  in  Liverpool  it  will  carry  it  free  of  cost 
to  Liverpool.  It  is  anticipated  that  this  action  will  prove  a  sound  business 
proposition  in  stimulating  direct  cotton  importation  by  canal  to  Man- 
chester. 

*  For  the  whole  question  of  the  relations  of  the  Liverpool  and  Man- 
chester Cotton  Associations  to  one  another,  see  a  statement  published 
under  the  authority  of  the  Manchester  Association  in  the  Manchester 
Guardian  of  June  17,  1921. 


SPOT  AND  C.I.F.   BUSINESS  161 

end  of  each  period  of  ten  minutes  there  is  an  interval  of  five  or 
six  minutes  which  is  utilised  in  completing  the  clerical  work 
involved  in  the  transactions  just  concluded.  There  are,  there- 
fore, eight  such  periods  on  every  market  day.  Where  samples 
are  not  exhibited  sale  is  by  description  or  by  grade  ;  and  disputes 
are  settled  by  an  arbitration  committee  appointed  by  a  society 
to  which  all  who  handle  cotton  in  Japan  must  subscribe.  The 
varieties  dealt  in  are  mainly  American  and  East  Indian.  (Of  the 
total  export  of  276,926  tons  from  India  in  1921  Japan  received 
l65,857  tons.)  All  cotton  reaching  Japan  is  sold  in  this  Osaka 
market ;  but  Kobe  is  the  distributing  centre  and  the  port  where 
all  the  warehouses  are  situated. 

On  examining  in  greater  detail  than  in  Chapter  VI.  the  wheat 
trade  between,  say,  America  and  Liverpool,  three  classes  of 
dealers  can  be  distinguished  through  whose  hands  the  grain  may 
pass  on  its  way  from  the  interior  markets  to  the  dockside  in  Eng- 
land.1 Suppose  that  Kansas  wheat  is  being  dealt  in,  the  natural 
exporting  point  for  which  is  one  of  the  ports  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
(Galveston,  Port  Arthur,  or  New  Orleans).  The  first  class  consists 
of  those  who  buy  wheat  in  centres  like  Kansas  City,  Wichita,  and 
Hutchinson  for  delivery  at  Gulf  ports,  i.e.  for  delivery  "  on  track  " 
at  a  Gulf  port,  the  charges  up  to  this  point  consisting  of  the 
freight  rate  from  place  of  purchase  and  of  weighing  and  inspection 
fees  on  arrival  at  the  Gulf.  The  second  class  includes  those 
dealers  who  take  over  the  wheat  at  the  Gulf  and  sell  it  delivered 
in  foreign  countries.  They  are  principally  New  York  firms. 
The  third  class  embraces  those  who  buy  wheat  in  the  interior 
markets  and  sell  it  for  delivery  at  foreign  ports.  This  class  also 
buys  wheat  "  delivered  at  the  Gulf/'  that  is,  purchases  from  the 
first  class,  and  may  even,  in  some  cases,  buy  it  f  .o.b.  at  the  Gulf 
as  explained  below. 

When  wheat  arrives  "  on  track,"  i.e.  in  railroad  cars,  at  the 
Gulf  it  must  be  taken  into  an  elevator  and  perhaps  stored  for  a 
time  before  it  can  be  loaded  into  the  hold  of  a  vessel.  Loading 
charges  amount  to  about  f  of  a  cent  per  bushel,  and  other  inciden- 
tal expenses  bring  the  figure  up  to  i  to  i  J  cents.  This  operation, 
which  is  called  "  fobbing,"  that  is,  placing  the  wheat  f.o.b.  (free 
on  board)  ship,  may  be  undertaken  by  firms  of  the  first  class 
before  they  sell  to  the  larger  exporters ;  but  as  a  rule  these  small 
houses  sell  their  wheat  on  track  and  leave  the  fobbing  to  be 
performed  by  the  exporter  proper. 

Wheat  is  mixed  in  the  Gulf  elevators  during  the  fobbing 
operation,  and  this  is  done  by  forwarding  agents  on  behalf  of 

1  For  much  valuable  information  concerning  the  American  export 
trade  in  wheat,  see  Kerr  and  Weld,  "  Prices  of  Wheat  to  Producers  in 
Kansas,  etc.,"  House  Document,  1271,  63rd  Congress,  3rd  Session,  p.  23 
et  seq.,  Washington,  1915. 

M 


162  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

the  smaller  firms  or  by  men  specially  maintained  for  the  purpose 
in  the  case  of  the  larger  firms.  Those  exporters  who  carry  through 
the  complete  work  themselves,  from  buying  in  the  interior 
markets  to  delivery  in  Liverpool  or  elsewhere,  have  necessarily 
to  do  their  own  fobbing,  and  to  make  allowance  for  its  cost  in 
the  price  charged  the  foreign  importer.  If  the  wheat  has  been 
bought  "  delivered  at  the  Gulf  "  or  f.o.b.  from  a  dealer  of  the  first 
class,  the  broker  who  carries  through  the  sale  is  paid  J  of  a  cent 
per  bushel  brokerage.  This  transaction  takes  place  usually  in 
New  York  or  Chicago ;  for  these  are  the  markets  used  by  the 
export  houses  at  this  stage,  and  a  Kansas  City  firm,  for  instance, 
may  find  that  its  broker  has  sold  to  another  Kansas  City  house 
which  is  exporting  the  wheat  on  a  c.i.f .  contract. 

Practically  all  wheat  imported  by  Liverpool  buyers  is  bought 
on  c.i.f.  contracts ;  that  is,  insurance  and  freight  charges  are  borne 
by  the  American  exporter.  The  latter,  therefore,  has  to  fix  his 
price  sufficiently  above  the  interior  market  price  to  cover  all  these 
additional  expenses  and  leave  something  over  for  profit. 

Selling  c.i.f.  involves  several  considerable  risks  for  the  exporter, 
only  some  of  which  can  be  insured  against  by  hedging  with  futures 
as  described  in  a  previous  chapter.  Suppose  the  exporter  cables 
an  offer  to  a  Liverpool  firm.  The  Liverpool  market  is  in  being 
while  it  is  night  in  the  American  centre,  and  it  will  be  the  following 
morning  before  an  acceptance  can  be  obtained.  Meantime,  what 
has  happened  in  Liverpool  during  its  market  session  may  influence 
the  market  price  in  America  on  the  date  of  receipt  of  acceptance ; 
and  thus  the  American  merchant  may  have  to  buy  his  hedging 
futures  at  a  price  which  was  probably  forecasted  more  correctly 
by  the  Liverpool  house  than  by  himself.  Allowance,  therefore, 
has  to  be  made  for  possible  fluctuations  of  this  kind  when  offers 
are  being  made  from  America. 

A  second  risk  in  the  export  business  is  the  fluctuation  of  ocean 
freight  rates,  as  well  as  the  occasional  impossibility  of  obtaining 
a  ship  or  cargo  space  on  any  terms  whatever ;  while  a  third  risk, 
a  very  considerable  one  at  present,  is  in  the  instability  of  foreign 
exchange  rates,  whose  fluctuations  are  often  sufficiently  great 
completely  to  wipe  out  quite  a  large  margin  allowed  for  variation 
and  for  profit.  The  sale  usually  takes  place  in  terms  of  sterling 
payable  in  London ;  and  if  the  rate  of  exchange  varies  between 
the  date  of  the  wheat  sale  and  the  date  of  sale  of  the  bill 
of  exchange,  there  is  an  unforeseen  loss  or  gain  to  the  ex- 
porter.1 

Yet,  risky  though  this  business  may  appear  to  be,  and  not- 
withstanding the  fact  that  it  involves  the  tying  up  of  much  capital, 
it  is  conducted  on  exceedingly  small  margins.  Not  more  than 

1  The  recent  development  in  banking,  by  which  foreign  exchange  is 
sold  forward,  may  now  eliminate  this  particular  portion  of  the  risk. 


SPOT   AND   C.I.F.   BUSINESS  163 

2j  to  3  cents  per  bushel  are  allowed  as  gross  margin  by  the 
exporter  in  making  his  bids,  and  out  of  this  all  the  overhead 
expenses  of  the  firm  must  be  met.  These  are  estimated  to  amount 
to  one  cent,  leaving  a  net  profit  of  ij  to  2  cents  per  bushel,  a 
figure  which  may  be  exceeded  on  some  occasions,  but  may  not 
be  reached,  even  approximately,  on  others. 

The  table  on  p.  164  (taken  from  Kerr  and  Weld,  op.  cit.) 
shows,  in  detail,  a  few  actual  transactions  of  a  large  exporting 
house  in  July  1914,  before  normal  transactions  were  upset  by  the 
recent  European  War. 

The  grade  of  wheat  in  all  eight  cases  was  the  same,  viz.  No.  2 
Hard. 

In  each  case  the  wheat  was  bought  "  delivered  at  the  Gulf/' 
and  was  sold  to  be  delivered  c.i.f .  Liverpool.  The  f  .o.b.  charges 
are  rather  low,  ij  to  ij  cents  being  considered  more  probable ; 
but  owing  to  the  fact  that  interest  charges  on  cost  of  carrying 
may  be  included,  it  is  impossible  to  quote  this  item  accurately. 
Insurance,  etc.,  is  also  lower  for  this  particular  house  than  it  is 
in  the  case  of  most  exporting  houses ;  for  it  includes  marine  in- 
surance only,  while  all  shipments  to  the  Continent,  and  many  to 
the  United  Kingdom,  carry  in  addition  "  insurance  on  out  turn," 
that  is,  an  insurance  guaranteeing  or  protecting  the  delivery  of 
the  full  amount  that  has  to  be  landed  at  the  foreign  port  under 
the  contract. 

United  States  wheat  is  exported  mainly  in  the  months  of 
August,  September,  and  October.  It  is  consequently  available 
on  the  Liverpool  market  in  fairly  large  supply  from  September  to 
the  end  of  the  year.  After  that,  its  arrival  is  intermittent. 
Canadian  wheat  begins  to  arrive  in  October,  and  is  only  in 
moderate  supply  during  the  winter  and  spring ;  but  from  June 
until  August  it  comes  in  larger  quantities. 

The  fact  that  the  wheat -producing  countries  have  very  different 
climates,  and  the  fact  that  some  are  located  in  the  northern 
hemisphere  and  some  in  the  southern,  cause  the  flow  of  wheat  to 
Liverpool  to  be  fairly  uniform  throughout  the  year.  Indeed,  it 
is  possible  to  regard  some  of  the  exporting  countries,  in  the  matter 
of  supply,  as  complementary  to  others.  For  instance,  Australian 
wheat,  which  begins  to  arrive  during  March,  and  is  in  constant 
supply  until  September,  and  Pacific  Coast  wheat  (from  Tacoma 
and  Chili)  taken  together  make  a  continuous  stream  of  arrivals 
for  most  of  the  year ;  and  an  additional  advantage  in  this  case  is 
the  fact  that  the  properties  of  these  crops  are  very  much  alike. 
Again,  Argentina  wheat  comes  at  a  time  (March  to  October)  when 
the  home-grown  crops  are  approaching  depletion ;  while  the 
arrivals  of  Indian  wheat  between  May  and  November  also  help 
in  just  the  same  manner.  Russian  wheat,  when  it  was  available, 
came  from  June  until  December  in  greatest  abundance;  but 


i64 


ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 


Si  « 


to      o  o 

N         to        O         to 


O         O         M         O 


fiPPPPPPPO 

III  a' 

to  to  O  O  to  O 
N  N  JO  p  JO  vO  N 
CO  CO  N  M  ^  N  M 

JO    JO    «0    O    O    JO    O 

O    O    O    O    O    O    O 

8 

««  -SiOiOtOtOiotoioio 

^bbbbbbbb 

S-O  "^    P         P         P         P         JO        jo        p         JO 

^ 

j;    to        «O        to        O         O         O         iOO 

^  ou  flfx?>1f^PP!Oj-i       — 

(HW  ^^opbbbbo 

10        tO        to        10 

8  S-^  J2O        10      l^       tx 

"Sp          fx,OJ500^^          ^»^» 

HO  in'OO          O          >OtOO          «OO 

•*-»   tx      vO       vO       oo       vO        w       vo        Cx 

v,    '$*         '<»         '"         O         '*•        ir>        '-*        00 
\j    Q1*         ^         O         O^        ^         O^         O^         O^ 

^-  IN"  %•      w" 

II      I  =  —  !  1 1  s 

•^  <n 

O\          H  CO          ^          H  N  tO»O 

M  M  H  M  M  H  C4 

fe 


w          N          CO         t-        tO 


SPOT   AND   C.I.F.   BUSINESS  165 

during  the  rest  of  the  year  arrivals  from,  the  Black  Sea  used  to 
be  fairly  considerable. 

When  the  import  trade  in  grain  developed  after  the  repeal  of 
the  Corn  Laws,  consignments  by  foreign  houses  for  sale  in  England 
formed  a  large  proportion  of  the  shipments.  These  houses  were 
few  in  number,  being  mainly  old  and  well-known  firms ;  and  they 
sold  directly,  or  by  means  of  agents,  in  London  especially,  to  their 
importing  clients.  The  cargoes  were  large,  and,  at  first,  it  was 
not  the  practice  to  subdivide  them  on  sale  into  smaller  units. 
The  difficulty  of  disposing  of  such  large  lots  to  single  individuals 
gradually  brought  about  the  custom  of  breaking  up  cargoes  into 
what  are  termed  "  parcels."  A  parcel  may  consist  of  1,000  to 
5,000  quarters  of  wheat,  or  even  more,  and  it  is  dealt  in  on  the 
same  terms  as  a  cargo.  The  buyer  takes  up  a  c.i.f .  contract,  and 
the  procedure  is  in  almost  every  respect  the  same  as  in  the  case 
of  a  full  cargo,  the  only  difference  being  that  a  parcel  of  wheat  or 
flour  bought  abroad  must  be  shipped  to  a  definite  home  port,  and 
can  be  delivered  at  that  port  only  and  at  no  other.  A  cargo,  on 
the  other  hand,  may  be  sent  to  a  port  of  call  to  await  orders  to 
discharge  at  any  selected  port  at  home  or  on  the  Continent. 
Recent  amalgamations  in  milling  interests,  and  the  resulting  con- 
centration of  demand  in  the  hands  of  fewer  and  larger  companies, 
are  tending  to  destroy  trade  in  parcels.  In  Liverpool,  especially, 
it  is  now  quite  common  for  a  few  large  shippers  to  buy  abroad 
and,  when  the  cargoes  are  due  to  arrive,  to  telephone  offers  round 
to  the  milling  firms  in  the  neighbourhood.  In  this  way,  much 
business  is  transacted  without  the  intervention  of  brokers  on  the 
exchange — a  fact  of  some  importance  as  indicating  a  subsidiary 
consequence  of  the  growth  of  combinations  in  the  milling  industry. 

Examples  of  the  standardised  contract  forms  used  in  the 
import  trade  by  members  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Associa- 
tion, Limited,  are  given  in  Appendix  IV.  A  few  points  call  for 
comment. 

The  methods  employed  for  fixing  quality  have  been  already 
discussed  in  Chapter  II.,  but  it  is  important  to  notice  thct 
the  variation  allowed  by  implication  in  the  word  "  about  "  is 
laid  down  in  the  conditions  to  be  the  equivalent  of  3^.  per 
480  Ib.  As  regards  quantity,  the  unit  to  which  the  price  refers 
is  usually  a  quarter,  though  occasionally  a  ton ;  and  the  total 
quantity  purchased  is  measured  in  quarters,  or  statute  tons,  or 
metric  tons  (1,000  kilos)  in  the  case  of  sale  on  the  Continent. 
The  cental  (100  Ib.)  is  also  used  as  unit,  both  in  Liverpool  and  on 
the  Pacific  coast  of  the  United  States.  The  quarter  is  not  a  fixed 
weight,  but  varies  with  the  place  of  origin  and  kind  of  produce. 
There  is  consequently  much  confusion  in  statistical  returns 
employing  this  unit ;  but  the  British  Government  Wheat  Com- 
mission always  used  the  quarter  of  480  Ib.  as  unit  in  its  sales  of 


166  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

passage  c.i.f.  wheat  during  the  period  of  control  arising  out 
of  the  war.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  uniformity  may  be  attained 
as  a  result  of  legislation  now  pending ;  but  the  difficulties  of 
inducing  foreign  centres  to  alter  their  long-established  customs 
will  be  serious.  A  natural  weight  (so  many  Ib.  per  bushel,  for 
example)  is  often  guaranteed,  and  both  the  London  and  Liver- 
pool Associations  have  a  specially  designed  machine  for  the 
speedy  and  accurate  determination  of  this  figure.  As  wheat  and 
other  grains  may  alter  in  weight  during  transport,  the  quantity 
shipped  must  necessarily  be  susceptible  of  a  margin  (5  per  cent, 
more  or  less  in  the  case  of  the  River  Plate  form) ;  but  it  is  the 
quantity  delivered  that  determines  the  amount  to  be  paid. 

Under  the  paragraph  "  Policies,"  marine  insurance  is  provided 
for,  and  agreement  reached  as  to  whether  "  average "  is  for 
seller's  or  buyer's  account.1  Contracts  for  the  carriage  of  goods 
on  Atlantic  voyages  frequently  incorporate  the  provisions  of  the 
Harter  Act,  a  statute  of  the  United  States  which  prohibits  clauses 
in  freight  contracts  that  relieve  the  shipowner  from  the  duty  to 
take  care  of  the  cargo  and  supply  a  seaworthy  ship,  but  which 
provides  that  if  the  shipowner  has  exercised  due  care  to  make  the 
vessel  seaworthy  he  shall  not  be  liable  for  damage  or  loss  arising 
from  faults  or  errors  in  navigation,  or  in  the  management  of  the 
vessel.  The  exact  effect  in  English  law  of  the  incorporation  of 
this  Act  in  a  charterparty  is  obscure,2  but  the  general  result 
seems  to  be  to  render  the  shipowner  liable  to  make  good  certain 
loss  not  recoverable  under  the  marine  insurance  policy,  such  as 
damage  to  the  cargo  by  sea-water.  In  the  case  of  the  River  Plate 
contract  form,  given  in  the  Appendix,  which,  of  course,  contains 
no  reference  to  the  Harter  Act,  there  is  a  clause  agreeing  that 
grain  damaged  by  sea-water  or  otherwise  is  to  be  taken  by  buyer 
with  an  allowance  for  deterioration,  based  on  contract  price,  to  be 
fixed  by  arbitration  in  Liverpool.  This  condition  is  known  as 
"  Rye  terms/'  and  the  contract  form  is  headed  accordingly. 
Loss  from  this  cause,  however,  is  often  provided  for  in  other  ways. 
The  Tale  quale  condition,  for  example,  is  that  damage  by  sea 
water  or  otherwise,  if  any,  is  to  be  taken  as  sound,  while  the  S/D 
condition  prescribes  that  damage  by  sea-water,  if  any,  is  to  be  for 
seller's  account.  Many  variants  of  these  conditions  are  found.3 

1  For  full  discussion  of  average  and  average  adjustment,  see  Arnould, 
On  the  Law  of  Marine  Insurance  and  Average  ;  or  Scrutton,  Chart  erpar ties 
and  Bills  of  Lading. 

2  See  Arnould,  op.cit.,  Section  918,  p.  1155;  and  Scrutton,  p.  100. 

3  The  adoption  of  the  "  The  Hague  Rules,  1921,"  which  were  drawn 
up  as  a  result  of  a  meeting  of  the  Maritime  Law  Committee  of  the  Inter- 
national Law  Association  held  at  Whitsuntide,  1921,  may  simplify  the 
whole  question  of  shipowners'  and  cargo  owners'  liability  in  respect  of 
damage  to  goods  in  transit.     These  rules  define  the  risks  to  be  assumed  by 
sea-carriers  under  a  bill  of  lading,  and  it  is  hoped  that  they  will  become 
of  universal  application  after  January  1922. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

MARKETING   BY   AUCTION 

wholesale  marketing  and  the  distribution  of  certain  articles 
of  produce  which  (unlike  cotton,  wheat,  and  maize)  have  never 
become  the  subject  Of  dealings  in  highly  organised  markets  are 
effected  in  a  variety  of  ways,  of  which  sale  by  auction  is  one  of 
the  most  important.    The  extent  to  which  auction  sales  of  pro-  i 
duce  have  developed  varies  from  country  to  country.    They  are 
most  widespread,  probably,  in  the  United  States,  where  efforts 
have  been  made  to  extend  them  to  every  kind  of  farm  produce 
in  the  large  wholesale  markets  in  the  cities.      In   London  they 
form  the  normal  method  of  wholesale  dealing  in  imported  \ypol 
and  tea,  and  in  some  other  commodities  which  just  fall  short  of] 
fulfilling  the   conditions    requisite   for   more   highly  organised.] 
dealings  on  exchanges.  ~ 

To  be  adapted  for  sale  by  auction,  a  commodity  must,  of 
course,  be  sufficiently  abundant  in  supply  to  attract  a  f air'number 
of  buyers ;  indeed,  the  greater  the  degree  of  concentration  of 
supply  at  a  single  centre  the  greater  the  probable  success  of  the 
auctions,  and  the  greater  the  number  of  buyers  attracted  to  the 
sales.  Without  a  large  number  of  competing  buyers  there  cannot 
be  any  success.  Again,  it  is  undesirable  for  sales  by  auction  and 
sales  by  private  treaty  to  compete  with  one  another  to  any  extent ; 
for  the  continual  disappointment  that  must  necessarily  ensue, 
owing  to  withdrawal  of  lots  from  auction,  causes  dissatisfaction 
to  buyers,  with  resulting  discredit  to  the  auction  market.  For 
success,  the  auction  system  must  dominate  the  trade,  and  attract 
the  greater  part  of  the  available  supply  of  the  commodity  and  a 
large  majority  of  the  buyers.  Hence,  small  consignments  to 
scattered  markets  never  sell  well  by  auction.  Possibly  this  is  one 
reason  why  London's  position  as  a  distributing  centre  for  wool  and 
for  tea  is  unassailable,  and  why  attempts  to  establish  important 
auction  markets  for  these  commodities  elsewhere  nearly  always 
meet  with  failure. 

An  interesting  fact  with  regard  to  the  commodities  sold  by 
auction  is  that  they  are,  as  a  rule,  raised  in  districts  remote  from 
the  markets  where  they  are  sold  in  this  way,  and  that  attempts 
to  handle  products  raised  close  to  the  market  have  not  often 

167 


168  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

succeeded.  To  such  an  extent  is  this  the  case  that,  in  England, 
home-grown  wool  is  often  sold  in  the  country  fairs  and  local 
markets  in  the  ordinary  way,  i.e.  by  bargaining  between  producers 
and  buyers  representing  the  manufacturing  interests ;  while  foreign 
wools  are  almost  invariably  sold  by  auction  in  Liverpool  or  in 
London.  It  would  seem  that  direct  business  connections  are 
easily  established  between  buyers  anorprodocers-when  there  is 
the  possibility  of  intimate  personal  intercourse,  and  that  the 
custom  has  grown  up  of  many  producers  disposing  of  their  clips, 
year  after  year,  to  the  same  buyers  at,  of  course,  the  price  set 
by  the  local  market  at  the  time  of  sale-  But  the  main  reason  for 

•  the  difference  is  the  difficulty  in  the  local  markets  of  collecting 
the  produce  beforehand,  and  of  entrusting  its  sale  to  one  or  two 
firms  or  individuals,  who  could  then  invite  bids  from  buyers  and 

^institute  a  sale  by  auction.  There  are  too  many  small  producers 
to  be  considered  in  these  local  markets ;  and  unless  they  pool 
their  stocks,  either  by  means  of  co-operative  societies  1  or  by 
employing  the  same  auctioneer  or  selling  agent,  they  are  unable 
to  offer  to  the  buyers  the  united  front  which  is  needed  on  the  part 

/of  suppliers,  if  sale  by  auction  is  to  become  general.  The  fewer 
the  individuals  who  control  supply,  and  the  fewer  the  sources  of 
that  supply,  the  more  easily  are  sales  by  auction  brought  about. 
When  supply  has  to  come  from  abroad,  it  tends  to  get  into  the 
hands  of  a  comparatively  small  number  of  expert  importers  or 
agents ;  and  the  conditions  required  for  auction  sales  are  thus  very 
readily  fulfilled. 

For  handling  by  means  of  auction  sales  commodities  need  not 
be  capable  of  that  degree  of  standardisation  that  is  required  for 
dealing  by  grade  in  ari~~orgariised  market.    The  produce  is  in 
every  case  easily  accessible  or  actually  on  view  at  the  time  of 
sale;  and  samples  are  usually  obtainable  a  short  time  before. 
Yet  standardisation  of  grade  and  package  is  of  considerable 
importance,  and,  in  the  case~of  wooTahd  tea,  it  is  enforced  as  far  k 
as  circumstances  permit.2    The  more  perishable  the  commodity  j 
the  more  necessary  is  standardisation^  for  this  purpose ;  but  it  is  * 
only  in  the  United  States  that  much"  progress  has  been  madejn 
the  sale  (by  auction)  of  very  perishable  commodities  in  central 
markets  in  the  large  cities. 

The  world's  total  annual  wool  supply  3  is  not  easy  to  estimlffe. 

1  The  Agricultural  Organisation  Society  (A.O.S.)  is  fostering  the 
co-operative  disposal  of  the  English  clip.  It  collects  and  classes  the  fleeces 
at  local  depots,  and  then  markets  them  at  the  local  sales.  Again,  the 
flockmasters  in  Cumberland  and  Westmorland  are  arranging  to  sell  wool 
in  London  by  samples  of  10  per  cent,  from  each  consignment,  which  usually 
represents  one  farmer's  clip  from  a  particular  breed. 

*  When  the  British  Government  controlled  the  wool  market  during 
the  war  it  attempted  sales  "  on  description,"  but  without  success. 

3  See  Dalgety's  A  nrntal  for  facts  and  information. 


MARKETING  BY  AUCTION  169 

It  is  produced  under  such  varying  conditions  in  so  many  different 
countries  in  the  world,  and  is  spun  and  woven,  in  primitive 
home  industries  as  well  as  with  the  latest  aids  of  science  in  well- 
equipped  factories,  that  it  is  not  possible  to  make  general  state- 
ments without  very  wide  qualifications.  Yet,  as  regards  market- 
ing, some  facts  stand  out  clearly ;  and  the  bulk  of  the  world's 
output  follows  a  similar  course  year  by  year. 

Beginning  with  the  United  Kingdom,  which,  in  the  West 
Riding  of  Yorkshire,  possesses  the  world's  most  important  woollen 
manufacturing  district,  the  home  output  may  be  subdivided  into 
the  Northjrf  England  clip,  the  rest  of  England,  the_Scottish,  and 
the  Irishjclips.  Each  of  these  is  marketed  in  a  different  manner. 
The  North  of  England  wools  are  usually  purchased  direct  from  the 
farmers  after  inspection  on  the  farms  by  representatives  of  Brad- 
ford wool  merchants.  The  Scottish  clip  changes  hands  at  a 
series  of  sales  and  fairs,  which  begin  at  Leith  in  June,  passing  on 
thence  to  Glasgow  which  is  a  dep6t  for  Cheviot  and  black-faced 
wools.  These  faifs  are  later  on  linked  up  with  those  in  the 
middle  and  south  of  England,  the  series  ending  at  Bristol  in 
mid- September.  Practically  the  same  small  group  of  Yorkshire 
merchants  travel  round  to  all ;  but  here  and  there  a  strong  local 
demand  exists,  in  the  West  of  England  for  example,  and  a  district 
may  possibly  be  left  with  its  own  market  to  itself.  Irish  wools 
are  collected  by  the  small  country  shopkeepers,  who  act  as  agents 
for  Bradford  merchants,  and  who,  until  recent  years,  used  to  pay 
the  farmers  in  kind ;  but  the  growing  importance  of  the  Irish 
woollen  mills  and  the  increasing  prosperity  of  the  Irish  farmers 
are  making  a  change  in  this  respect. 

Each  of  the  sales  or  fairs  offers  a  wool  with  special  character-  ^ 
istics  of  its  own.  The  grades,  therefore,  are  exceedingly  numerous ; 
but  in  a  general  way  British  wools  may  be  classified  into  five 
broad  classes — Lustres,  Demi-Lustres,  Downs,  Half-breeds,  and 
Mountain,  each  of  which  is  again  divisible  into  two  chief  sorts — 
Long  and  Short. 

The  conditions  of  purchase  at  the  fairs  or  sales  at  which  the  v' 
Scottish  and  non-Northern  English  clips  change  hands  are  agreed 
*oir periodically  by  the  British  Wool  Federation,  the  County  Wool 
*  Merchants'  Association,  the  Wales  and  Border  Counties  Wool- 
bi^rs'    Association,    the    Auctioneers'    Association,    and    the 
National  Farmers'  Union.    The  following  were  those  agreed  on 
for  the  1920  clip  : — 

1.  All  wool  to  be  sold  by  the  pound,  and  no  bids  of  less  than  \d. 
to  be  taken. 

2.  All  wool  to  be  free  of  rent  and  at  the  auctioneer's  risk  until 
delivered  to  the  railway  company  or  carrier.     Each  purchaser  shall, 
on  the  day  of  sale,  give  written  instructions  to  the  auctioneer  for 
forwarding  the  lots  purchased  by  him,  and  should  he  not  do  so, 


ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

the  aitctioneer  shall  be  at  liberty  to  forward  it  to  the  railway  station:, 
and  to  charge  cost  of  storage  and  expenses  to  the  buyer. 

3.  All  wool  to  be  weighed  out. 

4.  An  allowance  of  one-fourth  shall  be  made  for  greys  perceptible 
through  the  fleece,  blacks  and  greasy  in  washed  clips,  and  for  greys' 
perceptible  throughout  the  fleece,  and  blacks  in  greasy  clips  (whether 
declared  or  not)  ;   also  an  allowance  of  is.  6d.  each  for  cotts,  or  25 
per  cent,  on  the  whole  lot  complained  of  and  found  faulty.     No 
locks  shall  be  packed  in  the  fleece. 

5.  Ninepence  per  sheet  shall  be  paid  by  the  buyer  for  the  hire 
of  same.     The  buyer  shall  return  the  sheets  in  good  condition  as 
soon  as  emptied,  and  on  no  account  shall  they  be  used  privately. 
If  sheets  are  not  returned  within  four  months  of  date  of  sale,  the 
auctioneers  shall  invoice  them  to  buyers  at  £i  per  sheet,  and  55. 
each  for  lamb's  wool  bags,  which  sums  shall  be  payable  by  the 
buyer. 

6.  Errors  in  weight  or  description,  greys,  cotts,  cast,  and  greasies 
shall  be  rectified. 

In  case  of  errors  in  weight  and  description,  a  certificate  by  an 
independent  person  agreed  to  by  the  auctioneer-and  the  buyer  shall 
be  accepted  by  the  auctioneer. 

Full  allowance  shall  also  be  made  for  unfair  package  (which 
shall  include  clags,  locks,  tailing,  or  skin  wool  in  either  washed  or 
.unwashed  fleeces). 

7.  All  wool  shall  be  exposed  for  sale  in  a  manner  which  will 
permit  a  full  inspection. 

8.  Drafts  of  i  Ib.  per  cwt.  on  gross  weight  shall  be  allowed  by 
.farmers  and  auctioneers. 

Jhe  Bradford  selling  terms  to  be  as  before. 

Biftish  wools  are  usually  marketed  by  the  "  pack  "  of  240  jb. 

Statistics  of  recent  years  indicate  that  from  one-tentn~TxT6ne- 

/fifth  of  the  wool  consumed  in  the  United  Kingdom  is  home  grown, 

and  that  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  South  Africa  contribute 

by  far  the  larger  amount  of  the  balance.    The  position,  therefore, 

of  Australasian  wool  in  the  London  auctions  is  an  exceedingly 

"important  one ;  and  in  merinos  it  largely  controls  the  market  price. 

Australasian  wools  are  prepared  and  graded  with  considerable 

*care.    In  shearing,  it  is  the  custom  to  separate  off  the  inferior 

portions  of  the  fleece  at  the  very  outset,  and  to  make  up  in 

•differently    marked   packages    what    are    called    the    "firsts/' 

"seconds,"  "clothing/'  and  "combing,"  which  are  really  the 

:main  body  of  the  wool  graded  as  to  quality.     When  the  Imperial 

•Government  purchased  the  several  seasons'  clips  during  the  war, 

iit  was  found  necessary  to  recognise  no  less  than  848  standards  of 

quality  in  Australasian  wools  alone.    Accordingly,  anything  like 

a  general  description  of  the  classification  is  out  of  the  question, 

aiad  probably  of  interest  only  to  those  engaged  in  the  actual  trade. 

.Expert  buyers  who  are  able  to  estimate  within  one  or  two 
per  <cent.  what  the  net  yield  will  be  from  a  mass  of  wool,  grease, 


MARKETING  BY  AUCTION 

dirt,  seed,  and  sand,  or  from  unwashed  fleeces,  the  products  of 
hot,  dry  countries  are  not  many  in  number.  It  is  calculated  that 
they  do  not  amount  to  more  than  a  few  hundred  men  in  England, 
France,  America,  and  Germany,  taken  together.  Some  of  them 
visit  Australia  once  a  year  to  attend  the  auctions  there ;  while  the 
rest  gather  every  two  months  in  the  Wool  Auction  Room  in 
Coleman  Street,  London,  E.G. 

At  one  time,  practically  the  whole  of  the  Australasian  clip 
was  sold  in  London.  Now  about  one-half  to  two-thirds  is  sold  ^ 
at  home.  There  is  still  considerable  discussion  in  the  trade  as  to 
the  merits  of  the  rival  markets ;  but  generally  the  advantages  and 
disadvantages  turn  on  the  question  of  quick  or  later  sale.  Those  *"" 
growers  who  wish  a  quick  return,  and  are  ready  to  forego  the 
chance  of  higher  prices  later  on,  will  sell  at  home.  Those  who 
think  it  worth  while  waiting  for  the  later  prices  will  consign  their 
produce  to  London.  The  auctions  in  Australia  follow  one  another 
in  sequence  in  the  chief  coast  towns,  beginning  with  Sydney,  and 
passing  on  to  Tasmania  after  Brisbane.  A  similar  rotation  takes 
place  in  New  Zealand.  After  purchase,  the  wool  is  shipped  to 
the  buyers  in  Europe  or  America  in  the  ordinary  way. 

If  the  sale  takes  'place  in  London  the  buyers  spend  the  / 
mornings  in  the  dock  and  wharf  warehouses,  sampling  the  bales 
that  have  been  sent  there  by  the  grower,  or,  more  probably,  by 
the  bank  that  has  financed  the  import  up  to  that  point.  The 
auctions  take  place  in  the  evenings,  and  are  in  the  hands  of  a 
small  group  of  selling  brokers  (about  ten  firms)  who  share  the 
business  among  Iftenf. Bids  ar£  made  and  taken  with  extra-  */ 
ordinary  rapidity  ;  and  the  fact  that  both  buyers  and  sellers  form 
small  groups  well  known  to  one  another  results  in  business  being 
done  in  a  manner  not  readily  comprehensible  to  an  outsider.  In 
addition  to  Australian  wool,  very  large  quantities  of  foreign  and 
other  wools  find  their  way  to  London  for  sale  by  auction.1 

The  selling  brokers  are,  as  a  rule,  paid  a  commission  of  |  per  ' 
cent.,  which  is  an  expense  ultimately  borne  by  the  grower;  and, 
in  addition,  they  receive  from  the  purchasers  a  fee  of  is.  for  each 
lot  of  wool  that  changes  hands.  ""Buying I>r61cers  are  employed 
by  those  persons  who  do  not  buy  in  very  large  quantities. 
They  are  members,  as  a  rule,  of  wool-dealing  firms ;  but  it  is  not 
uncommon  for  members  of  the  selling  firms  to  act  occasionally 
in  this  capacity.  Their  fee  is  not  standardised  in  the  same  way 
as  the  selling  broker's  fee,  but  J  per  cent,  is  the  average.  Strict*/ 
cash  terms  are  the  rule — payment  within  seven  days,  the  wool  to 
be  removed  from  the  warehouse  within  fourteen  days.  If  it  is 
not  removed  within  the  period  allowed  the  selling  broker  may 

1  The  London  wool  auctions,  when  attended  by  Continental  buyers, 
occasionally  resemble  the  American  exchanges  in  respect  of  animation 
and  excitement. 


172  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

resell  by  auction  or  private  contract,  and  debit  the  defaulting 
buyer  with  the  resulting  expenses  and  losses.1 

In  Liverpool,  East  Indian  wools,  and  a  large  variety  of 
miscellaneous  wools,  like  Egyptian,  River  Plate,  Mohair,  and 
•Alpaca,  are  auctioned  at  stated  periods;  while  on  the  Continent, 
Amsterdam,  Havre,  Hamburg,  and  Marseilles,  are  important 
market  centres!  The  Antwerp  wool  sales  used  to  include  the 
bulk  of  the  Spanish  and  Russian  wools,  and  later,  the  South 
American  wools.  Sales  were  held  six  times  a  year,  in  January, 
March,  April,  June,  September,  and  November,  just  a  week  before 
the  London  sales,  with  the  object  of  catching  the  Continental 
buyers  on  their  way  to  London.2  The  conditions  are  very 
similar  to  those  prevailing  in  London. 

One  striking  fact  stands  out  in  all  these  auction  sales,  and  that 
s  is  the  very  unequal  demandsfpr  sorts  of  wool  between  which  there 
is  even  only  a  small  difference  in  quality.  This  seems  to  be 
accounted  for  by  the  narrow  range  of  requirements  of  the  several 
groups  of  consumers.  Bradford  buyers  need  sound  lots  embody- 
ing little  waste ;  and  the  topmakers,  or  dealers,  buy  to  make  up 
complex  blends,  and  are  ready  to  take  lots  of  a  mixed  character. 
German  buyers  require  the  finest  merinos ;  and  American  buyers, 
on  account  of  tariff  restrictions,  look  for  stuff  on  which  there  is 
only  a  small  loss  in  the  scouring  process.  Hence  wools,  differing 
in  quality  but  slightly,  are  not  substitutes  for  one  another  in  the 
same  way  as  are  different  qualities  of  wheat  and  of  cotton.  This 
fact,  in  conjunction  with  the  almost  unlimited  rmmber^of  varieties, 
has  an  obvious  bearing  on  the  quesHorT wfiether  it  impossible  or 
not  to  establish  an  organised  jnarj^e.  t  in  raw  wool,  with  dealings 
in  futures  similar  to  the  e'xistinglnstitutions  in  the  case  of  wheat 
and  cotton. 

Tops  (i.e.  wool  combed  ready  for  spinning)  are  sold  in  England 
for  deferred  delivery,  the  topmaker  undertaking  to  supply  so 
many  packs  per  week  or  per  month  for  a  given  period  at  a  fixed 
price.  This  imposes  on  the  topmaker  the  necessity  of  laying  in 
and  holding  a  sufficient  quantity  of  raw  wool  if  he  is  not  prepared 
to  take  the  risk  of  his  contract  being  rendered  unprofitable  by 
price  fluctuations  in  the  London  auctions  or  the  country  sales. 
It  was  just  under  such  conditions  that  futures  markets  were 
evolved  in  wheat  and  in  cotton ;  and  it  is,  therefore,  natural  to 
inquire  to  what  extent  progress  in  that  direction  has  taken  place 
in  the  case  of  the  markets  for  w^ooj  tops.  In  Bradford  sugges- 
tions for  further  organisation  have  been  rejected ;  but  in  Havre 

1  Clapham,  The  Woollen  and  Worsted  Industries,  Chap.  III. 

2  The  wool  trade  has  not  yet  returned  to  the  routine  of  pre-war  days, 
which  is  that  here  described.     Discrepancies  in  detail,  therefore,  may  be 
detected  between  the  text  and  present  practice,  but  the  general  outline 
is  accurate. 


MARKETING   BY  AUCTION  173 

quotations  for  futures  in  raw  wool  are  given  from  time  to  time, 
and  in  some  other  Continental-centres  there  are  organised  markets  \ 
for  futures  in  tops.  Yet  it  is  true,  on  the  whole,  that  neither  in 
raw  wool  nor  in  tops  is  there  a  market  comparable  in  organisation 
with  even  the  least  important  of  the  main  markets  in  grain  or  in 
cotton.  This  may  be  ascribed  to  the  fact,  in  addition  to  others 
already  referred  to,  that  wool  is  combed  into  tops  on  commission, 
and  what  is  bought  by  the  wool  spinneT1s*not  raw  material,  nke 
the  raw  cotton  of  the  cotton  spinner,  but  tops,  one  stage  removed 
from  original  raw  material. 

Professional^  speculation  or  expert  risk-taking  in  the  wool 
market  is  noi~~differentiated  from  the  other  functions  of  the 
middleman.  The  class  in  the  wool  trade  that  might  correspond 
to  the  class  of  expert  member  of  the  cotton  exchanges  has  to 
assume  responsibility  for  the  performance  of  the  first  stage  in  the 
manufacturing  progessT  That  is  sufficient  to  prevent  it  devoting 
all  its  energies'to  marketing  and  to  developing  the  knowledge  and 
skill  that  the  expert  risk-taker  requires  for  the  performance  of 
his  special  duties.1 

The  United  States  is  thej:hird  largest  wool-producing  country  */ 
in  the  world ;  but  as  it  is  also  one  of  the  greatest  of  the  world's 
consumers  it  has  to  import  an  amount,  on  an  average,  equal  to 
about  one-half  of  its  own  total  output.  The  fact  that  it  is  not 
an  expecting  country,  and  that,  therefore,  American  bankers  are 
not  in  the  habit  of  financing  wool  movements,2  has  prevented 
the  development  of  wooPaucSooa "~sim3aT  to  those  in  Australia 
and  the  other  wool-producing_JBritish  .  Colonies.  Therefore 
American  wool  is  not  marketed  in  any  systematic  manner,  though 
attempts  have  been  made  recently  to  introduce  improvement  in 
this  direction.3 

United  States  wools  coming  from  the 'States  west  of  the 
Mississippi  are  known  under  the  general  term  "territory,"  and  they 
offer  many  sharp  contrasts  to  the  so-called  "  fleece  "  wools  of  the 
Eastern  States.  They  are  clipped  from  wool  sheep,  to  a  large 
extent,  as  distinct  from  the  mutton  or  cross-bred  sheep  of  the 
east ;  and  flocks  are  large,  and  flockmasters  keen  business  men. 
Consequently  the  characteristic  form  of  sale  is  direct  to  buyers 
sent  out  byjftejwoj)ynerd^^  or 

1  There  is  a  growing   tendency,  which  is  being  encouraged  by  the 
Bradford  Chamber  of  Commerce,  for  wool  dealers  to  settle  disputes  by 
reference  to  arbitrators  appointed  by  the  Chamber:    This  movement  will 
inevitably  lead  to  an  increased  degree  of  standardisation  in  marketing 
conditions,  a  fact  which  may  have  far-reaching  effects  on  the  position  of 
middlemen  in  the  wool  trade. 

2  The  restrictions  imposed  by  bankers  on  the  methods  of  sale  of  wool 
on  which  they  have  made  advances  have  been  an  important  consideration 
in  the  establishment  of  the  system  of  auction  sales. 

d?See  Cherrington,  "  Some  Aspects  of  the  Wool  Trade  of  the  United 
States,"  Quarterly  Journal  of  Economics^  vol.  xxv.  pp.  337-56. 


i;4  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

even  sometimes  by  the  mills  on  the  Atlantic  coast.  These  buyers 
get  no  help  in  their  difficult  work  from  centralisjecLauctions  or 
exchanges,  and  each  has  to  depend  on  his  own  individual  inter- 
preFatioh  of  the  mass  of  information  and  estimates  of  clip  available 
to  him.  It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  they  occasionally 
adopt  reckless  methods,  and,  as  in  1909  for  example,  resort  to 
the  risky  practice  of  buying  wool  "  on  the  sheep's  back  "  months 
before  it  is  ready  for  shearing.  An  unusually  heavy  drop  in 
prices  in  the  winter  before,  combined  with  a  subsequent  rise,  led 
many  buyers  to  make  large  purchases  of  this  kind,  and  to  offer, 
even  in  February,  prices  for  ungrown  wool  that  would  be  con- 
sidered good  in  normal  years  for  high-grade  clips.  This  kind  of 
speculation  is  very  unsafe,  and  meets  with  discouragement  from 
the  stable  elements  in  the  trade. 

Attempts  at  baling  and  grading  and  consequent  sale  by 
sample  have  met  with  success  in  the  case  of  wools  grown  in  the 
Pacific  coast  States ;  but  the  most  interesting  development  in  the 
way  of  marketing  is  that  inJ£astexa-Qregon,  where  wool  is  sold  on 
"  sealed ^bLdal'-snbmiUed  by  the  buyers  on  appointed  days. 
Under  this  variant  of  the  system  of  auction  sales  the  submitted 
bids  are  binding  on  the  bidders,  but  the  grower  may  refuse  all 
bids  if  he  chooses  to  do  so. 

In  1894  a  comprehensive  attempt  was  made  in  New  York  to 
alter  American  methods  of  wool  selling  and  buying  by  the  intro- 
duction of  the  London  system  of  public  auctions.1  Rules  were 
'drafted  similar  to  those  prevailing  in  the  London  sales.  Quota- 
tions based  on  these  sales  were  made  public ;  and  an  attempt  was 
made  to  group  them  under  heads  sufficiently  descriptive  to  make 
them  serve  the  purpose  of  wool  buyers  generally.  Lack  of 
uniformity,  however,  in  American  breeding  and  packing  methods, 
^  and  rather  excessive  handling  ,  costs  lit  the  various  transfers, 
prevented  the  scheme  being  a  success,  and  it  was  abandoned  after 
three  years*  trial. 

Less  ambitious  attempts  to  introduce  the  auction  system 
were  made  at  a  later  period  2  by  the  establishment  of  wjaxehouses 
located  at  the  eastern  terminals  of  the  trans-continental  rail- 
roads, and  managed  as  co-operative  storage  and  sales  depots, 
where  growers  were  to  offer  their  clips  direct  to  the  manu- 
facturers. Notwithstanding  a  certain  amount  of  support  from 
the  Wool  Growers'  Associations,  the  auction  bidding  feature 
failed  altogether ;  and  sales  are  now  made  in  the  usual  way  to 
the  same  buyers  as  previously.  New  warehouses  erected  at 
Chicago  and  Boston,  with  space  leased  tomercKaTrtS'and  dealers, 
seem  to  have  met  with  some  success;  but  in  these  cases  the 

1  See  National  Association  of  Wool  Manufacturers,  Bulletin,  September 
1894,  and  December  1898. 

a  Ibid.,  December  1908,  December  1909. 


MARKETING   BY   AUCTION  175 

companies  have  merely  gone  into  the  wool  merchant  business 
themselves,  and  have  not  made  any  attempts  to  change  the 
ordinary  methods,  except  in  so  far  as  they  have  imitated  the 
Bradford  Conditioning  House  plan  of  testing  by  invariable 
standard  methods  and  basing  sales  by  wool  merchants  on  cer- 
tificates of  quality  thus  obtained. 

South  American  wools  are  sold  in  Buenos  Aires,  Monte  Video, 
and  Bahia  Blanca  from  October  to  March.  Sales  take  place  by 
auction,  the  unit  of  weight  being  10  kilogrammes,  with  payment 
at  once  in  paper  dollars.  The  buying  is  mainly  on  United  States 
account. 

As  a  consequence  of  after- war  effects,  the  wool  trade  is  passing 
through  a  crisis  which  cannot  fail  to  leave  permanent  traces  on 
methods  of  marketing,  as  well  as  on  the  whole  course  of  business 
in  the  future.    From  1917  to  1919,  the  British  wool  clips  were 
purchased  by  the  Government ;  and  the  detailed  accuracy  with      .- 
which  they  were  graded  taught  farmers  and  others  the  value  of  L 
proper  care  in  the  get-up  of  their  produce  for  market.     Moreover, 
grades  and  types  hitherto  unsuspected  were  discovered  in  home- 
grown wool,  and  this  is  expected  to  result  in  a  higher  standard  of  ^ 
blending.     Australasian  and  South  African  wools  were  similarly 
dealt  with;  and  the  resulting  surplus  of  these  supplies  in  the 
autumn  of  1920  afforded  a  difficult  problem  for  both  the  Home 
and  Colonial  Governments.    There  is  a  growing  manufacturing  ^ 
industry  in  Australia  which  may  lead  to  a  larger  consumption  of 
raw  wool  in  that  part  of  the  world ;  but  it  is  not  anticipated  that 
there  will  be  any  less  for  export,  for  there  are  still  almost  unlimited 
tracts  of  land  available  for  the  extension  of  sheep  farming. 

An  association,  the  British  Australian  Wool  Realisation 
Association  (commonly  referred  to  as  "  Bawra  "),  has  been  formed 
recently  1  to  dispose  of  the  very  large  quantities  of  Australasian 
wools  that  have  accumulated,  owing  to  the  shipping  difficulties 
during  the  war.  It  experimented  with  auction  sales,  in  June 
1921,  of  Australian  wool  in  Liverpool,  Hull,  and  other  centres, 
but  apparently  with  little  success  as  regards  prices  obtained ;  for 
it  was  part  of  its  policy  to  try  and  maintain  a  high  level  of  prices 
and  to  withdraw  all  lots  that  did  not  reach  a  reserve  price  settled 
before  the  sale.  The  home  clip  of  1921  was  not  in  a  position  at 
the  opening  of  the  season  to  command  good  prices ;  and  com- 
petition from  Canada  was  threatened  in  the  British  market. 
Canada  used  to  be  a  wool-importing  country ;  but  much  progress 
has  been  made  there  in  the  growing  and  preparation  of  wool  for 
market,  with  the  result  that  it  is  now  in  a  position  to  consider 
sending  bales  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  Continent  for  dis- 
posal at  the  monthly  auction  sales  at  the  centres  here.  Japan, 
which  is  developing  a  large  woollen  industry  and  importing 
J  It  began  operations  in  January  1921. 


176  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

machinery  therefor  from  Yorkshire,  is  now  a  buyer  of  Australian 
wool,  and  is  likely  to  take  a  place  of  considerable  importance,  in 
the  future,  in  the  world's  trade  in  this  commodity.1 

During  1919  and  1920  the  UnitedJStates  Government  con- 
ducted auction^saTes  of  woot  acquired  Dyll  for  war  purposes,  and 
there  was  much  negotiation  between  the  United  Kingdom  and 
the  United  States  regarding  stocks  and  prices.  British  Govern- 
ment wool  was  auctioned  in  Boston,  sometimes  with  success, 
sometimes  without  eliciting  a  bid.  The  large  stocks  in  hand 
have  reacted  seriously  on  the  prices  of  the  1921  clip,  and  the 
Federal  Reserve  Board  has  drafted  special  regulations  to  enable 
its  member  banks  to  render  wool  growers  exceptional  aid  in 
tiding  over  the  transition  period.  Rules  have  also  been  drawn 
up  dealing  with  the  inspection  and  licensing  of  wool  warehouses 

V  under  the  United  States  Warehouse  Act,  1916,  amended  1919. 
This  Act,  which  is  not  mandatory,  and  applies  as  well  to  ware- 
houses other  than  those  handling  wool,  was  passed  with  a  view 
to  bringing  about  the  uniformity  of  warehouse  receipts,  and 
making  them  of  the  highest  possible  value  as  collateral  security 
for  loans  advanced  by  bankers.  By  becoming  one  of  the  Federal 
warehousing  system,  a  warehouse  acquires  a  better  standing,  and 
is  more  highly  regarded  by  bankers  and  depositors.  In  this  way, 
American  bankers  may  be  rendered  less  reluctant  to  make 

K  advances  on  the  security  of  wool  stocks,  and  one  great  obstacle 
be  removed  from  the  path  of  United  States  wool  merchants  and 
growers.  The  establishing  of  official  Federal  wool  grades  is  also 
foreshadowed  when  adequate  experience  hag-bgen-ofatamed  in  the 
weighing  and  standardising  of  wool  in  tjiese  licensed  storehouses.2 
"Hrhe  predominant  position  of  the  UmteoTKIhgdom  as  a  con- 

/  sumer  of  tea,  and  the  large  exports  from  the  British  possessions 

/  give  the  London  tea  auctions  special  importance  in  the  marketing 
and  distribution  of  that  commodity.  It  is  one  exceptionally  well 

1  As  an  example  of  reports  of  Australian  auctions,  the  following, 
referring  to  sales  on  Monday,  June  13,  1921,  may  be  of  interest : — 

"  Sydney, 

"  Monday. 

"  At  the  wool  sales  held  here  to-day,  6,047  bales  were  offered  of  which 
112  were  sold.  Private  sales  consiste'd  of  4,468  bales.  The  market  was 
very  firm.  Competition  was  keen,  especially  for  carbonising  sorts  among 
Continental  buyers.  Japan  continued  to  buy  freely.  Reuter." 

"  Melbourne, 

"  Monday. 

"  At  to-day's  wool  sale,  2,421  bales  were  offered,  out  of  which  2,278  were 
sold.  Competition  was  very  keen.  Continental  operators  took  the  bulk 
at  rates  slightly  above  last  week's  closing  prices." 

An  Australian  bale  weighs  about  350  to  330  Ib. 

2  Circular  No.  150  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture, 
issued  July  1920. 


MARKETING  BY  AUCTION  177 

fitted  for  handling  by  the  system  of  auction  sales.     It  is  an  im-  / 
portant  product  reaching  this  country  in  large  quantities  at  a/ 
time.     It  requires  much  expert  knowledge  on  the  part  of  dealers ; 
and  it  is  a  commodity  whose  grades  or  qualities  are  very  great  in 
number.    Moreover,  differences  of  taste  in  different  parts  of  the 
kingdom  are  very  marked ;  and  one  variety  is  not  in  any  way  a    J 
substitute  for  another,  so  that,  somewhat  as  in  the  case  of  wool,  / 
there  is  often  marked  dissimilarity  in  the  demand  for  qualities  i 
very  closely  allied  to  one  another. 

Teas  are  divided  broadly  into  Indian,  Ceylon,  China,  and  Java  \^ 
varieties.  These  in  turn  are  subdivided  into  classes  named,  in^ 
some  cases,  after  the  district  where  the  crop  is  grown.  There  are, 
therefore,  in  the  case  of  Indian  teas,  Darjeeling,  Assam,  Dooars, 
Syhlet,  Travancore,  and  Cachar  among  others ;  while  in  the  case 
of  China  teas,  the  number  of  distinct  varieties  is  almost  beyond 
reckoning.  There  are  "  Black  Leafs "  or  Monings,  which  in- 
cludes Kintuck,  Keemun,  Ningchow,  and  hosts  of  others ;  and 
"  Red  Leafs  "  or  Kaisows,  which  include  Panyong,  Ching  Wo, 
Pecco  Congou,  etc.  Then  there  are  better  known  sorts,  like 
Lapsang,  Souchong,  and  Oolong,  in  addition  to  fancy  and  green 
teas  like  Caper  and  Scented  Orange  Pekoe  and  Green  Fannings, 
the  latter  coming  from  Ceylon.  For  blending  purposes,  even 
soil  and  elevation  of  the  garden  where  the  tea  is  grown  have  to  be 
reckoned  with ;  and  in  the  catalogues  prepared  for  the  auction 
sales  the  name  of  the  estate  or  garden,  where  possible,  is  always 
added  to  the  other  information  given. 

When  the  tea  reaches  London  it  is  at  once  stored  in  a  public 
bonded  warehouse,  where  it  is  weigjjfid  by  the  Customs  authori- 
ties and  retained,  pendin£_the  sale  and  payment  of  .duty.  The 
importer,  or  his  agent,  tKen  sel^^allsrcslrerrto "wnom  instructions 
are  given  to  sell  at  the  public  sales  in  Mincing  Lane.  Occasionally 
a  sale  by  private  contract  is  effected ;  but  public  auction  is  the^ 
more  usual  method.  The  selling  broker  theri  compiles  and  issueT 
"catalogues  to  all  the  large  wholesale  buyers,  indicating  the  teas 
that  are  to  be  sold,  the  warehouse  or  warehouses  where  they  are, 
the  garden  or  gardens  where  they  have  been  grown,  the  quantity 
and  description  of  each  grade,  and  the  conditions  of  sale  and  pay- 
ment. Notification  at  the  same  time  is  sent  to  the  warehouse 
that  the  tea  is  to  be  offered  at  a  public  sale  ;  and  it  is  the  duty  of 
the  storekeeper  to  grant  facilities  to  possible  purchasers  for  the 
sampling  of  the  various  brands.  This  is  done  by  putting  aside 
representative  packages  of  each  lot.  Samplers  then  go  round 
on  behalf  of  the  various  large  wholesale  houses  intending  to 
buy,  and  obtain  a  small  sample,  giving  in  return  a  packet  of 
equal  weight  and  quality,  so  that  the  owner  may  suffer  no 
loss. 

On  obtaining  these  samples  the  tasters  of  the  wholesale  houses 


178  ORGANISED  PRODUCE  MARKETS 

begin  their  work  and  pass  judgment  on  the  qualities  of  the  brands 
offered  for  sale.  In  an  ordinary  season  there  may  be  as  many  as 
1,200  different  Indian  teas  to  be  sampled  and  valued  in  this 
manner ;  but  it  is  not  always  necessary  that  the  tasting  process 
should  be  carried  through  in  every  case.  It  may  happen  that 
just  common  tea  of  no  particular  or  special  merit  is  required,  and 
in  that  case  the  buyer  judges  by  the  appearance  of  the  leaf  and 
by  smell,  values  "  on  the  nose/'  as  the  phrase  is.  When  a  decision 
is  finally  reached  orders  are  placed  at  once  with  the  selling 
brokers,  so  that  the  bids  submitted  may  be  "  first  in."  This  is  to 
avoid  the  difficulty  that  would  arise  at  the  public  auction  if 
several  buyers  simultaneously  made  the  same  bid  and  none  were 
prepared  to  go  higher. 

At  the  actual  sales  the  teas  are  sold  at  so  much  per  lb., 
advances  being  made  by  \d.  Procedure  is  rapid,  and  the  very 
full  and  comprehensive  catalogues  issued  previously  enable  the 
selling  broker  to  dispense  with  all  speech-making  and  the  other 
trappings  of  the  popular  auction-room.  When  the  season  is  at  its 
height,  Indian  teas  are  sold  twice  a  week,  on  Monday  and  on 
Wednesday,  Monday  being  the  more  important  day.  Ceylon 
teas  are  sold  on  Tuesday,  China  teas  on  Wednesday,  and  Java  teas 
on  Thursday.  China  teas  differ  so  greatly  in  taste  from  Indian 
that  a  different  buyer  is  nearly  always  employed.  There  is, 
therefore,  no  interference  with  the  Indian  sales  that  take  place  on 
the  same  day. 

Perhaps  it  is  on  account  of  its  insignificance  in  comparison 
with  the  coffee  trade  of  New  York,  Havre,  and  other  centres,  that 
the  London  coffee  trade  has  hitherto  failed  to  institute  an  ex- 
change, and  has  contented  itself  with  the  system  of  auction  sales ; 
for  (in  the  case  of  coffee)  all  the  conditions  requisite  for  the 
successful  conduct  of  an  organised  market  are  present,  with  the 
single  exception  that,  in  London,  the  volume  of  dealings  is  too 
small  to  occupy  the  full  time  of  a  sufficiently  large  body  of  experts, 
and  to  pay  the  necessary  expenses  of  maintaining  a  separate 
organisation  with  all  the  equipment  of  committees  and  a  clearing 
house.1 

When  a  coffee  cargo  reaches  London  it  is  placed  in  certain 
specified  public  bonded  wharves  and  warehouses  and  cleaned,  if 
necessary.  It  arrives,  of  course,  in  bags,  but  each  parcel  is 
bulked  separately  so  that  one  sample  may  be  representative  of  the 
whole.  The  samples  taken  vary  in  quantity  according  to  the  size 
of  the  parcel,  which  is  then  refilled  into  the  bags,  the  latter  being 
weighed  at  this  stage  for  the  Customs  registration.  The  coffee 
is  now  ready  for  sale.  Occasionally  there  is  purchase  and  sale  by 
private  contract ;  but  the  normal  course  is  by  public  auction  in 

1  There  is,  however,  some  business  in  coffee  futures  conducted  through 
the  medium  of  the  London  Produce  Clearing  House,  Ltd.  See  Chap.  XI. 


MARKETING   BY  AUCTION  179 

Mincing  Lane.1  On  the  morning  of  the  sale,  or  possibly  on  the 
day  preceding,  the  samples  are  shown  in  small  trays  in  the  brokers' 
sale-rooms ;  and  specimens  are  given  to  the  wholesale  dealers  for 
roasting  and  tasting.  The  sales  then  take  place  at  1.30  p.m. 
The  comparatively  small  interval  ot  time  allowed  buyers  for  the 
test  of  quality  and  the  very  great  variety  offered  at  a  single  sale 
(often  150  to  200  different  parcels  being  submitted)  demand  con- 
siderable skill  on  the  part  of  purchasers  who,  as  a  rule,  select  only 
a  few  kinds  by  inspection  before  instituting  the  further  test. 
If  the  coffee  is  Brazilian,  imported  by  way  of  New  York,  it  has 
already  been  carefully  graded ;  but  as  a  rule  coffee  reaching 
London  comes  direct  from  the  place  of  origin.  The  method  of 
procedure  at  the  auction  sale  itself  is  the  same  as  in  the  case  of  tea. 
Bids  are  in  shillings  and  pence  per  cwt.,  payment  within 
days,  brokerage  i  per  cent,  from  both  buyer  and  seller. 

In  the  American  States  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  and  South 
Carolina,  tobacco  is  sold  by  auction  at  quite  an  early  stage  in  its 
passage  from  producer  to  consumer.2  Warehouses  have  been 
established  at  central  points  to  which  growers  bring  the  tobacco 
they  have  for  sale.  After  being  graded,  it  is  piled  in  heaps  on  the 
warehouse  floor,  where  it  can  be  inspected  by  prospective  buyers. 
Sales  are  held  in  the  warehouses  from  time  to  time,  and  the 
maximum  fees  charged  by  the  proprietors  are  in  one  State,  at 
least  (North  Carolina),  prescribed  by  law. 

In  the  last  few  years  there  has  been  an  extension  of  the  auction 
system  to  the  more  perishaWejarjnvproducts  in  terminal  markets 
established  in  cities  in  the  United  StaTelTand  on  the  Continent. 
In  the  former  country,  management  is  largely  in  the  hands  of 
privately  incorporated  auction  companies,  though  Government 
action  is  not  unknown  ;  but  on  the  Continent  control  is  always 
vested  exclusively  in  thejnunicipality  iri  whose  area  the  market 
is  situated. 

Where  municipal  or  Government  control  exists,  the  sales  are 
conducted  by  officials  who  are  forbidden  to  be  interested  finan- 
cially, either  directly  or  indirectly,  in  the  trade  of  market  com- 
modities of  any  kind.  Commission  fees  are  definitely  fixed  at  an 
exceedingly  reasonable  level,  and  the  advantages  accruing,  both 
to  producers  and  consumers,  are  claimed  to  be  considerable.3 

An  American  consul,  writing  of  the  Lyons  market,  says  that 
"  fish  and  game  are  brought  for  sale  from  England,  Germany,  the 
Netherlands,  Russia,  and  from  all  parts  of  France.  If  a  grocer 

1  Most  of  the  Brazilian  cofiee,  in  contrast  with  other  varieties  reaching 
London,  is  handled  either  on  c.i.f.  contracts  or  on  contracts  registered  with 
the  London  Produce  Clearing  House,  Ltd. 

2  Holmes,  "  Systems  of  Marketing  Farm  Products,  and  Demand  for 
such  Products  at  Trade  Centres,"  Report  No.  98  of  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  1913. 

3  See  United  States  Special  Consular  Reports,  vol.  xliii. 


iSo  ORGANISED   PRODUCE  MARKETS 

or  butcher  anywhere  in  France,  in  fact,  anywhere  in  Europe  out- 
side of  Lyons,  has  an  overstock  of  any  kind  of  provision,  he  is 
always  sure  he  can  get  rid  of  it  at  the  central  auction  in  Lyons. 
Often  a  stock  of  provisions  is  sold  here  at  private  sale  by  corre- 
spondence for  and  to  parties  outside  the  city."  Another  report 
on  the  Berlin  municipal  market  states  that  "the  municipal  sales 
commissioners  are  bonded  officials  who  are  forbidden  to  be 
interested,  directly  or  inb!irecTIy7in  the  trade  market  wares  of  any 
kind.  They  are  responsible  to  the  market  hall  management,  and 
are  allowed  to  collect  a  certain  fixed  percentage  on  all  sales  made. 

wThe  primary  purpose  of  these  officers  is  to  offer  distant  dealers 
and  producers  opportunity  to  send  in  their  wares,  and  have  them 
brought  into  the  hands  of  Berlin  dealers  and  consumers,  through 

v  ,the  agency  of  responsible  middlemen  and  with  the  assurance  of  a 
published  and^steady  price.  A  second  or  indirect  purpose  is  that, 
through  their  ^competition  with  tHTprfvale  wholesale  dealers  and 
through  the  daily  publication  of  their  report  of  the  average  whole- 
sale prices  for  all  wares  and  at  all  the  halls,  the  municipal  sales 
commissioners  may  exQrcise_a-steadying  influence  upon  the  entire 
wholesale  business.  Although  it  is  estimated  that  they  handle 
only  about  one-fifth  of  the  total  wares  received  at  the  central 
market-hall,  it  is,  nevertheless,  conceded  that  they  indirectly 
prevent  extortion  by  the  private  wholesale  dealer  from  the  pro- 
ducer or  small  dealer  on  the  one  hand,  and  from  the  consumer  or 
retailer  on  the  other.  Describing  the  results  attained  in  Lyons, 
the  consul's  report  goes  on  to  say  that  "  this  market  is  most  em- 
phatically favourable  to  the  poorer  classes.  Many  poor  people 
bid  off  a  bunch  of  game  or  fish,  dividing  the  expense  among  them- 
selves, thus  procuring  a  luxury  that  they  could  not  otherwise 
enjoy.  It  creates  a  centre  in  the  city  to  which  food  comes  from 

t  many  points,  largelyincreasing  the  supply.  It  reduces  the  prices 
to  retail  dealers^in  tEeTmarket,  and  Sharpens  competition.  The 
auctions  are  always  public,  and  the  woman  who  buys  from  a  small 
dealer  often  knows  just  how  much  the  dealer  paid  for  the  articles 
in  the  market  that  morning." 

About  the  years  1913  and  1914  there  was  considerable  popular 
agitation  in  the  United  States  on  the  supposed  wastefulness  and 
inefficiency  of  marketing  methods,  particularly' in  respect  of  the 
more  perishable  farm  products.  It  was  at  this  time  that  the  New 
York  law  was  passed  establishing  a  Department  of  Food  and 

Is  Markets  with  power  to  institute  auction  markets  in  such  cities  of 
the  State  as  was  deemed  desirable.  Goods  consigned  to  such 

S  markets  are,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  law,  to  be 
auctioned  by  licensed  auctioneers,  appointed  by  the  department, 
at  commission  rates  fixea  tfy  that  authority  which  is  also  to 
receive  3  per  cent,  of  the  gross  selling  price  as  a  contribution 
towards  the  expenses  -of  management.  The  Mayor's  Market 


MARKETING   BY   AUCTION  181 

Commission  of  New  York  City  was  also  attracted  at  the  same  time 
by  the  idea  that  auction  sales  would  help  to  keep  down  prices  to 
the  consumer ;  and  it  recommended  in  its  report  in  1913  that  "  sales 
at  auction  be  made  permissive  in  the  several  public  markets/'  and 
that  they  be  conducted  by  "  bonded  auctioneers,  licensed  by  the 
city,  to  whom  goods  could  be  consigned  by  persons  who  desired  to 
.sell  their  goods  at  auction."  The  commission  did  not  think  it  •" 
likely  that  a  large  percentage  of  the  produce  reaching  the  city 
would  be  sold  in  this  way ;  but  it  considered  that  even  a  small 
number  of  such  sales  would  tend  to  steady  prices  and  serve  to  fix 
the  market  prices  for  each  day  hi  the  manner  described  in  the 
consular  reports  on  the  European  markets.  Difficulties  not  fore- 
seen at  the  time  have  arisen  to  prevent  the  full  realisation  of  the 
elaborate  schemes  anticipated  in  these  reports  and  legislation ;  and 
privately  incorporated  auction  companies  still  do  a  very  large 
part  of  the  wholesale  distribution  of  fruit  and  other  commodities 
in  the  larger  American  cftiesr 

These  auction  companies  receive  and  inspect  goods  on  their  ^ 
arrival  at  the  place  of  auction,  divide  them  into  lots,  print  and 
circulate  catalogues,  and  collect  tEe  "money  from  the  buyers  on 
behalf  of  the  sellers.  Payments  are  prompt  on  every  ^side,  and 
only  to  a  very  small  extent  is  there  any  financing  of  producers  or 
owners  of  produce  by  the  companies.  They  obtain^  tJtieirJnGome 
from  the  commissions  charged  for  selling  and  for  whatever  other 
services  they  may  render,  such  as  unloading,  preparing  samples, 
and  printing  catalogues.  Many  questions  arise  in  connection 
with  their  operation,  such  as,  for  example,  the  commission  rates  ' 
charged  to  large  and  to  small  consigners,  secret  rebates,  the  degree 
of  monopoly  they  are  able  to  obtain,  and  the  extent  to  which  this 
power  enables  them  to  raise  charges  for  the  extra  handling  they 
may  undertake  of  some  classes  of  commodities.  Again,  the 
question  of  ownership  of  .their  shares  has  some  bearing  on  their  / 
conduct ;  for  it  is  obvious  that  there  are  possibilities  of  abuse  if  the 
chief  purchasers  at  the  sales  are  also  their  controlling  share- 
holders and  managers.  There  is,  therefore,  some  reason  for  the 
opinion  expressed  by  one  large  American  merchant  who  writes, 
"  An  auction  company  should  be  under  public  service  regulation  S 
if  it  is  to  be  successful  in  the  smaller  places  where  there  is  no  com- 
petition, and  I  believe  in  the  larger  places  also  the  rates,  rebates, 
and  all  other  practices  should  be  open  to  the  public  and  under 
control  of  the  municipality."  l 

In  the  United  Kingdom  publkL^uctionjeers  of  the  type  con- 
templated in  this  American  legislation,  and  actually  in  existence  on 
the  Continent,  are  quite  unknown.  Many  municipalities,  however, 
provide  market  places  where  stands  or  positions  can  be  rented  by 
auctioneering  firms  ;  and  in  some  towns  a  fair  amount  of  business^ 
1  Quoted  from  Weld,  The  Marketing  of  Farm  Products,  p.  141. 


182  ORGANISED   PRODUCE   MARKETS 

is  done  in  this  way.  The  Dublin  cattle  market  is  a  case  in  point. 
There,  frequent  auction  sales  are  held,  in  the  early  morning,  of  live 
fat  cattle  consigned  from  the  rich  grazing  lands  in  the  east  of 
Ireland.  The  buyers  are  mainly  English  dealers  who  ship  their 
purchases  the  same  day  to  Birkenhead,  which  is  an  important 
distributing  centre  in  the  meat  trade  for  a  very  populous  part  of 
England.  But  much  business,  even  in  cattle  in  Dublin,  is  done  by 
ordinary  higgling ;  and  auction  sales  cannot  be  regarded  as  normal 
in  any  municipal  market  in  the  United  Kingdom. 


APPENDIX   I 

THE  CAPPER-TINCHER  ACT   (U.S.A.). 

[PUBLIC — No.  66 — 67x11  CONGRESS.] 

[H.  R.  5676.] 

AN  Act  Taxing  contracts  for  the  sale  of  grain  for  future  delivery,  and 
options  for  such  contracts,  and  providing  for  the  regulation  of  boards 
of  trade,  and  for  other  purposes. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United 
States  of  A  merica  in  Congress  assembled,  That  this  Act  shall  be  known  by 
the  short  title  of  "  The  Future  Trading  Act." 

SECT.  2.  That  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  "  contract  of  sale  "  shall 
be  held  to  include  sales,  agreements  of  sale,  and  agreements  to  sell.  That 
the  word  "  person  "  shall  be  construed  to  import  the  plural  or  singular  and 
shall  include  individuals,  associations,  partnerships,  corporations  and  trusts. 
That  the  word  "  grain  "  shall  be  construed  to  mean  wheat,  corn,  oats,  barley, 
rye,  flax,  and  sorghum.  The  term  "  future  delivery,"  as  used  herein,  shall 
not  include  any  sale  of  cash  grain  for  deferred  shipment  or  delivery.  The 
words  "  board  of  trade  "  shall  be  held  to  include  and  mean  any  exchange  or 
association,  whether  incorporated  or  unincorporated,  of  persons  who  shall 
be  engaged  in  the  business  of  buying  or  selling  grain  or  receiving  the  same 
for  sale  on  consignment.  The  act,  omission,  or  failure  of  any  official, 
agent,  or  other  person  acting  for  any  individual,  association,  partnership, 
corporation,  or  trust  within  the  scope  of  his  employment  or  office  shall  be 
deemed  the  act,  omission,  or  failure  of  such  individual,  association,  partner- 
ship, corporation,  or  trust,  as  well  as  of  such  official,  agent,  or  other  person. 

SECT.  3.  That  in  addition  to  the  taxes  now  imposed  by  law  there  is 
hereby  levied  a  tax  amounting  to  20  cents  per  bushel  on  each  bushel 
involved  therein,  whether  the  actual  commodity  is  intended  to  be  delivered 
or  only  nominally  referred  to,  upon  each  and  every  privilege  or  option  for 
a  contract  either  of  purchase  or  sale  of  grain,  intending  hereby  to  tax  only 
the  transactions  known  to  the  trade  as  "  privileges,"  "  bids,"  "  offers," 
"  puts  and  calls,"  "  indemnities,"  or  "  ups  and  downs." 

SECT.  4.  That  in  addition  to  the  taxes  now  imposed  by  law  there  is 
hereby  levied  a  tax  of  20  cents  a  bushel  on  every  bushel  involved  therein, 
upon  each  contract  of  sale  of  grain  for  future  delivery  except — 

(a)  Where  the  seller  is  at  the  time  of  the  making  of  such  contract  the 
owner  of  the  actual  physical  property  covered  thereby,  or  is  the  grower 
thereof,  or  in  case  either  party  to  the  contract  is  the  owner  or  renter  of 
land  on  which  the  same  is  to  be  grown,  or  is  an  association  of  such  owners, 
or  growers  of  grain,  or  of  such  owners  or  renters  of  land  ;  or 

(b)  Where  such  contracts  are  made  by  or  through  a  member  of  a  board 
of  trade  which  has  been  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  as  a 
"  contract  market,"  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  if  such  contract  is  evi- 
denced by  a  memorandum  in  writing  which  shows  the  date,  the  parties  to 
such  contract  and  their  addresses,  the  property  covered  and  its  price,  and 
the  terms  of  delivery,  and  provided  that  each  board  member  shall  keep  such 
memorandum  for  a  period  of  three  years  from  the  date  thereof,  or  for  a 


184  APPENDIX   I 

longer  period  if  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  shall  so  direct,  which  record 
shall  at  all  times  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  any  representative  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  or  the  United  States  Department 
of  Justice. 

SECT.  5.  That  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  is  hereby  authorised  and 
directed  to  designate  boards  of  trade  as  "  contract  markets  "  when,  and 
only  when,  such  boards  of  trade  comply  with  the  following  conditions  and 
requirements : — 

(a)  When  located  at  a  terminal  market  upon  which  cash  grain  is  sold 
in  sufficient  volumes  and  under  such  conditions  as  fairly  to  reflect  the 
general  value  of  the  grain  and  the  difference  in  value  between  the  various 
grades  of  grain,  and  having  recognised  official  weighing  and  inspection 
service. 

(b)  When  the  governing  board  thereof  provides  for  the  making  and 
filing,  by  the  board  or  any  member  thereof,  as  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 
may  direct,  of  reports  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations,  and  in 
such  manner  and  form  and  at  such  times  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture,  showing  the  details  and  terms  of  all  transactions 
entered  into  by  the  board,  or  the  members  thereof,  either  in  cash  trans- 
actions consummated  at,  on,  or  in  a  board  of  trade,  or  transactions  for 
future  delivery,  and  when  such  governing  board  provides,  in  accordance 
with  such  rules  and  regulations,  for  the  keeping  of  a  record  by  the  board 
or  the  members  of  the  board  of  trade,  as  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  may 
direct,  showing  the  details  and  terms  of  all  cash  and  future  transactions 
entered  into  by  them,  consummated  at,  on,  or  in  a  board  of  trade,  such 
record  to  be  in  permanent  form,  showing  the  parties  to  all  such  transactions, 
any  assignments  or  transfers  thereof,  with  the  parties  thereto,  and  the 
manner  in  which  said  transactions  are  fulfilled,  discharged,  or  terminated. 
Such  record  shall  be  required  to  be  kept  for  a  period  of  three  years  from  the 
date  thereof,  or  for  a  longer  period  if  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  shall  so 
direct,  and  shall  at  all  times  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  any  representative 
of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  or  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Justice. 

(c)  When  the  governing  board  thereof  prevents  the  dissemination,  by 
the  board  or  any  member  thereof,  of  false,  misleading,  or  inaccurate  report, 
concerning  crop  or  market  information  or  conditions  that  affect  or  tend  to 
affect  the  price  of  commodities. 

(d)  When  the  governing  board  thereof  provides  for  the  prevention  of 
manipulation  of  prices,  or  the  cornering  of  any  grain,  by  the  dealers  or 
operators  upon  such  board. 

(e)  When  the  governing  board  thereof  admits  to  membership  thereof 
and  all  privileges  thereon  on  such  boards  of  trade  any  duly  authorised 
representative  of  any  lawfully  formed  and  conducted  co-operative  associa- 
tions of  producers  having  adequate  financial  responsibility :     Provided, 
That  no  rule  of  a  contract  market  against  rebating  commissions  shall 
apply  to  the  distribution  of  earnings  among  the  bond  fide  members  of  any 
such  co-operative  association. 

(/)  When  the  governing  board  shall  provide  for  making  effective  the 
final  orders  or  decisions  entered  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  (b) 
section  6  of  this  Act. 

SECT.  6.  That  any  board  of  trade  desiring  to  be  designated  a  "  contract 
market  "  shall  make  application  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  such 
designation  and  accompany  the  same  with  a  showing  that  it  complies  with 
the  above  conditions,  and  with  a  sufficient  assurance  that  it  will  continue 
to  comply  with  the  above  requirements. 

(a)  A  commission  composed  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture,  the 
Secretary  of  Commerce,  and  the  Attorney-General  is  authorised  to  suspend 
for  a  period  not  to  exceed  six  months  or  to  revoke  the  designation  of  any 
board  of  trade  as  a  "  contract  market  "  upon  a  showing  that  such  board 


APPENDIX  1  185 

of  trade  has  failed  or  is  failing  to  comply  with  the  above  requirements  or  is 
not  enforcing  its  rules  of  government  made  a  condition  of  its  designation 
as  set  forth  in  section  5.  Such  suspension  or  revocation  shall  only  be  after 
a  notice  to  the  officers  of  the  board  of  trade  affected  and  upon  a  hearing  : 
Provided,  That  such  suspension  or  revocation  shall  be  final  and  conclusive 
unless  within  fifteen  days  after  such  suspension  or  revocation  by  the  said 
commission  such  board  of  trade  appeals  to  the  circuit  court  of  appeals  for 
the  circuit  in  which  it  has  its  principal  place  of  business  by  filing  with  the 
clerk  of  such  court  a  written  petition  praying  that  the  order  of  the  said 
commission  be  set  aside  or  modified  in  the  manner  stated  in  the  petition, 
together  with  a  bond  in  such  sum  as  the  court  may  determine,  conditioned 
that  such  board  of  trade  will  pay  the  costs  of  the  proceedings  if  the  court  so 
directs.  The  clerk  of  the  court  in  which  such  a  petition  is  filed  shall  im- 
mediately cause  a  copy  thereof  to  be  delivered  to  the  Secretary  of  Agri- 
culture, chairman  of  said  commission,  or  any  member  thereof,  and  the  said 
commission  shall  forthwith  prepare,  certify,  and  file  in  the  court  a  full  and 
accurate  transcript  of  the  record  in  such  proceedings,  including  the  notice 
to  the  board  of  trade,  a  copy  of  the  charges,  the  evidence,  and  the  report 
and  order.  The  testimony  and  evidence  taken  or  submitted  before  the 
said  commission  duly  certified  and  filed  as  aforesaid  as  a  part  of  the  record, 
shall  be  considered  by  the  court  as  the  evidence  in  the  case.  The  proceed- 
ings in  such  cases  in  the  circuit  court  of  appeals  shall  be  made  a  preferred 
cause  and  shall  be  expedited  in  every  way.  Such  a  court  may  affirm  or 
set  aside  the  order  of  the  said  commission  or  may  direct  it  to  modify  its 
order.  No  such  order  of  the  said  commission  shall  be  modified  or  set  aside 
by  the  circuit  court  of  appeals  unless  it  is  shown  by  the  board  of  trade  that 
the  order  is  unsupported  by  the  weight  of  the  evidence  or  was  issued 
without  due  notice  and  a  reasonable  opportunity  having  been  afforded  to 
such  board  of  trade  for  a  hearing,  or  infringes  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States,  or  is  beyond  the  jurisdiction  of  said  commission  :  Provided 
further,  That  if  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  shall  refuse  to  designate  as  a 
contract  market  any  board  of  trade  that  has  made  application  therefor, 
then  such  board  of  trade  may  appeal  from  such  refusal  to  the  commission 
described  therein,  consisting  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture,  the  Secretary 
of  Commerce,  and  the  Attorney  General  of  the  United  States,  with  the 
right  to  appeal  as  provided  for  in  other  cases  in  this  section,  the  decision  on 
such  appeal  to  be  final  and  binding  on  all  parties  interested. 

(b)  That  if  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  has  reason  to  believe  that  any 
person  is  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  is  attempting  to 
manipulate  the  market  price  of  any  grain  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of 
section  5  hereof,  or  of  any  of  the  rules  or  regulations  made  pursuant  to  its 
requirements,  he  may  serve  upon  such  person  a  complaint  stating  his 
charge  in  that  respect,  to  which  complaint  shall  be  attached  or  contained 
therein  a  notice  of  hearing,  specifying  a  day  and  place  not  less  than  three 
days  after  the  service  thereof,  requiring  such  person  to  show  cause  why  an 
order  should  not  be  made  directing  that  all  contract  markets  until  further 
notice  of  the  said  commission  refuse  all  trading  privileges  thereon  to  such 
person.  Said  hearing  may  be  held  in  Washington,  District  of  Columbia,  or 
elsewhere,  before  the  said  commission,  or  before  a  referee  designated  by  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture,  who  shall  cause  all  evidence  to  be  reduced  to 
writing  and  forthwith  transmit  the  same  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 
as  chairman  of  the  said  commission.  That  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
effective  enforcement  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  the  provisions,  including 
penalties,  of  section  12  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act,  as  amended, 
relating  to  the  attendance  and  testimony  of  witnesses,  the  production  of 
documentary  evidence,  and  the  immunity  of  witnesses,  are  made  applicable 
to  the  power,  jurisdiction,  and  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture, 
the  said  commission,  or  said  referee  in  proceedings  under  this  Act,  and 
to  persons  subject  to  its  provisions.  Upon  evidence  received  the  said 


186  APPENDIX  I 

commission  may  require  all  contract  markets  to  refuse  such  person  all  trading 
privileges  thereon  for  such  period  as  may  be  specified  in  said  order.  Notice 
of  such  order  shall  be  sent  forthwith  by  registered  mail  or  delivered  to  the 
offending  person  and  to  the  governing  boards  of  said  contract  markets. 
After  the  issuance  of  the  order  by  the  commission,  as  aforesaid,  the  person 
against  whom  it  is  issued  may  obtain  a  review  of  such  order  or  such  other 
equitable  relief  as  to  the  court  may  seem  just  by  filing  in  the  United  States 
circuit  court  of  appeals  of  the  circuit  in  which  the  petitioner  is  doing 
business  a  written  petition  praying  that  the  order  of  the  commission  be 
set  aside.  A  copy  of  such  petition  shall  be  forthwith  served  upon  the 
commission  by  delivering  such  copy  to  its  chairman,  or  to  any  member 
thereof,  and  thereupon  the  commission  shall  forthwith  certify  and  file  in 
the  court  a  transcript  of  the  record  theretofore  made,  including  evidence 
received.  Upon  the  filing  of  the  transcript  the  court  shall  have  jurisdiction 
to  affirm,  to  set  aside,  or  modify  the  order  of  the  commission,  and  the 
findings  of  the  commission  as  to  the  facts,  if  supported  by  the  weight  of 
evidence,  shall  in  like  manner  be  conclusive.  In  proceedings  under  para- 
graphs (a)  and  (6)  the  judgment  and  decree  of  the  court  shall  be  final, 
except  that  the  same  shall  be  subject  to  review  by  the  Supreme  Court  upon 
certiorari,  as  provided  in  section  240  of  the  Judicial  Code. 

SECT.  7.  That  the  tax  provided  for  herein  shall  be  paid  by  the  seller, 
and  such  tax  shall  be  collected  either  by  the  affixing  of  stamps  or  by  such 
other  method  as  may  have  been  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 
by  regulations,  and  such  regulations  shall  be  published  at  such  times  and 
in  such  manner  as  shall  be  determined  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 

SECT.  8.  That  any  board  of  trade  that  has  been  designated  a  contract 
market,  in  the  manner  herein  provided,  may  have  such  designation  vacated 
and  set  aside  by  giving  notice  in  writing  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 
requesting  that  its  designation  as  a  contract  market  be  vacated,  which 
notice  shall  be  served  at  least  ninety  days  prior  to  the  date  named  therein, 
as  the  date  when  the  vacation  of  designation  shall  take  effect.  Upon 
receipt  of  such  notice  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  shall  forthwith  order  the 
vacation  of  the  designation  of  such  board  of  trade  as  a  contract  market, 
effective  upon  the  day  named  in  the  notice,  and  shall  forthwith  send  a  copy 
of  the  notice  and  his  order  to  all  other  contract  markets.  From  and  after 
the  date  upon  which  the  vacation  became  effective,  the  said  board  of  trade 
can  thereafter  be  designated  again  a  contract  market  by  making  applica- 
tion to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  in  the  manner  herein  provided  for  an 
original  application. 

SECT.  9.  That  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  may  make  such  investiga- 
tions as  he  may  deem  necessary  to  ascertain  the  facts  regarding  the  opera- 
tions of  boards  of  trade  and  may  publish  from  time  to  time,  in  his  discretion, 
the  result  of  such  investigation,  and  such  statistical  information  gathered 
therefrom,  as  he  may  deem  of  interest  to  the  public,  except  data  and 
information  which  would  separately  disclose  the  business  transactions  of 
any  person,  and  trade  secrets  or  names  of  customers :  Provided,  That 
nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  from  making  or  issuing  such  reports  as  he  may  deem  necessary, 
relative  to  the  conduct  of  any  board  of  trade,  or  of  the  transactions  of  any 
person  found  guilty  of  violating  the  provisions  of  this  Act  under  the  pro- 
ceedings prescribed  in  section  6  of  this  Act :  Provided  further,  That  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture  in  any  report  may  include  the  facts  as  to  any 
actual  transaction.  The  Secretary  of  Agriculture,  upon  his  own  initiative 
or  in  co-operation  with  existing  governmental  agencies,  shall  investigate 
marketing  conditions  of  grain  and  grain  products,  and  by-products,  in- 
cluding supply  and  demand  for  these  commodities,  cost  to  the  consumer, 
and  handling  and  transportation  charges.  He  shall  likewise  compile  and 
furnish  to  producers,  consumers,  and  distributors,  by  means  of  regular 
or  special  reports,  or  by  such  methods  as  be  may  deem  most  effective, 


APPENDIX   II  187 

information  respecting  the  grain  markets,  together  with  information  on 
supply,  demand,  prices,  and  other  conditions,  in  this  and  other  countries 
that  affect  the  markets. 

SECT.  10.  That  any  person  who  shall  fail  to  evidence  any  such  contract 
by  a  memorandum  in  writing,  or  to  keep  the  record,  or  make  a  report,  or 
who  shall  fail  to  pay  the  tax,  as  provided  in  sections  4  and  5  hereof,  or  who 
shall  fail  to  pay  the  tax  required  in  section  3  hereof,  shall  pay  in  addition 
to  the  tax  a  penalty  equal  to  50  per  centum  of  the  tax  levied  against  him 
under  this  Act  and  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction 
thereof,  be  fined  not  more  than  $10,000  or  imprisoned  for  not  more  than 
one  year,  or  both,  together  with  the  costs  of  prosecution. 

SECT.  ii.  That  if  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  application  thereof 
to  any  person  or  circumstances  is  held  invalid,  the  validity  of  the  remainder 
of  the  Act  and  of  the  application  of  such  provision  to  other  persons  and 
circumstances  shall  not  be  affected  thereby. 

SECT.  12.  That  no  tax  shall  be  imposed  by  this  Act  within  four  months 
after  its  passage,  and  no  fine,  imprisonment,  or  other  penalty  shall  be 
enforced  for  any  violation  of  this  Act  occurring  within  four  months  after 
its  passage. 

SECT.  13.  The  Secretary  of  Agriculture  may  co-operate  with  any 
department  or  agency  of  the  Government,  any  State,  Territory,  District, 
or  possession,  or  department,  agency  or  political  subdivision  thereof,  or 
any  person  ;  and  shall  have  the  power  to  appoint,  remove,  and  fix  the 
compensation  of  such  officers  and  employees,  not  in  conflict  with  existing 
law,  and  make  such  expenditures  for  rent  outside  the  District  of  Columbia, 
printing,  telegrams,  telephones,  law  books,  books  of  reference,  periodicals, 
furniture,  stationery,  office  equipment,  travel,  and  other  supplies  and 
expenses  as  shall  be  necessary  to  the  administration  of  this  Act  in  the 
District  of  Columbia  and  elsewhere,  and  there  is  hereby  authorised  to  be 
appropriated,  out  of  any  moneys  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appro: 
priated,  such  sums  as  may  be  necessary  for  such  purposes. 

Approved,  August  24,  1921. 


APPENDIX  II 

EXAMPLE   OF   MARKET   REPORT. 

From  the  Manchester  Guardian  of  June  21,  1921. 
LIVERPOOL  COTTON. 

AMERICAN  SPOT  PRICES  REDUCED  43  POINTS  ;  FULLY  MIDDLING  7-69^. — 
AMERICAN  FUTURES  BARELY  STEADY  ;  48  TO  39  POINTS  LOWER — 
GENERAL  LIQUIDATION  ON  LABOUR  OUTLOOK — CONSIDERABLE  WEAK- 
NESS IN  AMERICAN  MARKET — EGYPTIAN  FUTURES  WEAK,  80  TO  75 
POINTS  LOWER. 

Liverpool,  Monday. 

CONSIDERABLE  activity  has  again  prevailed  in  the  futures  market,  result- 
ing in  a  severe  depreciation  of  values  since  the  close  last  week.  American 
weakness,  caused  largely  through  our  home  labour  difficulties  in  addition 
to  domestic  troubles  in  the  United  States,  has  proved  too  heavy  a  weight 
for  this  market  to  sustain,  and  wholesale  liquidation  has  fallen  upon  us 


i88  APPENDIX   II 

from  widespread  interests.  The  complete  inability  of  European  mills  to 
consume  anything  approaching  a  normal  quantity  of  the  raw  material 
under  present  circumstances  is  amply  demonstrated  by  the  small  spinners' 
takings,  according  to  last  week's  official  statistics,  which  show  that  the 
visible  supply  of  American  gained  7,000  bales  on  the  week,  against  a  loss 
last  year  of  113,000  bates.  Recent  estimates  of  a  carry-over  of  over  ten 
million  bales  have  also  confirmed  the  bearish  tendency  of  the  moment,  and 
the  tone  in  Liverpool  can  only  be  described  as  distinctly  nervous. 

To-day's  spot  sales  were  estimated  at  3,000  bales,  including  2,300 
American  (300  for  export),  50  Egyptian,  150  East  Indian,  and  500  Peruvian. 
American  was  in  retail  request,  and  quotations  were  reduced  43  points  ; 
fully  middling  7 "6gd.  Egyptian  was  neglected,  and  quotations  were  reduced 
50  points  ;  fully  good  fair  Sakellaridis  15-50^.  East  Indian  was  quiet,  but 
in  sympathy  with  American  quotations  were  reduced  15  points  ;  fully  good 
fair  Tinnivelly  nominally  7-65^. 

American  futures  opened  at  10  points  decline,  and,  after  a  momentary 
period  of  steadiness  during  which  values  for  late  delivery  recovered  about 
3  points,  the  market  fell  away  rapidly,  some  10  points  below  the  opening 
level.  Manchester  selling  appeared  to  be  primarily  responsible  for  the 
renewed  set-back,  and  local  liquidation  of  a  scattered  character  added 
considerably  to  the  weak  tone  of  the  market.  Spot  inquiry  was  better 
than  in  previous  days,  but  no  signs  of  real  business  were  forthcoming,  and 
another  disquieting  day  was  recorded  in  salesmen's  books.  Midday  rates 
were  called  easy,  from  22  points  decline  for  nears  to  14  points  decline  for 
distant  months.  The  afternoon  session  reflected  real  weakness  throughout. 
Interests  in  the  manufacturing  districts  continued  to  sell  heavily,  assisted 
by  general  realisations  of  long  accounts  from  nearly  every  speculative 
source.  A  loss  of  10  points  from  noon  values  was  followed  by  a  temporary 
recovery  of  6  points,  after  which  offers  increased  in  volume,  and  the  down- 
ward movement  was  only  checked  when  the  price  of  July  delivery  touched 
7 '3 id.,  or  50  points  below  last  Friday's  closing  rates.  The  local  professional 
element  were  kept  busy  by  their  local  efforts  to  liquidate  purchases  made  on 
the  scale-down  during  the  day,  no  relief  of  any  kind  being  offered  by  steadily 
declining  values  in  the  American  markets.  A  little  covering  at 'the  close 
sufficed  to  prevent  the  decline  from  proceeding  further,  final  prices  being 
barely  steady  from  48  points  net  decline  for  nears  to  39  points  net  decline 
for  distant  positions. 

Egyptian  futures  closed  weak,  80  to  75  points  lower. 

New  York  at  our  close  was  43  to  39  points  lower. 

AMERICAN,  BASIS  FULLY  MIDDLING,  Low  MIDDLING  CLAUSE. 

Value  12.15.  Close.  Prev.  day. 

June 7-44  7-18  7-66 

July 7'59  7'33  7'8i 

August 7-73  7-44  7-92 

September 7-87  7-58  8-05 

October 8-03  7-76  8'2O 

November 8*12  7-86  8-28 

December 8-21  7*96  8-36 

January 8*27  8*01  8*41 

February 8-32  8-06  8-46 

March 8-38  8-12  8-51 

April 8-42  8-16  8-56 

May 8-47  8-21  8'6i 

Striking  prices,  n  ;  June,  7*54  ;  July,  7*69  ;  August,  7*81  ;  September, 
7*95  ;  October,  8'io  ;  November,  8*19  ;  December,  8*28  ;  January,  8*34  ; 
February,  8*39  ;  March,  8*45  ;  April,  8*49  ;  May,  8-54. 


APPENDIX  II 


189 


The  following  are  the 
futures  during  the  day  : — 

June     . 
July      .      . 
August 
September 
October      . 
November 


highest  and  lowest  quotations  for  American 


[ighest. 

Lowest. 

Highest. 

Lowest. 





December 

8'oo 

8'00 

772 

7'3I 

January 

8'34 

8-00 

7-82 

7'45 

February 

— 

7*95 

77° 

March 

8-44 

8-14 

8-12 

773 

April 

— 

8-09 

8-09 

May 

8-52 

8-22 

EGYPTIAN  DELIVERIES,  BASIS  F.G.F.  SAKELLARIDIS. 

Value  i2'o.  Close.  Prev.  day. 

June 13-55  12-95  1375 

July I3'55  12-95  1375 

August 13*60  13*05  13*80 

September 13-70  13-15  13-90 

October I3'8o  13*25  14-00 

November 13*80  13*25  14-00 

December 13*85  13*30  14*05 

January 13-90  *3'35  I4'io 

Striking  prices,  n  ;  June,  13*75;  July,  13*75;  August,  13-80;  Sep- 
tember, 13*90 ;  October,  14-00 ;  November,  14*00 ;  December,  14*05  ; 
January,  14-10. 

Business  after  12.0  :   July,  13*35  '  November,  13-60  50  25.* 


Sales. 

Imports.     Gt.  Britain. 

To-day. 

Prev. 
this  week. 

To-day. 

Total 
week. 

American     

2,300 

5° 
500 

150 

— 

18,37° 
163 

18,370 
I63 

Brazilian     

Egyptian 

West  Indian,  etc.  . 
African  
East  Indian,  etc.    . 

Total    

3,000 

— 

18,533 

18,533 

Total  since  Friday     . 

— 

SPOT  QUOTATIONS. 


Ord. 

G.O. 

F.G.O. 

L.M. 

F.L.M. 

American 

.     4-04 

4*79 

5'54 

6*04 

6*49 

i.e.  340  off 

265  off 

190  off 

140  off 

95  off 

Mid. 

F.M. 

G.M. 

F.G.M. 

M.F. 

American 

.     7-04 

7-69 

8-09 

8*79 

9*99 

40  off 

25  on 

65  on 

135  on 

255  on 

1  Transactions  of  100  bales  only  (American),  or  50  bales  only  (Egyptian). 


igo 


APPENDIX   III 


BRAZILIAN  SPOT  QUOTATIONS. 

M.F.  Fair. 

Pernam 4'94n  7'44n 

Parahyba 4'94"  7'44n 

Maceio 4'94n  7'44n 

Ceara 4'94n  7'44n 

Sao  Paulo —  6-940 


G.F. 

9*94n 
9'94n 
9'94n 
7'94n 

EGYPTIAN  SPOT  TRADING  VALUES  FOR  LIVERPOOL  STANDARDS. 

Fair.  G.F.  F.G.F.  Good.  Fine.  Ex.  fine 

Upper     .      .       8'5on  9-50  10*50  11*50  12-50  13*50 

Sakellaridis .     io'75n  14*00  15*50  17*50  19*50  25-00 
Brown    . 


8-500     lo-oon     11-50       12-50       14*50      16-00 


M.G. 
Surtee 
Broach 
No.  i  Oomra 
Khandeish 
Bengal 
Scinde 
Tinnivelly 


G.F. 


EAST  INDIAN. 

F.G.F.          Good. 


6-gon 

4*25n       475n       5*25n 
4*oon       4'5on 

3*130       3*63n       4'ijn 
7*6sn       7*gon 


F.G. 


575Q 
5*oon 
475n 
4-630 


Fine. 
7-900 
7-400 
6-000 


S'fine 
8*150 
7-650 
6-250 


5-000 
4-880 


ALEXANDRIA  FUTURES. 


Friday's  close 
To-day's  opeoiog 
close 


Ashmo'ni. 
June. 

l6'00 


Sakel. 

July. 
27*10 
26*10 
26*50 


Ashmo'ni. 
Oct. 

18-40 
17-90 
1 8  *oo 


Sakel. 
Nov. 

28.95 
28-00 
28-25 


.      15-60 

NOTICE. — Alexandria  market  closed  on  Saturday  uotil  further  ootice. 


APPENDIX   III 


EXAMPLES   OF   WAREHOUSE   RECEIPTS  AND  WARRANTS. 

(a)  FORM  of  warehouse  receipt  issued  by  private  elevators  which  have 
been  declared  "  regular  "  by  the  Winnipeg  Graio  Exchaoge,  i,e.  which  have 
giveo  boods  aod  surety  uodertakiog  to  comply  with  the  by-laws  of  the 
Exchaoge,  aod  are  situated  at  Port  Arthur  or  Fort  William  at  the  Head  of 
the  Lakes. 


[Face.} 
No. 


Elevator  Company, 

(Wiooipeg) 19 

Bushels Ibs. 

The   Company,    on    this    date 

holds  in  store  subject  to  the  order  of 

(owner) 


APPENDIX  III 

in  its  Private  Terminal  Elevator  situated  at 


----  s  ...........   Bushels  of   ...................................... 

which  has  been  weighed  by  a  duly  authorised  weighmaster,  appointed 
under  the  Canada  Grain  Act.     An  equal  quantity  of  grain  of  the  same 
kind  will  be  delivered  to  the  said  owner,  or  his  order,  on  surrender  of 
this  receipt,  properly  endorsed  and  on  payment  of  all  proper  charges 
payable  to  this  company  in  connection  with  the  same. 

........................  Elevator  Company. 

This  receipt  shall  be  registered  by 
the  Board  of  Grain  Commissioners  as  By    .................. 

to  quantity. 

[Back.] 

The  inspected  grade  called  for  by  this  receipt  is  .................... 


Elevator  Company. 

By 

This  receipt  shall  be  registered  as  to  grade  by  the  Winnipeg  Grain 
Exchange  pursuant  to  the  By-laws  of  the  Exchange. 


(6)  Form  of  iron  warrant  referred  to  in  Chapters  IX  and  XI. 

CONNAL    &    CO.,    LIMITED,    WAREHOUSEKEEPERS,    GLASGOW 
AND  MIDDLESBROUGH. 


WARRANT  No FOR  • 


Tons  PIG  IRON. 


28 

Tons. 


Middlesbrough,   

We  have  received  into  our  Stores  and  entered  in  our  Warehouse  Books  in 

the  name  of and  w.e 

now  hold  to Order HUNDRED  TONS  PIG  IRON  of 

No and  we  will  deliver  to   Order,  by  endorsement 

hereon,  FREE  ON  BOARD  at  our  Shipping  Wharf  or  FREE  ON  TRUCKS  at 
our  Stores,  MIDDLESBROUGH,  that  quantity  of  Pig  Iron,  same  Number  and 
Brand,  on  payment  of  the  Charges  noted  at  foot  and  return  of  this  Warrant. 

CHARGES— 

Rent  id.  per  Ton  per  Month  of 

4  weeks.     Registration  is.  per  CONNAL  &  CO.,  LIMITED, 

Warrant.  (Signature  cancelled) 

Rent  to  be  paid  every  12  months,  and 

if  not  paid  when  due,  Interest  at  the  WM.  FLEMING  Director. 

rate  of  5  per  cent,  per  annum  will  be 

charged. 

Exd.  and  Entd.  by 


APPENDIX   IV 


APPENDIX  IV 

SPECIMENS   OF  THE  CONTRACT   FORMS   IN   USE   IN   THE 
LIVERPOOL  GRAIN   TRADE. 

That  marked  "  No.  26 — Future  Delivery  Contract — Wheat  (Liverpool 
Grade)  "  is  the  futures  contract  form. 


No.  i. —SPOT  CONTRACT. 

THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 

Liverpool 19 

have  this  day , 


(On  the  terms  of  the  Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association, 
Limited,  which  contain  a  Domicile  Clause  as  printed  on  the  back  hereof.) 

THE  FOLLOWING  GOODS  : — 


Payment — Cash  in  seven  days  or  before  delivery  if  required,  less  three  months 
interest  at  5  per  cent,  from  date  of 

Buyer  and  seller  agree  that,  for  the  purpose  of  proceedings,  either  legal 
or  by  arbitration,  this  Contract  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  in 
England  and  to  be  performed  there,  any  correspondence  in  reference  to 
the  offer,  the  acceptance,  the  place  of  payment  or  otherwise  notwithstand- 
ing, and  the  Courts  of  England  or  Arbitrators  appointed  in  England,  shall, 
except  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  any  award  made  in  pursuance  of  the 
Arbitration  Clause  hereof,  have  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  all  disputes 
which  may  arise  under  this  Contract.  Such  disputes  shall  be  settled 
according  to  the  law  of  England  whatever  the  domicile,  residence,  or  place 
of  business  of  the  parties  to  this  contract  may  be  or  become.  Any  party 
to  this  Contract  residing  or  carrying  on  business  elsewhere  than  in  England 
or  Wales,  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  proceedings  at  law  or  in  arbitration,  be 
considered  as  ordinarily  resident  or  carrying  on  business  at  the  offices  of 
the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited,  and  if  in  Scotland,  shall 
be  held  to  have  prorogated  jurisdiction  as  against  himself  to  the  English 
Courts,  or  if  in  Ireland,  to  have  submitted  to  the  jurisdiction  and  to  be 
bound  by  the  decision  of  the  English  Courts.  The  service  of  proceedings 
upon  any  such  party,  by  leaving  the  same  at  the  offices  of  the  Liverpool 
Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited,  together  with  the  posting  of  a  copy  of 
such  proceedings  to  his  address  abroad  or  in  Scotland  or  Ireland,  shall  be 
deemed  good  service,  any  rule  of  law  or  equity  to  the  contrary  notwith- 
standing. 


APPENDIX  IV  193 

LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 
[Face]  AMERICAN  PARCEL  CONTRACT,  C.I.F.  TERMS. 

In  force  ist  September,  1916.  No.  7. 

Liverpool, 19 

BOUGHT  from 

SOLD     to / 

on  the  special  conditions  and  rule  endorsed  hereon,  and  subject  to  such 
Clearing  House  Regulations  as  are  applicable  to  this  Contract 


:  Official  certificate  of  inspection  to  be  final  as  to  quality.  Quality. 

Of  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  shipments  at  time  and  place  of  ship" 

ment. 
+  About  as  per  sample 

The  Buyer  under  this  Contract  shall  not  be  entitled  to  reject  a  tender  of  a 
higher  grade  of  grain  of  the  same  colour  and  description. 
The  grain  is  not  warranted  free  from  defect,  rendering  the  same  unmerchant- 
able, which  would  not  be  apparent  on  reasonable  examination,  any  statute 
or  rule  of  law  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Shipment  in  good  condition  from  the  Seaboard  (Pacific  coast  excluded)  Shipment. 

as  per  Bill  or  Bills  of  Lading  from  American  or  Canadian  Port  or  Ports 
(Virginian  ports  excluded  as  a  second  port  of  loading)  per  first-class  steamer 

or  steamers  or  motor  vessel  or  vessels  to 

with  option  of  calling  at  other  ports. 

Say units,  at  the  price  of 

say Quantity. 

Contract 

per Ibs.     shipped,     including     Freight     and  Price- 
Insurance  to 

Seller  has  the  option  of  shipping  a  further  five  per  cent.,  more  or  less, 
on  Contract  quantity,  such  excess  or  deficiency  to  be  settled  at  the  c.  f.  &  i. 
price  on  the  date  of  shipment  at  the  seaboard  ;  value  to  be  fixed  by  arbitra- 
tion, unless  mutually  agreed,  but  no  claim  shall  be  made  for  a  less  sum  than 
one  pound  sterling. 

The  unit  of  quantity  under  this  Contract  shall  be  Ibs. 

If  documents  are  tendered  which  do  not  provide  for  customary  discharge 

contain  contrary  stipulations  as  regards  discharge  and/or  demurrage 
Seller  to  be  responsible  to  Buyer  for  all  extra  expenses  incurred  thereby. 

The  Buyer  has  the  right  to  have  the  grain  weighed  by  Approved  Auto-  Weighing. 
matic  Hopper  Scale  at  the  ship's  side  or  at  a  public  warehouse,  but  in  the 
latter  case  the  Seller  may  require  the  weighing  to  take  place  at  the  ship's 
side,  when  we  shall  pay  the  extra  cost  incurred. 

In  all  cases  in  which  the  grain  is  weighed  in  drafts  of  not  less  than 
2,000  Ibs.,  an  allowance  of  2  Ibs.  per  2,000  Ibs.  shall  be  made  for  draftage. 

Payment : — Payment  by  Buyer's  acceptance  or  adoption  of  Shipper's  or  Payment. 
Seller's  or  Seller's  Agent's  draft  or  drafts  payable  in  London,  with  shipping 
documents  attached  as  usual  at  7  days'  sight  for  all  ports  north  of  and 
including  Baltimore,  at  14  days'  sight  for  Virginian  Ports,  and  at  30  days' 
sight  for  all  ports  south  of  Chesapeake  Bay. 

Sellers  have  the  option  of  tendering  approved  delivery  order  and/or  letter 
of  insurance,  in  which  case  Buyers  have  the  option  of  payment  on  arrival. 
Buyer  is  entitled  to  discount  from  date  of  payment  to  due  date  of  draft  or 

O 


194  APPENDIX   IV 

drafts  at  the  rate  of  one-half  of  one  per  cent,  per  annum  above  the  advertised 
rate  of  interest  for  short  deposits  allowed  by  the  leading  Joint  Stock  Banks 
in  London.  Documents  must  be  taken  up  by  Buyer  within  three  days  from 
date  of  arrival  of  vessel  at  destination.  If  Bills  of  Lading  are  not  to  hand 
at  the  time  of  the  arrival  of  the  vessel  the  Seller  on  application  must  provide 
the  necessary  document  to  enable  Buyer  to  obtain  delivery,  and  payment 
must  be  made  in  exchange  therefor.  No  obviously  clerical  errors  in  the 
documents  shall  entitle  the  Buyer  to  reject  them  or  delay  payment,  but 
Seller  shall  be  responsible  for  all  loss  or  expense  which  such  error  may  cause 
Buyer. 

Policies.  Seller  to  give  Policies  and/or  Certificates  of  Insurance,  free  of  war  risk, 

for  two  per  cent,  over  invoice  amount,  and  any  amount  over  this  to  be  for 
Seller's  account  in  case  of  total  loss  only.  Insurance  to  be  effected  with 
approved  English  and/or  American  Underwriters  and/or  Companies,  but  for 
whose  solvency  Seller  is  not  responsible,  and  all  claims  to  be  payable  in 
London  and/or  Liverpool.  Policies  and/or  Certificates  of  Insurance  to  cover 
the  risks  under  the  "  Harter  Act." 


[THESE  TEMPORARY  WAR  CLAUSES  FORM  PART  OF  THIS  CONTRACT.] 

Clause  recommended  by  the  Board  to  be  attached  to  Contract  No.  7  American 
Parcel  Contract  c.i.f.  Terms. 

Payment : — Payment  by  Buyer's  acceptance  or  adoption  of  Shipper's  or 
Seller's  or  Seller's  Agent's  draft  or  drafts  payable  in  London,  with  shipping 
documents  attached  as  usual  at  7  days'  sight  for  all  ports  north  of  and 
including  Baltimore,  at  14  days'  sight  for  Virginian  Ports,  and  at  30  days' 
sight  for  all  ports  south  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  Sellers  may  tender,  instead 
of  Bills  of  Lading,  Ship's  or  approved  Delivery  Order  in  which  case  the 
Buyers  have  the  option  of  payment  on  arrival  of  vessel.  Sellers  may  also 
tender  instead  of  Policy  or  Policies  of  Insurance,  Certificate  or  Letter  of 
Insurance.  Buyer  is  entitled  to  discount  from  date  of  payment  to  due 
date  of  draft  or  drafts  at  the  rate  of  one-half  of  one  per  cent,  per  annum 
above  the  advertised  rate  of  interest  for  short  deposits  allowed  by  the 
leading  Joint  Stock  Banks  in  London.  Documents  must  be  taken  up  by 
Buyer  within  three  days  from  date  of  arrival  of  vessel  at  destination.  If 
Bills  of  Lading  are  not  to  hand  at  the  time  of  the  arrival  of  the  vessel  the 
Seller  on  application  must  provide  the  necessary  document  to  enable  Buyer 
to  obtain  delivery,  and  payment  must  be  made  in  exchange  therefor.  No 
obviously  clerical  errors  in  the  documents  shall  entitle  the  Buyer  to  reject 
them  or  delay  payment,  but  Seller  shall  be  responsible  for  all  loss  or 
expense  which  such  error  may  cause  Buyer. 

Sellers  to  give  Policies  and/or  Certificates  and/or  Letters  of  Insurance, 
free  of  war  risk,  for  two  per  cent,  over  invoice  amount,  and  any  amount 
over  this  to  be  for  Seller's  account  in  case  of  total  loss  only.  Insurance  to 
be  effected  with  approved  English  and/or  American  Underwriters  and/or 
Companies,  but  for  whose  solvency  Seller  is  not  responsible,  and  all  claims 
to  be  payable  in  London  and/or  Liverpool.  Policies  and/or  Certificates 
and/or  Letters  of  Insurance  to  cover  the  risks  under  the  "  Harter  Act." 


Any  deficiency  in  the  out-turn  exceeding  one  per  cent,  of  Bill  of  Lading 
quantity  to  be  refunded  by  Seller. 

In  case  of  Sea  Accidents  (pumping  up  grain  excepted)  causing  a  de- 
ficiency on  Invoice  Weight,  Provisional  Invoice  quantity  to  be  final,  except 
when  such  deficiency  cannot  be  accounted  for  by  the  nature  of  the  accident, 
and  is  not  recoverable  from  Underwriters. 

Prohibition.        Should  Shipment  be  prevented  by  prohibition  of  export,  blockade,  or 
hostilities,  this  Contract,  or  any  unfulfilled  part  thereof,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

If  the  grain  shipped,  or  any  part  thereof,  is  not  in  accordance  with  the 


APPENDIX   IV  195 

Contract  as  regards  quality,  the  Arbitrators  shall  award  that  it  be  taken 
with  an  allowance  or  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller  at  such  price  as  they 
shall  determine,  not  being  more  than  5  per  cent,  in  excess  of  the  market 
price  of  the  grain  contracted  for  on  the  day  of  arbitration. 

to  pay  Brokerage  of Brokerage. 

Contract  cancelled  or  not  cancelled. 

Buyer  and  Seller  agree  that,  for  the  purpose  of  proceedings,  either  legal 
or  by  arbitration,  this  Contract  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  in 
England  and  to  be  performed  there,  any  correspondence  in  reference  to  the 
offer,  the  acceptance,  the  place  of  payment  or  otherwise  notwithstanding, 
and  the  Courts  of  England  or  Arbitrators  appointed  in  England,  shall, 
except  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  any  award  made  in  pursuance  of  the 
Arbitration  Clause  hereof,  have  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  all  disputes 
which  may  arise  under  this  Contract.  Such  disputes  shall  be  settled  accord- 
ing to  the  law  of  England  whatever  the  domicile,  residence,  or  place  of 
business  of  the  parties  to  this  contract  may  be  or  become.  Any  party  to 
this  Contract  residing  or  carrying  on  business  elsewhere  than  in  England 
or  Wales,  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  proceedings  at  law  or  in  arbitration,  be 
considered  as  ordinarily  resident  or  carrying  on  business  at  the  offices  of 
the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited,  and  if  in  Scotland,  shall  be 
held  to  have  prorogated  jurisdiction  as  against  himself  to  the  English  Courts, 
or  if  in  Ireland,  to  have  submitted  to  the  jurisdiction  and  to  be  bound  by 
the  decision  of  the  English  Courts.  The  service  of  proceedings  upon  any 
such  party,  by  leaving  the  same  at  the  offices  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade 
Association,  Limited,  together  with  the  posting  of  a  copy  of  such  proceedings 
to  his  address  abroad  or  in  Scotland  or  Ireland,  shall  be  deemed  good 
service,  any  rule  of  law  or  equity  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

All  disputes  from  time  to  time  arising  out  of  this  Contract,  whether 
arising  between  the  parties  hereto,  or  between  one  of  the  parties  hereto  and 
the  Trustee  in  Bankruptcy  of  the  other  party,  shall  be  referred  according 
to  the  Liverpool  Arbitration  Rule  endorsed  on  this  Contract,  and  this 
stipulation  may  be  made  a  rule  of  any  of  the  Divisions  of  His  Majesty's 
High  Court  of  Justice  in  Ireland,  on  the  appli cation  of  either  contracting 
party,  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  an  award  against  a  party  residing  or 
carrying  on  business  in  Ireland. 

Strike. — i .  Should  shipment  of  the  goods  or  of  any  part  thereof  be  pre- 
vented at  any  time  during  the  last  twenty-eight  days  of  guaranteed  time 
of  shipment,  or  at  any  time  during  guaranteed  contract  period,  if  such  be 
less  than  twenty-eight  days,  by  reason  of  riots,  strikes  or  lockouts  at  port 
or  ports  of  loading,  or  elsewhere  preventing  the  forwarding  of  the  goods  to 
such  port  or  ports,  then  the  Shipper  shall  be  entitled  at  the  termination  of 
such  riots,  strikes  or  lockouts  to  as  much  time  for  shipment  from  such  port 
or  ports  as  was  left  for  shipment  under  the  contract  prior  to  the  outbreak 
of  the  riots,  strikes  or  lockouts,  and  in  the  event  of  the  time  left  for  shipment 
under  the  contract  being  seven  days  or  less,  an  additional  seven  days  shall 
be  allowed  for  shipment.  In  no  case  less  than  fourteen  days  in  all  shall  be 
allowed.  In  case  of  non-shipment  under  above  circumstances,  and  if 
Shipper  has  claimed  an  extension  under  paragraph  2  of  this  Clause,  the  date 
of  default  shall  be  similarly  deferred. 

2.  Shipper  shall  give  notice  by  cable  not  later  than  two  days  (Sundays 
and  holidays  excepted)  after  the  last  day  of  guaranteed  time  of  shipment, 
if  he  intends  to  claim  an  extension  of  time  for  shipment  under  the  above 
clause.     Such  notice  shall  state  the  port  or  ports  from  which  shipment  was 
intended  to  be  made,  and  if  such  extension  is  claimed  the  shipment  shall 
only  be  laade  from  such  port  or  ports.     All  such  notices  shall  be  passed  on 
in  due  course. 

3.  If  the  Shipper  gives  the  notice  above  referred  to  he  shall  forthwith 
apply  to  the  North  American  Export  Grain  Association  and  request  them 
to  cable  immediately  to  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association  confirming 


196 


APPENDIX   IV 


the  existence  of  such  riots,  strikes  or  lockouts,  and  in  due  course  to  cable 
the  dates  of  commencement  and  termination  thereof.  The  Shipper  agrees 
to  comply  with  all  requirements  of  the  North  American  Export  Grain 
Association  to  ensure  such  cables  being  sent. 

4.  A  certificate  of  the  North  American  Export  Grain  Association 
certifying  the  existence  and  duration  of  the  riots,  strikes  or  lockouts  causing 
the  delay  and/or  prevention  shall  be  attached  to  the  shipping  documents 
and  be  accepted  as  final.  If  a  certificate  is  issued  too  late  to  be  attached 
to  the  shipping  documents  then  a  notification  by  cable  from  the  North 
American  Export  Grain  Association  to  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association 
that  such  certificate  has  been  issued  shall  be  deemed  equivalent  to  a  cer- 
tificate attached  to  shipping  documents  always  provided  that  such  notifica- 
tion shall  have  been  received  by  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association  not 
later  than  the  date  of  arrival  of  documents  in  Liverpool. 

The  Arbitration  to  be  held  in  LIVERPOOL. 
+  N.B.  The  Clauses  in  Italics  are  alternative. 

[Back']    Contract  No.  7  (PARCEL). 

CONDITIONS. 

Appro-  i.  NOTICE    OF    APPROPRIATION    with  vessel's  name,   shall  be 

priation,  delivered  by  Seller  or  his  Agent  to  Buyer  within  five  days  after  the  date  of 
sailing  from  the  last  port  on  the  same  seaboard,  but  in  no  case  later  than 
seven  days  from  the  last  day  of  the  period  of  shipment  named  in  the 
Contract.  The  Notice  shall  be  deemed  to  be  under  reserve  for  telegraphic 
errors  or  delays  only,  and  without  prejudice  to  this  Contract.  Notice  to 
the  Broker  or  Agent  shall  be  deemed  a  Notice  within  the  terms  of  this 
Contract.  In  case  of  Re-Sales,  all  Notices  shall  be  accepted  by  Buyer  if 
passed  on  in  due  course.  Buyer  shall  on  demand  give  Seller  written  receipt 
for  notice  of  appropriation. 

2.  BILL  OF  LADING  to  be  considered  proof  of  date  of  shipment  in 
the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary.     Any  separate  parcel  shipped  at 
the  seaboard  in  partial  execution  of  this  Contract  shall,  except  as  regards 
terms  of  payment,  be  considered  as  if  shipped  under  a  separate  Contract. 

3.  NOTICE  TO  RETIRE  DOCUMENTS  shall  be  given  by  Buyer  to 
Seller,  before  i  o'clock  on  the  day  previous  to  the  day  of  payment,  except 
on  Saturdays  when  the  time  shall  be  n  o'clock. 

Notice  or  declaration  required  to  be  made  under  this  Contract  cannot  be 
made  on  any  of  the  following  non-business  days  : — Sundays,  Good  Friday, 
Easter  Monday,  Whit  Monday,  the  first  Monday  in  August,  Christmas  Day, 
and  the  next  week-day  following,  and  any  other  days  proclaimed  as  Bank 
Holidays,  and  cannot  be  made  to  any  party  whose  place  of  business  is 
within  the  area  of  the  Liverpool  Telephone  Exchange  on  any  business  day 
before  10  a.m.  or  after  5.30  p.m.,  and  Saturdays  i  p.m. 

Strike.  STRIKE.     If  the  contract  terms  require  shipment  from  some  particular 

port,  and  shipment  is  prevented  or  delayed  by  reason  of  riot,  strike,  or 
lockout  at  such  port,  then  this  contract  shall  be  deemed  to  be  extended  to 
the  number  of  days  that  such  riot,  strike  or  lockout  exists,  provided  notices 
of  the  outbreak  and  termination  of  riots,  strikes,  or  lockouts  be  cabled  by 
the  Shipper  to  his  Buyer  (such  notice  to  be  passed  on  in  due  course)  and 
confirmed  by  cable  by  the  North  American  Export  Grain  Association  to 
the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association  within  three  days  of  each  event. 

EXTENSION  OF  SHIPMENT.  The  period  herein  specified  within 
which  Bills  of  Lading  must  be  dated  shall  be  deemed  to  include  an  additional 
period  not  to  exceed  eight  days,  when  so  desired  by  the  Shipper,  provided 
he  gives  his  Buyer  notice  of  his  intention  to  claim  additional  days  by  cable 
sent  not  later  than  the  business  day  following  the  last  day  included  in  the 
originally  stipulated  period  for  shipment ;  such  notice  shall  be  passed  on 
by  other  Sellers  to  their  Buyers  respectively  in  due  course  after  receipt. 


Proof  of 
Shipment. 


Retirement 
of  Docu- 
ments. 


APPENDIX  IV  197 

Such  notice  need  not  state  the  number  of  additional  days  claimed  by  the 
Seller  and  the  Seller  may  ship  at  any  time  within  eight  additional  days. 
The  Seller,  however,  shall  make  an  allowance  to  the  Buyer,  to  be  deducted 
in  the  invoice  from  the  contract  price,  based  on  the  number  of  days  by  which 
the  originally  stipulated  period  is  exceeded,  as  follows  : — 

For  i,  2  or  3  additional  days  .  .  i  per  cent,  of  the  gross  c.i.f.  price. 
For  4,  5  or  6  additional  days  .  .  2  per  cent,  of  the  gross  c.i.f.  price. 
For  7  or  8  additional  days  ...  3  per  cent,  of  the  gross  c.i.f.  price. 

If,  however,  after  having  given  notice  to  the  Buyer  as  above,  the  Seller  fails 
to  make  shipment  within  such  eight  days,  then  the  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  called  for  shipment  during  the  originally  stipulated  period  plus 
eight  days,  at  contract  price  less  3  per  cent.,  and  any  settlement  for  default 
shall  be  calculated  on  that  basis. 

4.  (a)  IF  THE  SELLER  SHALL  MAKE  DEFAULT  in  shipping  or  Default, 
declaring  shipment,  or  in  tendering  the  documents  required  by  this  Contract, 

the  contract  shall  be  closed  by  invoicing  back  the  goods  contracted  for  at 
such  price  as  the  Arbitrators  shall  determine,  and  this  shall  apply  whether 
the  price  so  determined  be  higher  or  lower  than  the  Contract  price. 

(6)  IF  THE  BUYER  DEFAULTS  in  the  fulfilment  of  Contract  or 
Award,  the  Seller,  at  his  discretion,  shall,  after  giving  notice  in  writing, 
have  the  right  of  re-sale,  and  the  defaulter  shall  make  good  the  loss,  if  any, 
by  such  re-sale  on  demand. 

(c)  IF,  BEFORE  THE  MATURITY  OF  THIS  CONTRACT,  EITHER 
PARTY  SHALL  SUSPEND  PAYMENT,  OR  BECOME  BANKRUPT 
OR  INSOLVENT,  or  become  lunatic,  or  insane,  or  die  without  leaving 
executors  or  others  willing  and  able  forthwith  to  take  over  the  liability 
attached  to  such  party  under  the  Contract,  or  be  declared  a  defaulter  by 
the  Clearing  House  Committee,  the  Contract  shall  forthwith  be  closed  at  the 
market  price  then  current  for  similar  goods,  or,  at  the  option  of  the  other 
party,  at  a  price  to  be  ascertained  by  re-purchase  or  re-sale,  as  the  case  may 
be,  before  the  expiration  of  the  following  business  day,  and  shall  be  entitled 
to  be  paid  by  the  party  so  suspending  payment  or  committing  an  act  of 
bankruptcy,  or  to  prove  against  his  estate,  whether  wound  up  in  bankruptcy 
or  otherwise,  for  the  loss,  if  any,  or  shall  account  for  the  profit,  if  any,  on 
such  re-sale  or  re-purchase,  any  rule  of  law  or  equity  to  the  contrary 
notwithstanding . 

5.  The  word  "  ABOUT  "  when  referring  to  Quality,  shall  mean  the 
equivalent  of  threepence  per  480  Ibs. 

6.  When  Buyer  requires  ARBITRATION  on  quality  he  shall  make  his  Claims  for 
claim  and  nominate  his  Arbitrators  within  three  business  days  after  final  Arbitration, 
discharge  of  the  shipment.     When  the  subj  ect  matter  and  terms  of  Contract 

are  identical,  except  as  to  price,  all  Arbitrations  shall  be  held  as  between 
the  first  Seller  and  the  last  Buyer,  as  though  they  were  contracting  parties, 
and  the  awards  made  in  pursuance  thereof,  subject  to  the  right  of  appeal  as 
provided  by  the  Arbitration  Rule,  shall  be  binding  on  all  intermediate  parties. 

7.  ARBITRATION  on  quality  having  been  claimed  in  accordance  with  Finality 
the  terms  of  this  Contract,  the  parties  claiming  must  proceed  with  the  Rule- 
Arbitration  within  28  days  of  final  discharge  when  sold  on  sample,  or  when 

sold  fair  average  quality  within  28  days  of  the  publication  in  the  Trade 
Lists  that  the  Standard  has  been,  or  will  not  be  made  up.  After  the  ex- 
piration of  these  limits,  claims  for  quality  to  be  void,  unless  the  delay  is, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Arbitrators,  considered  justifiable.  No  claim  for 
shortage  shall  be  made  after  the  expiration  of  28  days  from  the  receipt  of 
the  official  weights. 

8.  REGISTRATION. — Either    party    to    this    Contract,    whether    a 
member  or  non-member  of  the  Association,  shall  have  the  right  at  any  time 
during  its  currency,  to  register  it  at  the  Clearing  House,  but  it  shall  not  be 
subject  to  Calls  for  Margin. 


ig8  APPENDIX  IV 

ARBITRATION  RULE  OF  THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE 
ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED, 

AS    APPLIED    TO    THIS    CONTRACT. 

All  disputes  arising  out  of  transactions  connected  with  the  Trade, 
except  such  as  arise  out  of  the  business  of  the  Clearing  House,  shall  be 
referred  to  two  arbitrators,  one  to  be  chosen  by  each  party  in  difference, 
the  said  arbitrators  having  power  to  call  in  a  third  in  case  they  shall  deem 
it  necessary.  In  the  event  of  one  of  the  parties  appointing  an  arbitrator 
and  the  other  refusing,  or  for  three  days  after  notice  in  writing  of  the 
appointment  neglecting  to  do  so  (such  notice  to  be  delivered  personally  or 
left  at  the  usual  place  of  business  of  such  other  party),  or  in  case  the 
arbitrators  appointed  by  the  parties  shall  not  within  seven  days  after  their 
appointment  agree  to  an  award,  or  appoint  a  third  arbitrator,  or,  after  the 
appointment  of  such  third  arbitrator,  in  case  of  the  death,  refusal  to  act,  or 
incapacity  of  any  one  or  more  of  such  three  arbitrators,  or  in  any  case  in 
which  the  Clearing  House  Regulations  may  so  provide,  then,  upon  applica- 
tion of  either  of  the  disputing  parties,  the  question  in  dispute  shall  stand 
referred  to  two  arbitrators  to  be  nominated  by  the  President  for  the  time 
being  of  the  Association,  or  by  the  Vice-President  in  case  of  the  absence  of 
the  President,  his  illness,  or  interest  in  the  matter  in  dispute  ;  and  in  case 
of  the  absence  of  the  Vice-President,  his  illness,  or  interest  in  the  matter  in 
dispute,  then  the  Directors,  on  the  application  of  either  of  the  disputing 
parties,  shall  appoint  two  arbitrators  ;  and  in  case  the  two  arbitrators 
appointed,  whether  by  the  President,  the  Vice-President,  or  the  Directors, 
shall  not  within  seven  days  after  their  appointment  agree  to  an  award,  or 
choose  a  third  arbitrator,  then  the  Directors  shall  appoint  a  third  arbitrator, 
and  shall,  in  the  case  of  the  death,  refusal  to  act,  or  incapacity  of  any  such 
three  arbitrators,  from  time  to  time  substitute  a  new  arbitrator  or  arbitra- 
tors in  the  place  of  the  arbitrator  or  arbitrators  so  dying,  refusing  or 
incapacitated. 

In  case  either  party  shall  be  dissatisfied  with  any  award  of  arbitrators, 
a  right  of  appeal  shall  lie  to  the  Directors,  provided  it  be  claimed  not  later 
than  seven  running  days  after  the  date  of  the  award. 

The  arbitrators  appointed  shall  in  all  cases  be  members  of  the  Associa- 
tion, and  no  person  having  any  interest  in  the  matter  in  dispute  shall  be 
competent  to  act  as  an  arbitrator. 

The  award  of  any  two  arbitrators  in  writing  signed  by  them  (subject 
only  to  the  right  of  appeal  hereinafter  mentioned)  shall  be  conclusive  and 
binding  upon  all  disputing  parties,  both  with  respect  to  the  matter  in  dis- 
pute, and  all  fees  and  expenses  of  the  reference  and  award.  Every  award 
shall  be  written  on  a  form  to  be  settled  by  the  Directors  and  supplied  by 
the  Association  at  a  charge  (to  be  fixed  by  the  Directors)  not  exceeding  ten 
shillings. 

No  arbitrator  shall  be  entitled  to  demand  a  higher  fee  than  £5  55.,  nor 
shall  such  fee  be  less  than  £i  is.  for  every  requisite  sitting. 

Where  an  appeal  is  claimed  the  appellant  shall  pay  to  the  Association 
as  a  fee  for  the  investigation,  the  sums  following  : — 

Members.  Non-Members. 

For  appeals  in  respect  of  quantities  not 

exceeding  250  tons £500  ^7  10  o 

For  appeals  in  respect  of  quantities  ex- 
ceeding 250  tons £10  o  o  £15  o  o 

When  any  question  of  quality  and/or  condition  is  involved,  the  Directors 
shall  not  hear  the  appeal,  but  shall  appoint  a  Special  Appeal  Committee  of 
six  to  hear  and  determine  the  matter.  Directors  and  other  Members  of  the 
Association  shall  be  eligible  for  appointment  on  such  Special  Appeal  Com- 
mittee. In  case  of  the  death,  refusal  or  neglect  to  act  or  incapacity  of  not 


APPENDIX   IV  199 

more  than  two  Members  of  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  the  remaining 
Members  shall  forthwith  fill  up  the  vacancy  or  vacancies  so  occurring.  In 
case  of  the  death,  refusal  or  neglect  to  act  or  incapacity  of  more  than  two 
Members  of  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  the  Directors  shall  fill  up  the 
vacancies  so  occurring.  The  Special  Appeal  Committee  shall  confirm  the 
award  appealed  from  and  the  appeal  fees  shall  follow  the  award  unless  two- 
thirds  of  the  Members  hearing  such  appeal  shall  decide  to  vary  such  award. 
The  Special  Appeal  Committee  shall  have  power  to  award  by  whom  the 
Arbitrators'  fees  and  any  legal  or  other  expenses  incurred  by  the  Association 
shall  be  borne,  but  no  award  shall  be  made  in  respect  of  such  fees  and  ex- 
penses except  by  the  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  Members  hearing  the  case. 

In  appeals  (other  than  quality  and/or  condition)  the  Directors  shall 
decide  all  questions,  including  the  payment  of  Arbitrators'  fees  and  any 
legal  or  other  expenses  incurred  by  the  Association,  by  a  majority  of  votes, 
and  in  the  event  of  an  equality  of  votes,  the  Chairman  shall  have  a  second 
or  casting  vote. 

If  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  as  the  case  may  be, 
shall  see  fit  to  state  in  the  form  of  a  special  case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court 
any  question  of  law  arising  in  the  course  of  the  reference,  or  if  they  shall  be 
directed  so  to  do,  the  Association  shall  be  entitled  to  an  addition  to  their 
fee  not  exceeding  £i 5  for  every  requisite  sitting.  The  Arbitrators,  Director 
or  Special  Appeal  Committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  have  power  from 
time  to  time  to  make  interim  awards. 

An  award  signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  meeting  which  shall  hear  such 
appeal,  and  countersigned  by  the  Secretary  or  his  substitute,  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  the  award  of  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall  in  all  cases  be  final. 

No  party  shall  have  the  right  to  be  heard  on  appeal  until  he  has  paid  the 
fees  and  other  arbitrators'  expenses  payable  by  him  on  the  award  in  respect 
of  which  the  appeal  is  made. 

No  Director  having  any  interest  in  the  matter  in  dispute  shall  vote  on 
the  question  of  the  appointment  of  arbitrators,  or,  in  the  case  of  an  appeal, 
sit  or  vote  on  the  hearing  of  such  appeal,  or  on  the  appointment  of  any 
Special  Appeal  Committee ;  nor  shall  the  arbitrators  whose  decision  is 
appealed  against,  vote  on  the  hearing  of  this  appeal. 

Neither  contracting  party,  nor  Trustee  in  Bankruptcy,  or  other  person 
claiming  under  either  of  them,  shall  bring  any  action  against  the  other  of 
them  in  respect  of  any  dispute  until  such  dispute  has  been  settled  by  arbitra- 
tors, the  Directors,  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  it  is  expressly  agreed  that  the  obtaining  of  an  award  shall  be  a  condition 
precedent  to  the  right  of  either  contracting  party  to  sue  the  other  in  respect 
of  any  such  dispute. 

For  the  purpose  of  enforcing  any  award,  the  provisions  of  the  Arbitration 
Act,  1889,  or  any  statutory  modification  or  re-enactment  thereof  shall 
apply  in  England,  and  the  provisions  of  any  Scotch  or  Irish  Act  dealing 
with  arbitrations  or  the  procedure  thereon  shall  apply  respectively  in  Scot- 
land and  Ireland,  and  any  award  may  if  necessary  be  made  a  Rule  of  Court 
in  Ireland,  or  an  Order  of  the  Court  of  Session  in  Scotland. 

If  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee  as  the  case  may  be 
shall  state  a  Special  Case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court,  the  party  at  whose 
request  or  instance  the  Case  is  to  be  stated  shall  deposit  with  the  Association 
the  sum  of  £i  oo  as  security  for  the  fees,  costs  and  expenses  of  the  Directors, 
or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  and  the  Association  of  and  incidental  to 
stating  and  setting  down  such  Special  Case. 

If  the  party  requiring  the  Case  to  be  stated  shall  neglect  or  fail  to  make 
such  deposit  within  seven  days  after  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal 
Committee  have  agreed  or  been  directed  to  state  a  Case,  the  Directors  or 
the  Committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  entitled  to  proceed  with  their 
award  without  stating  such  case,  and  in  any  order  directing  the  Directors 


200  APPENDIX  IV 

or  Committee  to  state  a  Special  Case  the  party  requiring  the  Case  to  be 
stated  shall  consent  to  abide  by  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  and  to 
make  the  said  deposit  within  the  time  aforesaid.  If  at  any  time  after  the 
Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee  have  agreed  or  been  directed 
to  state  a  Special  Case,  but  before  a  final  award  has  been  made,  the  parties 
in  difference  shall  settle  their  dispute,  the  Directors  or  the  Committee  as 
the  case  may  be  shall  satisfy  themselves  that  such  dispute  is  settled  and 
thereupon  the  Directors  or  the  Committee  and  the  Association  shall  be 
entitled  to  payment  of  their  fees,  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the 
Special  Case  out  of  the  said  deposit  and  the  Association  shall  account  for 
the  balance,  if  any,  to  the  party  by  whom  the  deposit  was  paid.  If  the 
matter  in  dispute  shall  not  be  settled  between  the  parties  but  a  final  award 
shall  be  made,  the  manner  in  which  the  said  deposit  shall  be  dealt  with  shall 
be  in  the  discretion  of  the  Directors  or  the  Committee  making  the  award. 


No.  18.— SHIPMENT  AND  DELIVERY  CONTRACT. 
THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 

Liverpool 19 

We  have  this  day  sold  to on  the  terms  of  the 

Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited, 


To  be  delivered  ex  quay  and/or  store  at  Seller's  option,  in  fair  merchant- 
able condition  ;  a  slight  dry  warmth  not  to  be  objected  to. 

Particulars  of  shipment  "shall  be  declared  by  the  first  Seller  to  his  Buyer 
before  the  vessel  named  has  appeared  in  the  Bill  of  Entry,  unless  the  vessel 
brings  its  own  advices,  in  which  case  an  extra  day  shall  be  allowed.  In  case 
of  re-sale  a  copy  of  first  declaration  shall  be  accepted  by  Buyer  if  passed  on 
in  due  course. 

Ship  damaged  or  sea  water  damaged  goods  may  be  rejected,  and  the 
Contract,  so  far  as  regards  the  quantity  rejected,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  the  event  of  the  goods  declared,  or  any  part  thereof,  being  prevented 
from  arriving  by  perils  of  the  seas,  the  Contract,  so  far  as  regards  such  goods, 
shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  case  of  prohibition  of  export,  blockade  or  hostilities  preventing  ship- 
ment, this  Contract,  or  any  unfulfilled  part  thereof,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

Bill  of  Lading  to  be  considered  proof  of  date  of  shipment  in  the  absence 
of  evidence  to  the  contrary. 

Any  separate  parcel  declared  in  partial  execution  of  this  Contract,  shall 
be  considered  as  if  shipped  under  a  separate  Contract. 

If  the  goods  tendered,  or  any  part  thereof,  are  not  in  accordance  with  the 
Contract  as  regards  quality  and/or  condition,  the  Arbitrators  shall  award 
that  the  goods  be  taken  with  an  allowance  or  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller 
at  the  market  price  of  the  goods  contracted  for  on  the  day  of  arbitration, 
with  or  without  a  penalty,  not  exceeding  5  per  cent,  on  such  price,  according 
to  the  special  circumstances  of  the  case. 

Payment — as  per  Rule  8,  allowing  interest  equal  to  three  months  from 
date  of  being  ready  for  delivery. 

This  Contract  is  made  between  yourselves  and  ourselves  and  not  by  or  with 
any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on  whose  instructions  or  for  whose  benefit 
the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 


APPENDIX  IV  201 

No.  1 8. —SHIPMENT  AND  DELIVERY  CONTRACT. 
THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 

Liverpool 19 

We  have  this  day  bought  from on  the  terms  of 

the  Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited, 


To  be  deli vered  ex  quay  and/or  store  at  Seller's  option,  in  fair  merchant- 
able condition  ;  a  slight  dry  warmth  not  to  be  objected  to. 

Particulars  of  shipment  shall  be  declared  by  the  first  Seller  to  his  Buyer 
before  the  vessel  named  has  appeared  in  the  Bill  of  Entry,  unless  the  vessel 
brings  its  own  advices,  in  which  case  an  extra  day  shall  be  allowed.  In  case 
of  re-sale  a  copy  of  first  declaration  shall  be  accepted  by  Buyer  if  passed  on 
in  due  course. 

Ship  damaged  or  sea  water  damaged  goods  may  be  rejected,  and  the 
Contract,  so  far  as  regards  the  quantity  rejected  shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  the  event  of  the  goods  declared,  or  any  part  thereof,  being  prevented 
from  arriving  by  perils  of  the  seas,  the  Contract,  so  far  as  regards  such  goods, 
shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  case  of  prohibition  of  export,  blockade  or  hostilities  preventing  ship- 
ment, this  Contract,  or  any  unfulfilled  part  thereof,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

Bill  of  Lading  to  be  considered  proof  of  date  of  shipment  in  the  absence 
of  evidence  to  the  contrary. 

Any  separate  parcel  declared  in  partial  execution  of  this  Contract,  shall 
be  considered  as  if  shipped  under  a  separate  Contract. 

If  the  goods  tendered,  or  any  part  thereof,  are  not  in  accordance  with  the 
Contract  as  regards  quality  and/or  condition,  the  Arbitrators  shall  award 
that  the  goods  be  taken  with  an  allowance  or  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller 
at  the  market  price  of  the  goods  contracted  for  on  the  day  of  arbitration,  with 
or  without  a  penalty  not  exceeding  5  per  cent,  on  such  price,  according  to 
the  special  circumstances  of  the  case. 

Payment — as  per  Rule  8,  allowing  interest  equal  to  three  months  from 
date  of  being  ready  for  delivery. 

This  Contract  is  made  between  yourselves  and  ourselves  and  not  by  or  with 
any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on  whose  instructions  or  for  whose  benefit 
the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 


Amended  igth  December,  1892. 


No.  20.— EAST  INDIA  WHEAT  SHIPMENT  AND  DELIVERY 

CONTRACT. 
{Face] 

THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 

Liverpool ig 

We  have  this  day  sold  to on  the  terms  of 

the  Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited,  and 

the  Rules  endorsed  hereon about 

• of  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  shipment  at 

time  and  place  of  shipment  Crop 

at per  100  IDS 

London  Standard. 


202  APPENDIX   IV 

Any  percentage  of  Barley,  Pulse  and/or  other  feeding  stuffs  up  to  two  per 
cent,  to  be  taken  and  paid  for  as  Wheat ;  any  quantity  in  excess  of  two  per 
cent,  to  be  allowed  for  by  Seller  at  one  half  settling  price.  Any  percentage 
of  dirt,  non-farinaceous  seeds  or  other  extraneous  matter  up  to  2  j  per  cent, 
to  be  allowed  for  by  Seller  at  settling  price,  and  any  quantity  in  excess  of 
2£  per  cent,  at  double  settling  price.  Settlement  for  differences  and  allow- 
ances shall  be  made  between  First  Seller  and  Last  Buyer  ;  intermediate 
provisional  invoices  shall  be  final. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  quantity  of  such  percentages  as 
above,  the  Buyer  or  his  Agent  has  the  right  to  select  one  bag  in  every 
thousand  ;  provided  that  of  each  separate  mark  not  less  than  five  nor  more 
than  sixty  bags  are  to  be  selected,  any  Wheat  for  shipper's  account  remain- 
ing unsold  of  such  mark  being  excluded.  After  selection  the  bags  are  to  be 
enclosed  in  dust-proof  covers,  which  are  to  be  sealed  by  Buyer  and  Seller  or 
their  Agents  at  time  of  discharge,  and  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  the 
rules  adopted  by  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association. 

One  analysis  only  to  be  made  of  bags  of  the  same  mark  in  any  vessel, 
exclusive  of  any  unsold  Wheat  for  Shipper's  account,  and  every  Receiver 
thereof  to  abide  by  the  result  of  such  analysis. 

The  certificate  of  analysis  of  the  said  Association  or  its  duly  appointed 
Analyst  to  be  final. 

shipment  from 

via to    LIVERPOOL    and/or    BIRKENHEAD,    per    steamer    or 

steamers, 

To  be  delivered,  ex  quay  and/or  store,  at  Seller's  option,  in  fair  merchant- 
able condition  ;  a  slight  dry  warmth  and  slight  weeviUing  not  to  be  objected 
to.  Importer's  bags  for  Seller's  account. 

Particulars  of  shipment  shall  be  declared  by  the  first  Seller  to  his  Buyer 
within  25  days  from  the  date  of  sailing  of  the  vessel.  Every  declaration 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  under  reserve  for  errors  or  delay  in  telegraphic  trans- 
mission, and  should  such  telegraphic  information  be  delayed  beyond  the 
25  days  or  be  lost  by  causes  out  of  Seller's  control,  then  the  Seller  to  have 
24  hours  after  the  receipt  of  the  necessary  particulars  in  Liverpool  or  London 
for  making  appropriation.  In  case  of  re-sales,  a  copy  of  first  declaration 
shall  be  accepted  by  Buyers  if  passed  on  in  due  course. 

Ship  damaged  or  sea  water  damaged  Grain  may  be  rejected,  and  the 
Contract,  so  far  as  regards  the  quantity  rejected,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  the  event  of  the  Grain  declared,  or  any  part  thereof,  being  prevented 
from  arriving  by  perils  of  the  seas,  the  Contract,  so  far  as  regards  such 
Grain,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  case  of  prohibition  of  export,  blockade  or  hostilities  preventing  ship- 
ment, this  Contract,  or  any  unfulfilled  part  thereof,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

Seller  to  pay Brokerage  of per  cent.  Contract 

cancelled  or  not  cancelled. 

Bill  of  Lading  to  be  considered  proof  of  date  of  shipment  in  the  absence 
of  evidence  to  the  contrary. 

Any  separate  parcel  declared  in  partial  execution  of  this  Contract,  shall 
be  considered  as  if  shipped  under  a  separate  Contract. 

If  the  Grain  tendered,  or  any  part  thereof,  is  not  in  accordance  with  the 
Contract  as  regards  quality  and/or  condition,  the  Arbitrators  shall  award 
that  the  Grain  be  taken  with  an  allowance  or  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller  at 
the  market  price  of  the  Grain  contracted  for,  on  the  day  of  arbitration,  in 
either  case  with  or  without  a  penalty,  not  exceeding  5  per  cent,  on  such 
price,  according  to  the  special  circumstances  of  the  case. 

If  at  the  time  of  tender  the  Standard  for  the  month's  shipment  has  not 
been  made  up,  the  Arbitrators  may  decide  on  the  last  previous  available 
standard,  or  on  such  other  evidence  as  they  may  think  fit,  whether  or  not 
the  Grain  is  to  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller,  but  the  price  at  which  it  is  to 
be  invoiced  back  shall  stand  over  until  the  standard  for  the  month  in  which 


APPENDIX  IV  203 

the  Grain  was  shipped  has  been  made  up,  and  shall  then  be  decided  by 
arbitration,  according  to  the  price  of  the  day  of  the  former  arbitration. 
Any  claim  of  the  Buyer  to  an  allowance  from  the  Contract  price  shall  also 
stand  over,  and  be  decided  by  arbitration  in  like  manner. 

Payment — as  per  Rule  8,  allowing  interest  equal  to  three  months  from 
date  of  being  ready  for  delivery. 

This  Contract  is  made  between  yourselves  and  ourselves  and  not  by  or  with 
any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on  whose  instructions  or  for  whose  benefit 
the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 


Amended  igth  December,  1892. 
[Back] 

RULES  FOR  SAMPLING  AND  ANALYSIS. 

1 .  The  bags  of  Grain  selected  in  the  manner  provided  by  this  Contract 
shall  be  sent  by  the  Buyer  or  his  Agent  without  delay  to  the  Liverpool  Corn 
Trade  Association,  or  to  any  person  or  Company  appointed  and  authorised 
by  the  said  Association. 

As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  receipt  thereof  the  whole  of  the  contents 
of  the  bags  shall  be  passed  through  an  approved  machine  by  the  Association 
or  by  any  person  or  Company  appointed  and  authorised  by  them,  and  a 
sample  of  convenient  size  taken  therefrom,  which  shall  be  analysed  by  the 
Association. 

Where  the  machine  is  not  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Association  at  any 
port,  the  Buyer  and  Seller  or  their  Agents  have  the  right  to  be  present 
during  the  reducing  operation. 

2.  The  Association  shall  pass  a  portion  of  the  surplus  Grain  over  a 
screen  approved  by  them,  and  place  the  same  into  bags  for  inspection, 
arbitration,  and  standard  purposes. 

3.  After  providing  the  necessary  samples,  all  surplus  Grain  shall  be  sold 
by  the  Association,  and  the  proceeds  credited  to  the  First  Seller  of  the  cargo 
or  parcel. 

4.  Upon  the  application  of  the  Buyer  or  his  Agent,  the  Association  shall 
supply  the  requisite  number  of  dust-proof  covers,  but  anyone  to  whom  such 
covers  are  sent  shall  pay  the  carriage  thereon,  and  shall  be  liable  to  pay  the 
value  thereof  if  the  same  are  not  returned  within  one  month. 

5.  Neither  the  Association  nor  their  officers  shall  be  liable  for  any 
damage  sustained  by  reason  of  the  loss  or  destruction  of  or  damage  to  any 
samples  sent  to  them  or  in  their  custody. 

6.  The  analysis  fees  together  with  any  charges  incurred  by  the  Associa- 
tion on  samples  sent  for  analysis  shall  be  borne  and  paid  as  to  one  half  by 
the  Seller  and  one  half  by  the  Buyer,  and  if  there  be  more  than  one  Buyer  of 
Grain  of  the  same  mark  in  any  ship  he  shall  contribute  his  due  proportion 
of  the  said  fees  and  charges. 


No.  20.— EAST  INDIA  WHEAT  SHIPMENT  AND  DELIVERY 
CONTRACT. 

[Face} 

THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 

Liverpool 19 

We  have  this  day  bought  from on  the  terms  of 

the  Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited,  and 
the  Rules  endorsed  hereon about 


204  APPENDIX   IV 

of  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  shipment  at 

time  and  place  of  shipment  Crop 

at per  100  Ibs 

London  Standard. 

Any  percentage  of  Barley,  Pulse  and/or  other  feeding  stuffs  up  to  two  per 
cent,  to  be  taken  and  paid  for  as  Wheat ;  any  quantity  in  excess  of  two  per 
cent,  to  be  allowed  for  by  Seller  at  one  half  settling  price.  Any  percentage 
of  dirt,  non-farinaceous  seeds  or  other  extraneous  matter  up  to  2 J  per  cent, 
to  be  allowed  for  by  Seller  at  settling  price,  and  any  quantity  in  excess  of 
•2.\  per  cent,  at  double  settling  price.  Settlement  for  differences  and  allow- 
ances shall  be  made  between  First  Seller  and  Last  Buyer ;  intermediate 
provisional  invoices  shall  be  final. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  quantity  of  such  percentages  as 
above,  the  Buyer  or  his  Agent  has  the  right  to  select  one  bag  in  every 
thousand  ;  provided  that  of  each  separate  mark  not  less  than  five  nor  more 
than  sixty  bags  are  to  be  selected,  any  Wheat  for  shipper's  account  remain- 
ing unsold  of  such  mark  being  excluded.  After  selection  the  bags  are  to  be 
enclosed  in  dust-proof  covers,  which  are  to  be  sealed  by  Buyer  and  Seller  or 
their  Agents  at  time  of  discharge,  and  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  the 
rules  adopted  by  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association. 

One  analysis  only  to  be  made  of  bags  of  the  same  mark  in  any  vessel, 
exclusive  of  any  unsold  Wheat  for  Shipper's  account,  and  every  Receiver 
thereof  to  abide  by  the  result  of  such  analysis. 

The  certificate  of  analysis  of  the  said  Association  or  its  duly  appointed 
Analyst  to  be  final. 

shipment  from 

via to    LIVERPOOL    and/or    BIRKENHEAD,    per    steamer    or 

steamers 

To  be  delivered,  ex  quay  and/or  store,  at  Seller's  option,  in  fair  merchant- 
able condition  ;  a  slight  dry  warmth  and  slight  weevilling  not  to  be  objected 
to.  Importer's  bags  for  Seller's  account. 

Particulars  of  shipment  shall  be  declared  by  the  first  Seller  to  his  Buyer 
within  25  days  from  the  date  of  sailing  of  the  vessel.  Every  declaration 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  under  reserve  for  errors  or  delay  in  telegraphic  trans- 
mission, and  should  such  telegraphic  information  be  delayed  beyond  the 
25  days  or  be  lost  by  causes  out  of  Seller's  control,  then  the  Seller  to  have 
24  hours  after  the  receipt  of  the  necessary  particulars  in  Liverpool  or  London 
for  making  appropriation.  In  case  of  re-sales,  a  copy  of  first  declaration 
shall  be  accepted  by  Buyers  if  passed  on  in  due  course. 

Ship  damaged  or  sea  water  damaged  Grain  may  be  rejected,  and  the 
Contract,  so  far  as  regards  the  quantity  rejected,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  the  event  of  the  Grain  declared,  or  any  part  thereof,  being  prevented 
from  arriving  by  perils  of  the  seas,  the  Contract,  so  far  as  regards  such 
Grain,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

In  case  of  prohibition  of  export,  blockade  or  hostilities  preventing  ship- 
ment, this  Contract,  or  any  unfulfilled  part  thereof,  shall  be  at  an  end. 

Seller  to  pay Brokerage  of per  cent.  Contract 

cancelled  or  not  cancelled. 

Bill  of  Lading  to  be  considered  proof  of  date  of  shipment  in  the  absence 
of  evidence  to  the  contrary. 

Any  separate  parcel  declared  in  partial  execution  of  this  Contract,  shall 
be  considered  as  if  shipped  under  a  separate  Contract. 

If  the  Grain  tendered,  or  any  part  thereof,  is  not  in  accordance  with  the 
Contract  as  regards  quality  and/or  condition,  the  Arbitrators  shall  award 
that  the  Grain  be  taken  with  an  allowance  or  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller 
at  the  market  price  of  the  Grain  contracted  for,  on  the  day  of  arbitration,  in 
either  case  with  or  without  a  penalty,  not  exceeding  5  per  cent,  on  such 
price,  according  to  the  special  circumstances  of  the  case. 

If  at  the  time  of  tender  the  Standard  for  the  month's  shipment  has  not 


APPENDIX   IV  205 

been  made  up,  the  Arbitrators  may  decide  on  the  last  previous  available 
standard,  or  on  such  other  evidence  as  they  may  think  fit,  whether  or  not 
the  Grain  is  to  be  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller,  but  the  price  at  which  it  is  to 
be  invoiced  back  shall  stand  over  until  the  standard  for  the  month  in  which 
the  Grain  shipped  has  been  made  up,  and  shall  then  be  decided  by  arbitra- 
tion, according  to  the  price  of  the  day  of  the  former  arbitration.  Any  claim 
of  the  Buyer  to  an  allowance  from  the  Contract  price  shall  also  stand  over, 
and  be  decided  by  arbitration  in  like  manner. 

Payment — as  per  Rule  8,  allowing  interest  equal  to  three  months  from 
date  of  being  ready  for  delivery. 

This  Contract  is  made  between  yourselves  and  ourselves  and  not  by  or  with 
any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on  whose  instructions  or  for  whose  benefit 
the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 


Amended  isth  March,  1916. 

[Back] 

RULES  FOR  SAMPLING  AND  ANALYSIS. 

1.  The  bags  of  Grain  selected  in  the  manner  provided  by  this  Contract 
shall  be  sent  by  the  Buyer  or  his  Agent  without  delay  to  the  Liverpool  Corn 
Trade  Association,  or  to  any  person  or  Company  appointed  and  authorised 
by  the  said  Association. 

As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  receipt  thereof  the  whole  of  the  contents 
of  the  bags  shall  be  passed  through  an  approved  machine  by  the  Association 
or  by  any  person  or  Company  appointed  and  authorised  by  them,  and  a 
sample  of  convenient  size  taken  therefrom,  which  shall  be  analysed  by  the 
Association. 

Where  the  machine  is  not  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Association  at 
any  port,  the  Buyer  and  Seller  or  their  Agents  have  the  right  to  be  present 
during  the  reducing  operation. 

2.  The  Association  shall  pass  a  portion  of  the  surplus  Grain  over  a  screen 
approved  by  them,  and  place  the  same  into  bags  for  inspection,  arbitration 
and  standard  purposes. 

3.  After  providing  the  necessary  samples,  all  surplus  Grain  shall  be  sold 
by  the  Association,  and  the  proceeds  credited  to  the  First  Seller  of  the  cargo 
or  parcel. 

4.  Upon  the  application  of  the  Buyer  or  his  Agent,  the  Association  shall 
supply  the  requisite  number  of  dust-proof  covers,  but  anyone  to  whom  such 
covers  are  sent  shall  pay  the  carriage  thereon,  and  shall  be  liable  to  pay  the 
value  thereof  if  the  same  are  not  returned  within  one  month. 

5.  Neither  the  Association  nor  their  officers  shall  be  liable  for  any 
damages  sustained  by  reason  of  the  loss  or  destruction  of  or  damage  to  any 
samples  sent  to  them  or  in  their  custody. 

6.  The  analysis  fees  together  with  any  charges  incurred  by  the  Associa- 
tion on  samples  sent  for  analysis  shall  be  borne  and  paid  as  to  one  half  by 
the  Seller  and  one  half  by  the  Buyer,  and  if  there  be  more  than  one  Buyer  of 
Grain  of  the  same  mark  in  any  ship  he  shall  contribute  his  due  proportion  of 
the  said  fees  and  charges. 


206 


APPENDIX   IV 


THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 
[Face-] 

No.     26. — FUTURE     DELIVERY     CONTRACT — WHEAT     (LIVERPOOL 

GRADE). 


Amendment 
ist  Sept., 
1920. 


Liverpool 19 

We  have  this  day  SOLD  to 

on  the  terms  of  the  Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade 

Association,  Limited, say  about 

Centals  Wheat,   as  endorsed  hereon,   at per  100  Ibs., 

subject  to  mutual  allowances  for  superiority  or  inferiority  as  fixed  by 
the  Grading  Committee,  but  not  exceeding  one  penny  per  cental,  to 

be  delivered  during ex  store  in  Liverpool,  or, 

at  Seller's  optioa,  in  Birkenhead  at  an  allowance  to  the  Buyer  of 

halfpenny 
one  farthing  per  Cental. 

The  Certificate  of  the  Grading  Committee  shall  accompany  the 
tender  of  the  goods,  and  as  between  Buyer  and  Seller  shall  be  final 
as  to  grade,  and  as  between  them  shall  not  be  affected  by  the  result 
of  any  review  of  the  Certificate  under  the  provisions  of  the  Bye-Laws 
as  to  grading. 

The  Wheat  at  time  of  tender  to  be  in  fair  merchantable  condition 
(a  slight  dry  warmth  not  to  be  objected  to). 

Payment — as  per  Rule  8,  allowing  interest  equal  to  three  months 
from  date  of  being  ready  for  delivery. 

This  Contract  is  made  between  yourselves  and  ourselves  and  not  by 
or  with  any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on  whose  instructions  or  for 
whose  benefit  the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 


Amended 


May,  1912. 


[Back]     AMERICAN    RED    WHEAT. 

Spring  Wheat.     If  of  the  type  known  as  Manitoba,  basis  of  weight  60  Ibs. 

If  of  the  type  known  as  Northern  (grown  in  the  United  States),  basis  of 
weight  59  Ibs. 

Any  other  type  of  Spring  Wheat,  basis  of  weight  60  Ibs. 
Soft  Winter  Wheat,  free  from  garlic,  basis  of  weight,  61  Ibs. 
Hard  Winter  Wheat,  basis  of  weight,  6o£  Ibs. 

ARGENTINE   WHEAT. 

Rosario — Santa  Fe  type,  basis  of  weight,  59^  Ibs. 
Bahia  Blanca  type,  basis  of  weight,  6o£  Ibs. 

AUSTRALIAN   WHEAT. 
Victorian  \ 

South  Australian  >  basis  of  weight,  6o£  Ibs. 
New  South  Wales ) 

No  Wheat  shall  be  graded  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Grading  Committee, 
has  any  defect  which  would  render  it  unsuitable  for  general  milling 
purposes. 

Subject  always  to  this  proviso,  basis  Wheat  may  contain  some  heated, 
sprouted,  frosted  and/or  smutted  grains,  and  a  proportionately  increased 
quantity  may  be  allowed  if  warranted  by  an  improvement  in  weight 
or  in  other  respects. 


APPENDIX   IV  207 

No  Wheat  weighing  more  than  one  pound  per  imperial  bushel  under  the 

basis  weight  shall  be  graded. 
No  Wheat  which  complies  with  the  weight  requirements  shall  be  rejected  on 

account  of  the  presence  of  heated,  sprouted,  frosted  and/or  smutted 

grains  or  other  defects  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Grading  Committee,  it  is 

not  more  than  one  penny  per  cental  inferior  to  basis  quality. 
The  allowances,  if  any,  shall  be  in  gradations  of  not  less  than  one  halfpenny 

per  cental. 
The  basis  of  weight  as  hereinbefore  provided  is  per  imperial  bushel  at  time 

of  grading. 
Spring  Wheats  must  be  reasonably  hard  of  their  respective  types,  and  all 

descriptions  of  Wheat  must  be  reasonably  clean  of  their  respective 

types. 
American  Red  Wheat  must  be  Wheat  grown  East  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 

in  the  United  States  of  North  America  and/or  Canada,  except  where 

otherwise  provided. 


THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN  TRADE  ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 
[Face] 

No.     26. — FUTURE     DELIVERY    CONTRACT — WHEAT     (LIVERPOOL 

GRADE). 

Liverpool 19 

We  have  this  day  BOUGHT  from 

on  the  terms  of  the  Printed  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade 

Association,   Limited say  about 

Centals  Wheat,   as  endorsed  hereon,   at per  100  Ibs., 

subject  to  mutual  allowances  for  superiority  or  inferiority  as  fixed  by 
the  Grading  Committee,  but  not  exceeding  one  penny  per  cental,  to 

be  delivered  during ex  store  in  Liverpool,  or,  at 

Seller's  option,  in  Birkenhead  at  an   allowance  to  the  Buyer  of 

halfpenny 
one  farthing  per  Cental. 

The  Certificate  of  the  Grading  Committee  shall  accompany  the  Amendment 
tender  of  the  goods,  and  as  between  Buyer  and  Seller  shall  be  final  Ist  Sept.. 
as  to  grade,  and  as  between  them  shall  not  be  affected  by  the  result  I920' 
of  any  review  of  the  Certificate  under  the  provisions  of  the  Bye-Laws 
as  to  grading. 

The  Wheat  at  time  of  tender  to  be  in  fair  merchantable  condition 
(a  slight  dry  warmth  not  to  be  objected  to). 

Payment — as  per  Rule  8,  allowing  interest  equal  to  three  months 
from  date  of  being  ready  for  delivery. 

This  Contract  is  made  between  yourselves  and  ourselves  and  not  by 
or  with  any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on  whose  instructions  or  for 
whose  benefit  the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 


•jjj  Amended  isth  May,  1912. 

r** 

[Back]    AMERICAN   RED  WHEAT. 

Spring  Wheat.     If  of  the  type  known  as  Manitoba,  basis  of  weight,  60  Ibs. 
If  of  the  type  known  as  Northern  (grown  in  the  United  States),  basis  of 

weight,  59  Ibs. 
Any  other  type  of  Spring  Wheat,  basis  of  weight,  60  Ibs, 


208  APPENDIX   IV 

Soft  Winter  Wheat,  free  from  garlic,  basis  of  weight,  61  Ibs. 
Hard  Winter  Wheat,  basis  of  weight,  6o|  Ibs. 

ARGENTINE   WHEAT. 

Rosario — Santa  Fe  type,  basis  of  weight,  59^  Ibs. 
Bahi a  Blanca  type,  basis  of  weight,  6o£  Ibs. 

AUSTRALIAN  WHEAT. 

Victorian  \ 

South  Australian  [  basis  of  weight,  6o£  Ibs. 

New  South  Wales  ) 

No  Wheat  shall  be  graded  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Grading  Committee, 
has  any  defect  which  would  render  it  unsuitable  for  general  milling 
purposes. 

Subject  always  to  this  proviso,  basis  Wheat  may  contain  some  heated, 
sprouted,  frosted  and/or  smutted  grains,  and  a  proportionately 
increased  quantity  may  be  allowed  if  warranted  by  an  improvement 
in  weight  or  in  other  respects. 

No  Wheat  weighing  more  than  one  pound  per  imperial  bushel  under  this 
basis  weight  shall  be  graded. 

No  Wheat  which  complies  with  the  weight  requirements  shall  be  rejected 
on  account  of  the  presence  of  heated,  sprouted,  frosted  and/or  smutted 
grains  or  other  defects  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Grading  Committee,  it 
is  not  more  than  one  penny  per  cental  inferior  to  basis  quality. 

The  allowances,  if  any,  shall  be  in  gradations  of  not  less  than  one  half- 
penny per  cental. 

The  basis  of  weight  as  hereinbefore  provided  is  per  imperial  bushel  at  time 
of  grading. 

Spring  Wheats  must  be  reasonably  hard  of  their  respective  types,  and  all 
descriptions  of  Wheat  must  be  reasonably  clean  of  their  respective 


American  Red  Wheat  must  be  Wheat  grown  East  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 
in  the  United  States  of  North  America  and/or  Canada,  except  where 
otherwise  provided. 


LIVERPOOL    CORN    TRADE    ASSOCIATION,    LIMITED. 

RIVER  PLATE  PARCEL  CONTRACT,  C.I.F.  TERMS. 
[Face] 

RYE    TERMS. 

In  force  ist  September,  1920.  No.  28. 

Liverpool 19 

BOUGHT  from 

SOLD  to 

on  the  conditions  and  rule  endorsed  hereon  and  subject  to  such  clearing 
house  Regulations  as  are  applicable  to  this  Contract 

+  of  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  shipments  at  time  of  shipment  of  the 

undermentioned  weight 

+  about  as  per  sample 

due  allowance  being  made  for  handling  and  smallness  of  same. 


APPENDIX  IV  209 

The  grain  is  not  warranted  free  from  defect,  rendering  the  same  un- 
merchantable, which  would  not  be  apparent  on  reasonable  examination, 
any  statute  or  rule  of  law  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Shipment  in  good  condition,  in  bags  and/or  bulk  (any  portion  in  bags  Shipment. 

per  480  Ibs.  extra)  per 

first-class classed  not  lower  than  Ai  in  red  English, 

5/6   ii   French  Veritas,  or  equal  classification  in  Austrian,  Norwegian, 
Italian,  or  other  equal  register  (Greek  and  Turkish  sailing  vessels  excepted) 

from  a  port  or  ports  in  the  Argentine  Republic  and /or  Uruguay 

as  per  Bill  or  Bills  of  Lading  dated  or  to  be  dated 

about say  about Quantity. 

(reckoning  provisionally  1,016  kilos,  equal  to  2,240  Ibs.  English),  at  the  Contract 

price  of say 

per  480  Ibs.  delivered  sound  (subject  to  any  country 

damaged  grains  in  the  fair  average  quality  of  the  season's  crop)  gross  weight, 
as ,  including  Freight  and  Insurance  to 


The  whole  Parcel  to  be  weighed  in  drafts  of  not  less  than  three  bags,  or  Weighing, 
not  less  than  five  cwts.  per  draft,  or,  at  Buyer's  option,  ex  ship  at  even 
weights  of  not  less  than  240  Ibs.  per  draft,  or,  if  discharged  on  the  Continent, 
not  less  than  100  kilos.  Seller  shall  have  the  right  of  supervision  both  as  to 
the  weighing  and  delivery.  Should  the  parcel  be  discharged  on  the 
Continent,  the  out-turn  to  be  computed  at  1,016  kilos,  equal  to  2,240  Ibs. 
English. 

The  Buyer  has  the  right  to  have  the  grain  weighed  by  Approved 
Automatic  Hopper  Scale  at  the  ship's  side,  or,  if  discharged  in  the  port  of 
Liverpool,  at  a  public  warehouse,  but  in  the  latter  case  the  Seller  may 
require  the  weighing  to  take  place  at  the  ship's  side,  when  he  shall  pay  the 
extra  cost  incurred. 

In  all  cases  in  which  the  grain  is  weighed  in  drafts  of  not  less  than 
2,000  Ibs.,  an  allowance  of  2  Ibs.  per  2,000  Ibs.  shall  be  made  for  draftage. 

If  a  natural  weight  is  guaranteed  at  time  of  discharge  the  Rules  adopted 
by  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association  in  reference  thereto  shall  apply  to 
this  Contract. 

Any  deficiency  on  Bill  of  Lading  weight  to  be  refunded  by  Seller,  and 
any  excess  over  Bill  of  Lading  weight  to  be  paid  for  by  Buyer. 

Vessel  to  be  discharged  afloat,  and  according  to  the  custom  of  the  port. 
No  charge  for  dunnage.  If  documents  are  tendered  which  do  not  provide1 
for  discharging  as  above  or  contain  contrary  stipulations  as  regards  dis- 
charge and/or  demurrage  Seller  to  be  responsible  to  Buyer  for  all  extra 
expenses  incurred  thereby. 

Should  the  Parcel  form  part  of  a  larger  quantity,  loose  collected, 
damaged  and  sweepings  to  be  shared  pro-rata. 

Slight  dry  warmth  not  injuring  the  grain  not  to  be  objected  to,  but  grain 
damaged  by  sea  water  or  otherwise  to  be  taken  by  Buyer  with  an  allowance 
for  deterioration,  based  on  Contract  price,  to  be  fixed  by  Arbitration  in 
Liverpool.  Samples  to  be  taken  and  sealed  jointly  by  Buyer's  and  Seller's 
agents  at  port  of  discharge. 

Payment  by  Cash  in  Liverpool  or  London  at  Seller's  option  in  exchange  Payment, 
for  shipping  documents,  on  or  before  the  arrival  of  the  vessel,  less  discount 
at  the  rate  of  one  half  of  one  per  cent,  per  annum  above  the  advertised  rate 
of  interest  for  short  deposits  allowed  by  the  leading  Joint  Stock  Banks  in 
London,  for  the  unexpired  time  of  ninety  days  from  the  arrival  of  Bill  or 
Bills  of  Lading  in  due  course  in  Europe,  or,  at  Seller's  option,  by  Buyer's 
acceptance  of  Skipper's  or  Seller's  draft,  domiciled  in  London,  at  ninety 
days  from  date  of  arrival  of  Bill  or  Bills  of  Lading  in  due  course  in  Europe, 
with  Documents  attached  as  usual,  but  payment  in  no  case  later  than  the .... 
prompt.  The  Seller  shall  provide  separate  Bills  of  Lading  and  Certificates 


210  APPENDIX  IV 

or  approved  letters  of  insurance  for  each  250  tons,  but  the  Seller  has  the 
option  on  the  arrival  of  the  vessel  of  tendering  a  delivery  order  and  letter  of 
insurance  for  each  250  tons,  in  which  case  the  Buyer  may  deposit  the  amount 
of  his  invoice  in  the  Clearing  House,  and  the  amount  so  deposited  shall  be 
retained  until  delivery  of  the  goods  The  Seller  shall  be  entitled  to  receive 
payment  on  account  as  delivery  proceeds,  such  payment  being  calculated 
on  the  quantity  delivered  during  the  preceding  day  as  certified  by  himself 
and  the  last  Buyer.  No  obviously  clerical  errors  in  the  documents  shall 
entitle  the  Buyer  to  reject  them  or  delay  payment,  but  Seller  shall  be 
responsible  for  all  loss  or  expense  which  such  error  may  cause  Buyer. 
Policies  Seller  to  give  Policies  and/or  Certificates  of  Insurance  (duly  stamped) 

or  approved  letters  of  insurance  for  two  per  cent,  over  the  invoice  amount ; 
any  amount  over  this  to  be  for  Seller's  account  in  case  of  total  loss  only. 
Insurance  (including  war  risk)  to  be  effected  with  approved  English  Under- 
writers and/or  Companies,  or  with  Foreign  Underwriters  and/or  Companies 
paying  losses  on  gold  basis  in  England,  and  on  Lloyd's  conditions, 
guaranteed  by  approved  English  Companies.  Seller  not  to  be  responsible 
for  the  solvency  of  Underwriters  and/or  Companies. 

All  Average  to  be  for  Seller's  account,  Buyer  in  such  case  to  return 
Policies  to  Seller,  and  to  furnish  him  with  the  usual  documents  required  by 
Average  Adjusters  for  preparation  of  Average  Statement  on  settlement  of 
final  invoice.  Should  Average  Statement  be  made  up  on  the  Continent, 
the  deficiency  or  surplus  account  shall  be  settled  as  soon  as  the  out-turn  is 
ascertained,  and  the  final  account  on  Buyer  handing  back  to  Seller  the 
Policy  or  Policies  of  Insurance,  and  the  Average  Statement. 

The  usual  River  Plate  Strike  Clause  applies  to  this  Contract. 

Prohibition.        Should  shipment  be  prevented  by  prohibition  of  export,  blockade,  or 
hostilities,  this  Contract,  or  any  unfulfilled  part  thereof,  shall  be  at  an  end. 
Brokerage.          Seller   to   pay Brokerage   of Con- 
tract cancelled  or  not  cancelled. 

Buyer  and  Seller  agree  that,  for  the  purpose  of  proceedings,  either  legal 
or  by  arbitration,  this  Contract  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  in 
England  and  to  be  performed  there,  any  correspondence  in  reference  to  the 
offer,  the  acceptance,  the  place  of  payment  or  otherwise  notwithstanding, 
and  the  Courts  of  England  or  Arbitrators  appointed  in  England,  shall,  except 
for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  any  award  made  in  pursuance  of  the  Arbitration 
Clause  hereof,  have  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  all  disputes  which  may  arise 
under  this  Contract.  Such  disputes  shall  be  settled  according  to  the  law  of 
England  whatever  the  domicile,  residence,  or  place  of  business  of  the  parties 
to  this  contract  may  be  or  become.  Any  party  to  this  Contract  residing  or 
carrying  on  business  elsewhere  than  in  England  or  Wales,  shall,  for  the 
purposes  of  proceedings  at  law  or  in  arbitration,  be  considered  as  ordinarily 
resident  or  carrying  on  business  at  the  offices  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade 
Association,  Limited,  and  if  in  Scotland,  shall  be  held  to  have  prorogated 
jurisdiction  as  against  himself  to  the  English  Courts,  or  if  in  Ireland,  to  have 
submitted  to  the  jurisdiction  and  to  be  bound  by  the  decision  of  the  English 
Courts.  The  service  of  proceedings  upon  any  such  party,  by  leaving  the 
same  at  the  offices  of  the  Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association,  Limited, 
together  with  the  posting  of  a  copy  of  such  proceedings  to  his  address 
abroad  or  in  Scotland  or  Ireland,  shall  be  deemed  good  service,  any  rule  of 
law  or  equity  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Difference  in  quality  shall  not  entitle  the  Buyer  to  reject,  except  under 
the  award  of  Arbitrators  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee  on  Appeal. 

All  disputes  from  time  to  time  arising  out  of  this  Contract,  whether 
arising  between  the  parties  hereto,  or  between  one  of  the  parties  hereto  and 
the  Trustee  in  Bankruptcy  of  the  other  party,  shall  be  referred  according  to 
the  Liverpool  Arbitration  rule  endorsed  on  the  Contract,  and  this  stipula- 
tion may  be  made  a  rule  of  any  of  the  divisions  of  His  Majesty's  High  Court 
of  Justice  in  Ireland,  on  the  application  of  either  contracting  party,  for  the 


APPENDIX   IV  211 

purpose  of  enforcing  an  award  against  a  party  residing  or  carrying  on 
business  in  Ireland. 

The  Arbitration  to  be  held  in  LIVERPOOL. 

+  N.B. — The  Clauses  in  Italics  are  alternative. 
Contract  No.  28  (PARCEL). 

[Back]  CONDITIONS. 

1.  DECLARATION  AND  PROVISIONAL  INVOICE. 

(a)  Notice  of  appropriation  with  vessel's  name  shall  be  sent  by  the  Appro- 

Seller  or  his  Agent  to  the  Buyer  within  14  days  from  the  date  PnatloQ 
of  sailing  or  reported  departure  by  Lloyd's  List  of  the  vessel 
from  Argentina  or  Uruguay,  but  in  no  case  later  than  21  days 
from  the  last  day  of  the  period  of  shipment  named  in  the 
Contract.  Buyer  shall  on  demand  give  Seller  written  receipt 
for  notice  of  appropriation. 

(b)  Provisional  Invoice,  based  on  Bill  of  Lading  or  shipping  invoice 

weight,  with  ship's  name,  and  date  of  Bill  of  Lading  shall  be 
furnished  by  the  Seller  to  his  Buyer  within  seven  days  after  date 
of  sale  or  arrival  of  the  documents  in  due  course  in  Europe. 
Notice  or  Tender  to  the  Broker  or  Agent  shall  be  deemed  a 
notice  or  tender  within  the  terms  of  this  Contract. 

(c)  In  case  of  Re-sales,  all  Invoices,  Notices,  Declarations  or  Tenders 

shall  be  accepted  by  Buyer  if  passed  on  in  due  course. 

2.  BILL  OF  LADING  to  be  considered  proof  of  date  of  shipment  in  the  Proof  of 
absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary.     Each  shipment  by  separate  vessel  to  Shipment, 
be  considered  a  separate  contract. 

3.  NOTICE  TO  RETIRE  DOCUMENTS  shall  be  given  by  Buyer  to  Retirement 
Seller,  before  i  o'clock  on  the  day  previous  to  the  day  of  payment,  except  of  ®°CUm 
on  Saturdays  when  the  time  shall  be  1 1  o'clock. 

Notice  or  declaration  required  to  be  made  under  this  Contract  cannot 
be  made  on  any  of  the  following  non-business  days  : — Sundays,  Good 
Friday,  Easter  Monday,  Whit  Monday,  the  first  Monday  in  August, 
Christmas  Day,  and  the' next  week  day  following,  and  any  other  days  pro- 
claimed as  Bank  Holidays,  and  cannot  be  made  to  any  party  whose  place  of 
business  is  within  the  area  of  the  Liverpool  Telephone  Exchange  on  any 
business  day  before  10  a.m.  or  after  5.30  p.m.,  and  Saturdays  i  p.m. 

4.  (a)  IF  THE  SELLER  SHALL  MAKE  DEFAULT  in  shipping  or  Default. 

declaring  shipment,  or  in  tendering  the  documents  required  by  this 
Contract,  the  contract  shall  be  closed  by  invoicing  back  the  goods 
contracted  for  at  such  price  as  the  Arbitrators  shall  determine, 
and  this  shall  apply  whether  the  price  so  determined  be  higher  or 
lower  than  the  Contract  price. 

(b)  IF  THE  BUYER  DEFAULTS  in  the  fulfilment  of  Contract  or 

Award,  the  Seller,  at  his  discretion,  shall,  after  giving  notice  in 
writing,  have  the  right  of  re-sale,  and  the  defaulter  shall  make 
good  the  loss,  if  any,  by  such  re-sale  on  demand. 

(c)  IF,  BEFORE  THE  MATURITY  OF  THIS  CONTRACT,  EITHER 

PARTY  SHALL  SUSPEND  PAYMENT,  OR  BECOME  BANK- 
RUPT OR  INSOLVENT,  or  become  lunatic,  or  insane,  or  die 
without  leaving  executors  or  others  willing  and  able  forthwith  to 
take  over  the  liability  attached  to  such  party  under  the  Contract, 
or  be  declared  a  defaulter  by  the  Clearing  House  Committee,  the 
Contract  shall  forthwith  be  closed  at  the  market  price  then  current 
for  similar  goods  or,  at  the  option  of  the  other  party,  at  a  price  to 
be  ascertained  by  re-purchase  or  re-sale,  as  the  case  may  be,  before 
the  expiration  of  the  following  business  day,  and  shall  be  entitled 
to  be  paid  by  the  party  so  suspending  payment  or  committing  an 


212  APPENDIX   IV 

act  of  bankruptcy,  or  to  prove  against  his  estate,  whether  wound 
up  in  bankruptcy  or  otherwise,  for  the  loss,  if  any,  or  shall  account 
for  the  profit,  if  any,  on  such  re-sale  or  re-purchase,  any  rule  of 
law  or  equity  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

5.  ANY  COMMISSION  ON  FREIGHT  to  be  for  Seller's  benefit,  but 
any    discount   for   payment   of   freight   in   cash   to   be    for   account    of 
Buyer. 

6.  ANY  REDUCTION  ON  FREIGHT  OR  INSURANCE  for  ending 
voyage  at  any  particular  port  to  be  for  Buyer's  benefit,  but  any  return  of 
premium  of  insurance  for  not  going  to  the  Continent  to  be  for  Seller's 
account. 

7.  PROMPT  SHIPMENT  shall  mean  within  twenty-one  running  days 
from  date  of  Contract. 

8.  The  word  "  ABOUT,"  when  referring  to  Quality  shall  mean  the 
equivalent  of  threepence  per  480  Ibs.,  and  when  referring  to  Quantity  shall 
mean  five  per  cent.,  more  or  less.     If  the  quantity  named  in  this  Contract 
is  not  fixed  but  is  modified  by  the  word  "  about  "  provisional  and  final 
settlements  shall  be  made  for  the  named  quantity  at  Contract  price,  and 
for  any  variation  within  the  prescribed  limits  from  the  named  quantity  at 
the  market  value  of  the  goods  on  the  day  the  vessel's  name  appears  in  the 
Bill  of  Entry. 

Claims  for  9.  When  Buyer  claims  ARBITRATION  for  quality  and/or  condition 

Arbitration.  Upon  samples  drawn  and  sealed,  he  shall,  if  he  is  the  last  Buyer,  appoint 
his  Arbitrator  and  give  notice  of  such  appointment  to  his  Seller  not  later 
than  ten  running  days  after  final  discharge  of  shipment,  but  if  he  is  an  inter- 
mediate Buyer,  then  in  due  course  after  receiving  notice  from  his  Buyer. 
If  the  claim  is  for  condition,  the  Seller,  if  he  is  the  original  Seller,  shall 
appoint  and  instruct  his  Arbitrator  within  three  business  days  after  receipt 
of  Buyer's  nomination  ;  and  if  he  is  an  intermediate  Seller,  then  in  due 
course  after  receipt  of  nomination  from  his  Seller.  If  the  arbitration  is 
delayed  by  either  party  without  reasonable  cause,  the  Arbitrators  shall 
take  such  delay  into  account  in  making  their  award. 

RuEr  I0-  ARBITRATION  ON  QUALITY  having  been  claimed  in  accordance 

with  the  terms  of  this  Contract  the  parties  claiming  must  proceed  with  the 
Arbitration  within  28  days  of  final  discharge  when  sold  on  sample,  or  when 
sold  fair  average  quality  within  28  days  of  the  publication  in  the  Trade  List 
that  the  Standard  has  been,  or  will  not  be  made  up.  After  the  expiration 
of  these  limits,  claims  for  quality  to  be  void,  unless  the  delay  is,  in  the 
opinion  of  Arbitrators,  considered  justifiable.  In  all  arbitrations  on  quality 
of  wheat  the  allowance  (if  any)  already  made  for  deficiency  in  guaranteed 
natural  weight  shall  be  taken  into  consideration.  The  Seller  shall  not  be 
required  to  make  any  allowance  for  inferiority  amounting  to  less  than  3^. 
per  quarter,  but  this  stipulation  shall  not  apply  if  the  inferiority  amounts 
to  3*1.  per  quarter  or  over. 

In  case  of  re-sale  where  the  first  Seller's  price  is  different  to  that  of  the 
last  Buyer,  settlement  for  any  allowance  in  respect  of  natural  weight  shall 
be  based  upon  the  market  value  of  the  goods  on  the  day  the  vessel's  name 
appears  in  the  Bill  of  Entry. 

11.  For  purposes  of  arbitration  and  natural  weight  allowances  Sellers 
shall  not  be  required  to  draw  separate  sealed  samples  from  parcels  of  less 
than  500  tons,  when  such  parcels  form  part  of  a  larger  quantity. 

12.  REGISTRATION.     Either    party    to    this    Contract,    whether    a 
member  or  non-member  of  the  Association,  shall  have  the  right  at  any  time 
during  its  currency  to  register  it  at  the  Clearing  House,  but  it  shall  not  be 
subject  to  Calls  for  Margin. 


APPENDIX  IV  213 

ARBITRATION   RULE  OF  THE  LIVERPOOL  CORN   TRADE 
ASSOCIATION,    LIMITED, 

AS   APPLIED    TO    THIS    CONTRACT. 

All  disputes  arising  out  of  transactions  connected  with  the  Trade,  except 
such  as  arise  out  of  the  business  of  the  Clearing  House,  shall  be  referred  to 
two  arbitrators,  one  to  be  chosen  by  each  party  in  difference,  the  said 
arbitrators  having  power  to  call  in  a  third  in  case  they  shall  deem  it  neces- 
sary. In  the  event  of  one  of  the  parties  appointing  an  arbitrator  and  the 
other  refusing,  or  for  three  days  after  notice  in  writing  of  the  appointment 
neglecting  to  do  so  (such  notice  to  be  delivered  personally  or  left  at  the  usual 
place  of  business  of  such  other  party),  or  in  case  the  arbitrators  appointed 
by  the  parties  shall  not  within  seven  days  after  their  appointment  agree  to 
an  award,  or  appoint  a  third  arbitrator,  or,  after  the  appointment  of  such 
third  arbitrator,  in  case  of  the  death,  refusal  to  act,  or  incapacity  of  any  one 
or  more  of  such  three  arbitrators,  or  in  any  case  in  which  the  Clearing  House 
Regulations  may  so  provide,  then,  upon  application  of  either  of  the  disputing 
parties,  the  question  in  dispute  shall  stand  referred  to  two  arbitrators  to  be 
nominated  by  the  President  for  the  time  being  of  the  Association,  or  by  the 
Vice- President  in  case  of  the  absence  of  the  President,  his  illness,  or  interest 
in  the  matter  in  dispute  ;  and  in  case  of  the  absence  of  the  Vice-President, 
his  illness,  or  interest  in  the  matter  in  dispute,  then  the  Directors,  on  the 
application  of  either  of  the  disputing  parties,  shall  appoint  two  arbitrators  ; 
and  in  case  the  two  arbitrators  appointed,  whether  by  the  President,  the 
Vice-President,  or  the  Directors,  shall  not  within  seven  days  after  their 
appointment  agree  to  an  award,  or  choose  a  third  arbitrator,  then  the 
Directors  shall  appoint  a  third  arbitrator,  and  shall,  in  the  case  of  the  death, 
refusal  to  act,  or  incapacity  of  any  such  three  arbitrators,  from  time  to  time 
substitute  a  new  arbitrator  or  arbitrators  in  the  place  of  the  arbitrator  or 
arbitrators  so  dying,  refusing  or  incapacitated. 

In  case  either  party  shall  be  dissatisfied  with  any  award  of  arbitrators, 
a  right  of  appeal  shall  lie  to  the  Directors,  provided  it  be  claimed  not  later 
than  seven  running  days  after  the  date  of  the  award. 

The  arbitrators  appointed  shall  in  all  cases  be  members  of  the  Associa- 
tion, and  no  person  having  any  interest  in  the  matter  in  dispute  shall  be 
competent  to  act  as  an  arbitrator. 

The  award  of  any  two  arbitrators  in  writing  signed  by  them  (subject 
only  to  the  right  of  appeal  hereinafter  mentioned)  shall  be  conclusive  and 
binding  upon  all  disputing  parties,  both  with  respect  to  the  matter  in 
dispute,  and  all  fees  and  expenses  of  the  reference  and  award.  Every  award 
shall  be  written  on  a  form  to  be  settled  by  the  Directors  and  supplied  by  the 
Association  at  a  charge  (to  be  fixed  by  the  Directors)  not  exceeding  ten 
shillings. 

No  arbitrator  shall  be  entitled  to  demand  a  higher  fee  than  £5  55.,  nor 
shall  such  fee  be  less  than  £i  is.  for  every  requisite  sitting. 

Where  an  appeal  is  claimed  the  appellant  shall  pay  to  the  Association 
as  a  fee  for  the  investigation,  the  sums  following  : — 

Members.  Non-Members. 

For  appeals  in  respect  of  quantities  not 

exceeding  250  tons £500         £7  10     o 

For     appeals    in     respect    of    quantities 

exceeding  250  tons £10     o     o         -£15  o     o 

When  any  question  of  quality  and/or  condition  is  involved,  the  Directors 
shall  not  hear  the  appeal,  but  shall  appoint  a  Special  Appeal  Committee  of 
six  to  hear  and  determine  the  matter.  Directors  and  other  Members  of  the 
Association  shall  be  eligible  for  appointment  on  such  Special  Appeal  Com- 
mittee. In  case  of  the  death,  refusal  or  neglect  to  act  or  incapacity  of  not 


214  APPENDIX   IV 

more  than  two  Members  of  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  the  remaining 
Members  shall  forthwith  fill  up  the  vacancy  or  vacancies  so  occurring.  In 
case  of  the  death,  refusal  or  neglect  to  act  or  incapacity  of  more  than  two 
Members  of  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  the  Directors  shall  fill  up  the 
vacancies  so  occurring.  The  Special  Appeal  Committee  shall  confirm  the 
award  appealed  from  and  the  appeal  fees  shall  follow  the  award  unless  two- 
thirds  of  the  Members  hearing  such  appeal  shall  decide  to  vary  such  award. 
The  Special  Appeal  Committee  shall  have  power  to  award  by  whom  the 
Arbitrators'  fees  and  any  legal  or  other  expenses  incurred  by  the  Association 
shall  be  borne,  but  no  award  shall  be  made  in  respect  of  such  fees  and 
expenses  except  by  the  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  Members  hearing  the  case. 

In  appeals  (other  than  quality  and/or  condition)  the  Directors  shall 
decide  all  questions,  including  the  payment  of  Arbitrators'  fees  and  any 
legal  or  other  expenses  incurred  by  the  Association,  by  a  majority  of  votes, 
and  in  the  event  of  an  equality  of  votes,  the  Chairman  shall  have  a  second 
or  casting  vote. 

If  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  as  the  case  may  be, 
shall  see  fit  to  state  in  the  form  of  a  special  case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court 
any  question  of  law  arising  in  the  course  of  the  reference,  or  if  they  shall  be 
directed  so  to  do,  the  Association  shall  be  entitled  to  an  addition  to  their 
fee  not  exceeding  £15  for  every  requisite  sitting.  The  Arbitrators,  Directors 
or  Special  Appeal  Committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  have  power  from 
time  to  time  to  make  interim  awards. 

An  award  signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  meeting  which  shall  hear  such 
appeal,  and  countersigned  by  the  Secretary  or  his  substitute,  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  the  award  of  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall  in  all  cases  be  final. 

No  party  shall  have  the  right  to  be  heard  on  appeal  until  he  has  paid  the 
fees  and  other  arbitrators'  expenses  payable  by  him  on  the  award  in  respect 
of  which  the  appeal  is  made. 

No  Director  having  any  interest  in  the  matter  in  dispute  shall  vote  on 
the  question  of  the  appointment  of  arbitrators,  or,  in  the  case  of  an  appeal, 
sit  or  vote  on  the  hearing  of  such  appeal,  or  on  the  appointment  of  any 
Special  Appeal  Committee ;  nor  shall  the  arbitrators  whose  decision  is 
appealed  against,  vote  on  the  hearing  of  this  appeal. 

Neither  contracting  party,  nor  Trustee  in  Bankruptcy,  or  other  person 
claiming  under  either  of  them,  shall  bring  any  action  against  the  other  of 
them  in  respect  of  any  dispute  until  such  dispute  has  been  settled  by 
arbitrators,  the  Directors,  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  as  the  case  may 
be,  and  it  is  expressly  agreed  that  the  obtaining  of  an  award  shall  be  a 
condition  precedent  to  the  right  of  either  contracting  party  to  sue  the  other 
in  respect  of  any  such  dispute. 

For  the  purpose  of  enforcing  any  award,  the  provisions  of  the  Arbitra- 
tion Act,  1889,  or  any  statutory  modification  or  re-enactment  thereof  shall 
apply  in  England,  and  the  provisions  of  any  Scotch  or  Irish  Act  dealing  with 
arbitrations  or  the  procedure  thereon  shall  apply  respectively  in  Scotland 
and  Ireland,  and  any  award  may  if  necessary  be  made  a  Rule  of  Court  in 
Ireland,  or  an  Order  of  the  Court  of  Session  in  Scotland. 

If  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee  as  the  case  may  be 
shall  state  or  be  directed  to  state  a  Special  Case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court, 
the  party  at  whose  request  or  instance  the  Case  is  to  be  stated  shall  deposit 
with  the  Association  the  sum  of  £100  as  security  for  the  fees,  costs  and 
expenses  of  the  Directors,  or  the  Special  Appeal  Committee,  and  the 
Association  of  and  incidental  to  stating  and  setting  down  such  Special  Case. 

If  the  party  requiring  the  Case  to  be  stated  shall  neglect  or  fail  to  make 
such  deposit  within  seven  days  after  the  Directors  or  the  Special  Appeal 
Committee  have  agreed  or  been  directed  to  state  a  Case,  the  Directors  or  the 
Committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  entitled  to  proceed  with  their  award 
without  stating  such  case,  and  in  any  order  directing  the  Directors  or 


APPENDIX   V 


215 


Committee  to  state  a  Special  Case  the  party  requiring  the  Case  to  be  stated 
shall  consent  to  abide  by  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  and  to  make  the 
said  deposit  within  the  time  aforesaid.  If  at  any  time  after  the  Directors  or 
the  Special  Appeal  Committee  have  agreed  or  been  directed  to  state  a  Special 
Case,  but  before  a  final  award  has  been  made,  the  parties  in  difference  shall 
settle  their  dispute,  the  Directors  or  the  Committee  as  the  case  may  be  shall 
satisfy  themselves  that  such  dispute  is  settled  and  thereupon  the  Directors 
or  the  Committee  and  the  Association  shall  be  entitled  to  payment  of  their 
fees,  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  Special  Case  out  of  the  said 
deposit  and  the  Association  shall  account  for  the  balance,  if  any,  to  the  party 
by  whom  the  deposit  was  paid.  If  the  matter  in  dispute  shall  not  be  settled 
between  the  parties  but  a  final  award  shall  be  made,  the  manner  in  which  the 
said  deposit  shall  be  dealt  with  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of  the  Directors  or 
the  Committee  making  the  award. 


APPENDIX   V 

SPECIMENS   OF   THE   CONTRACT   FORMS  IN   USE   IN  THE 
LIVERPOOL   COTTON   MARKET. 

Form  56  is  Ike  futures  contract  form  in  the  case  of  American  cotton. 

LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 
[Face]  CONTRACT  FORM  i. 

CONTRACT  NOTE  FOR  SPOT  COTTON  ("  FIXED  PRICE  "). 
(ist  June,  1912.) 

Liverpool, 19 

Messrs 

Dear  Sirs, 

We  have  this  day 


the  following  COTTON  :- 


Mark. 

Number 
of  Bales. 

Description. 

Ship. 

Price. 



Rule  365. — Payment  for  all  descriptions  of  Cotton,  except  Sea  Island 
growths  and  Egyptian,  shall  be  made  in  cash  within  ten  days  from  Invoice 


2i6  APPENDIX   V 

date,  or  before  delivery,  if  required.  Payment  for  all  Sea  Island  growths 
and  Egyptian  shall  be  made  in  cash,  less  one-and-half  per  cent,  discount, 
within  ten  days  from  Invoice  date,  or  before  delivery,  if  required,  provided 
no  other  terms  of  payment  have  been  specially  arranged  between  buyer 
and  seller  at  the  time  the  Contract  is  made. 

This  contract  shall  not  be  cancelled  on  any  ground  and  is  subject  to 
the  "  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association  "  whether  endorsed  hereon 
or  not,  and  in  case  of  any  question  or  dispute  the  matter  shall  be  settled  in 
accordance  with  such  Rules. 

Yours  faithfully, 

[Back] 

LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  i. 

332. — If  any  bale  or  bales  are  found  to  be  not  equal  to  the  selling 
sample  they  shall  be  exchanged  once  at  the  option  of  the  seller.  If  the 
seller  does  not  exercise  this  option,  or  if  any  bale  or  bales  thus  substituted 
are  not  equal  to  the  selling  sample,  the  buyer  shall  have  the  right  to  invoice 
back  the  inferior  bales  according  to  the  provisions  of  Rule  570  ;  and  if 
the  quantity  of  such  inferior  bales  exceeds  10  per  cent,  of  the  Contract  the 
buyer  shall  have  the  option  of  invoicing  back  the  whole  Contract  under  the 
provisions  of  Rule  570. 

337. — Cotton  must  be  taken  by  the  buyer  within  ten  days  from  Invoice 
date.  In  default,  the  seller  may,  after  due  notice,  weigh  it  over  at  the 
expense  and  risk  of  the  buyer,  who  shall  pay  to  the  seller  all  reasonable 
charges  incurred,  including  fire  insurance  and  warehouse  rent  from  the 
tenth  day. 

338. — When  receiving  Cotton  from  the  warehouse  or  quay  the  buyer, 
before  weighing,  shall  have  the  right  to  demand  the  removal  of  double 
canvas  put  on  after  arrival  at  Port  of  Discharge. 

348. — The  allowance  for  the  weight  of  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  upon  bales 
of  American  and  unpressed  Brazilian  Cotton,  shall  be  arrived  at  by  weighing 
10  (or  20  if  required  by  either  party)  of  such  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  as  shall 
be  agreed  upon  between  the  representatives  of  the  buyer  and  seller  at  the 
scale  as  being  of  an  average  weight ;  and  such  shall  be  weighed  so  as  to 
express  the  weight  of  same  in  pounds  and  quarters  of  a  pound.  The  whole 
number  of  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  upon  each  lot  shall  be  counted,  and  the 
allowance  made  in  respect  of  them  shall  be  in  proportion  to  the  weight  as 
above  ascertained  of  the  10  or  20  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  which  have  been 
weighed  as  above. 

349. — The  buyer  shall  have  a  right  to  claim,  at  the  time  of  delivery,  that 
the  actual  tare  shall  be  ascertained  in  his  presence,  which  shall  then  "be  the 
tare  allowed  in  the  invoice,  and  any  subsequent  claim  cannot  then  be 
enforced.  If  at  the  time  of  delivery  the  actual  tare  be  not  ascertained, 
the  buyer  shall  afterwards  be  entitled  to  recover  for  insufficient  allowance 
for  canvas,  provided  the  deficiency  amounts  to  £  Ib.  per  bale  on  each  lot, 
as  defined  in  Rule  315,  but  not  otherwise.  Such  claims  must  be  properly 
substantiated  and  be  made  within  ten  days  and  three  months  from  Invoice 
date.  When  a  lot  of  Cotton  has  been  divided  on  re-sale,  the  original  seller 
shall  only  be  liable  to  pay  claims  for  deficient  allowance  for  canvas  when 
it  amounts  to  £  Ib.  per  bale  on  the  whole  lot. 

350. — When  Cotton  is  overtared,  the  buyer  shall  be  allowed  to  retain  the 
excess  canvas,  without  making  any  allowance  to  the  seller  for  the  same. 

351. — The  actual  tare  (exclusive  of  draft)  shall  be  ascertained  as  follows  : 
— When  the  lot  numbers  50,  or  less,  5  bales  ;  when  more  than  50,  up  to  70 
inclusive,  7  bales  ;  and  more  than  70,  10  bales  ;  or  more  or  less,  as  may  be 


APPENDIX   V  217 

agreed  upon,  shall  be  taken  indiscriminately,  stripped  of  their  canvas,  and 
tared  as  follows : — For  American  Cotton  the  tare  shall  be  ascertained  by 
weighing  the  canvas  separately,  and  also  collectively  ;  but  the  allowance 
for  canvas  made  on  the  invoice  shall  in  no  case  exceed  the  rate  as  ascer- 
tained by  the  latter  mode.  The  allowance  shall  be  calculated  at  the  exact 
relative  proportion  of  the  weight  of  the  bales  stripped  to  the  total  weight 
of  the  whole  lot.  The  allowance  for  canvas  must  be  calculated  on  the 
weight  of  the  bales  after  the  weight  of  the  bands  has  been  deducted,  and 
before  the  allowance  for  draft  has  been  deducted.  In  other  growths  the 
tare  shall  be  ascertained  by  weighing  the  canvas,  bands  or  ropes,  and  bars 
separately,  and  also  collectively  ;  but  the  tare  allowed  in  the  invoice  shall 
in  no  case  exceed  the  rate  as  ascertained  by  the  latter  mode.  The  allowance 
shall  then  be  calculated  on  the  whole  lot  in  the  exact  relative  proportion  of 
the  number  of  bales  stripped  to  the  total  number  of  bales.  Mended  bales 
of  all  descriptions  shall  be  tared  separately. 

352. — When  Cotton  is  not  sold  with  actual  tare  and  actual  tare  shall 
have  been  demanded  and  it  shall  prove  not  to  exceed  the  customary 
allowance  for  tare,  the  whole  expense  of  taring  shall  be  borne  by  the  buyer, 
otherwise  it  shall  be  borne  by  the  seller. 

353. — -The  canvas  used  for  mending  Cotton  in  Liverpool  shall  not  exceed 
2£  Ibs.  per  yard,  and  should  it  be  found  that  heavier  canvas  has  been  used 
the  seller  shall  be  liable  for  all  expense  which  the  buyer  may  incur  in  estab- 
lishing his  claim  for  such  excess. 

369. — If  any  buyer  fail  to  fulfil  his  Contract  before  noon  of  the  day  after 
the  expiration  of  ten  days  from  Invoice  date,  the  seller  shall  be  at  liberty 
after  giving  twenty-four  hours'  notice  in  writing,  to  re-sell  the  Cotton,  and 
the  buyer  shall  made  good  the  loss  resulting  from  the  re-sale  of  such  Cotton, 
upon  a  statement  of  the  ascertained  loss  being  rendered  to  him. 

375. — Claims  for  falsely-packed,  damaged,  or  unmerchantable  Cotton, 
and  for  stones,  etc.,  will  be  allowed  at  the  value  of  the  sound  Cotton  at  the 
date  of  return,  if  such  return  be  made  and  the  claim  sent  in  within  ten  days 
and  three  months  from  Invoice  date,  such  claims  if  allowed  shall  bear 
interest  from  the  tenth  day  after  the  date  of  claim. 

376. — In  claims  for  falsely-packed  Cotton  the  bales  shall,  if  possible,  be 
returned  entire,  and  not  the  inferior  portion  only  ;  but  if  only  a  part  of  the 
bale  be  returned  it  shall  not  invalidate  the  claim.  In  claims  for  damaged 
Cotton,  stones,  etc.  found  in  any  bale,  the  unmerchantable  portion  only 
shall  be  returned,  with  a  certificate  stating  the  marks  and  numbers  on  the 
bales  complained  of,  and  the  quantity  found  in  each  bale,  but  the  absence 
of  the  marks  and  numbers  of  the  bales  shall  not  necessarily  invalidate  the 
claim.  Bales  are  not  to  be  considered  falsely-packed,  more  especially  in 
the  lower  grades,  when  only  a  slight  irregularity  exists,  which  has  been 
fairly  represented  in  the  selling  or  arbitration  samples. 

377. — In  the  event  of  any  portion  of  the  Cotton  being  country  damaged 
or  damaged  by  or  from  the  effects  of  salt  water,  or  from  any  accident  of  the 
voyage,  or  damaged  by  or  in  consequence  of  fire,  and  thereby  rendered 
unmerchantable,  such  portion  shall  be  invoiced  back,  as  provided  for  in 
Rule  570. 

378. — -Reasonable  charges  for  carriage,  cartage,  porterage,  etc.,  shall  be 
allowed  in  reference  to  Cotton  returned,  but  not  for  expenses  incurred  out 
of  Great  Britain. 

382. — If  in  the  opinion  of  two  qualified  persons  Cotton  turns  out  at 
time  of  delivery  to  be  damp  or  wet,  and  if  such  arbitrators  consider  an 
allowance  of  at  least  10  Ibs.  per  bale  of  480  Ibs.  average  net  weight,  if 
American  Cotton,  to  be  due  thereon  (and  this  shall  be  the  ratio  in  cases  of 
damp  occurring  in  growths  other  than  American),  the  buyer  shall  have  the 
option  of  closing  the  whole  of  the  Contract,  or  any  bale,  or  bales,  under  the 
provisions  of  Rule  570. 

384. — Claims  for  errors  in  weight  and  insufficient  tare  shall  be  allowed 


218 


APPENDIX   V 


at  the  original  invoice  price,  if  made  within  ten  days  and  three  months  from 
the  Invoice  date,  provided  they  are  properly  substantiated. 

385. — Claims  for  clerical  errors  in  invoices  shall  be  allowed  when  properly 
substantiated. 


LIVERPOOL   COTTON   ASSOCIATION,    LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  2. 
CONTRACT  NOTE  FOR  SPOT  COTTON  ("  ON  CALL.") 

(gth  October,  1913.) 

Liverpool, 19 


Messrs. 


Dear  Sirs, 

We  have  this  day 


the  following  COTTON  at  the 
Delivery  or  Deliveries  ($$(i 
of  CM 


•  ^  •  .................... 

P)  V* 

*on\or  "  off"  the  Seller's  price  of  the 
n,  F.G.O.C.)  in  Liverpool  at  the 


Rule  365. — Payment  for  all  descriptions  of  Cotton  except  Sea  Island 
growths  shall  be  made  in  cash  within  ten  days  from  Invoice  date,  or  before 
delivery,  if  required.  Payment  for  all  Sea  Island  growths  shall  be  made  in 
cash  less  one-and-a-half  per  cent,  discount  within  ten  days  from  Invoice 
date,  or  before  delivery  if  required.  In  the  case  of  all  Sea  Island  and 
Egyptian  growths  special  terms  of  payment  may  be  arranged  between 
buyer  and  seller  at  the  time  the  Contract  is  made. 

This  contract  shall  not  be  cancelled  on  any  ground  and  is  subject  to  the 
"  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association,"  whether  endorsed  hereon  or 
not,  and  in  case  of  any  question  or  dispute  the  matter  shall  be  settled  in 
accordance  with  such  Rules. 

Yours  faithfully, 


APPENDIX   V 


219 


[Face]       LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  3. 


CONTRACT  No 


(FoR  DEFERRED  DELIVERY  OF  SPOT  COTTON 
FOR  FORWARD  DELIVERY  OF  COTTON 


TE: 

j  FOR  SHIPMENT  OF  COTTON 
{  FOR  COTTON  "  To  ARRIVE  " 

(ztfh  April,  1913-) 

Liverpool, 19 


"  SPOT  " 
TERMS 
("  FIXED 
PRICE.") 


Messrs. 


Dear  Sirs, 

We  have  this  day 


the  following  COTTON  :— 


(a)  In  case  any  bales  are  found  to  be  not  equal  to  the  selling  sample 
or  quality  contracted  for,  the  seller  shall  have  the  following 
options  : — 

(i.)  Such  bales  may  be  exchanged  once  immediately  or 
(ii.)  A  second  tender  may  be  made  at  any  time  within 
the  period  allowed  for  each  delivery  under  the 
Contract,  but  this  provision  shall  not  be  applicable 
where  the  Contract  provides  for  the  delivery  to  be 
at  buyers'  option  or 

(iii.)  Such  bales  may  be  invoiced  back  according  to  the 
provisions  of  Rule  570. 


(b)  Should  any  lot  prove  inferior  to the  buyer  to 

have  the  option  of  accepting  the  Cotton  or  invoicing  it  back  to 
the  seller  according  to  the  provisions  of  Rule  570.     For  the 

purpose  of  this  rule  each bales  shall  be  considered  a 

separate  contract. 

Rule  365. — -Payment  for  all  descriptions  of  Cotton  except  Sea  Island 
growths  shall  be  made  in  cash  within  ten  days  from  Invoice  date,  or  before 
delivery,  if  required.  Payment  for  all  Sea  Island  growths  shall  be  made  in 
cash  less  one-and-a-half  per  cent,  discount  within  ten  days  from  Invoice 


220  APPENDIX   V 

date,  or  before  delivery  if  required.  In  the  case  of  all  Sea  Island  and  Egyp- 
tian growths  special  terms  of  payment  may  be  arranged  between  buyer  and 
seller  at  the  time  the  Contract  is  made. 

This  contract  shall  not  be  cancelled  on  any  ground  and  is  subject  to  the 
"  Rules  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Association,"  whether  endorsed  hereon  or 
not,  and  in  case  of  any  question  or  dispute  the  matter  shall  be  settled  in 
accordance  with  such  Rules. 

Yours  faithfully, 

No  penalty. 

[Back] 

LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  3. 

398. — When  Cotton  in  the  warehouse  has  been  declared  against  Contracts 

Nos.  3  and  4  and  suffers  loss  or  damage  by,  or  in  consequence  of  fire,  before 

it  shall  have  been  delivered  to  the  buyer,  the  seller  shall  notify  the  same  to 

>  the  buyer  without  delay.     The  Contract  for  any  portion  so  lost  or  damaged 

shall  be  closed  in  accordance  with  Rule  570. 

399. — In  the  event  of  loss  in  transit  or  of  loss  or  damage  by,  or  in  con- 
sequence of  fire,  after  the  Cotton  shall  have  been  landed,  and  before  it  shall 
have  been  weighed  over  to  the  buyer,  the  Contract  for  any  portion  so  lost 
or  damaged  shall  be  closed  at  the  value  of  the  quality  specified  as  the  basis 
of  the  Contract,  on  the  day  the  buyer  is  notified  of  such  loss  or  damage. 

337. — Cotton  must  be  taken  by  the  buyer  within  ten  days  from  Invoice 
date.  In  default,  the  seller  may,  after  due  notice,  weigh  it  over  at  the 
expense  and  risk  of  the  buyer,  who  shall  pay  to  the  seller  all  reasonable 
charges  incurred,  including  fire  insurance  and  warehouse  rent  from  the 
tenth  day. 

338. — When  receiving  Cotton  from  the  warehouse  or  quay  the  buyer, 
before  weighing,  shall  have  the  right  to  demand  the  removal  of  double 
canvas  put  on  after  arrival  at  Port  of  Discharge. 

348. — The  allowance  for  the  weight  of  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  upon  bales 
of  American  and  unpressed  Brazilian  Cotton,  shall  be  arrived  at  by  weighing 
10  (or  20  if  required  by  either  party)  of  such  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  as  shall 
be  agreed  upon  between  the  representatives  of  the  buyer  and  seller  at  the 
scale  as  being  of  an  average  weight ;  and  such  shall  be  weighed  so  as  to 
express  the  weight  of  same  in  pounds  and  quarters  of  a  pound.  The  whole 
number  of  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  upon  each  lot  shall  be  counted,  and  the 
allowance  made  in  respect  of  them  shall  be  in  proportion  to  the  weight  as 
above  ascertained  of  the  10  or  20  bands,  ropes,  or  wires,  which  have  been 
weighed  as  above. 

349. — The  buyer  shall  have  a  right  to  claim,  at  the  time  of  delivery, 
that  the  actual  tare  shall  be  ascertained  in  his  presence,  which  shall  then  be 
the  tare  allowed  in  the  invoice,  and  any  subsequent  claim  cannot  then  be 
enforced.  If  at  the  time  of  delivery  the  actual  tare  be  not  ascertained,  the 
buyer  shall  afterwards  be  entitled  to  recover  for  insufficient  allowance  for 
canvas,  provided  the  deficiency  amounts  to  \  Ib.  per  bale  on  each  lot,  as 
defined  in  Rule  315,  but  not  otherwise.  Such  claims  must  be  properly 
substantiated  and  be  made  within  ten  days  and  three  months  from  Invoice 
date.  When  a  lot  of  Cotton  has  been  divided  on  re-sale,  the  original  seller 
shall  only  be  liable  to  pay  claims  for  deficient  allowance  for  canvas  when 
it  amounts  to  \  Ib.  per  bale  on  the  whole  lot. 

350. — When  Cotton  is  overtaxed,  the  buyer  shall  be  allowed  to  retain 
the  excess  canvas,  without  making  any  allowance  to  the  seller  for  the 
same. 

351. — The  actual  tare  (exclusive  of  draft)  shall  be  ascertained  as  follows  : 
— When  the  lot  numbers  50,  or  less,  5  bales  ;  when  more  than  50,  up  to  70 
inclusive,  7  bales  ;  and  more  than  70,  10  bales  ;  or  more  or  less,  as  may  be 


APPENDIX   V  221 

agreed  upon,  shall  be  taken  indiscriminately,  stripped  of  their  canvas,  and 
tared  as  follows : — For  American  Cotton  the  tare  shall  be  ascertained  by 
weighing  the  canvas  separately,  and  also  collectively  ;  but  the  allowance 
for  canvas  made  on  the  invoice  shall  in  no  case  exceed  the  rate  as  ascer- 
tained by  the  latter  mode.  The  allowance  shall  be  calculated  at  the  exact 
relative  proportion  of  the  weight  of  the  bales  stripped  to  the  total  weight 
of  the  whole  lot.  The  allowance  for  canvas  must  be  calculated  on  the 
weight  of  the  bales  after  the  weight  of  the  bands  has  been  deducted,  and 
before  the  allowance  for  draft  has  been  deducted.  In  other  growths  the 
tare  shall  be  ascertained  by  weighing  the  canvas,  bands  or  ropes,  and  bars 
separately,  and  also  collectively  ;  but  the  tare  allowed  in  the  invoice  shall 
in  no  case  exceed  the  rate  as  ascertained  by  the  latter  mode.  The  allow- 
ance shall  then  be  calculated  on  the  whole  lot  in  the  exact  relative  proportion 
of  the  number  of  bales  stripped  to  the  total  number  of  bales.  Mended  bales 
of  all  descriptions  shall  be  tared  separately. 

352. — When  Cotton  is  not  sold  with  actual  tare  and  actual  tare  shall 
have  been  demanded  and  it  shall  prove  not  to  exceed  the  customary 
allowance  for  tare,  the  whole  expense  of  taring  shall  be  borne  by  the  buyer, 
otherwise  it  shall  be  borne  by  the  seller. 

353. — The  canvas  used  for  mending  Cotton  in  Liverpool  shall  not  exceed 
2j  Ibs.  per  yard,  and  should  it  be  found  that  heavier  canvas  has  been  used 
the  seller  shall  be  liable  for  all  expense  which  the  buyer  may  incur  in  estab- 
lishing his  claim  for  such  excess. 

369. — If  any  buyer  fail  to  fulfil  his  Contract  before  noon  of  the  day  after 
the  expiration  of  ten  days  from  Invoice  date,  the  seller  shall  be  at  liberty 
after  giving  twenty-four  hours'  notice  in  writing,  to  re-sell  the  Cotton,  and 
the  buyer  shall  make  good  the  loss  resulting  from  the  re-sale  of  such  Cotton, 
upon  a  statement  of  the  ascertained  loss  being  rendered  to  him. 

375. — Claims  for  falsely-packed,  damaged,  or  unmerchantable  Cotton, 
and  for  stones,  etc.,  will  be  allowed  at  the  value  of  the  sound  Cotton  at  the 
date  of  return,  if  such  return  be  made  and  the  claim  sent  in  within  ten  days 
and  three  months  from  Invoice  date,  such  claims  if  allowed  shall  bear 
interest  from  the  tenth  day  after  the  date  of  claim. 

376. — In  claims  for  falsely-packed  Cotton  the  bales  shall,  if  possible,  be 
returned  entire,  and  not  the  inferior  portion  only  ;  but  if  only  a  part  of 
the  bale  be  returned  it  shall  not  invalidate  the  claim.  In  claims  for  damaged 
Cotton,  stones,  etc.,  found  in  any  bale,  the  unmerchantable  portion  only 
shall  be  returned,  with  a  certificate  stating  the  marks  and  numbers  on  the 
bales  complained  of,  and  the  quantity  found  in  each  bale,  but  the  absence 
of  the  marks  and  numbers  of  the  bales  shall  not  necessarily  invalidate  the 
claim.  Bales  are  not  to  be  considered  falsely-packed  more  especially  in 
the  lower  grades,  when  only  a  slight  irregularity  exists,  which  has  been 
fairly  represented  in  the  selling  or  arbitration  samples. 

377. — In  the  event  of  any  portion  of  the  Cotton  being  country  damaged 
or  damaged  by  or  from  the  effects  of  salt  water,  or  from  any  accident  of 
the  voyage,  or  damaged  by  or  in  consequence  of  fire,  and  thereby  rendered 
unmerchantable,  such  portion  shall  be  invoiced  back,  as  provided  for  in 
Rule  570. 

378. — Reasonable  charges  for  carriage,  cartage,  porterage,  etc.,  shall  be 
allowed  in  reference  to  Cotton  returned,  but  not  for  expenses  incurred  out 
of  Great  Britain. 

382. — If  in  the  opinion  of  two  qualified  persons  Cotton  turns  out  at  time 
of  delivery  to  be  damp  or  wet,  and  if  such  arbitrators  consider  an  allowance 
of  at  least  10  Ibs.  per  bale  of  480  Ibs.  average  net  weight,  if  American  Cotton, 
to  be  due  thereon  (and  this  shall  be  the  ratio  in  cases  of  damp  occurring  in 
growths  other  than  American),  the  buyer  shall  have  the  option  of  closing 
the  whole  of  the  Contract,  or  any  bale,  or  bales,  under  the  provisions  of 
Rule  570. 

384. — Claims  for  errors  in  weight  and  insufficient  tare  shall  be  allowed 


222  APPENDIX   V 

at  the  original  invoice  price,  if  made  within  ten  days  and  three  months 
from  the  Invoice  date,  provided  they  are  properly  substantiated. 

385. — Claims  for  clerical  errors  in  invoices  shall  be  allowed  when  properly 
substantiated. 

LIVERPOOL   COTTON   ASSOCIATION,    LIMITED. 

[Face]  CONTRACT  FORM  5&. 

BALES. 

AMERICAN  COTTON  DELIVERY  CONTRACT  NOTE. 

(Adopted  2.7th  January,  1919.) 
(For  trading  from  $rd  February  for  delivery  in  May  and  onwards.) 

Liverpool, 101 

Messrs 

DEAR  SIRS, 

We  have  this  day from  ^ou' 

to  be  DELIVERED  ex  Warehouse  in  Liverpool  during 

Ibs.     AMERICAN     COTTON     net 

weight  to  be  contained  in AMERICAN  BALES,  more  or  less, 

of  any  grade  not  lower  than  LOW  MIDDLING  (equal  in  colour  to  the  stan- 
dard and  fair  staple),  or  if  tinged  or  stained,  of  any  grade  which  (irrespective 
of  allowance  to  Seller  for  staple)  is  at  least  equal  in  value  to  LOW  MIDDLING 

(equal  in  colour  to  the  standard  and  fair  staple)  at  the  price  of 

pence  per  Ib.  for  FULLY  MIDDLING  (equal  in  colour  to  the  standard  and 
fair  staple),  with  additions  or  deductions  for  such  other  qualities  as  are 
within  the  Contract  according  to  their  value  as  compared  with  the  spot 
value  of  FULLY  MIDDLING  (equal  in  colour  to  the  standard  and  fair 
staple)  on  the  day  the  Cotton  is  tendered. 

There  shall  not  be  more  than  one  tender  nor  more  than  three  lots  for 
each  48,000  Ibs.,  and  each  48,000  Ibs.  shall  be  treated  as  a  separate  Contract. 
The  additions  or  deductions  for  quality  shall  be  settled  by  arbitration,  but 
any  lot  not  in  accordance  with  the  Contract,  or  any  bales  below,  or  of  less 
value  than  LOW  MIDDLING  (equal  in  colour  to  the  standard  and  fair 
staple)  may  be  returned  by  the  Buyer  under  the  provisions  of  Rule  261. 

In  the  event  of  Cotton  of  staple  better  than  i^ths  inch  being  tendered, 
the  seller  shall  make  an  allowance  to  the  buyer  of  20  per  cent,  of  the  excess 
value  of  such  Staple  Cotton  over  i^ths  inch. 

The  Contract,  of  which  this  is  a  note,  is  made  between  ourselves  and 
yourselves  and  not  by  or  with  any  person,  whether  disclosed  or  not,  on 
whose  instructions  or  for  whose  benefit  the  same  may  have  been  entered  into. 

This  Contract  is  on  "  Settlement  terms,"  and  is  therefore  subject  to 
Weekly  Payments  as  provided  for  in  the  Rules. 

In  the  event  of  the  Seller  failing  to  tender  against  this  Contract,  it  shall 
be  closed  by  being  invoiced  back  to  the  Seller  at  the  Spot  price  of  Fully 
Middling  on  the  last  business  day  of  the  month  plus  an  allowance  of  -ffad.  per 
Ib.  The  invoicing  back  price  including  the  allowance  shall,  however,  under 
no  circumstances  exceed  the  Official  Value  of  Fully  Middling  by  more  than 
10  per  cent.  The  Official  Value  of  Fully  Middling  shall  be  based  on  the 
prices  ruling  in  the  following  group  of  three  Atlantic  Markets — Augusta, 
Norfolk  and  Savannah — -or  the  following  group  of  three  Texas  Markets — 
Dallas,  Galveston  and  Houston — whichever  group  is  the  lower,  and  shall  be 
calculated  in  the  same  way  as  the  Official  Value  was  during  the  operation  of 
the  Emergency  Contract  (2$th  September,  1917). 

This  Contract  shall  not  be  cancelled  on  any  ground  and  is  subject  to  the 
"  Rules  of  the  LIVERPOOL  COTTON  ASSOCIATION,  LTD."  and  in  case  of  any 


APPENDIX   V  223 

question  or  dispute  the  matter  shall  be  settled  in  accordance  with  the  Rules 
as  in  force  at  the  date  of  this  Contract. 

The  Contract,  of  which  the  above  is  a  note,  was  made  on  the  date 
specified,  within  the  business  hours  fixed  in  the  Rules. 

Yours  faithfully, 


[Back] 

LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  56. 

502. — The  seller  shall  tender  the  Cotton,  with  particulars  of  marks, 
number  of  bales  and  ship's  name,  to  the  buyer  not  later  than  noon  on  the 
last  day  available  for  delivery  under  the  Contract,  and  shall  be  able  to  give 
immediate  delivery.  If  he  fail  to  do  so  the  Contract  shall  be  closed  by 
being  invoiced  back  at  a  price  to  be  fixed  by  Arbitration  or  Appeal,  which 
shall  be  not  below  nor  more  than  ^d.  (±d.)  per  Ib.  above  the  official  mid- 
day spot  quotation  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for. 

263. — If  it  be  decided  by  Arbitration  or  Appeal  that  an  attempt  has 
been  made  to  evade  the  terms  of  the  Contract  in  respect  of  the  quality  or 
quantity  of  the  Cotton  tendered,  then  the  Buyer  shall  have  the  option  of 
taking  the  Cotton  at  the  allowances  fixed  by  Arbitration  or  Appeal  or  of 
invoicing  the  Contract  back  to  the  Seller  at  a  price  to  be  fixed  by  Arbitra- 
tion or  Appeal  on  the  basis  of  any  value  ruling  for  Spot  or  Futures  between 
the  day  of  tender  and  the  day  of  Arbitration  or  Appeal,  plus  a  penalty  not 
exceeding  -f^d.  (£d.)  per  Ib. 

522. — There  shall  not  be  more  than  one  tender  for  each  48,000  Ibs.  ; 
the  buyer  shall  not  be  required  to  receive  this  weight  from  more  than  two 
warehouses,  nor  to  receive  more  than  three  lots,  nor  to  receive  any  bale 
weighing  less  than  300  Ibs.  gross,  or  more  than  672  Ibs.  gross.  Slight 
variations  in  marks  shall  not  be  deemed  material. 

523. — Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Rule  263,  settlement  shall  be  made 
for  any  variation  from  the  weight  specified  on  the  face  of  the  Contract,  not 
exceeding  100  Ibs.  on  each  48,000  Ibs.,  on  the  basis  of  the  spot  quotation 
on  the  day  of  Arbitration  or  Appeal  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for.  Should 
the  variation  in  weight  be  more  than  1000  Ibs.  and  not  more  than  3000  Ibs. 
then  settlement  for  the  whole  difference  shall  be  made,  if  an  excess,  at 
-ffisd.  per  Ib.  below — if  a  deficiency,  at  -Jfod.  per  Ib.  above  the  spot  value 
on  the  day  of  Arbitration  or  Appeal  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for  ;  but  if 
the  variation  be  more  than  3000  Ibs.  then  settlement  for  such  whole  differ- 
ence shall  be  made  at  a  price  to  be  decided  by  arbitration,  which  shall,  if  a 
deficiency,  be  not  less  than  ^d.  per  Ib.  nor  more  than  f^d.  per  Ib.  above 
— if  an  excess,  not  less  than  /&jd.  per  Ib.  nor  more  than  T&d.  per  Ib.  below 
the  spot  value  on  the  day  of  Arbitration  or  Appeal  of  the  Cotton  contracted 
for  ;  or,  the  buyer  shall  have  the  option  of  returning  the  whole  excess  to  the 
nearest  bale,  at  the  seller's  expense,  at  the  spot  value  on  the  day  of  Arbitra- 
tion or  Appeal  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for,  such  option  to  be  declared  not 
later  than  the  day  following  that  on  which  the  weighing-over  is  completed. 

503. — The  Cotton  shall  be  taken  from  the  warehouse  with  customary 
allowances  of  tare  and  draft,  and  the  invoice  shall  be  dated  on  the  day  of 
tender.  All  Cotton  tendered  shall  be  weighed  over  and  invoiced  to  the 
buyer. 

336. — All  Cotton  shall  be  delivered  in  merchantable  condition  to  the 
buyer. 

375. — Claims  for  falsely-packed,  damaged,  or  unmerchantable  Cotton 
and  for  stones,  etc.,  will  be  allowed  at  the  value  of  the  sound  Cotton  at  the 
date  of  return,  if  such  return  be  made  and  the  claim  sent  in  within  ten  days 
and  three  months  from  Invoice  date,  such  claims  if  allowed  shall  bear 
interest  from  the  tenth  day  after  the  date  of  claim. 


224  APPENDIX   V 

504. — 'In  the  event  of  loss  or  damage  by,  or  in  consequence  of  fire,  after 
the  Cotton  shall  have  been  declared,  and  before  it  shall  have  been  weighed 
over  to  the  buyer,  the  Contract  for  any  portion  so  lost  or  damaged  shall  be 
closed  at  the  spot  value  of  the  quality  specified  as  the  basis  of  the  Contract  on 
the  day  the  buyer  is  notified  of  such  loss  or  damage,  as  provided  in  Rule  570. 

260. — Applications  for  Arbitration,  with  regard  to  quality  on  Docket 
Cotton,  shall  be  made  within  seven  days  of  date  of  tender,  in  the  manner 
provided  in  Rule  667. 

261. — In  Arbitrations  or  Appeals  on  American  Cotton  tendered  on  a 
"  docket,"  due  regard  shall  be  given  to  any  exceptional  qualities  of  the 
Cotton  tendered — whether  for  or  against — but  if  the  Cotton  tendered  or 
any  lot  included  in  it  (or  any  bale  or  bales  in  a  lot  which  is  otherwise  in 
accordance  with  the  Contract)  be  below  or  of  less  value  than  Low  Middling 
(equal  in  colour  to  the  standard  fair  staple),  the  buyer  shall  have  the  option 
of  taking  such  lot,  bale  or  bales,  at  the  allowances  fixed  by  Arbitration  or 
Appeal,  or  of  invoicing  it  back  to  the  seller  at  the  spot  value  in  accordance 
with  Rule  570.  The  Arbitrators  or  Appeal  Committee  may,  if  they  see  fit, 
impose  a  penalty  not  exceeding  ffid.  per  Ib.  and  in  that  case  such  penalty 
shall  be  added  to  the  spot  value. 

524. — -All  payments  shall  be  made,  in  cash,  before  delivery,  within  ten 
days  from  Invoice  date. 

505. — Payments  on  account  before  weighing  shall  be  based  on  the 
Contract  weight  plus  or  minus  allowances  for  quality  in  accordance  with 
Rule  668. 

369. — If  any  buyer  fail  to  fulfil  his  Contract  before  noon  on  the  day  after 
the  expiration  of  ten  days  from  Invoice  date  the  seller  shall  be  at  liberty, 
after  giving  twenty-four  hours'  notice  in  writing,  to  resell  the  Cotton,  and 
the  buyer  shall  made  good  the  loss  resulting  from  the  resale  of  such  Cotton, 
upon  a  statement  of  the  ascertained  loss  being  rendered  to  him. 

509. — When  the  subject  matter  and  terms  of  Contracts  are  identical 
except  as  to  price,  all  Arbitrations  shall  be  held  in  accordance  with  the 
Rules  as  between  the  First  Seller  and  Last  Buyer  as  though  they  were 
contracting  parties,  and  any  award  made  in  pursuance  thereof,  subject  to 
the  right  of  Appeal  as  provided  by  the  Rules,  shall  be  binding  on  all  inter- 
mediate parties,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Rules  690  to  692. 


LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

AMERICAN  COTTON.     PORT  AND/OR  CUSTODY  BILL  OF  LADING. 
COST,  FREIGHT  AND  INSURANCE  CONTRACT  NOTE. 

(25th  August,  1919.) 
[Face]  CONTRACT  FORM  10. 

Liverpool, , 

MESSRS 


DEAR  SIRS, 

We  have  this  day . 


Bales COTTON,  averaging,  per 

100  Bales  gross,  50,000  Ibs.  for  all  descriptions  excepting  Texas,  Arkansas 
and  Memphis  Cotton,  which  shall  average  53,000  Ibs.  and  all  other  Gulf 
Cotton,  including  Alabama  and  Oklahoma,  which  shall  average  51,000  Ibs. 
per  100  bales  gross  (a  variation  of  5  per  cent,  allowed),  Cost,  Freight  and 
Insurance,  for 


APPENDIX  V  225 

(a)  at per  Ib. 

OR 

(b)  at points the  Seller's  price  of 

delivery  (Fully  Middling  American,  L.M.C.)  in  Liverpool  at  the 
time  of  call.     The  Cotton  to  be  called  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  Rule  442,  as  endorsed  hereon,  and  in  lots  of  not 
less  than  100  bales,  unless  otherwise  mutually  agreed. 
To  be  invoiced  at  American  actual  gross  weight,  less  an  allowance  of 
six  per  cent. 

(a)  Gross  landing  weight  guaranteed  to  be  within  one  per  cent,  of 

gross  invoice  weight. 

OR 

(b)  Net  weight  (that  is  actual  weight  of  bales,  less  bands  and  3^  per 

cent,  allowance  for  Canvas  after  deduction  of  bands)  guaranteed 
by  Sellers  equal  to  Net  American  invoice  weight.  Settlement 
to  be  made  with  mutual  allowances  as  to  weight. 

To  be  shipped  during 

per 

from to 

via 

Invoice  with  full  particulars  to  be  rendered  to  the  buyer  within  four 
weeks  of  the  date  of  Bill  of  Lading. 

Marine  Insurance  (covering  risk  to  Mill  or  Warehouse  but  not  covering 

war  risk)  shall  be  provided  by  the  seller  with including 

particular  average  and  country  damage,  and  covering  5  per  cent,  in  excess 
of  Invoice  cost,  or  in  the  case  of  Cotton  sold  on  "  Call"  5  per  cent,  in  excess 
of  market  value  up  to  the  "  Call  "  price,  in  accordance  with  Rule  442.  Any 
amount  over  this  shall  be  for  seller's  account  in  case  of  total  loss  only.  The 
cost  of  stamping  documents  to  be  borne  by  the  seller. 

After  the  date  of  the  "  Call "  Marine  Insurance  on  any  increase  in  value 
over  and  above  the  "  Call  "  price  is  at  buyer's  risk. 

In  case  of  any  casualty  occurring  after  declaration  has  been  made  (the 
Cotton  not  having  been  "  Called  "  previously),  the  seller  shall  immediately 
notify  the  buyer,  in  writing,  of  the  same,  and  the  "  Call"  shall  be  made  not 
later  than  noon  of  the  first  business  day  following  such  notification. 

(1 )  Reimbursement  by  M Drafts  upon 

M at days'  sight 

for  Invoice  amount.     The  buyer  guarantees  the  due  protection  of  the  Drafts 
on  presentation  and  payment  at  maturity. 

(2)  The  due  date  of  Invoice  shall  be  the  75th  day  after  date  of  Bill  of 
Lading,  payable  in  Liverpool. 

(a)  Payment  shall  be  made  in  exchange  for  Shipping  Documents  on,  or 

(at  buyer's  option)  before  arrival  of  the  Vessel  or  Vessels  ;    or, 
failing  previous  arrival,  not  later  than  due  date,  by  cash,  less 
customary  rebate  for  any  prepayment. 
OR 

(b)  Payment  shall  be  made  in  exchange  for  delivery  of  the  Cotton  as  it 

may  arrive  (the  buyer  paying  all  Liverpool  charges)  by  cash,  less 
customary  rebate  for  any  payment  made  before  due  date,  or  plus 
interest  at  5  per  cent,  per  annum,  for  any  payment  made  there- 
after. If  any  Cotton  declared  under  this  Clause  be  lost  in  transit, 
the  Contract  for  such  Cotton  shall  be  completed  by  the  seller 
collecting  for  the  buyer  the  excess  agreed  to  be  insured  over  invoice 
amount.  In  the  event  of  damage,  covered  by  Marine  Insurance 
Policy,  the  seller  shall  collect  the  amount  of  same  from  the  Under- 
writers, on  buyer's  account. 

No  allowance  to  seller.  Should  arbitration  be  demanded  by  the  buyer 
the  Cotton  shall  be  subject  to  mutual  allowances,  except  in  the  case  of 
average  shipment.  Should  any  lot  prove  inferior  to 

Q 


226  APPENDIX   V 

the  buyer  to  have  the  option  of  accepting  the  Cotton, 

or  of  returning  it  to  the  seller,  under  the  provisions  of  Rule  468. 

This  Contract  shall  not  be  cancelled  on  any  ground,  and  is  subject  to  the 
"  Rules  of  the  LIVERPOOL  COTTON  ASSOCIATION,  LTD.,"  whether  endorsed 
hereon  or  not,  and  in  case  of  any  question  or  dispute  the  matter  shall  be 
settled  in  accordance  with  such  Rules  as  in  force  at  the  date  of  this  Contract. 

No  penalty.  Yours  faithfully, 


[Back] 

LIVERPOOL  COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  10. 

298. — "  Prompt  "  or  "  Immediate  "  shipment  or  sailing  means  shipment 
or  sailing  not  earlier  than  date  of  Contract  nor  later  than  14  days  after. 

299. — "  Shipping  or  shipped  "  means  shipment  within  14  days  either 
before  or  after  the  date  of  Contract. 

303. — A  "  Port  Bill  of  Lading  "  means  a  Bill  of  Lading  which  is  signed 
on  behalf  of  the  ship  by  the  captain  or  duly  authorised  agent  of  the  ship, 
both  vessel  and  Cotton  being  in  port  and  the  Cotton  itself  having  been 
actually  delivered  to  the  captain,  the  shipowner  or  the  authorised  agent  in 
the  port  of  shipment. 

304. — A  "  Custody  Bill  of  Lading  "  is  a  Bill  of  Lading  which  is  signed 
when  the  Cotton  is  in  the  port  and  duly  delivered  to  the  captain,  the  ship- 
owner or  the  authorised  agent,  and  a  master's  or  agent's  receipt  must  be 
furnished  proving  that  the  Cotton  has  been  actually  shipped  within  three 
weeks  from  date  of  Bill  of  Lading.  Substitution  of  another  vessel  of 
different  ownership  for  the  one  named  in  the  Bill  of  Lading  is  only 
permissible  in  case  the  named  vessel  is  lost  or  in  case  of  accident  or  other 
unforeseen  event  of  force  majeure. 

431. — The  Bill  of  Lading,  duly  signed,  shall  be  accepted  as  evidence 
of  the  shipment  stipulated  for  in  the  Contract. 

432. — Should  the  seller  fail,  within  the  specified  time,  to  render  invoice 
or  to  make  complete  and  correct  declaration  of  marks  and  ships'  names, 
or  particulars  contained  in  Bill  of  Lading,  the  buyer  shall  have  the  right 
of  closing  the  Contract  (i.e.  by  invoicing  it  back  to  the  seller)  under  the 
provisions  of  Rule  570,  provided  he  exercises  this  right  within  14  days  from 
the  expiration  of  the  specified  time.  If  the  seller  renders  invoice  or  makes 
the  required  declaration  after  the  expiration  of  the  specified  time,  the  buyer 
must  declare  his  intention  to  close  the  Contract  not  later  than  the  next 
business  day  following  the  seller's  declaration.  Slight  variations  in  marks 
shall  not  be  deemed  material. 

Should  the  buyer  (a)  in  case  of  Interior  Shipments  within  six  weeks  of 
receipt  of  invoice  or  (b)  in  case  of  shipment  from  a  Port  within  four  weeks 
of  receipt  of  invoice,  be  able  to  prove  that  the  particulars  as  stated  in  the 
Bill  of  Lading  are  incorrect  and/or  not  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
Contract,  the  matter  shall  be  referred  to  arbitration,  and  it  shall  be  at 
the  discretion  of  the  arbitrators  to  decide  either  that  the  buyer  shall  accept 
the  Contract  at  an  allowance  as  fixed  by  the  arbitrators,  or  that  the  buyer 
shall  have  the  option  of  closing  the  Contract  under  the  provision  of  Rule  570 
or  of  accepting  it  at  an  allowance  as  fixed  by  the  arbitrators. 

433. — It  shall  not  be  deemed  an  infringement  of  the  Contract  if  the 
Cotton,  or  any  portion,  is  shut  out  from  the  vessel  or  vessels  named  provided 
the  Bill  of  Lading  conforms  with  the  definitions  in  Rules  303  or  304.  This 
shall  apply  only  to  Contracts  for  shipment  and  not  to  Contracts  made  for 
sailing  or  clearance. 

436. — Should  the  variation  in  weight  on  American  or  East  Indian  Cotton 
exceed  5  per  cent.,  then  the  difference  in  excess  thereof  shall  be  settled  for 
at  the  market  value  on  the  last  day  of  lading  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for. 


APPENDIX   V  227 

435. — Gross  landing  weight  shall  be  ascertained  by  weighing  the  Cotton 
at  Port  of  Discharge  on  arrival,  before  sampling  (or  if  already  sampled  an 
allowance  to  be  made  for  the  samples  drawn). 

(a)  In   case   of  sea   or  country   damage,   condemned   bales  shall   be 

accounted  for  at  the  average  invoice  weight,  but  bales  that  will 
mend  shall  be  weighed  and  the  customary  allowances  deducted 
from  gross  landing  weight  for  water  in  pickings  and  rags. 

(b)  Allowance  shall  be  made  for  ship's  pickings. 

(c)  Any  bales  condemned  or  not  delivered  and  "  No  Mark  "  bales  com- 

pulsorily  received  from  the  ship  shall  be  calculated  as  delivery  at 
the  average  gross  invoice  weight  in  respect  of  guaranteed  weight, 
and  at  the  average  grade  of  "  Marked  "  bales. 

(d)  Claims  for  loss  in  weight  or  variation  in  weight  or  country  damage 

shall  be  made  within  28  days  from  last  day  of  landing,  but  if  more 
than  25  per  cent,  of  the  Cotton  requires  picking  and  mending, 
claims  may  be  sent  in  within  42  days  from  the  last  day  of  landing . 
Claims  for  loss  in  weight  shall  be  made  at  the  Invoice  price. 

(e)  When  Contracts  for  American  and  Egyptian  Cotton  are  made  for 

shipments,  sailings  or  deliveries  of  specified  quantities  during 
various  months,  each  month's  shipment,  sailing  or  delivery  shall 
form  one  weight  settlement,  even  if  shipped  or  arriving  by  more 
than  one  vessel,  except  as  regards  any  portion  of  the  Contract  of 
which  the  invoice  weights  have  been  ascertained  at  port  of  arrival. 
(g)  When  95  per  cent,  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for  has  arrived,  claims 
for  loss  in  weight  may  be  made  subject  to  a  final  weight  adjustment 
upon  arrival  of  the  balance  of  the  Cotton. 

451. — The  following  additional  Clauses  apply  to  c.i.f.  Contracts  made 
with  the  i  per  cent,  franchise  clause : — 

(a)  In  determining  any  loss  in  weight,  allowance  shall  be  made  for 

missing  bands. 

(b)  Should  the  weight  of  bands  as  ascertained  at  the  time  of  weighing 

(see  Rule  348)  exceed  900  Ibs.=4o8  kilos  per  each  100  bales  then 
the  buyer  shall  have  the  right  to  deduct  such  excess  from  the 
landing  weight.  The  seller  is  not  entitled  to  any  allowance  for 
bands  should  the  weight  be  less  than  900  Ibs. 

(c)  When  the  American  Invoice  weight  is  not  obtainable  and  in  conse- 

quence thereof  the  Invoice  weight  has  to  be  ascertained  at  port  of 
arrival,  3  Ibs.  per  bale  shall  be  allowed  to  the  seller  for  slipping  of 
bands  and  canvas  at  time  of  compressing. 

(d)  No  claims  shall  be  made  for  variation  in  weight  under  Rule  436  for 

any  excess  of  landing  over  Invoice  weight. 

(e)  Claims  for  loss  in  weight  shall  be  made  at  the  invoice  price  subject  to 

deduction  of  6  per  cent,  tare,  minus  i  per  cent,  guarantee  clause, 
equal  to  5  per  cent,  on  difference  in  weight. 

467. — Claims  for  allowances  for  internal  damp  shall  be  made  within 
28  days  from  the  last  day  of  landing.  Claims  for  external  damp,  not 
recoverable  under  Rule  435  (a),  shall  be  made  at  the  time  of  weighing  and 
deducted  from  the  landing  weight. 

450. — Should  the  weight  of  canvas  on  any  lot  or  mark  exceed  3^  per 
cent,  of  the  weight  after  deduction  of  actual  weight  of  bands,  then  the  buyer 
shall  have  the  right  to  claim  for  such  excess  at  the  invoice  price. 

473. — If  on  arrival  in  Liverpool,  the  actual  tare  be  not  ascertained,  the 
buyer  shall  afterwards  be  entitled  to  recover  for  insufficient  allowance, 
provided  the  deficiency  amounts  to  £-lb.  per  bale  on  any  entire  shipment  as 
defined  in  Rule  435  (e),  but  not  otherwise.  Such  claims  must  be  properly 
substantiated,  and  be  made  within  two  months  from  last  day  of  landing. 
If  a  portion  of  the  Cotton  has  been  tared  on  arrival,  then  any  claim  for 
overtare  made  on  such  portion  shall  be  included  in  calculating  the  minimum 
deficiency  of  £-lb. 


228  APPENDIX   V 

434. — Falsely-packed  or  unmerchantable  Cotton,  together  with  the 
original  tares,  shall,  if  required  by  seller,  be  returned  to  the  Port  of  Discharge 
at  the  buyer's  expense.  Claims,  if  properly  substantiated,  shall  be  allowed 
at  the  value  of  the  sound  Cotton  on  the  day  of  return,  if  such  return  be  made 
and  the  claim  sent  in  within  three  months  from  last  day  of  landing. 

438. — When  Cotton  shall  arrive  by  more  than  one  vessel,  there  shall  be 
a  separate  Arbitration  for  each  shipment  unless  otherwise  agreed. 

470.— "-Application  for  Arbitration  with  regard  to  quality  on  American 
and  East  Indian  Cotton  shall  be  made  within  ten  days  from  the  last  day  of 
landing,  and  the  Arbitration  shall  proceed  within  fourteen  days  from  the 
date  of  such  application,  unless  otherwise  mutually  agreed  by  buyer  and 
seller,  on  the  basis  of  the  difference  between  grades  or  values  ruling  on  the 
tenth  day  from  the  last  day  of  landing  unless  the  Arbitration  has  been  held 
prior  to  that  date. 

245. — Arbitration,  upon  Cotton  sold  to  average  any  particular  grade, 
shall  be  settled  by  classing  the  different  lots,  placing  grades  or  fractions  of 
grades  above,  against  grades  or  fractions  of  grades  below,  and  passing  what- 
ever part  turns  out  an  average  of  the  grade  guaranteed,  making  an  allowance 
on  the  remainder. 

246. — When  Cotton  is  sold  equal  to  either  a  type,  or  sample,  of  uncom- 
pressed Cotton,  the  re-drawn  samples  shall  be  exposed  to  the  air  for  24  hours 
before  the  Arbitration  takes  place.  An  allowance  for  "  Bloom  "  shall  be 
made  between  the  selling  type  or  sample  and  the  re-drawn  samples  ;  should 
the  latter  be  below  the  guarantee  clause  an  allowance  for  "  Bloom  "  shall  be 
made  in  valuing  the  type  or  sample. 

468. — If,  under  the  guarantee  clause  on  the  face  of  the  Contract,  the 
buyer  exercises  his  option  of  invoicing  back  any  portion,  such  Cotton  shall 
be  returned  at  re-weights  and  on  such  conditions  as  apply  to  spot  sales, 
except  that  cash  shall  be  paid  before  delivery,  the  buyer  having  paid  all 
landing  and  warehousing  charges. 

442. — If  Cotton  is  sold  on  "  c.i.f."  terms  "  On  Call,"  the  call  must  be 
made  not  later  than  the  next  business  day  but  one  after  the  declaration  of 
marks  and  ships'  names  ;  in  default  thereof  the  price  for  the  uncalled  Cotton 
shall  be  fixed  on  the  basis  of  the  official  closing- values  on  that  day  :  should 
however  the  seller  agree,  the  call  may  be  extended  at  the  request  of  the 
buyer,  in  which  case  the  buyer  shall  undertake  to  pay  to  the  seller  the 
insurance  premium  necessary  to  cover  any  increased  value  from  the  date  of 
declaration  to  the  date  of  call.  The  extension  of  call  shall  in  no  case  extend 
beyond  the  tenth  day  after  the  last  day  of  landing. 

[Face] 

LIVERPOOL   COTTON   ASSOCIATION,   LIMITED. 

AMERICAN  COTTON.     THROUGH  (CONFERENCE)  BILL  OF  LADING 

COST,  FREIGHT  AND  INSURANCE  CONTRACT  NOTE. 

(25th  August,  1919-) 

CONTRACT  FORM  u. 

Liverpool 

MESSRS 


DEAR  SIRS, 

We  have  this  day , 


Bales COTTON,  averaging,  per 

100  Bales  gross,  50,000  Ibs.  for  all  descriptions  excepting  Texas,  Arkansas 
and  Memphis  Cotton,  which  shall  average  53,000  Ibs.  and  all  other  Gulf 
Cotton,  including  Alabama  and  Oklahoma,  which  shall  average  51,000  Ibs. 


APPENDIX   V  229 

per  too  bales  gross  (a  variation  of  5  per  cent,  allowed),  Cost,  Freight  and 
Insurance,  for * 

(a)  at per   Ib. 

OR 

(b)  at points the  Seller's  price  of 

delivery   (Fully  Middling  American,   L.M.C.)  in 

Liverpool  at  the  time  of  call.     The  Cotton  to  be  called  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  Rule  442,  as  endorsed  hereon,  and  in 
lots  of  not  less  than  100  bales,  unless  otherwise  mutually  agreed. 
To  be  invoiced  at  American  actual  gross  weight,  less  an  allowance  of 
six  per  cent. 

(a)  Gross  landing  weight  guaranteed  to  be  within  one  per  cent,  oi 

gross  invoice  weight. 

OR 

(b)  Net  weight  (that  is  actual  weight  of  bales,  less  bands  and  3^  per 

cent,  allowance  for  Canvas  after  deduction  of  bands),  guaranteed 
by  Sellers  equal  to  Net  American  invoice  weight.  Settlement  to 
be  made  with  mutual  allowances  as  to  weight. 

To  be  shipped  during 

per  Rail  and/or  Steamer  from in  the  Interior 

of  the  United  States  of  America  to and  thence  to 

Invoice  with  full  particulars  contained  in  Through  Bill  of  Lading  to  be 
rendered  to  the  buyer  within  four  weeks  of  the  date  of  Bill  of  Lading. 

Marine  Insurance  (covering  risk  to  Mill  or  Warehouse  but  not  covering 

war  risk)  shall  be  provided  by  the  seller  with including 

particular  average  and  country  damage,  and  covering  10  per  cent,  in  excess 
of  Invoice  cost,  or  in  the  case  of  Cotton  sold  on  "  Call  "  10  per  cent,  in  excess 
of  market  value  up  to  the  "  Call  "  price,  in  accordance  with  Rule  442.  Any 
amount  over  this  shall  be  for  seller's  account  in  case  of  total  loss  only.  The 
cost  of  stamping  documents  to  be  borne  by  the  seller. 

After  the  date  of  the  "  Call  "  Marine  Insurance  on  any  increase  in  value 
over  and  above  the  "  Call  "  price  is  at  buyer's  risk. 

In  case  of  any  casualty  occurring  after  declaration  has  been  made  (the 
Cotton  not  having  been  "  Called  "  previously),  the  seller  shall  immediately 
notify  the  buyer,  in  writing,  of  the  same,  and  the  "  Call  "  shall  be  made  not 
later  than  noon  of  the  first  business  day  following  such  notification. 

(1)  Reimbursement  by  M Drafts  upon 

M at days'  sight 

for   Invoice   amount.     The  buyer  guarantees  the   due  protection  of  the 
Drafts  on  presentation  and  payment  at  maturity. 

OR 

(2)  The  due  date  of  Invoice  shall  be  the  75th  day  after  date  of  Bill  of 
Lading,  payable  in  Liverpool. 

(a)  Payment  shall  be  made  in  exchange  for  Shipping  Documents  on,  or 

(at  buyer's  option)  before  arrival  of  the  Vessel  or  Vessels  ;  or, 
failing  previous  arrival,  not  later  than  due  date,  by  cash,  less 
customary  rebate  for  any  prepayment. 

OR 

(b)  Payment  shall  be  made  in  exchange  for  delivery  of  the  Cotton  as  it 

may  arrive  (the  buyer  paying  all  Liverpool  charges)  by  cash,  less 
customary  rebate  for  any  payment  made  before  due  date,  or  plus 
interest  at  5  per  cent,  per  annum,  for  any  payment  made  thereafter. 
If  any  Cotton  declared  under  this  Clause  be  lost  in  transit,  the 
Contract  for  such  Cotton  shall  be  completed  by  the  seller  collecting 
for  the  buyer  the  excess  agreed  to  be  insured  over  invoice  amount. 
In  the  event  of  damage,  covered  by  Marine  Insurance  Policy,  the 


230  APPENDIX   V 

seller  shall  collect  the  amount  of  same  from  the  Underwriters,  on 
buyer's  account. 

No  allowance  to  seller.  Should  arbitration  be  demanded  by  the  buyer 
the  Cotton  shall  be  subject  to  mutual  allowances,  except  in  the  case  of 

average  shipment.  Should  any  lot  prove  inferior  to 

the  buyer  to  have  the  option  of  accepting  the  Cotton,  or 

of  returning  it  to  the  seller,  under  the  provisions  of  Rule  468. 

This  Contract  shall  not  be  cancelled  on  any  ground,  and  is  subject  to  the 
"  Rules  of  the  LIVERPOOL  COTTON  ASSOCIATION,  LTD.,"  whether  endorsed 
hereon  or  not,  and  in  case  of  any  question  or  dispute  the  matter  shall  be 
settled  in  accordance  with  such  Rules  as  in  force  at  the  date  of  this  Contract. 

No  Penalty.  Yours  faithfully, 


[Back] 

LIVERPOOL  COTTON  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED. 

CONTRACT  FORM  u. 

298. — "  Prompt  "  or  "  Immediate  "  shipment  or  sailing  means  shipment 
or  sailing  not  earlier  than  date  of  Contract  nor  later  than  14  days  after. 

299. — •"  Shipping  or  shipped  "  means  shipment  within  14  days  either 
before  or  after  the  date  of  Contract. 

304  (a). — A  Through  (Conference)  Bill  of  Lading  which  carries  out  the 
essential  conditions  of  an  agreement  the  form  of  which  has  been  deposited 
with  the  Directors  and  signed  for  the  purpose  of  identification  by  the 
President  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Liverpool  Cotton  Bills  of  Lading  Con- 
ference (1907)  Committee,  and  which  Bill  of  Lading  is  signed  by  the 
Authorised  Agent  or  representative  of  the  Railroad  Company  or  other 
Inland  Carrier  after  due  delivery  of  the  Cotton  to  the  issuing  Railroad  or 
Carrier,  or  to  a  Compress  or  Warehouse  Company  which  has  executed  the 
usual  contract  and  bond  with  the  Railroad,  or  which  is  made  agent  of  such 
Railroad  for  the  receipt  of  the  Cotton  and  is  under  bond.  The  Directors 
shall  have  power  from  time  to  time  to  approve  and  agree  to  any  alterations 
in  the  above  mentioned  agreement,  but  no  Bill  of  Lading  which  does  not 
comply  with  the  essential  conditions  of  the  said  agreement  or  of  such  agree- 
ment as  may  from  time  to  time  be  approved  for  the  purpose  by  the  Directors 
shall  be  deemed  to  comply  with  this  definition. 

A  Through  (Conference)  Bill  of  Lading  shall  be  headed  : — 

Through  Bill  of  Lading  issued  under  agreement  with  the  Liverpool 
Cotton  Bills  of  Lading  Conference  (1907)  Committee  and  the 
American  Bankers'  Association. 

431. — The  Bill  of  Lading,  duly  signed,  shall  be  accepted  as  evidence  of 
the  shipment  stipulated  for  in  the  Contract. 

432. — -Should  the  seller  fail,  within  the  specified  time,  to  render  invoice 
or  to  make  complete  and  correct  declaration  of  marks  and  ships'  names,  or 
particulars  contained  in  Bill  of  Lading,  the  buyer  shall  have  the  right  of 
closing  the  Contract  (i.e.  by  invoicing  it  back  to  the  seller)  under  the  pro- 
visions of  Rule  570,  provided  he  exercises  this  right  within  14  days  from  the 
expiration  of  the  specified  time.  If  the  seller  renders  invoice  or  makes  the 
required  declaration  after  the  expiration  of  the  specified  time,  the  buyer 
must  declare  his  intention  to  close  the  Contract  not  later  than  the  next 
business  day  following  the  seller's  declaration.  Slight  variations  in  marks 
shall  not  be  deemed  material. 

Should  the  buyer  (a)  in  case  of  Interior  Shipments  within  six  weeks  of 
receipt  of  invoice  or  (6)  in  case  of  shipment  from  a  Port  within  four  weeks  of 
receipt  of  invoice,  be  able  to  prove  that  the  particulars  as  stated  in  the  Bill 
of  Lading  are  incorrect  and/or  not  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
Contract,  the  matter  shall  be  referred  to  arbitration,  and  it  shall  be  at  the 
discretion  of  the  arbitrators  to  decide  either  that  the  buyer  shall  accept  the 


APPENDIX  V  231 

Contract  at  an  allowance  as  fixed  by  the  arbitrators,  or  that  the  buyer  shall 
have  the  option  of  closing  the  Contract  under  the  provision  of  Rule  570  or  of 
accepting  it  at  an  allowance  as  fixed  by  the  arbitrators. 

436. — Should  the  variation  in  weight  on  American  or  East  Indian  Cotton 
exceed  5  per  cent.,  then  the  difference  in  excess  thereof  shall  be  settled  for 
at  the  market  value  on  the  last  day  of  landing  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for. 

435- — Gross  landing  weight  shall  be  ascertained  by  weighing  the  Cotton 
at  Port  of  Discharge  on  arrival,  before  sampling  (or  if  already  sampled  an 
allowance  to  be  made  for  the  samples  drawn). 

(a)  In   case   of  sea   or  country   damage,   condemned   bales  shall   be 

accounted  for  at  the  average  invoice  weight,  but  bales  that  will 
mend  shall  be  weighed  and  the  customary  allowances  deducted 
from  gross  landing  weight  for  water  in  pickings  and  rags. 

(b)  Allowance  shall  be  made  for  ship's  pickings. 

(c)  Any  bales  condemned  or  not  delivered  and  "  No  Mark  "  bales  com- 

pulsorily  received  from  the  ship  shall  be  calculated  as  delivery  at 
the  average  gross  invoice  weight  in  respect  of  guaranteed  weight, 
and  at  the  average  grade  of  "  Marked  "  bales. 

(d)  Claims  for  loss  in  weight  or  variation  in  weight  or  country  damage 

shall  be  made  within  28  days  from  last  day  of  landing,  but  if  more 
than  25  per  cent,  of  the  Cotton  requires  picking  and  mending, 
claims  may  be  sent  in  within  42  days  from  the  last  day  of  landing. 
Claims  for  loss  in  weight  shall  be  made  at  the  Invoice  price. 

(e)  When  Contracts  for  American  and  Egyptian  Cotton  are  made  for 

shipments,  sailings  or  deliveries  of  specified  quantities  during 
various  months,  each  month's  shipment,  sailing  or  delivery  shall 
form  one  weight  settlement,  even  if  shipped  or  arriving  by  more 
than  one  vessel,  except  as  regards  any  portion  of  the  Contract  of 
which  the  invoice  weights  have  been  ascertained  at  port  of  arrival. 
(g)  When  95  per  cent,  of  the  Cotton  contracted  for  has  arrived,  claims 
for  loss  in  weight  may  be  made  subject  to  a  final  weight  adjustment 
upon  arrival  of  the  balance  of  the  Cotton. 

451. — The  following  additional  Clauses  apply  to  c.i.f.  Contracts  made 
with  the  i  per  cent,  franchise  clause  : — 

(a)  In  determining  any  loss  in  weight,  allowance  shall  be  made  for 

missing  bands. 

(b)  Should  the  weight  of  bands  as  ascertained  at  the  time  of  weighing 

(see  Rule  348)  exceed  900  Ibs.=4o8  kilos  per  each  100  bales  then 
the  buyer  shall  have  the  right  to  deduct  such  excess  from  the 
landing  weight.  The  seller  is  not  entitled  to  any  allowance  for 
bands  should  the  weight  be  less  than  900  Ibs. 

(c)  When  the  American  Invoice  weight  is  not  obtainable  and  in  conse- 

quence thereof  the  Invoice  weight  has  to  be  ascertained  at  port  of 
arrival,  3  Ibs.  per  bale  shall  be  allowed  to  the  seller  for  clipping  of 
bands  and  canvas  at  time  of  compressing. 

(d)  No  claims  shall  be  made  for  variation  in  weight  under  Rule  436  for 

any  excess  of  landing  over  Invoice  weight. 

(e)  Claims  for  loss  in  weight  shall  be  made  at  the  invoice  price  subject  to 

deduction  of  6  per  cent,  tare,  minus  i  per  cert,  guarantee  clause, 
equal  to  5  per  cent,  on  difference  in  weight. 

467. — Claims  for  allowances  for  internal  damp  shall  be  made  within 
28  days  from  the  last  day  of  landing.  Claims  for  external  damp,  not 
recoverable  under  Rule  435  (a),  shall  be  made  at  the  time  of  weighing  and 
deducted  from  the  landing  weight. 

450. — Should  the  weight  of  canvas  on  any  lot  or  mark  exceed  3^  per 
cent,  of  the  weight  after  deduction  of  actual  weight  of  bands,  then  the  buyer 
shall  have  the  right  to  claim  for  such  excess  at  the  invoice  price. 

473. — If  on  arrival  in  Liverpool,  the  actual  tare  be  not  ascertained,  the 
buyer  shall  afterwards  be  entitled  to  recover  for  insufficient  allowance, 


232  APPENDIX    V 

provided  the  deficiency  amounts  to  £-lb.  per  bale  on  any  entire  shipment  as 
defined  in  Rule  435  (e),  but  not  otherwise.  Such  claims  must  be  properly 
substantiated,  and  be  made  within  two  months  from  last  day  of  landing. 
If  a  portion  of  the  Cotton  has  been  tared  on  arrival,  then  any  claim  for 
overtare  made  on  such  portion  shall  be  included  in  calculating  the  minimum 
deficiency  of  £-lb. 

434. — Falsely-packed  or  unmerchantable  Cotton,  together  with  the 
original  tares,  shall,  if  required  by  seller,  be  returned  to  the  Port  of  Dis- 
charge at  the  buyer's  expense.  Claims,  if  properly  substantiated,  shall  be 
allowed  at  the  value  of  the  sound  Cotton  on  the  day  of  return,  if  such  return 
be  made  and  the  claim  sent  in  within  three  months  from  last  day  of  landing. 

438. — When  Cotton  shall  arrive  by  more  than  one  vessel,  there  shall  be  a 
separate  Arbitration  for  each  shipment  unless  otherwise  agreed. 

470. — Application  for  Arbitration  with  regard  to  quality  on  American 
and  East  Indian  Cotton  shall  be  made  within  ten  days  from  the  last  day  of 
landing,  and  the  Arbitration  shall  proceed  within  fourteen  days  from  the 
date  of  such  application,  unless  otherwise  mutually  agreed  by  buyer  and 
seller,  on  the  basis  of  the  difference  between  grades  or  values  on  ruling  the 
tenth  day  from  the  last  day  of  landing  unless  the  Arbitration  has  been  held 
prior  to  that  date. 

245. — Arbitration,  upon  Cotton  sold  to  average  any  particular  grade, 
shall  be  settled  by  classing  the  different  lots,  placing  grades  or  fractions  of 
grades  above,  against  grades  or  fractions  of  grades  below,  and  passing 
whatever  part  turns  out  an  average  of  the  grade  guaranteed,  making  an 
allowance  on  the  remainder. 

246. — 'When  Cotton  is  sold  equal  to  either  a  type,  or  sample,  of  uncom- 
pressed Cotton,  the  re-drawn  samples  shall  be  exposed  to  the  air  for  24  hours 
before  the  Arbitration  takes  place.  An  allowance  for  "  Bloom  "  shall  be 
made  between  the  selling  type  or  sample  and  the  re-drawn  samples  ;  should 
the  latter  be  below  the  guarantee  clause  an  allowance  for  "  Bloom  "  shall  be 
made  in  valuing  the  type  or  sample. 

468. — If,  under  the  guarantee  clause  on  the  face  of  the  Contract,  the 
buyer  exercises  his  option  of  invoicing  back  any  portion,  such  Cotton  shall 
be  returned  at  re-weights  and  on  such  conditions  as  apply  to  spot  sales, 
except  that  cash  shall  be  paid  before  delivery,  the  buyer  having  paid  all 
landing  and  warehousing  charges. 

442. — If  Cotton  is  sold  on  "  c.i.f."  terms  "  On  Call  "  the  call  must  be 
made  not  later  than  the  next  business  day  but  one  after  the  declaration  of 
marks  and  ships'  names  ;  in  default  thereof  the  price  for  the  uncalled 
Cotton  shall  be  fixed  on  the  basis  of  the  official  closing  values  on  that  day  ; 
should  however  the  seller  agree,  the  call  may  be  extended  at  the  request  of 
the  buyer,  in  which  case  the  buyer  shall  undertake  to  pay  to  the  seller  the 
insurance  premium  necessary  to  cover  any  increased  value  from  the  date  of 
declaration  to  the  date  of  call.  The  extension  of  call  shall  in  no  case  extend 
beyond  the  tenth  day  after  the  last  day  of  landing. 


INDEX 


ACT,  Canada  Grain,  17  n.,  22,  92 
Capper-Tincher,  U.S.A.,   101  n., 

124,  183  sgq. 
Cotton  Futures,   U.S.A.,    17   n., 

61  sq.,  75,  124 
Exchanges  (Germany),  122,  127, 

134  sqq. 

Federal  Grain  Inspection,  34 
Harter,  166,  194 
Sale  of  Goods,  n  sq. 
Warehouse,  U.S.A.,  176 
Acts,  anti-option,  122 

anti- trust,  117 
Aden,  10 
African  cotton,  22,  189  ;  wool,  170, 

i?5 
Agricultural  Returns,  68  n. 

Organisation  Society,  166  n. 
Agriculture,  International  Institute 
of,   69  sq.  ;    Ministry  of,   68  ; 
United  States  Department  of, 
13,  15,  17,  62,  65,  67,  79,  87  n., 
91  n.,  176  n.,  179  n.,  183  sqq. 
Alexandria  cotton  market,  32  n., 

124  n.,  157,  190 
America,  see  United  States. 
Amsterdam,  41,  172 
Antwerp,  6,  41,  56,  172 
Appeal    Committees,    35,    see    also 
Contract  forms,  Appendices  IV. 
and  V. 

Arbitrage,  47  n.,  49  sq.,  130,  145 
Arbitration  Committees,  31,  33,  35, 
36,   161,  173  ;    see  also  Condi- 
tions   on    contract    forms    in 
Appendices  IV.  and  V. 
Argentina,   32,   33,    163,  206,   208, 
209,    211  ;     see    also    Buenos 
Aires. 

Arnould,  166  n. 
"  Arrive,  To,"  10,  88,  159,  219 
Association,  see  Buenos  Aires,  Liver- 
pool, London,  Manchester. 
Auction  sales,  Chap.  XIII. ;    wool, 
1 68  sqq. ;    tea,  176  sq. ;    coffee, 
178    sq. ;     tobacco,     179 ;     in 
municipal  markets,  179  sqq. 


Australia,    inspection    of    wine    in 
South,     17    n.,     100 ;     wheat, 
163,  206,  208  ;    wool,  170  sqq. 
Average  crop  condition,  65,  66 
"  Averages  "  in  spot  cotton,  158 

BALLS,  W.  L.,  70  n. 

Baltic    Mercantile    and     Shipping 

Exchange,  30 

Bankers'  Magazine,  12  n.,  57  n. 
Banks,  82,  83,  90,  134,  136,  155, 

162,  171,  173,  176,  194,  209  ; 

see  also  Cotton  Bank. 
Barley,  27,  68,  87,  137 
Barnes,  J.  H.,  91  n. 
Basis    contract,     68 ;      in    cotton 

futures'  prices,  84 ;    weight  of 

wheat,  94,  206,  208 
"  Bawra,"  175 
"  Bears,"  45,    100,    102,    109  ;     see 

also  Short  selling. 
Berlin    Bourse,    7,    33,    134     sqq. ; 

municipal  market,  180 
Birkenhead,    182,    contract   forms, 

Appendix  IV. 
Board  of  Trade,  see  Chicago,  Du  luth, 

Kansas  City. 
Boll  weevil,  19  n.,  67 
Boston,  U.S.A.,  173,  174,  176 
Bourse,  see  Berlin,  Paris. 
Bradford    Conditioning    House,    6, 

175, 

Chamber  of  Commerce,  12,  173  n. 
wool  trade,  169,  172 
Bradstreet's,  57  n.,  78  n.,  93  n. 
Brazil,  22,  83,  149  sqq.,  179  n.,  189, 

190,  216,  220 
Bremen,  31,  34 
British  Columbia,  16 
Broker  denned,  28  ;    in  Germany, 

33,  158,  160,  171,  177,  179 
Brokerage,  28,  39,  171,  178,  179 
Broomhall's  Agency,  69,  74 
Bucket  shop,   118  sq. ;    definition, 

118;    origin  of  term,  118  n. ; 

legislation     concerning,      118, 

119  n. 


233 


234 


INDEX 


Buenos  Aires  Grain  Association, 
32;  clearing  house,  55;  wool 
auctions,  175 

Bufialo,  13,  37 

Bulbs,  speculation  in,  41 

"  Bulls,"  100,  102,  109 

Butter,  Danish,  17  n.,  74 

CALIFORNIA,  16,  17  n.,  no  n.,  123 

"  Call,"  45  sqq.,  183 

Call  board  method  in  price  quota- 
tions, 72 

"  Call,  on,"  72,  157  sq.,  218,  225, 
228,  229,  232 

Canada,  9,  17,  38,  69,  73,  92,  139  ; 
grain  grading,  13,  23  ;  wool, 
175  ;  see  also  Act,  Winnipeg. 

Carolina,  179 

Carver,  T.  N.,  17  n. 

"  Cash  "  grain  in  Winnipeg,  38  n., 

73 

Cattle,  182 

Census  of  crops,  U.S.A.,  65 ; 
Canada,  68  ;  England,  68 

Ceylon  tea,  177,  178 

Chamber  of  Commerce,  see  Brad- 
ford, Milwaukee,  Minneapolis, 
New  York. 

Chapman,  Sir  S.,  and  Knoop,  D., 
127  n.,  142,  143 

Charter,  3,  34 

Charterparty,  10,  166 

Cherington,  P.  T.,  5  n.,  173  n. 

Chicago  Board  of  Trade,  13,  37,  38, 
39,  43,  49,  51,  55,  60,  87,  89, 
100,  101,  104,  105,  114,  116, 
123,  129,  133  n.,  138  ;  member- 
ship and  organisation,  34  sq.  ; 
clearing  house,  51  sq.  ;  corners 
on,  114 

China  tea,  177,  178 

C.i.f.  contract,  29,  79,  157,  Chap. 
XII. ;  forms,  Appendices  IV. 
andV. 

Clapham,  J.  H.,  6  n.,  172  n. 

Clearing  house,  32,  Chap.  V. ; 
London  Produce,  Ltd.,  27  n., 
56,  147  sqq.,  178  n.,  179  n. 

Cleveland  iron,  151,  152 

Coal,  grading  of,  6 

Coffee,  5,  41 ;  grading,  15,  26  sq., 
148  sq. ',  consumption,  37 ;  "  va- 
lorisation," 149  sqq. ;  London 
auctions,  178  sq. ;  see  also  New 
York  Coffee  Exchange. 

Coleman  Street,  E.C.,  171 

Commercial  differences,  60  sqq. 

Commission  men,  29,  87  ;  rates,  3, 
39,  15^,  179 


"  Compress  point,"  155,  156 

Conant,  L.  Jn.,  61  n. 

Conference,  World  Cotton,  1921, 
18  n.,  19  n.,  70  n.,  82  n.,  157  n. 

Consular  reports,  179  n. 

Continental  Produce  Exchanges,  3, 
4,  33,  34  »  municipal  markets, 
179  sq. 

Contract,  Chaps.  II.,  IV.,  XII. ; 
forms,  Appendices  III.,  IV., 
V.  ;  "  basis,"  58  ;  see  also 
Futures,  Hedging,  c.i.f. 

"  Contract  grade,"  43,  135 

"  Contract  market,"  183  sq. 

Co-operative  Co.,  Farmers',  87,  168- 

Copper,  6,  7 

Corn  Trade  Association,  see  Liver- 
pool, London. 

Corn  Trade  News,  69,  74 

Corner,  43,  58,  112,  sqq., ;  in  cotton, 
113,  115  ;  in  wheat,  113,  114  ; 
in  iron  warrants,  115  sq. 

Corporations,  U.S.  Bureau  of,  61, 
104  sq. 

Cotton  Bank,  Liverpool,  31,  32,  33, 

57.  58 

Exchanges,  see  Alexandria,  Bre- 
men, Havre,  Liverpool,  Man- 
chester, New  York,  New  Or- 
leans, Osaka. 

Futures  Act,  U.S.A.,    17   n.,  61 
Grading,     18    sqq. ;     staple,    19, 

59,  62,  63,  222 
Crop  Estimates,  Chap.  VI. 
Crop  Reporter,  Monthly,  66,  67 
Cunningham,  W.,  106  n. 
Custis,  V.,  1 6  n. 

DELIVERY  period,  43,  138 
Denmark,  17  n.,  74 
Description,  selling  by,  168  n. 
Differences,  commercial  and  fixed, 

60  sqq. 

"  Docket  "  cotton  in  Liverpool,  58 
Dresden,  4 

Dublin  cattle  market,  182 
Duluth  Board  of  Trade,  13,  37,  87, 

89,  91,  113 

Economist,  The,  151  n. 

Egyptian  cotton,    14,   21,   43,    83, 

142,  157,  159,  189 ;    wool,  172 
Elevators,  grain,  in  U.S.A.,  86  sqq., 

139,  161  ;    Canada,  92  sq.,  139 
Emery,  H.  C.,  98  n.,  100  n.,  127  n. 
Estimates,  crop,  Chap.  VI. 
Evils  of  speculation,  Chap.  IX. 
Exchange,  Foreign,  56,  57,  156,  162 


INDEX 


235 


Exchange,  Produce,  see  Association, 
Board  of  Trade,  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  St.  Louis,  New 
York,  New  Orleans,  Winnipeg, 
Chaps.  I.,  III. ;  Stock,  see 
Bourse,  London,  New  York. 

Exchanges  Act  (Germany),  122, 127, 
134  sqq. 

Export  grain  Association,  North 
American,  8,  195,  196  ;  trade 
in  cotton  and  wheat,  Chap.  XII. 

FALMOUTH,  10 

Farmers  and  speculation,  78,  132 
sq.  ;  elevators,  86  sq.  ;  co- 
operative Co.'s,  87 

Fashion  and  wool  trade,  5 

Federal  Reserve  Board,  77,  176 

Federations  of  market  authorities,  8 

Flax,  87 

F.o.b.  and  "  Fobbing,"  161 

Forestalling,  105 

France,  3,  34,  37 ;  see  also  Havre, 
Lyons,  Marseilles,  Paris,  Rou- 
baix. 

Frankfort-on-Main,  4,  34 

Fruit,  4,  1 6,  17  n. 

Fuchs,  97  n. 

Fungibility,  4 

Futures,  Chaps.  IV.,  XI.  ;  14,  22, 
23»  38»  *72  '•  defined,  44 ; 
legitimate  uses  of,  Chap.  VII. ; 
and  gambling,  99  ;  multiplica- 
tion of,  100  n.,  101  ;  as  price 
basis,  61,  157 ;  legality  of, 
104  ;  and  spot  prices,  138  sqq.  ; 
see  also  Hedging. 

GALVESTON,  60,  161 

Gambling,  99  sq.,  101  sq.,  120,  121, 
136;  see  also  Evils  of  specula- 
tion. 

Germany,  3,  33,  37,  134  sqq.,  180  ; 
see  also  Berlin,  Bremen,  Frank- 
fort, Hamburg,  Leipzig. 

Gin,  cotton,  154,  155 

Glasgow  iron  market,  151  sqq. 

Governments  and  exchanges,  3,  17, 
34,  134  sqq. ;  see  also  Act. 

Gradation  of  price  movements, 
131  sq. 

Grading,  Chap.  II. ;  2, 4, 6 ;  cotton, 
13,  18  sqq. ;  wheat,  14,  22  sqq.  ; 
fruit,  17  n. ;  coffee,  26  sq.t  148  ; 
maize,  26  ;  barley,  27  ;  oats, 
27;  wool,  169,  170,  176 

HADLEY,  A.  T.,  99  n. 
Hague  Rules,  166  n. 


Hamburg,  34,  56,  100,  147,  172 

Harris,  133  n. 

Harter  Act,  166,  194 

Havre,  6,  31,  56,  172,  178 

Hays,  W.  M.,  67  n.,  103  n. 

Hedging,  61,  100,  113,  122,  132  sq., 
153 ;  in  cotton  markets,  80 
sqq->  95  '>  required  by  banks, 
83  ;  origin  of,  85  ;  definitions, 
86  ;  in  wheat,  90  sqq.,  95  ;  by 
millers,  91,  94  ;  and  gambling, 
101  sq. 

Hester,  H.  G.,  69  n. 

Holland,  4,  37,  56 

Holmes,  G.  K.,  179  n. 

Holmes,  Mr.  Justice,  U.S.A.,  105 

Hood,  C.,  116  n.,  153  n. 

Hooker,  R.  H.,  127  n.,  137  n. 

Hubback,  J.  H.,  93  n.,  114  n. 

Huebner,  S.  S.,  132  n. 

Hughes  Committee  on  Speculation, 
N.Y.,  99  n.,  103,  105,  120,  125 

Hutchinson,  L.,  151  n. 

ILLINOIS,  123 

India  Co.,  East,  n 

Indian  cotton,  22,  83,  157,  158,  161, 

189,  190,  226,  231,  232 
teas,  177,  178 

wheat,  13,  23,  24,  163,  201  sqq. 
wools,  172 

Inspection  of  produce  by  govern- 
ment, 17  n. 
Insurance,  hedges  as,  86  ;    marine, 

166 

Interest  on  margins,  56 
Ireland,  68,  169 

Iron,  6,  42,  151  sq.  ;  see  also 
Warrants. 

JAPAN,  151,  160  sq.,  175 
Java  tea,  177 
Jessel  (M.R.),  n 

Jobbers  on  London  Stock  Exchange, 
128 

KANSAS,  123,  161  sqq. ;  City  Board 

of  Trade,  37,  116,  133 
Kenyon,  Lord  Chief  Justice,  106 
Kerr  and  Weld,  161  n.,  163 
Knoop,  D.,  see  Chapman. 
Kobe,  161 

LARD,  13,  35 
Leipzig,  4 

Leiter  corners  wheat,  114  sq. 
Lexis,  97  n. 

Line  Elevator  Co.,  87 ;  markets  in, 
49 


236 


INDEX 


Liverpool  Corn  Trade  Association, 

8,  14,  23,  25,  29  sq.,  31,  55,  94, 

101,  104,  no,  117,  138,  162  sq., 

165,  166,  192  sqq. 
Cotton  Association,    18   sqq.,    31 

sqq>,  39,  43.  47,  57  *?.,  59,  62, 

73,  79,  80,  85,  101,  104,  139, 

142  sqq.,  154  sqq.,  159,  187  sqq., 

Appendix  V. 
Wool  sales,  168, 172, 175 
London  Coal  Exchange,  6 

Corn  Trade  Association,  23,  25, 

31,  166 
Produce   Clearing    House,    Ltd., 

27  n.,  56, 147  sqq.,  178  n.,  179  n. 
Stock  Exchange,  28, 118  n.,  120  n. 
Wheat  futures  in,  114,  147  ;  wheat 

trade,  165  ;  auction  sales,  167  ; 

wool,  1 68  sqq. ;    tea,  176  sq.  ; 

coffee,  178  sq. ;  see  also  Baltic, 

Mark  Lane. 
"  Long    and     short    sellers,"     see 

"  Bears,"  "  Bulls." 
Lumber,  grading  of,  15  sq. 
Lyons,  179  sq. 

MAcCuLLOCH,  J.  R.,  99  n. 
Macrosty,  H.  W.,  116  n.,  153  n. 
Magill,  R..  23  n. 
Maize,  26,  33,  35,  147 
Manchester,     156,     157 ;      Cotton 

Association,     159     sq.  ;      Ship 

Canal,  160  n. 

Manchester  Guardian,  160  n.,  187 
"  Manipulation,"  108,  109  sqq.,  129 
Manitoba,  see  Canada,  Winnipeg. 
Manufactured  goods  and  organised 

markets,  7,  33,  173 
Margins,  54,  55,  56,  120,  121,  124, 

197 

Mark  Lane,  30 
Market,  2  sqq. ;   see  also  Exchange  ; 

municipal,  179  sqq. 
Market   Reporter,    U.S.A.,    37,    91, 

116  n. 

Marseilles,  56,  172 
Marsh,  85  n. 
Matched  orders,  no,  in 
McHugh,  J.  G.,  53  n.,  103  n. 
Metal  markets,  6  ;  see  also  Iron. 
Middlesbrough,  151,  152,  191 
Middleman,    i,    76,    77 ;     see    also 

Speculator. 
Millers  and  Milling,  89,  91,  94,  139, 

165 
Milwaukee  Chamber  of  Commerce, 

120  n. 
Mincing  Lane  tea  auctions,  177  sq.  ; 

coffee  auctions,  179 


Minneapolis,     13,     27,     89,     139; 

Chamber    of    Commerce,     37, 

53  s?-,  73,  87,  94,  H3 
Monthly    Crop    Reporter,     U.S.A., 

66  n.,  67 

Municipal  Markets,  179  sq. 
Murray,  67  n. 

NEGOTIABILITY  of  warrants,  n  sq. 
New  Orleans  Cotton  Exchange,  19, 

31,  36,  61,  62,  69,  73,  85,  144 
New  York  Coffee  Exchange,  15,  27, 

36,  39,   43,   73,    178 ;    Cotton 
Exchange,  13,  31,  36,  43,  60 sqq., 
73,    85,    86,    103,    117,    144; 
Produce  Exchange,  13,  35  sq., 

37,  49,    90,    104,    129,    148 ; 
Chamber    of    Commerce,    36 ; 
Stock   Exchange,    42  ;     wheat 
trade,  161  sq.  ;    Department  of 
Food  and  Markets,  180  sq. 

New  Zealand,  5,  170 

"  Norm  "  in  cotton  market,  142, 143 

"  Normal  "  in  crop  reports,  65 

OATS,  27,  35,  68,  87,  137 
Office  of  Markets,  U.S.A.,  17 
Oklahoma,  15,  19,  224,  228 
Omaha,  37,  116,  133 
Option,  44,  45  ;  see  also  "  Privilege." 
Organised  Market,  see  Exchange. 
Osaka  cotton  market,  160  sq. 
Ottawa,  73 

PACIFIC  coast,  15,  163 

"  Parcel  "  wheat,  24,  165  ;   see  also 

"  Parcel"  contract  forms,  193, 

208 

Pardridge,  129 
Paris  Bourse,  3,  44,  56 
Parkes,  E.  T.,  157  n. 
Patten  cotton  corner,  115 
Pepper  futures,  147 
Peru,  22,  83,  189 
Philadelphia,  90,  173 
Plate,  river,  24,  166 ;  see  also  Con- 
tract form,  208 
"  Points  on  "  or  "  off,"  21,  61,  84, 

157,  187,  188,  189,  225,  229 
Pools,  in 
Pope,  J.  E.,  77  n. 
Pork,  13,  35 
Porritt,  E.,  92  n. 
Price  basis,  61  ;    quotations,  Chap. 

VI. 
"  Privilege,"  45  sq.,  48  sq.,  120, 183  ; 

double,     46     sq.  ;      legislation 

against,  122  sq. 


INDEX 


237 


Produce    Exchange,    Chap.     III. ; 

see  also  New  York,  Toledo - 
Producers'  Price  Current,  74 
"  Put,"  45  sqq.,  183 

QUALITY  of  produce  in  contracts, 

24  ;  see  also  Grading. 
Queenstown,  10 
Quotation  Committee,  36,  73  ;    of 

market  price,  71  sqq. 

RATHBONE,  H.  R.,  104  n. 

Receipts,  warehouse,  52,  190  sq. 

Reports,  crop  condition,  9,  Chap.  VI. 

Rew,  85 

Riddell,  F.  W.,  92  n. 

Rings,  settlement,  52 

Rosario  Santa  Fe,  33,  206,  208 

Rotterdam,  56 

Roubaix-Tourcoing,  6 

Rubber,  147 

Rumours,  false,  no 

Rusby  case,  106 

"  Rye  terms,"  166 

SAMPLE,  selling  by,  4,  14,  30,  31,  168 

Santos,  see  Coffee. 

Schmoller,  97  n.,  143  n. 

Scotch  Pig  Iron  Trade  Association, 
152 

Scottish  iron  trade,  42,  151  sqq. ; 
wool,  169 

Scrutton,  Lord  Justice,  166 

Sea  Island  cotton,  19,  218,  219 

Settlement,  periodic,  51  sqq. ;  see 
also  Clearing  house,  Ring. 

"  Settlement  terms,"  in  Liverpool 
cotton,  57 

Shaw,  A.  W.,  i  n. 

Short  selling,  42,  100,  102,  106,  108, 
113,  114  ;  effect  on  prices,  127 
sqq. 

Simpson,  Sir  J.  H.,  82  n. 

Speculation,  40  sq.,  79,  96  sqq.,  125, 
128,  145  ;  contrast  with  gam- 
bling, 99  sq.,  120,  121 ;  by 
outside  public,  103,  121  ;  pre- 
judice against,  105 ;  evils  of, 
Chap.  IX. ;  influence  on  prices, 
Chap.  X.;  and  farmers,  132; 
see  also  Hughes  Committee. 

"  Speculation  "  cotton,  158 

Speculator,  expert,  Chap.  VIII., 
98,  100,  103  sq.,  108,  121  ; 
services  of,  107 

Spot  transactions,  Chap.  IV.,  192  ; 
see  also  Contract  forms  in 
Appendices  IV.  and  V. 

"  Spread,"  46,  49 


"  Squeeze,"  113,  114  n.,  116,  117, 

153 
St.  Louis,  Merchants'  Exchange  of, 

13.  37 
"  Standard  "  grade  in  futures,  43  ; 

condition  of  crops,  68  ;    iron, 

152 

Standardisation,  see  Grading. 
Staple,  cotton,  19,  59,  62,  63,  222 
Statistics,  crop,  in  Canada,  68 ;  and 

Crop    Estimates,    Bureau     of 

U.S.A.,  65 

Steadiness,  price,  130  sqq. 
Stewart,  J.,  92  n. 
Stock  Exchange,  3,  4  n.,  42  ;    see 

also  Bourse,  London,  New  York. 
Stone,  143  n. 
"  Store,  in  "  sale,  88 
"  Straddle  "   in   America,    46  ;     in 

Liverpool,  47 
Sugar  futures,  147,  sq. 

"  TALE  quale,"  166 

Tea,  147,  176  sqq. 

Terminal    elevator,  see    Elevator ; 

contract,  see  Futures. 
Texas,   19,   60 ;    see  also  Contract 

forms,  Appendix  V. 
Tin,  7 

Timber,  15  sq. 
Tobacco,  179 

Toledo  Produce  Exchange,  37 
"  Tops,"  wool,  6,  153,  172  sq. 
"  Track,  on  "  sale,  88,  161 
"  Trade,"  a,  44  n. 
"  Transit,  in  "  goods  sold,  10 
Transport,  i,  2 
"  Trust  Letter  "  in  cotton  trade,  83 

UNITED  States,  3,  8,  9,  91,  92,  103, 
113,  119,  121,  122,  123,  154  ; 
grading  of  produce,  12,  13  sq., 
17,  26,  55,  72,  139,  206,  208  ; 
Industrial  Commission,  125, 
133,  144  ;  coffee  consumption 
in,  37  ;  Bureau  of  Corporations, 
61  ;  auction  sales,  168,  180  ; 
wool  trade,  173  sq. ;  see  also 
Act,  Agriculture,  Chicago,  New 
York,  etc. 

"  VALORISATION,"  coffee,  149  sqq. 
Van  Antwerp,  103  n. 
Virginia,  119  n.,  179 

WAREHOUSE  receipt,   12,   190  sq.  ; 

Act,  U.S.A.,  176 
Warehousing,  i,  176 


238 


INDEX 


Warrants,  Chap.  II. ;  iron,  n,  12, 
191 ;  corner  in,  115  sq. ;  trade 
in,  151  sqq. 

"  Wash  sales,"  in  sq. 

Weld,  L.  D.  H.,  i  n.,  161  n.,  163, 
181  n. 

Wheat  markets,  Chap.  III. ;  grad- 
ing, 22  sqq. ;  futures,  Chap.  IV.; 
crop  reports,  Chap.  VI. ;  c.i.f. 
and  spot  business,  161  sqq. 


Wichita,  161 

Wine,  South  Australian,  17  n. 

Winnipeg  Grain  Exchange,  9  n.,  38, 

44  n.,  54  sq.,  73,  77,  92,  93,  i°o, 

101,  133,  138,  190 
Wisconsin,  118 
Wool  grading,  5,  169,  170,  174,  176  ; 

auction   sales  and   trade,   168 


sqq. 
se,  R. 


Wyse,  R.  C.,  78  n.,  103  n. 


THE  END 


PRINTED    IN    ENGLAND    BY    WILLIAM    CLOWES    AND    SONS,  LTD.,  BECCLES. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL.  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


8E'r    25  1936 

-    OCT301&3h 

APR  30  1938 

JAN  27   1943 

/?AO 

49  >% 

.  ..•    ^  nf     1QA1 

JAN  IT 

« 

18^ 

/    Pl     r'jlQ   \O 

ODoc  AV  Ju 

i^'^  . 

REC'D  LD 

• 

NOV    41962 

LD  21-100m-8,'34 

408981 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY